UNIVERSITY of CALIFORNIA 
 
 AT 
 
 LOS ANGELES 
 LIBRARY
 
 L 
 
 IBM charge cards 
 in all of these books you ' 
 wish to have charged to you 
 
 Those you do not wish to 
 keep will be picked up and 
 returned to the shelves on 
 that day. 
 
 Thank vou. 
 
 Carre 11 Book Charging Service 
 5,y-culat io Department
 
 7700
 
 , f^UMttJ II tf *r Z>y". .f
 
 MEMOIRS 
 
 GENERAL MILLER, 
 
 IK THE SERVICE OK 
 
 THE REPUBLIC OF PERU. 
 BY JOHN MILLER. 
 
 SECOND EDITION. 
 
 IN TWO VOLUMES. 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 LONDON: 
 PRINTED FOR LONGMAN, REES, ORME, BROWN, AND GREEN, 
 
 PATERNOSTER-ROW. 
 
 1829
 
 LONDON: 
 
 PRINTED BY THOMAS 'D^VISON, WUITEflUAllS. 
 
 . , 
 . NJ '
 
 V. Z, 
 
 CONTENTS 
 
 OF 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 
 Preparations for an expedition to Puertos Intermedios. Captain 
 Prescott, R. N., H.M.S. Aurora. Expedition sails. Position 
 of the royalists. Incidents at sea. Behaviour of the troops. 
 Disembarkation at Arica. Inactivity. Colonel Miller sails for 
 Quilca. Escape of Valdez, near Tacna. General Alvarado 
 advances. Ameller's escape at Locumba. Battle of Torata. 
 Moquegua. Remnant of the patriot army embarks at Ilo. 
 Iquique. Death of La Rosa and Taramona Page 1 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 Colonel Miller disembarks at Quilca. Camana. Siguas. 
 Victor. Advance of Carratala. Murderer shot. Carabeli. 
 Atico. Port of Chala. Colonel Manzanedo. Strategy. 
 Palpa. Barandalla. Cholera morbus. Port of Lomas. 
 Dr. Cordova. The brig Protector sails to Callao - 24 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 Description of the desert coast of Peru. Shipwreck and suffer- 
 ings of the Granaderos a Caballo Local traditions. The 
 Junta Gubernativa deposed. Riva-Aguero named president of 
 the republic. Position of the royalists. Another expedition 
 sails to the Puertos Intermedios. Royalists advance upon 
 Lima. Patriots retire to Callao. Canterac enters Lima. 
 General Sucre invested with supreme command Riva-Aguero 
 displaced - - 53
 
 iv CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 Expedition of General Santa Cruz. Lands at Arica. Marches 
 to Upper Peru. Royalists abandon Lima. General Sucre 
 embarks for Chala. Enters Arequipa. Affair of Zepita. 
 Disasters of the patriots. Their re-embarkation. General 
 Miller retreats by land to Lima The viceroy makes a new 
 disposition of his forces - Page 69 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 General Bolivar arrives in Lima. Marquess of Torre- Tagle. 
 Riva-Aguero dissolves congress at Truxillo. He is made a 
 prisoner. Mode of recruiting the Peruvian army. Uniform. 
 Pay Rations - 102 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 Mutiny at Callao. Captain W. F. Martin, R.N. Bolivar named 
 Dictator. The congress dissolved. Cruelty of the royalists. 
 Miller returns to Peru. Passage. Desperate bravery. Cap- 
 tain Roberton. Privateer Quintanilla. Martilini. The Con- 
 greso in danger of shipwreck. Arrives at Callao. Position 
 and force of the royalist and patriot forces 112 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 Montoneros. Measures preparatory to the campaign of 1824. 
 Liberating army advance from Huaras. Passage of the Cor- 
 dilleras. Salutary measures of the Dictator - 137 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 
 Position of the royalist forces. The patriots reviewed. Pro- 
 clamation. Scenery near Pasco. Affair of Junin. Death of 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Sowersby of Major Lisarraga. Retreat 
 of Canterac. Advance of the patriots. General Bolivar quits 
 the army. Reconnoitring parties. The viceroy advances.
 
 CONTENTS. v 
 
 Colonel Althaus taken prisoner. Patriots fall back. Valley 
 of Pomacochas - - - Page 157 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 Matara. Corpaguayco. Precautions taken by the royalists to 
 prevent desertion. Patriots offer battle at Tarn bo Cangallo. 
 Continue their retreat. Hostilities of the Indians Roy- 
 alists occupy Guamanguilla. Critical position of the inde- 
 pendents. Battle of Ayacucho. Viceroy taken prisoner. 
 Royalists defeated. Incidents. Capitulation - 186 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 Patriots enter Cuzco. Rejoicings. Prophecy recorded by Gar- 
 cilaso de la Vega. Tradition of the origin of the Incas. 
 Their form of government. Their policy. Population 
 previous to the conquest. City of Cuzco. Ruins. Temple 
 of the Sun. Public edifices. Summary of the history of 
 Cuzco. Compared with Rome. Veneration in which the 
 memory of the Incas is held. Dress, manners, and customs 
 of the Indians. Description of the Coca - 213 
 
 CHAPTER XXVII. 
 
 Events consequent on the capitulation of Ayacucho. The ultra 
 royalist Olafaeta refuses to come to terms. Patriot division 
 marches to the south. Department of Puno. Mine of Salcedo. 
 Account of the Callavayas, or itinerant physicians. General 
 Miller leaves the prefecture of Puno for that of Potosi. Naval 
 operations. Callao. Difficulties encountered by the army in 
 the mountain regions. Obstacles which delayed the accom- 
 plishment of emancipation - 230 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 
 Foreign merchants Nature of their assistance to patriots and 
 royalists. Remarks upon the formation of the Chileno squa- 
 dron. Revenue of Peru. Receipt and expenditure. Loan 
 transactions. Mistaken policy. General observations - 253
 
 vi CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 
 Potosi. Its mines. Public edifices. Mint. Bank of Rescate. 
 Treasury. Caxchas. Departmental administration. Police. 
 Government-house. Society of Potosi. Agents for mining 
 associations - - - - - L ^ Page 272 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 
 Upper Peru. General assembly. Its proceedings. Republic 
 of Bolivia. Aggression of the Brazilians. General Bolivar sets 
 out from Lima. His tour. Arrival at Potosi. Rejoicings. 
 Mine transactions. The Liberator proceeds to Chuquisaca. 
 General Miller sets out on leave of absence for England 298 
 
 CHAPTER XXXI. 
 
 Biographical sketch of General Bolivar. His staff. Dr. Moore. 
 Colonel O'Leary. Lieutenant- Colonel Ferguson. Colonel 
 Belford Wilson - - 315 
 
 CHAPTER XXXII. 
 
 General Bolivar in Lima. Congress not permitted to be installed. 
 Code Boliviano adopted in Upper Peru. Conspiracy in 
 Lima. Discontent. Punishments. The Liberator prepares 
 to quit Peru. Is prevailed upon to remain. Code Boliviano 
 approved of by the electoral colleges. Bolivar named presi- 
 dent for life. He proceeds to Colombia. Grand federation 
 at Panama. Revolt of the Colombian troops at Lima Adop- 
 tion of the Code Boliviano declared illegal. Congress installed. 
 General La Mar elected president of the republic. Re- 
 trospect of Chile. Magnanimity of South Americans towards 
 Spaniards - 338 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIII. 
 
 Miguel Fernandez. Journey from Potosi. Jujuy. Salta. 
 The ladies of Salta. Doctor Redhead. General Arenales.
 
 CONTENTS. vii 
 
 The province of Salta. General Miller presented with a grant 
 of land. Tucuman. Unceremonious change of governors. 
 Santiago del Estero. Cordova. Marshal Beresford. General 
 Paroissien. Arrival at Buenos Ayres - - Page 378 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV. 
 
 Retrospect. BuenosAyres. Anarchy. Rodriguez. Provincial 
 junta. Improvements. Banda Oriental. Lavalleja. Con- 
 gress. War with the Brazils. Rivadavia. Las Heras. 
 Brown. Alvear. Policy of the Emperor. Garcia. Dor- 
 rego -----_... 402 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 
 
 BuenosAyres. Scotch colony. Miller embarks. Monte Video. 
 General Lecor. Rio Janeiro. Dr. Corhacho. Don Lucas 
 Cotera. Emperor. Slave trade. Bahia. Pernambuco. 
 Dr. Don Tadeo Garate. Conclusion ... 423 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 (G). An intercepted Letter from General Canterac - 443 
 (H). An intercepted circular Letter addressed toColonel Olachea, 
 from Colonel Carratala .... 444 
 
 (I). Letter from Manzanedo to the Alcalde of Pullo - 445 
 (K). Letter from Colonel Manzanedo to Colonel Barrandalla 447 
 (L). Letter from Colonel Miller to Colonel Brandsen - 449 
 (M). Act of Installation of the Second Congress of Venezuela 450 
 (N). Project of the Constitution for the Republic of Bolivia, 
 with an Address of the Liberator ... 483 
 (O). Resignation of Bolivar, addressed to the Senate - 519 
 (P). Proclamation of Bolivar, dated 19th June, 1827 521
 
 ERRATA. 
 
 Page 140, 16, light, read tight. 
 148, 20, cocoa, read coca. 
 
 167, headline, for Captain Sowersby, read Lieut-Colonel Sowersby. 
 215, line 20, for amisione, read amissione. 
 221, 9, Nacari, read Nacari. 
 
 230, lines 19, 20, and 26, for Garrate, read Garate. 
 
 231, line 19, for Garrate, read Garate. 
 
 344, 7, for Carhuamayo, read Ninicaca. 
 
 399, from 6th to 31st line to be transposed to 8th line of page 391. 
 
 401, headline, /or Hauqui, read HuaquL 
 
 427, last line but one, for his, read this.
 
 MEMOIRS, 
 
 &c. 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 
 Preparations for an expedition to Puertos Intermedios. Captain 
 Prescott, R.N. H.M.S. Aurora. Expedition sails. Position 
 of the royalists. Incidents at sea. Behaviour of the troops. 
 Disembarkation at Arica. Inactivity. Colonel Miller sails for 
 Quilca. Escape of Valdez, near Tacna. General Alvarado 
 advances. Ameller's escape at Locumba. Battle of Torata. 
 Moquegua. Remnant of the patriot army embarks at Ilo. 
 Iquique. Death of La Rosa and Taramona. 
 
 SEVERAL months before the resignation of the pro- 
 tector, secret arrangements had been made for the 
 sailing of fifteen hundred men, under the orders of 
 Colonel Miller, to the Puertos Intermedios. The 
 plan proposed was to land at Iquique, and from thence 
 to march suddenly and rapidly upon General Olaneta, 
 whose division of three or four thousand royalists was 
 so scattered in the department of Potosi, that it was 
 supposed Miller would be able to defeat it in detail, 
 especially as it was known that the natives would 
 willingly co-operate with the patriot commander, 
 who was to take an ample supply of spare arms to 
 facilitate the raising of new corps. In the event of 
 success, Upper Peru would have been occupied. In 
 the case of Miller being hard pressed, a retreat to the 
 coast was out of the question ; but his division was to 
 cut its way to Salta, which would have been no dif- 
 
 VOL. II. B
 
 2 EMBARKATION. CHAP. XVII. 
 
 ficult matter, and where he would have found ample 
 resources in the patriotic assistance of the gauchos. 
 When the proposed time of embarkation approached, 
 the plan was communicated, by the protector, to the 
 general-in-chief, Alvarado, who considered the expe- 
 dition of so much importance, that he offered to pro- 
 ceed himself with four thousand men. The protector 
 acceded to Alvarado's suggestion, but many months 
 elapsed before the increased number could be got 
 ready ; so slowly were the preparations conducted. In 
 the mean while the deposition of the active Monte- 
 agudo took place, and the protector retired from 
 public life. The junta gubernativa, which succeeded, 
 agreeing in the propriety of removing the seat of war 
 to the south, kept on the transports, which San 
 Martin had already engaged and victualled, and con- 
 tinued the preparations for the projected expedition. 
 
 On the 25th of September, 1822, the whole of the 
 Peruvian corps at Lima took the oath of fidelity and 
 obedience to congress. They formed on the road to 
 Callao, and a feu dejoie was fired on the occasion. 
 The appearance of the men and officers was excellent ; 
 all were well clothed and equipped. The infantry of 
 the legion under Miller was the only Peruvian corps 
 destined to embark in the expedition to Puertos Inter- 
 medios, and it marched, from the reviewing ground, 
 to Callao for that purpose. One hundred and fifty 
 men,withLieutenant-Colonel Videla and a few officers, 
 were left in Lima to form the second battalion. 
 
 Previous to the embarkation of the legion, Mr. 
 John Parish Robertson gave a very splendid ball to 
 the colonel and officers of the regiment. The party
 
 CHAP. xvn. FORCED LOAN, <J 
 
 was studiously select, and the most lovely of the gay 
 and fascinating fair of Lima were present. Mr. Ro- 
 bertson being a bachelor, the company was received 
 by the Senora Dona Rosita de Panizo, who, a few 
 years before, was the pride of the viceregal court of 
 Abascal, and then as much celebrated for the spirit 
 and taste with which she dispensed her riches, as 
 she is still for her amiable, generous-hearted, and 
 lady-like manners : and, although a beautiful daughter 
 of seventeen years gives to the mother a matronly 
 air, Doiia Rosita still preserves her beauty. 
 
 The junta gubernativa, finding much difficulty in 
 procuring the necessary funds to send off the expe- 
 dition, and to supply the military chest, as required 
 by Alvarado, ordered a forced contribution of four 
 hundred thousand dollars upon the commerce of 
 Lima, nearly one half of which was attempted to be 
 levied upon the British merchants, who refused to 
 contribute, on the plea that foreigners residing in the 
 different independent states of South America had 
 hitherto been exempted from similar exactions. They 
 set forth, at the same time, the arbitrary manner in 
 which the loan had been apportioned ; many English 
 merchants being required to contribute very large 
 sums, while natives, known to be extremely wealthy, 
 were put down for very trifling amounts. The go- 
 vernment, however, insisted upon compliance, and 
 severe measures were taken to enforce it. The 
 merchants appealed to Captain Prescott, of H. M. S, 
 Aurora, then commanding the British naval forces 
 in the Pacific. They complained of the hardship 
 and injustice of the case, and expressed their deter-
 
 4 CAPTAIN PRESCOTT. CHAP. xvn. 
 
 mination to leave the country rather than submit to 
 such an imposition. This officer accordingly addressed 
 an official note to the minister of marine, who, in reply, 
 notified to Captain Prescott the acquiescence of the 
 government to the proposed departure of his country- 
 men ; but he was subsequently addressed by the 
 minister for foreign affairs, in explanation, as was 
 stated, ^of the former communication; and Prescott 
 was then given to understand that the English mer- 
 chants would receive no passports until their just 
 debts should be paid, in which it was pretended to 
 include their proportion of the contribution. The 
 injustice of this proceeding was combated by Captain 
 Prescott, who, finding that redress was not to be ob- 
 tained by a further correspondence, got the Aurora 
 under weigh on the 9th of October, 182*2, and, 
 taking his station off the port, prevented the ingress 
 of any British vessel. The executive, much perplexed 
 by this decided step, but unwilling to undergo the 
 mortification of rescinding their former order, re- 
 ferred the correspondence with Captain Prescott to 
 the congress, which, anxious to prevent any mis- 
 understanding with the British naval commander, 
 issued a decree on the 10th, authorizing the executive 
 to withdraw the claim. On the llth, the Aurora 
 returned into port, and all hostile feelings subsided. 
 The English merchants then agreed to supply the 
 government with a small loan, bearing no interest, to 
 be repaid by specified instalments. They also voted 
 fifteen hundred dollars for the purchase of a piece of 
 plate, to be presented to Captain Prescott, in testi- 
 mony of his valuable services during the critical pe- 
 riod he was the senior British naval officer on the
 
 CHAP. xvil. THE EXPEDITION. 5 
 
 station. The firmness, temper, and perfect know- 
 ledge of international rights, which the gallant officer 
 displayed, whenever he was obliged to interfere in 
 questions of delicacy and difficulty, acquired for him 
 the respect and deference of contending Spaniards 
 and Peruvians, as well as the grateful esteem of his 
 own countrymen. The very high state of discipline 
 and fine condition of the Aurora, the good conduct 
 of the ship's company, and the harmony which pre- 
 vailed amongst them, reflected equal credit upon the 
 commander and upon his officers. 
 
 The Junta gubernativa now directed their sole at- 
 tention to the sailing of the long talked of expedition 
 to the Puertos Intermedios. After much further 
 delay, and some altercation between the general and 
 the executive, the troops embarked on board the 
 transports in the bay of Callao. They consisted of 
 the following corps : 
 
 1st Battalion of Peruvian legion, Col. Miller. 
 
 No. 4. ^ Lieutenant-Colonel Sanchez. 
 
 No. 5. ? of Chile. - 
 
 Artillery 3 - 
 
 No. 11. "J Lieutenant-Colonel Deza. 
 
 Reg. of the Rio 
 
 de la Plata*, 
 t Regiment of 
 
 granaderos & 
 
 caballo. 
 
 In the whole 3859 
 
 Don Rudesindo Alvarado, general-in-chief. 
 Col. Don Fran. Antonio Pinto, chief of the staff. 
 
 * Composed of the battalions formerly denominated Nos. 7 and 8. 
 
 t A squadron of this regiment, under Lieutenant-Colonel Lavalle, which had 
 been present at the battle of Pinchincha, did not join the army until it had dis- 
 embarked at Arica. 
 
 Colonel Correa. - - 1100 
 
 Buenos Ayres. 
 
 509
 
 6 ROYALIST POSITIONS. CHAP. XVII. 
 
 The first battalion of the legion, the battalions 
 Nos. 5 and 11, with three hundred and fifty grana- 
 deros a caballo y and a company of No. 4, in all about 
 two thousand men, under the command of Miller, 
 sailed on the 10th of October from Callao, in the 
 transports O'Higgins, Independencia, Perla, Mac- 
 kenna, Olive Branch, Dardo, and Nancy. The rest 
 of the expedition, with the general-in-chief and staff, 
 followed a few days afterwards, together with the 
 frigate O'Higgins, Rear- Admiral Blanco. The first 
 place of rendezvous was to be off Iquique, and the 
 second thirty miles S. W. of Arica. 
 
 About four thousand troops, including twelve hun- 
 dred Colombians, remained in the department of 
 Lima, under the orders of General Arenales, who was 
 to advance upon Xauxa, and threaten the royalists 
 in that valley, so as to prevent them from detaching 
 troops to the southward against Alvarado, who, it 
 was thought, would have no difficulty in taking pos- 
 session of the important provinces of Upper Peru. 
 
 The royalists had at this time about five thousand 
 troops in the valley of Xauxa, under Canterac ; about 
 three thousand with Valdez, on or near the coast of 
 the Puertos Intermedios; and three thousand or 
 thereabouts with Olaileta, in the vicinity of Potosi ; 
 besides a few detachments and skeletons of battalions 
 in Cuzco, La Paz, and other garrisons. 
 
 The plan of operations of the independents for the 
 ensuing campaign was considered good. The royalist 
 divisions were very distant from each other, and so 
 separated in one of the most mountainous countries 
 in the world, that it appeared to be an easy matter 
 to attack them separately. The hopes of the patriots
 
 CHAP. XVII. INTEBCEPTED CORRESPONDENCE. 7 
 
 brightened, and every thing seemed to promise a 
 speedy termination of the struggle in Peru. The 
 royalists became alarmed by the threatening aspect of 
 affairs. The viceroy La Serna wrote from Cuzco to 
 the minister of war in Spain, that unless he were 
 speedily reinforced from the Peninsula, it would be 
 impossible to continue much longer the unequal con- 
 test; for whilst his troops were harassed by being 
 obliged to march almost incredible distances, the 
 patriots, possessing the dominion of the Pacific, 
 could easily transport their armies from one point to 
 another, either to attack his forces, necessarily scat- 
 tered over a vast extent of territory, in detail, or to 
 retire opportunely whenever they found themselves 
 too much pressed. His excellency complained bit- 
 terly of the neglect which his repeated applications 
 for assistance had hitherto met with at the court of 
 Madrid, and concluded by stating that his health 
 had suffered so severely under such trying and harass- 
 ing circumstances, that he found himself unable to 
 fulfil the arduous duties of viceroy, and therefore 
 tendered his resignation for a second time, begging 
 that his majesty would be pleased to name his suc- 
 cessor *. 
 
 But notwithstanding it was evident that the roy- 
 alist generals were often divided in council, and that 
 much enmity existed amongst some of them, they all 
 made every exertion to overcome the disadvantages 
 of their position. Canterac and Loriga were inde- 
 fatigable in the north ; Valdez, on the coast of the 
 Intermedios, was the soul of the Spanish army : his 
 
 * These communications were intercepted by Miller, on his landing at Quilca.
 
 8 ACCIDENT CHAP. xvn. 
 
 activity, self-denial of every comfort, and the exem- 
 plary manner in which he shared the fatigues and 
 privations of his soldiers, combined with his uncom- 
 promising severity towards all delinquents, produced 
 the most beneficial effects amongst his followers, and 
 obtained for him the love of his soldiers, and the re- 
 spect and admiration of even those opposed to him. 
 Olaiieta spared no means in Potosi to augment his 
 forces. He was a general of the old school, and had 
 been the companion of Pezuela : he was consequently 
 unfriendly to La Serna, Canterac, Valdez, and other 
 chiefs who had served in the peninsular war. The 
 mass of the population, however, was decidedly 
 against the royalists; so that, in spite of their efforts, 
 the aspect of affairs seemed to indicate their speedy 
 downfall. 
 
 In the mean time the junta gubernativa had issued 
 orders to enforce levies. of recruits in the department 
 of Truxillo and the northern provinces, to augment 
 the division of Arenales : but such was the apathy 
 pervading every department of the government, that 
 the casualties caused by sickness and desertion were 
 scarcely filled up. 
 
 Eight-and-forty hours after the first division of 
 patriots had sailed from Callao under Miller, one of 
 the largest transports, the Independencia, having 
 four hundred of his own battalion on board, sprang 
 a leak, and was soon reported to have six feet water 
 in the hold. Boats were despatched from the other 
 transports, and in less than six hours, notwithstanding 
 a rough sea, the men were removed from the leaky 
 ship. One hundred of them were received by Miller
 
 CHAP. XVII. AT SEA. 9 
 
 on board his own vessel, the O'Higgins, of three 
 hundred and forty tons, which increased the number, 
 embarked in that transport, to four hundred and ten. 
 The rest were sent back to Callao in two small trans- 
 ports, accompanied by the Independencia. The 
 convoy then proceeded on its voyage. 
 
 On the night of the 30th, when sailing on a wind 
 at the rate of five knots, with a stiff breeze, the Mac- 
 kenna, of four hundred tons, through the neglect of 
 the mate of the watch, ran athwart the O'Higgins. 
 The concussion was severe. The mainmast of the 
 latter ship was carried away close by the board. The 
 Mackenna lost her jib-boom, and both vessels were 
 otherwise materially injured in their rigging. They 
 got clear of each other more by good fortune than 
 skill, as the decks were crowded with soldiers, and 
 all was, of course, uproar and confusion. When 
 daylight appeared, the O'Higgins looked like a 
 floating wreck; but fortunately the weather was mo- 
 derate, and in the course of two days a jury-mast 
 was rigged. The damages of the Mackenna were 
 also repaired, and the convoy again continued its 
 course. 
 
 The crews of the transports were a medley of En- 
 glish, North Americans, French, Dutch, and Creoles. 
 Many of the masters were natives, who could with 
 difficulty make themselves understood by the majority 
 of their crew. The vessels had been well provisioned, 
 and watered for fifty days, and it was supposed that 
 the voyage would hardly last half that time. 
 
 The soldiers behaved exceedingly well on the 
 passage, and an air of contentment pervaded the
 
 10 BEHAVIOUR OF THE TROOPS. CHAP. xvll. 
 
 performance of all their duties. They were de- 
 votedly attached to their officers; extremely subor- 
 dinate; cleanly in their persons and berths; and 
 sensibly alive to the smallest act of kindness or 
 attention. Three-fourths of the legion were abori- 
 gines, and many of them, when they joined the corps, 
 could not speak any language but their own, the 
 Quichua ; but they soon learned the words of com- 
 mand in Spanish, and their duty as soldiers, all of 
 which was taught agreeably to the Spanish regu- 
 lations. They are generally of rather low stature, 
 robust, and beardless, with a bright brown com- 
 plexion. The rest of the men were mulattos, some 
 blacks, and a few white Creoles, who were generally 
 non-commissioned officers. The band was excellent, 
 and consisted of twenty-two musicians: twelve of them 
 played by note. The salary of the master of the band 
 was fifty-four dollars per month. The music beguiled 
 many a tedious hour, and in the evenings and the 
 moonlight nights the Indians would chant their 
 yarams (plaintive melodies), while the loquacious 
 mulattos related stories, or, with the whites, sang 
 the favourite airs of Lima, for which dissipated city 
 the natives cherish an enthusiastic attachment. The 
 officers on the quarter-deck sang patriotic and na- 
 tional songs ; most of them having good voices, and 
 great taste for music. That stern distance and 
 reserve maintained, perhaps usefully, towards the 
 men in some European armies, did not exist amongst 
 the patriots. They would often converse with their 
 officers, and speak of their native villages and the 
 pleasures they had left behind ; yet on this account
 
 CHAP. xvil. WANT OF WATER. 11 
 
 no undue freedom was ever taken. On the contrary, 
 the condescending familiarity of the officers height- 
 ened the affection of the soldiers, without decreasing 
 their respect. These ties of regard between officers 
 and men are often found to be, in time of peril, more 
 strong and effective than the deference produced by 
 cold severity, which, if once allowed to relax, is not 
 replaced by any equivalent resulting from mere re- 
 spect and habits of obedience. 
 
 Light and contrary winds prevailed ; the transports 
 were dull sailers, and there was every appearance of 
 a protracted voyage. The allowance of water was 
 decreased to three pints a day per man, and thoughts 
 of deep anxiety began to intrude. There was no 
 skilful navigator, or practical naval officer, in the con- 
 voy to give professional advice. On the 23d of November 
 each vessel was ordered to make the best of its way 
 to the first rendezvous. The commanding officers of 
 the troops, in two of the transports, came on board 
 the head-quarter ship, to beg some water; but the 
 number of men in the O'Higgins having been aug- 
 mented, not a drop of that invaluable liquid could 
 be spared. 
 
 On the last day of November, the O'Higgins and 
 two of the smaller transports which were still in com- 
 pany were two hundred miles from their destination. 
 The allowance of water was further reduced to a 
 quart per day, and Miller always superintended the 
 serving it out. He had fortunately taken this pre- 
 caution from the commencement of the voyage, to 
 prevent waste. The soldiers continued to display the 
 greatest good conduct under the torment of thirst.
 
 12 PATRIOTS LAND CHAP. xvn. 
 
 When the bung of the cask was taken out, it was 
 eagerly caught at, and the man who could get hold 
 of the rag round it considered the moisture he ex- 
 tracted from it as no unimportant addition to his 
 scanty allowance. Upon drinking it at the gangway, 
 the poor fellows sometimes lifted up their clasped 
 hands, and exclaimed with fervency, gracias a Dios ! 
 (thank God!) Such was their desperate situation, 
 when a breeze sprang up, which infused hope and 
 consolation. All thoughts of attempting to reach 
 the first, but the most distant, rendezvous at Iquique, 
 were abandoned, and the vessels were steered towards 
 Arica, which enabled them to sail with the wind two 
 points free. On the 2nd of December land was hap- 
 pily discovered ; and on the 3d, vessels were seen in 
 the port of Arica, where the O'Higgins anchored at 
 noon on the same day, having less than two casks of 
 water remaining. Of four hundred and ten men, 
 not one had died during the passage, and there were 
 only seventeen on the sick list. The feelings and 
 rejoicings of all, on finding themselves again on shore 
 in the midst of their former comrades, can be more 
 easily conceived than described. 
 
 Part of the expedition had landed at Arica on the 
 27th of November, and the remainder arrived in suc- 
 cession, with the exception of one hundred and fifty 
 men landed at Iquique, and sent to Tarrapaca, to 
 operate in the adjoining provinces, and to observe 
 the movements of Olaileta in Upper Peru. 
 
 The patriots formed about three thousand five hun- 
 dred effective men ; but as they remained inactive, 
 the royalists had ample time to withdraw all supplies
 
 CHAP. xvn. AT ARICA. 13 
 
 from Tacna and the adjoining country, except such 
 as were concealed by the patriotic natives. Four 
 or five patriot soldiers were made prisoners within 
 a mile of Arica by a party of the royalists, which had 
 the temerity to advance to almost within pistol shot 
 of the whole independent army: the others retired 
 unmolested. Pinto commanded at Arica until Al- 
 varado arrived there from Iquique. 
 
 On the 9th of December, the legion, the regiment 
 of Rio de la Plata, and the granaderos & cdballo, ad- 
 vanced three leagues in front to the valley of Lluta, 
 a position in every point of view preferable to Arica. 
 From Lluta to Tacna the distance is eleven leagues, 
 over a sandy desert. On the 14th, a report having 
 reached the patriot general that Valdez was in the 
 vicinity of Sama, anfi about to advance, the patriot 
 forces were concentrated at Chacalluta, which is at the 
 mouth of the valley of Lluta next the sea. Although 
 no enemy appeared, Alvarado thought it prudent to 
 withdraw his troops to Asapa, a wide and open valley 
 a league east of Arica. From these cautious measures, 
 if indeed they could be termed merely cautious, the 
 royalists began to acquire confidence, and to cherish 
 a hope of being enabled to resist the timid liberators. 
 Some of the directing men of the latter entertained, 
 it would appear, the most awful respect for Valdez, 
 who was at first believed to have at least four thou- 
 sand men with him, whereas he had only the battalions 
 Gerona, Centre, five squadrons of cavalry, four field- 
 pieces, and a company of sappers, being one thousand 
 seven hundred and sixty-five infantry, and seven hun-
 
 14 INDECISION AND PKOCRASTINATING CHAP. XVII. 
 
 dred and fifty-seven cavalry, making a total of two 
 thousand five hundred and twenty-two men. These 
 troops occupied en echellon the valleys of Moquegua, 
 Locumba, and Sama, having an advanced piquet at 
 Tacna. But what mainly contributed to imbolden 
 the royalists was the knowledge that Canterac was 
 on the march from Huancayo to succour Valdez with 
 one battalion of Cantabria, and one of Infante, each 
 eight hundred strong, and eight hundred cavalry; 
 and that Carratala with the battalion Partidarios, 
 eight hundred and seventy-one strong, and Burgos, 
 five hundred and forty-eight, was also in the vicinity 
 of Puno, and marching to the same point. Thus, by 
 further procrastination, Alvarado would have to con- 
 tend with the united divisions of these three gene- 
 rals, amounting to four thousand eight hundred and 
 seventy-four infantry, and one thousand five hundred 
 and fifty-seven cavalry; but even yet there was a 
 good opportunity of attacking Valdez or Olaiieta in 
 isolated positions. 
 
 On the arrival of the independent troops upon the 
 coast, the natives came forward voluntarily with 
 their mules, having with difficulty and risk escaped 
 through the country held by the royalists. But their 
 enthusiasm cooled upon perceiving the extraordinary 
 inactivity of the patriots, many of whom now fell 
 sick from the effects of the climate. Murmurs also 
 began to break out amongst the chiefs. 
 
 During this state of unfortunate listlessness, the 
 discipline of the army was most wofully deteriorating. 
 Acts of extortion were practised upon the country
 
 CHAP. XVII. SYSTEM OF ALVARADO. 15 
 
 people, whose commodities, which they brought to 
 the camp market, were frequently taken from them 
 without payment. 
 
 The patriot troops had already remained inactive 
 three weeks, and the general-in-chief was still unde- 
 cided as to his future movements. He consulted 
 many of the chiefs, but followed the opinion of none. 
 Miller was called to hold a conference with him, 
 and in order that it might be undisturbed, it took 
 place at midnight in the general's apartments. He 
 requested Miller's opinion as to the best plan of 
 operations. The latter had up to this time care- 
 fully abstained from making known his sentiments ; 
 but now that his advice was formally asked, he un- 
 hesitatingly gave it. He stated his opinion to be, 
 that the enemy's divisions being so widely scattered, 
 and the situation of the patriots so favourable in 
 every point of view, any plan the general chose 
 to adopt would ensure success, provided it was an 
 offensive one, either in the direction of Arequipa, 
 La Paz, or Potosi ; that no more time ought to be 
 lost, and that, having once determined upon a plan, 
 nothing should divert him from his purpose. The 
 general acquiesced ; but, unfortunately, he appeared 
 to be too sensitively alive to every species of re- 
 sponsibility, excepting the greatest of all, which was 
 inaction on an unhealthy coast. 
 
 Valdez, with less than three thousand men, was in 
 front of Alvarado, whilst Canterac and Olaneta were 
 separated from him on either side, each at the di- 
 stance of upwards of one hundred and fifty leagues.
 
 16 DIFFERENCES OF OPINION. CHAP. XVII. 
 
 The course which should have been adopted was most 
 obvious. Even to secure supplies it was evidently 
 necessary to advance. 
 
 The general-in-chief, vexed at the importunities 
 of Miller, and of other commanding officers of corps, 
 to advance, and which importunities were perhaps im- 
 properly urged, told the former that if he were not 
 satisfied he might return to Lima. Miller took him 
 at his word, and re-embarked j but before he could ob- 
 tain his passport the general sent repeated messages 
 by Rear- Admiral Blanco and others, requesting him 
 to come on shore. An interview again took place, 
 and it was finally arranged that Miller should be 
 employed on a detached service. 
 
 General Alvarado, a native of Salta, is an amiable, 
 well-informed gentleman, of highly polished and pre- 
 possessing address, who, from the commencement of 
 the revolution, has always been employed, but although 
 animated with the purest patriotism, this really worthy 
 man has been singularly unfortunate as a soldier. 
 
 Miller embarked on the evening of the 21st with 
 the light company of his battalion, and sailed to the 
 northward, with orders to disembark on the coast of 
 Camana, and to divert the attention of Canterac and 
 Carratala, or at all events, to draw off a division of 
 their forces. The natives were warmly patriotic, and 
 much was expected from them, especially as Miller's 
 name, owing to his previous operations on the coast, 
 was well known. 
 
 At length, on the 23d, the regiment of the Rio 
 de la Plata and that of the granaderos a caballo
 
 CHAP. XVII. GENERAL VALDEZ ADVANCES. 17 
 
 marched, under the orders of Colonel Correa, to 
 Tacna, where he arrived on the following day. 
 
 The active Valdez was in the valley of Sama with 
 four hundred cavalry, four hundred infantry mounted 
 on mules, and two field-pieces. His men were de- 
 voted to him, and he knew he could rely upon their 
 valour under any circumstance. His object was to 
 watch for a favourable opportunity to make a coup- 
 de-main. He was positively assured that the patriots 
 in Tacna did not exceed one thousand men. With 
 his flying division he therefore set out from Sama, at 
 four P. M. on the 31st, in order that night to sur- 
 prise the independents in Tacna. The royalists lost 
 their way for upwards of five hours in the desert, and 
 having wandered about and marched nearly double 
 the necessary distance, did not arrive in sight of 
 Tacna until broad daylight on the 1st of January, 
 1823. Instead of finding the town occupied by one 
 thousand patriots, as he anticipated, Valdez saw not 
 only the brigade of Correa drawn up to receive him, 
 but also the battalion of the legion, and of No. 1 1 , 
 advancing within a league of the town on the Arica 
 side. With the patriot reinforcement came General 
 Don Enrique Martinez (who had followed the ex- 
 pedition from Truxillo), and, on joining Correa's 
 brigade, had taken the command. The situation of 
 Valdez was most critical. His men and horses were 
 too much fatigued to re-cross the desert ; he was too 
 weak to venture upon an attack, and he could not 
 remain on the burning sjand. He therefore adopted 
 the only alternative left him, of obliquing to his left, 
 and posted himself in Calana, a hamlet two leagues 
 
 VOL. II. c >
 
 18 VALDEZ ESCAPES. CHAP. xvn. 
 
 east of Tacna, and in the valley. At ten A. M. 
 Martinez with his troops marched up the valley to- 
 wards Calana. Valdez at first did not show any 
 disposition to retreat, and some skirmishing took 
 place. Martinez detached a battalion and some 
 cavalry to the heights, on the right of the enemy. 
 Upon perceiving this movement, Valdez retired two 
 leagues higher up the valley, to Pachia, almost un- 
 molested by the slowly pursuing patriots. It appears 
 that Martinez made so sure of capturing Valdez, 
 that he did not think it necessary to make a serious 
 attack upon -the exhausted enemies, who halted eight 
 hours to recover from their fatigues, and then con- 
 tinued their march to Tarrata, fourteen leagues from 
 Tacna. The General-in-Chief Alvarado had not, 
 up to this time, moved from Arica. Valdez, who 
 afterwards acknowledged that he considered all was 
 lost, stated that his casualties amounted to only 
 thirteen killed, wounded, and missing. 
 
 Alvarado at last united the whole of his forces in 
 Tacna, and, placing himself at their head, advanced 
 on the road leading to Arequipa, and on the evening 
 of the 13th of January reached the valley of Locumba. 
 Colonel Ameller, commanding the advance of the 
 royalists near Moquegua, having reason to suppose 
 that Locumba was occupied by merely two or three 
 hundred patriots, advanced with four hundred roy- 
 alists, in the hope of taking them by surprise. In 
 order to effect this the more completely, he crossed 
 the valley, and placed himself on the Tacna side of 
 Locumba, in the rear of the patriots. At daybreak 
 on the 14th, to his great surprise, Ameller found
 
 CHAP. xvn. COLONEL AMELLER. 19 
 
 himself within cannon-shot, not of two or three hun- 
 dred men only, as he expected, but of the whole of 
 Alvarado's army. He immediately made the best of 
 his way to the heights of Candarave. A battalion 
 of infantry and a squadron of cavalry were sent in 
 pursuit by Alvarado, but they did no serious mischief, 
 for Ameller made good his retreat by a circuitous 
 route to Moquegua. He behaved with the utmost 
 firmness and sangfroid, and his escape was equally 
 honourable to his talents and to his courage. It is 
 singular that he should have made a false and rash 
 movement upon Locumba, precisely similar to that 
 of Valdez upon Tacna. Both originated from want 
 of correct information, and nothing can more clearly 
 prove the incorruptible patriotism of the inhabitants 
 of these districts. It is not less singular that both 
 should have been so strangely permitted to escape, 
 for although they might be called, with great justice, 
 the two best and most enterprising officers in the 
 royalist service, the odds were so much against them, 
 that nothing but the inertness and irresolution of 
 Martinez and Alvarado could have saved them. 
 
 The army under Alvarado arrived in the vicinity 
 of Moquegua on the 18th, and halted almost within 
 range of the division of Valdez, which had re-united, 
 and was bivouacked on some adjoining heights. On 
 the morning of the 19th, the patriots advanced* 
 Valdez fell back, disputing every inch of rising 
 ground, to the heights of Torata. There he was 
 joined at half past three P. M. by General Canterac, 
 who had that moment arrived, having made forced 
 marches from Puno. Canterac was accompanied
 
 20 BATTLE OF TORATA. CHAP. XVII. 
 
 only by a small detachment of cavalry, the rest of 
 his division being a few miles in the rear. 
 
 Valdez had chosen his position with so much 
 judgment, that every attempt made by Alvarado to 
 dislodge him proved unavailing, and Valdez, or rather 
 Canterac, part of whose division had now come up, 
 became in turn the assailant. The action was sharp. 
 The regiment of the Rio de la Plata showed a great 
 want of discipline ; No. 4< of Chile, and the legion, 
 behaved well. The conduct of the latter, which 
 Miller had left under the command of the gallant 
 Lieutenant-Colonel de la Rosa, drew forth praise 
 from the enemy in their official report. But the 
 patriots were worsted, and Alvarado fell back upon 
 Moquegua (five leagues) in the course of the night. 
 He halted there in a state of great indecision until 
 the 21st, when the battalions Cantabria and Burgos, 
 the cavalry and artillery of Canterac, united with the 
 divisions of Valdez, and advanced to ' Moquegua, 
 where they found Alvarado strongly posted. A se- 
 cond action ensued. The patriots had the advantage 
 of position, and were not perhaps inferior in numbers 
 to the royalists ; but unhappily dissensions had broken 
 out amongst the chiefs; the soldiers had become 
 dispirited ; and insubordination prevailed in every 
 grade. A total defeat was the consequence. The 
 royalist official accounts state their own losses in the 
 affairs of Torata and Moquegua at one hundred and 
 fifty killed, and two hundred and fifty wounded ; 
 which statement is considered underrated. Valdez 
 was wounded, and had two horses shot under him. 
 He, as well as the brave Ameller, was continually
 
 CHAP. xvii. BATTLE OF MOQUEGUA. 21 
 
 seen in the front *. Alvarado, Martinez, Correa, 
 and Pinto, fled to Ilo, and embarked with something 
 short of one thousand fugitives. Alvarado could 
 only prevail upon about three hundred of these men 
 to accompany him to Iquique (sixty leagues south of 
 Arica), where the skeleton battalion No. 2 had been 
 left, and whither some dispersed soldiers had directed 
 their course. Upon arriving at Iquique, Alvarado 
 discovered that the battalion had been compelled to 
 embark on the 13th of February, by the royalists 
 under Olaneta, who had marched from Potosi to the 
 coast. Alvarado sent the greater part of his men on 
 shore, in the supposition that Olaneta had retired 
 from Iquique, but who, it turned out, had concealed 
 his men in the village. Upon the patriots arriving, 
 they rushed from their ambuscade, and killed or made 
 prisoners the entire party. Alvarado, unsuccessful 
 at all points, made sail for Lima. 
 
 Miller, on learning the fate of his legion, wrote 
 the following letter to the author of these memoirs : 
 
 " My first battalion, which cost me so much pains 
 to form, and which occupied all my thoughts for a 
 year, was cut to pieces at the affair of Torata. But 
 it fought nobly ; is spoken of by the rest of the army 
 in terms of admiration of its conduct, and of sorrow 
 for its loss ; for all agreed that the corps had acquired 
 fame in the midst of misfortune. The firmness with 
 which two cavalry charges were repulsed, after the 
 rest of our army had given way, and the accuracy 
 
 * Ensign Rivero, of the legion, was amongst the killed at Torata. His body 
 was found on the field of battle by his brother Lieutenant-Colonel Rivero, who 
 commanded a royalist battalion.
 
 22 THE PERUVIAN LEGION. CHAP. XVII. 
 
 and sangfroid with which the battalion manoeuvred 
 under a heavy fire, drew forth expressions of applause 
 from Canterac ; and yet my brave fellows were almost 
 all recruits : but there was so much esprit de corps, 
 and such a bond of union between officers and men, 
 that I always anticipated they would do something 
 brilliant whenever they met the enemy. The high- 
 souled ambition of its youthful commandant, Don 
 Pedro de la Rosa, did not a little tend to raise my 
 expectations. He and Captains Tarramona (who 
 acted as major) and Escobar and six subalterns were 
 killed. They were all from seventeen to twenty-four 
 years of age, my very best officers, and would have 
 done honour to any European service. Besides 
 these, two captains and seven subalterns were taken 
 prisoners, all excepting three severely wounded. 
 Only one hundred and thirty rank and file escaped, 
 exclusive of the light company detached with me. 
 
 " I mourn with a feeling beyond the power of 
 expression for the loss of so many fine, brave, and 
 promising young men who have fallen during this 
 short campaign. My first visits of condolence to 
 the families of my departed friends have been inde- 
 scribably distressing." 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonel de la Rosa and Major Tarra- 
 mona had served together as cadets in the same roy- 
 alist corps. They both transferred their services to 
 their country at the same time, and both received 
 captaincies in the Peruvian legion of the guard, soon 
 after it was formed. At the theatre, at the bull- 
 fight, at the ball, at the promenade, or in the field, 
 they were inseparable. Their conduct at the battle
 
 CHAP. XVII. DE LA ROSA AND TARRAMONA. 23 
 
 of Torata was equally heroic. They advanced several 
 yards in front of their battalion, to within musket- 
 shot of the enemy's line, when La Rosa called out, 
 " Here are La Rosa and Tarramona, once cadets of 
 the royal army, but now of the Peruvian legion, and 
 who desire nothing more eagerly than to fight for 
 their country. Come on, then, Spaniards, and try 
 the courage of the legion." La Rosa and Tarra- 
 mona retired unhurt amidst a shower of musket-balls. 
 Their contempt of danger inspired their soldiers 
 with enthusiastic valour. The battalion repulsed 
 several successive charges, and did not retire until it 
 was reduced to one-fourth of its original number. 
 La Rosa conducted the retreat with as much cool- 
 ness as skill, but unhappily both he and his friend 
 Tarramona were killed at the same time at Iquique, 
 each at the early age of twenty-two years, and both 
 were buried in one grave. 
 
 The Peruvian government decreed that the name 
 of the Lieutenant-Colonel de la Rosa should be re- 
 tained on the muster-roll of the legion, and that 
 when called over by the commissary, the battalion 
 should reverse arms, and the adjutant answer, " Died 
 gloriously on the field of battle." A pension was 
 granted to the sister of La Rosa ; but it is much to 
 be feared that the posthumous honours j the family 
 pension ; and the worth and valour which found a
 
 24 DETACHMENT LANDS AT QUILCA. CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 Colonel Miller disembarks at Quilca. Camana. Siguas. 
 Victor. Advance of Carratala. Murderer shot. Carabeli. 
 Atico. Port of Chala. Colonel Manzanedo. Strategy.; 
 Palpa. Barandalla. Cholera morbus. Port of Lomas. 
 Dr. Cordova. The brig Protector sails to Callao. 
 
 IT will be recollected that Miller sailed from Arica 
 on the 21st of December, with the light company of 
 the legion, and some spare arms to distribute amongst 
 the natives. The brig Protector, which conveyed 
 them, brought up in the roadstead of Quilca, at noon, 
 on Christmas day, close to H. M. S. Aurora ; but no 
 communication between the two vessels took place. 
 The only place of landing was at the head of a caleta, 
 or small inlet, which was examined, and found so 
 narrow, and the sides so bold and rugged, that a few 
 men might, with perfect safety, prevent the disem- 
 barkation of very superior numbers. At sunset about 
 fifty royalists were perceived on the hills. No in- 
 formation could be procured from the neutral frigate, 
 and the silence of many old friends on board was, 
 although perfectly proper, extremely mortifying. 
 Miller's object was to cause a diversion to the north- 
 ward of Arequipa; but the reinforcements which 
 were to have followed were never sent. Notwith- 
 standing this unfavourable circumstance, he com- 
 menced offensive operations with one hundred and 
 twenty men.
 
 CHAP, xvill. MARCHES TO CAMANA. 25 
 
 At midnight on the 25th, Miller pushed off in a 
 jolly-boat, accompanied by an officer, three soldiers, 
 and a bugleman. An officer and twenty-five men 
 followed in the launch, with orders to put back in 
 case of resistance to the landing of those in the jolly- 
 boat. The surf broke furiously, and tracks of foam 
 across the entrance whitened the foot of the rocks on 
 each side of the mouth of the inlet, and formed eddies 
 difficult to row through in the dark. The adven- 
 turous party, however, landed without opposition, 
 for the royalist detachment had already fled to Ca- 
 mana. The patriots entered the village of Quilca 
 at two A.M., and surprised in his bed the curate, a 
 stanch royalist, who was till then uninformed of the 
 sudden retreat of his friends. At daybreak a patriot 
 advanced guard, posted on the road leading to Are- 
 quipa, made prisoner Don N. Aramburu, a native of 
 Spain, who had been despatched by the merchants 
 of Arequipa, to arrange with the commanding officer 
 of the Aurora for the shipment of treasure. He was 
 also the bearer of important despatches from the vice- 
 roy La Serna to the minister of war at Madrid, one 
 of which, containing his excellency's resignation, we 
 have given in the last chapter. The intercepted 
 correspondence and other information were sent to 
 Alvarado on the 26th. 
 
 Soon after sunset, on that evening, the patriot 
 party marched, and arrived at Camana by daybreak 
 on the 27th. They were well received by the in- 
 habitants, who stated that the sub-delegate Lieu- 
 tenant-Colonel Piiiera had, about three hours before, 
 fled with eighty men across the river, which runs a
 
 26 MAJES. CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 mile north of the town, and that he had destroyed 
 the balsas to impede pursuit. The river flows in 
 several streams through a very wide bed, the inter- 
 vening banks being covered with tall shrubs ; but 
 although fords are always to be found, excepting 
 during the season in which the snow melts upon the 
 mountains, yet they are not easily hit upon ; the height 
 of the river being seldom the same for two days to- 
 gether ; and the mode of ferrying across by balsas 
 renders fordable places of less importance. Upon a 
 reward being offered to any person who should dis- 
 cover one, some peasants galloped off. Their zeal 
 was further stimulated by a promise that their cattle, 
 carried off by the royalists, should be restored upon 
 overtaking the runaways. At ten A.M. a peasant 
 returned with the agreeable intelligence that he had 
 been successful. Thirty soldiers and as many pea- 
 sants, all well mounted, instantly went in pursuit. 
 They found the royalists sleeping in a field eight 
 leagues from Camana, on the road to Majes. Twenty- 
 five of them were made prisoners, together with the 
 sub-delegate, and the rest dispersed. Seventy head 
 of oxen, some mules, horses, and arms were taken. 
 
 Miller re-entered Camana on a Sunday morning. 
 Before going to the apartments prepared for him he 
 attended mass. The inhabitants, upon his first ar- 
 rival, were anxious to know what was his religion, 
 and this little circumstance not only satisfied their 
 curiosity, but stamped him throughout that line of 
 country as " a good Christian," which important dis- 
 covery spread rapidly through the district. 
 
 Camana is situated in a semicircular savannah,
 
 CHAP. XVIII. CAMANA. 27 
 
 nearly two leagues in length from north to south, 
 and about half that extent at its widest part from the 
 sea-shore; the back ground being formed by the 
 lomas or downs, which produce herbage for cattle in 
 consequence of being moistened by the garuas, or 
 heavy mists, that prevail during the greater part of 
 the year. The town is half a league from the sea. 
 There is a tremendous surf on the bar at the river's 
 mouth, and no nearer place of embarkation than the 
 caleta of Quilca. 
 
 Camana is a remarkable instance of what can be 
 effected by the application of capital in the hands of 
 an individual of talent and perseverance. Fifty-six 
 years before, it contained only half a dozen huts, 
 and about thirty inhabitants, who drew their chief 
 support from ferrying travellers and goods across the 
 river on balsas. A Spanish gentleman, named Flores, 
 who had lived rather extravagantly in Arequipa, de- 
 voted twenty thousand dollars, being part of the 
 remnant of a shattered fortune, to the digging of 
 large azequias, or channels, which diverted from the 
 river a quantity of water, sufficient to give fertility to 
 ground that now supports a population of five thou- 
 sand souls, and which might be made capable of sup- 
 porting ten times that number. Whoever chose to 
 build a house on this property received the uncon- 
 ditional present of a moderate portion of land. 
 
 Flores continued to live in an expensive style, and 
 when he died bequeathed ninety thousand dollars to 
 each of his three children by a first marriage, and 
 thirty thousand dollars to each of a numerous family 
 by a second wife, who is still alive, and in the enjoy-
 
 28 ANECDOTES. CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 ment of a very fine sugar estate. Another estate, 
 equally valuable, is the property of the heir, Colonel 
 Don Jose Maria Flores, who is as much distinguished 
 by gentlemanly manners, liberal sentiments, and use- 
 ful talent, as he is for opulence and hospitality. A 
 third estate is occupied by a junior branch. 
 
 Colonel Flores has a sister who is so very deaf as 
 not to be able to hear the loudest thunder. She 
 understands all that is said by watching the motion of 
 the lips of the speaker. In addressing her it is not 
 necessary to articulate sounds, and this was proved in 
 the presence of Miller, upon questions which he pro- 
 posed, and to which she gave the readiest answers. 
 The family affirm that she can, with almost equal 
 facility, understand what is said by watching the 
 shadow of the lips on a wall. She is married to a 
 French gentleman, who, from his not speaking the 
 Spanish language fluently, she does not so readily 
 understand. Their children, therefore, often perform 
 the office of interpreters, although none appeared to 
 have been necessary previous to their tying the matri- 
 monial knot. 
 
 This French gentleman had, during a residence 
 of twenty-three years in Peru, forgotten his native 
 language, of which he was not aware until he visited 
 a French ship of war, which anchored off Quilca in 
 1823. Feeling a desire to become acquainted with 
 his countrymen, he loaded a boat with fresh meat, 
 poultry, fruit, and vegetables, and went offto pay his 
 respects to the commander. On arriving on board, 
 he unexpectedly found himself at a loss for words, 
 and, although he understood all that was said to him,
 
 CHAP, xvili. ANECDOTES. 29 
 
 he was unable to answer in French. He described the 
 effect upon his own mind as distressingly mortifying ; 
 but the difficulty lasted no longer than the second day. 
 
 The following anecdote does not belong to this 
 place, but it will show the possibility of a man losing 
 his native language without acquiring any other. 
 
 A lad left Milan to seek his fortune, and resided 
 two or three years in Paris. He passed three or four 
 years in England, and then proceeded to Chile. He 
 expresses himself imperfectly in French, English, and 
 Spanish, but says he has altogether lost the knowledge 
 of Italian. He is an honest, obliging, pains-taking 
 man, and at one time had accumulated several thou- 
 sand dollars, which he subsequently lost at play. At 
 the time he related his story he was owner and navi- 
 gator of a coasting vessel of fifty tons burden. On 
 beins; asked what he intended to do if he made a se- 
 
 o 
 
 cond fortune, he answered : " If I make five hundred 
 pounds a-year, I will go to London, and live like a 
 gentleman. If I make only one hundred pounds a- 
 year, I must go to my own country, where with that 
 I can live like an Italian prince." 
 
 A new governor was named for the province of 
 Camana, and the patriot commander placed himself 
 in communication with some inhabitants of Arequipa, 
 known to be favourable to the cause. From these 
 sources were obtained copies of official returns of the 
 disposable force of Valdez, and information that Can- 
 terac had detached from Puno, ninety leagues north- 
 east of Camana, to oppose Miller's advance, the bat- 
 talion of Partidarios, above nine hundred strong, 
 commanded by Lieutenant-Colonel Cobos ; a squadron
 
 30 ROYALISTS ADVANCE. CHAP. xvm. 
 
 of cavalry, one hundred and eighty strong, Lieu- 
 tenant-Colonel Ferraz ; and two field-pieces, Colonel 
 Cacho; all under the orders of General Carratala. 
 The battalion of Cazadores, six hundred strong, 
 Colonel Manzanedo, was at the same time ordered 
 to march against Miller from the province of Pari- 
 nacochas. Thus the projected diversion completely 
 succeeded; for nearly two thousand royalists were 
 drawn from distant points, and prevented from acting 
 against Alvarado at Torata and Moquegua. 
 
 Miller left Camana on the 30th of December, 
 accompanied by fourteen soldiers, and crossed the 
 desert of Siguas, a valley eighteen leagues on the road 
 to Arequipa, to reconnoitre. At Siguas, the royalist 
 Captain Urdiminea, who had been sent from Are- 
 quipa to learn what troops had landed at Quilca, was 
 made prisoner by the inhabitants, instigated by the 
 distinguished patriot Colonel Romero, a highly re- 
 spectable proprietor in the valley, and who now joined 
 Miller with heart and hand. Urdiminea confirmed 
 the intelligence of Carratala's advance, and gave 
 reason to suppose that the general was already at 
 Arequipa, through which city he was described as 
 likely to pass without halting, that he might the 
 sooner pay his respects to the patriots. 
 
 Miller's force being so inferior in numbers, he had 
 recourse to stratagem. He wrote to the governor of 
 Arequipa, intimating that the independent troops 
 were advancing, and would, shortly after his excel- 
 lency received that communication, enter the city; 
 that he considered it a duty, as it was hoped the go- 
 vernor of Arequipa would consider it his, to prevent
 
 CHAP, xvill. HUSE DE GUERRE. 31 
 
 any popular commotion on the sudden change of 
 authorities; and that if the latter chose to leave a 
 piquet for the protection of private property, and the 
 maintenance of order, that that piquet should be 
 allowed to depart unmolested in any direction the 
 governor might be pleased to point out. This ruse 
 de guerre succeeded, for the royalists were fully per- 
 suaded that Miller's force was very considerable. 
 The bishop and other adherents to the king began to 
 pack up their valuables preparatory to flight. The 
 hire of a baggage-mule to Cuzco rose suddenly from 
 six to sixty dollars. The summons was sent by a 
 peasant, who had served as guide to the prisoner 
 Urdiminea, and who, upon being taken, had been 
 ordered to prepare for the punishment due to a spy. 
 It was contrived that this peasant should be confined 
 where he could overhear orders given for the en- 
 campment of troops reported every half hour to have 
 arrived. When the desired impression was made, a 
 pardon was offered to him, on condition that he should 
 deliver a letter to the governor of Arequipa, to which 
 he readily consented. He was charged to tell the 
 royalists that the independents were only few in 
 number, and to say that he was not at liberty to 
 divulge, even to the best patriots, that Miller had 
 a force exceeding four hundred men, because his 
 secret object was to take the royalists by surprise. 
 The soldiers, together with some natives of the valley, 
 were placed in conspicuous situations, keeping up 
 blazing fires. The liberated guide placed the packet 
 in his hat, and galloped off. At dusk of the same 
 evening Miller set out for the valley of Vitor, eight
 
 VITOR. CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 leagues in advance, accompanied by two chosen soldiers, 
 a bugleman, three peasants, and an old black servant, 
 each individual leading a spare horse. They galloped 
 across the sandy desert, guided by the wind, which 
 always blows in the same direction. Miller's object 
 was to pick up a prisoner or two from the Spanish 
 advanced post of seventeen men at Vitor j but the 
 terrified bearer of the summons, on his way to Are- 
 quipa in the morning, having declared to the com- 
 manding officer (Captain Reyes) that he had seen 
 with his own eyes eight hundred mounted patriots at 
 Siguas, the prudent officer retired with his men. Upon 
 Miller's arriving at midnight at the bold line of sand- 
 hills which overlooks and encloses the long valley of 
 Vitor, an advanced party of unarmed Indians were 
 taken half way down the descent. They informed 
 Miller that the party of Reyes had decamped, but 
 that another royalist officer and ten dragoons had 
 just descended the hill, and might be then crossing 
 the river, to which they immediately became guides ; 
 but the flood had so increased, that it was found to 
 be impassable. 
 
 The patriot party then directed its course up the 
 valley, and looked about among the straggling cot- 
 tages. On entering one that had a patio, or inner 
 court, Miller saw a negress, and asked her if the 
 royalists were there. Misunderstanding the question, 
 she answered " Si, seilor," and pointed to a room. 
 He gave a whistle, and his men in the rear rushed 
 in. Miller's black servant caught hold of a man in 
 bed by the throat, and flourished a long knife over 
 his head. This was the alcalde of the valley, who,
 
 CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 VIT01J. 33 
 
 awaking from his sleep, thought himself assailed by 
 banditti, and roared lustily for mercy. Upon being 
 apprised of their intentions, the affrighted alcalde 
 dressed himself; got upon one of his own horses, 
 and acted as guide in the further search. On pro- 
 ceeding up the valley, the party came suddenly upon 
 a mounted sentinel. He was immediately secured j 
 arid, upon entering a hut, they found the royalist 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Vidal drying his clothes by a 
 fire, having been completely soaked in an attempt to 
 ford the river. Five of his men were taken, but 
 afterwards permitted to escape, as the others had 
 been. Their horses and arms were however secured. 
 
 The alcalde was ordered to provide forage for five 
 hundred horses, and he was compelled to write a 
 letter, dictated by Miller, apprising the governor 
 of Arequipa of the unexpected appearance of the 
 " insurgents. "Lieutenant-Colonel Vidal was allowed 
 to profit by the same opportunity to send to his 
 friends for supplies of clothing and money. He con- 
 firmed the report made by the alcalde. Both be- 
 lieved the patriots were in considerable numbers, for 
 the bugleman was kept on the alert all night sound- 
 ing in different parts of the valley. 
 
 Vidal and Miller lay down together on the floor, 
 and rested their heads on the same pillow (*. e. a 
 saddle) till daybreak. 
 
 The forage cut in the course of the night was 
 ordered to be conveyed up to the sand-hills, on the 
 Siguas side of the valley, where the alcalde was made 
 to believe the patriots were placed in ambuscade. 
 
 VOL. II. D
 
 34 COLONEL FLORES. CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 % 
 
 At ten A. M. Miller retired to Quilca, where he 
 arrived on the 4th. 
 
 Carratala, on the night of the 2d, entered Arequipa, 
 where he halted for an hour only. Upon arriving at 
 Vitor, he was some time before he could be induced 
 to venture into the valley ; because, from the confused 
 information acquired from the alcalde, he was fearful 
 of falling into an ambuscade. 
 
 In the meantime Miller proceeded to Ocona, 
 where he arrived on the 6'th of January. The balsas 
 in use on the river Camana, as far up as Majes, and 
 those at Chorungas were destroyed. The bull-hides 
 belonging to the balsas of Camana were taken away, 
 after being rendered portable by letting out the 
 wind. By these measures Carratala was deprived 
 of the means of passing the river. Colonel Flores 
 had agreed with Miller that he would volunteer to 
 Carratalil to make new balsas, but promised that he 
 would delay the completion of the operation for 
 two days, which he lengthened out to three, during 
 which time he gave Miller daily advices by means 
 of his major domo, who swam his horse across the 
 river every night. Flores was a sincere patriot ; and, 
 like many others on the coast of the Puertos Inter- 
 medios, rendered Miller important services, which 
 were frequently attended with considerable risk. But 
 being never encouraged to compromise themselves 
 unnecessarily, they, in most cases, made their peace 
 with the royalists when Miller could no longer afford 
 them protection. 
 
 Miller despatched communications from Ocona
 
 CHAP, xviil. OCONA. 35 
 
 over-land to Lima on the 6th, it being easy for a 
 messenger to avoid lea, the only royalist garrison 
 between Ocona and the capital. 
 
 Miller calculated that the cautious Carratal& could 
 not reach Ocona in less than four days, on account 
 of the length and difficulties of intervening deserts. 
 He therefore determined upon reconnoitring Cara- 
 beli, a town thirty leagues north-east of Ocona, to 
 ascertain the truth or falsehood of reports that 
 Colonel Manzanedo intended to advance from Pa- 
 rinacochas. 
 
 At ten P. M. on the 6th of January, Miller, ac- 
 companied by fifteen men, and half a dozen peasants 
 as guides, set out. Major Lyra, left in command at 
 Ocoiia, was somewhat prone to believe in alarming 
 reports j and no sooner was he left by himself than 
 he was made uneasy. Miller had not proceeded 
 more than four leagues over a very rugged road, 
 when an express, from Lyra, overtook him, to beg 
 that he would immediately return, as the enemy had 
 crossed the river of Camana, and were fast ap- 
 proaching Ocona. He disbelieved the information, 
 and would not allow his party to halt, but rode back 
 himself to prevent Lyra retiring to the little port 
 called the Planchada, five leagues north of Ocona, 
 and where the Protector had been ordered to come 
 to an anchor. When Miller got within a mile of 
 Ocona he received a second report, stating that the 
 first originated in a false alarm. It seems that a black 
 vagabond, influenced by the hope of some reward, 
 imposed upon Lyra. Miller, having ascertained that all 
 was safe, turned, without entering Ocoiia ; but, before
 
 36 MURDERER SHOT. CHAP. xvm. 
 
 he resumed his journey, he wrote on a slip of paper that 
 the black, whose bad character was well known, should 
 be summarily examined, and, if found guilty, be imme- 
 diately shot. The sentence was carried into execution 
 the next morning; an act of severity which gave uni- 
 versal satisfaction to the inhabitants of an extensive 
 district. This wretch had killed a priest, and was 
 said to have committed six other murders. He had 
 escaped twice from capilla (the condemned cell). 
 The assassin had secured a frightful impunity by 
 murdering, or threatening to murder, those who had, 
 in the early part of his career, appeared to bear wit- 
 ness to his guilt. To offend him was considered as 
 courting destruction, and nobody of late had been 
 bold enough to give evidence against him. Besides 
 this, so defective and corrupt was the administration 
 of justice under the Spanish rule, that the vilest cri- 
 minal, with money, found few difficulties in evading 
 punishment. One of the guides, at that time with 
 Miller, had concealed himself for several weeks 
 in the valley of Majes, to avoid the poniard of the 
 murderer. His death was, therefore, spoken of as 
 a public benefit, and produced for the patriots many 
 advantages, besides discouraging others from giving 
 false intelligence. 
 
 At midnight, on the 7th, Miller entered Carabeli. 
 The Spanish authorities were displaced, and patriot 
 successors named ; decrees were published ; despatches 
 sent off' to Lima, and various arrangements made. 
 About noon of the 8th, Miller, nearly overcome by 
 the fatigues of a long ride, and from continual mental 
 exertion, threw himself on a bench covered with a
 
 CHAP, xvili. OCONA. 37 
 
 rug, to snatch a few hours* rest. But before he could 
 close his eyes, which were swollen and inflamed by 
 the effects of a scorching sun, want of sleep, and ex- 
 treme bodily exhaustion, a third unwelcome express 
 arrived, with information that the royalists were ad- 
 vancing, that Lyra had determined to retire to the 
 Planchada, and that he recommended the colonel to 
 make the best of his way to the same place, by the 
 nearest road, and without re-entering Ocona. The 
 anxiety which this new alarm created induced Miller 
 to order his escort to proceed direct to the Planchada, 
 and, at the same time, to shape his own course, con- 
 trary to Lyra's advice, straight to Ocona. In his 
 exhausted state, it was not without some difficulty 
 that he again got on horseback. The reflections 
 which obtruded on his mind did not diminish the 
 perplexities of this harassing ride. Besides the com- 
 mon chances of having his retreat cut off, there were 
 other feelings which incited him to press on, in spite 
 of the intimations of wearied nature. He had sepa- 
 rated from General Alvarado in an uncordial manner. 
 He had not been allowed to proceed from Arica to 
 Tarapaca, and operate according to his own plans; 
 but was sent where the probabilities of success were 
 but few. He was well aware that slender allowances 
 would be made for the failure of a junior officer, and 
 a reverse, from whatever cause, might seriously affect 
 his reputation. Miller, however, was determined not 
 to shrink from responsibility, but to act with a de- 
 cision proportioned to the emergency. He felt his 
 spirits rise as his difficulties increased ; yet unpleasing 
 apprehensions would now and then intrude. He was 
 
 <D 4 <J 3 *
 
 38 OCONA. CHAP, xvill. 
 
 afraid that the party left at Ocona might be attacked 
 by a superior force, and be not only beaten, but an- 
 nihilated. With a mind thus occupied by restless 
 forebodings, Miller pursued his way across the desert, 
 nearly one hundred miles in breadth, sleep not having 
 visited his weary eyelids since he left Ocona. He 
 however observed, with much satisfaction, that a 
 storm was breaking upon the lofty summits of the 
 Andes. The lightning played vividly upon their 
 towering pinnacles; he heard the distant thunder 
 rumbling and re-echoing ; and though upon the spot 
 he was then standing rain had never fallen, he ob- 
 served it descending in torrents on the mountain 
 sides. This inspired the hope that the river of Ocona 
 would become swollen, and impassable to the royal- 
 ists. For several leagues he kept himself awake by 
 lashing his back with the bridle reins, and by rub- 
 bing his eyes with his own saliva; but at length 
 nature gave way to an overpowering drowsiness, 
 which caused him to drop from his saddle on the 
 sand. Twisting the bridle round his arm, he fell 
 into a sleep which kings might envy. At dawn he 
 was roused by his guide, and, resuming his journey, 
 reached the vicinity of Ocona on the 9th. 
 
 He now found two of his men perched upon an 
 eminence, to watch the approach of the expected 
 enemy, and that Major Lyra had retired with the 
 remainder of the detachment to the port. Miller 
 ordered six soldiers and two bugles to return to 
 Ocona. He laid himself down on a high hill over- 
 looking the valley, to await their arrival; but he 
 could not go to sleep. All danger was over, and the
 
 CHAP, xvill. PLANCHADA. 39 
 
 excitement had ceased ; but, although his mind was 
 now at ease, his nerves remained in a state of agi- 
 tation that effectually prevented repose. When the 
 party arrived from the Planchada, Miller descended 
 to the village, and having placed his men on the right 
 bank of the river, he returned to Ocoila. The in- 
 habitants had been kindly treated by the soldiery, 
 and were stanch supporters. The ferrymen had 
 been punctually paid for previous services, and were 
 particularly enthusiastic : they even applied for arms, 
 and implored the patriot commander not to abandon 
 them to their vindictive and implacable oppressors ; 
 but the royalists were coming on, greatly superior in 
 numbers, with artillery as well as cavalry, and it 
 would have been sacrificing his men uselessly to have 
 made a stand. In refusing their request, the in- 
 habitants were counselled to bend like the reed to 
 the storm. Having made every arrangement, Miller 
 took up his quarters in the house of the family of 
 the Salazars, who, although attached to the royalist 
 cause, were personally his firm friends. They 
 had no spare bed, but they spread a rug on a long 
 table, upon which Miller lay down. The interesting 
 daughters brought him pillows, handed him mate 
 and other refreshments, till at length he sunk into 
 a profound sleep, from which he did not awake until 
 the following morning, when he was aroused by in- 
 telligence that the royalists had appeared. The 
 patriot videttes, placed at distances behind mounds 
 of earth covered with brushwood, kept up a brisk 
 fire whenever the enemy approached the river to 
 discover a ford. The patriot bugles were not idle,
 
 40 CARRATALA RETIRES. CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 and Carratala supposing his opponents to be in force, 
 did not effect his passage until the following morning, 
 by which time the independents were all safe on 
 board ship. In the evening of the llth, a detach- 
 ment commanded by the royalist Colonel San Juan- 
 geno appeared at the Planchada. The Protector 
 transport made sail for the caleta of Atico, twenty- 
 five leagues to the north. Miller landed there on 
 the 12th of January. On the loth he ascertained 
 that Carratala had received orders to countermarch 
 with all possible speed, to re-incorporate his division 
 with Canterac's army, then advancing from Puno 
 against Alvarado. A few men were immediately sent 
 over-land from Atico to retake possession of Ocoiia, 
 and to act in concert with the patriotic inhabitants 
 of that valley. 
 
 Carratala, who had marched from Puno with up- 
 wards of 1000 men, entered Ocona with only 600. 
 Many of his men had died, and many more, being 
 incapacitated by sickness from continuing their most 
 harassing march, were left at Camana, Siguas, &c. 
 The grapes and other fruits being ripe, were greedily 
 devoured by the mountaineers, and produced very 
 fatal effects. 
 
 On the 16th January a small detachment was sent 
 to Carabeli from Atico, and on the 18th Miller sailed 
 in the brig for the port of Chala, in consequence of 
 communications received from Don Mariano Bejer- 
 rano, the curate of that place, informing him of the 
 movements of Colonel Manzanedo, whom, from his 
 apparent timidity, it was supposed an easy matter to 
 frighten into the interior, or, at all events, to prevent
 
 CHAP. xvin. THE PORT OF CHALA. 41 
 
 his undertaking offensive operations until Miller 
 should receive reinforcements. 
 
 The schooner Olmedo, which had joined Miller 
 with spare arms, remained at Atico in attendance 
 upon the parties sent to Carabeli and Ocona. It 
 was not judged prudent to distribute the arms to the 
 inhabitants, as the royalists were so near at hand, 
 and in such superior force. 
 
 At midnight on the 19th, the brig Protector en- 
 tered Chala. She was the first vessel ever known to 
 have anchored there. This small port is thirty leagues 
 north of Atico. The curate, in the description he 
 had given of it, had forgotten to point out some 
 dangerous sunken rocks. The night being very dark, 
 the brig anchored so near to them that it was in great 
 danger, until, daylight appearing, the transport was 
 warped to a safer berth. Miller, with an officer and 
 two or three men, then landed. They were met on 
 the beach by the patriotic and worthy curate. Two 
 soldiers, and half a dozen villagers well mounted, 
 were immediately sent in pursuit of a well known 
 royalist, living at Yauca, nine leagues north of the 
 port. They succeeded in getting hold of him, and 
 brought him back to Chala. 
 
 Manzanedo was in the vicinity of Chumpi, two days' 
 march from Chala, with his battalion. The sub- 
 delegate of San Juan de Lucanas, with a detachment 
 of sixty men, was advancing upon Acari. Both had 
 orders to drive the troublesome insurgents into the 
 sea. Miller's object was to retain possession of as 
 much of the coast as he could, until he should learn 
 the result of the battle which had become inevitable
 
 42 STRATEGY. CHAP, xvill. 
 
 between Canterac and Alvarado. To effect this, many 
 stratagems were employed. The royalist brought 
 from Yauca was made to write a letter to Manzanedo, 
 reporting that the black battalion of Chile, No. 4, 
 had landed on the coast, and giving the communi- 
 cation an air of genuineness by speaking of" el Ingles 
 Miller" in about the same manner as the royalists 
 were accustomed to do. This was sent in a manner 
 so as not to leave the least doubt in Manzanedo's 
 mind as to the accuracy of the information. 
 
 Reports were constantly circulated of reinforce- 
 ments having landed on some part or another of the 
 coast. Every vessel that appeared in sight, or was 
 pretended to have been seen, at the setting of the 
 sun, produced an ostentatious order to light fires on 
 the hills ; to place peasantry on the shore ; and to 
 take other bustling measures, until not the shadow 
 of a doubt remained on the public mind that the 
 patriot detachment was perfectly at ease, and upon 
 the point of making a serious attack. The patriot 
 soldiers themselves were almost equally deceived, 
 and spoke with the utmost sincerity of expected 
 succours, which existed only in the imagination of 
 their commander. Communications from Canterac 
 to Manzanedo had been intercepted by the party at 
 Ocoila. The originals were kept, and others coun- 
 terfeited, and sent in their stead. Other letters were 
 written in cipher, or in a mysterious style, for the 
 express purpose of being intercepted, and which made 
 Manzanedo doubt the fidelity of his own officers. 
 Cordova and Rodriguez, two distinguished and in- 
 fluential priests, were particularly useful in the exe-
 
 CHAP, xvill. STRATEGY. 43 
 
 cution of these stratagems. Cordova willingly acted 
 as secretary. He accompanied Miller in his excur- 
 sions, and from his acquaintance with all parties, and 
 the high estimation in which he was held, was enabled 
 to render essential services. He was of a jovial turn ; 
 and often, when half the night had been consumed 
 in despatching letters in various directions, he and 
 Miller would pass the remainder in hearty laughs at 
 the strangeness of their productions, and in specu- 
 lating with great glee upon the probable results. 
 Daylight sometimes warned them to throw aside the 
 cigar, and to seek their hammocks for a few hours' 
 repose. A flag of truce was, on some frivolous pre- 
 tence, sent to Maiizanedo. An officer and three 
 negro soldiers upon this occasion wore the cockade 
 of Chile. Miller availed himself of the opportunity 
 to send an open letter to his friend Loriga. He 
 wrote a great deal of nonsense, and told the royalist 
 general that he knew the road to Cuzco, and hoped 
 shortly to meet him there. The compliments of 
 Colonel Sanchez were added in a postscript, whom 
 Loriga knew no more of than that he commanded 
 the battalion, No. 4, of Chile. When Manzanedo's 
 answer arrived, it was managed that the bearer 
 should be received where the little band of patriots 
 appeared to be an advanced guard. Fires were 
 kindled at night ; and, by the bustle, it might easily 
 be imagined that the troops were numerous. Amongst 
 other tricks, a soldier was sent in great haste to the 
 house where the royalist officer was quartered, to 
 borrow a xeringa for Colonel Sanchez, who it was 
 pretended had been taken with a surfeit, but who in
 
 44 STRATEGY. CHAP, xvill. 
 
 reality was with Alvarado, seventy leagues off. A 
 great bustle was made in rousing the hostess. Miller 
 entered the house soon afterwards, and expressed, in 
 a conversational tone, his fears that the remedy would 
 not be administered in time to preserve the life of 
 poor Sanchez. 
 
 The royalist officer was civilly dismissed on the next 
 morning, when it was contrived that the blacks who 
 had accompanied the flag of truce should be placed 
 in his way. Some other negroes in the fatigue dress 
 of the legion were dispersed about in a manner to 
 make him believe they belonged to another regiment. 
 The royalist officer said, upon going away, to his 
 hostess, "It is all very well for Miller to have a 
 couple of battalions ; but we have a couple, as well 
 as he." Half a mile on his road, he saw officers 
 galloping about, and bawling after men purposely 
 scattered about, ordering them to their encampment 
 in the rear. Manzanedo retreated from Chumpi to 
 Pausa, a distance of fourteen leagues : he afterwards 
 advanced three times upon the patriots, but as often 
 retreated. Half a dozen veterans, and a montonero 
 party, several of which had been lately organized, 
 were quite sufficient to make him retrograde, because 
 he thought them the advance of a larger force. 
 
 In these operations he lost so many men, by deser- 
 tion and sickness, that his battalion was soon reduced 
 from six hundred to three hundred and fifty men. 
 
 The inhabitants became, like those more to the 
 south, stanch partisans of Miller. By their fidelity 
 he was enabled to conceal the smallness of his force, 
 and it appears that the enemy seldom calculated it
 
 CHAP. XVIII. STRATEGY. 45 
 
 below two thousand. By the cheerful assistance of 
 the natives in furnishing means to mount his party, 
 he was enabled to move with such rapidity, that 
 when the royalists heard of him, it was often by some 
 sudden attack in a quarter wholly unforeseen or un- 
 expected. 
 
 Miller had never occasion to adopt measures of 
 severity ; yet, in an extensive population, there would 
 necessarily be a few with a bias towards the old 
 regime. The curate of Carabeli and another active 
 partisan of the royalists were sent on board the Pro- 
 tector, with orders to the master, Captain Nesen, to 
 set them on shore again the moment they began to 
 recover from sea-sickness. The constant swell on 
 that coast rendered the brig a perfect purgatory to 
 these timid landsmen, who ever after spoke of the 
 punishment as worse than a thousand deaths. The 
 mere threat of sending any body afloat was enough 
 to make a whole village tremble. 
 
 The brave and persevering montonero chiefs, Ca- 
 staiieda and Abarca, with their followers, were very 
 useful to Miller, under whose orders they placed 
 themselves. Both were afterwards killed fighting 
 against the oppressors of their country. 
 
 At length positive information reached Miller of 
 the defeat of General Alvarado at Torata and Mo- 
 quegua ; upon which he determined to collect several 
 hundred head of oxen, horses, and mules, from the 
 many thousands which were grazing upon the Lomas 
 of Atiquipa, and to make good his retreat to Lima. 
 He therefore sent a messenger to Colonel Brandsen, 
 then at Caiiete with eight hundred cavalry, to request
 
 46 THE PORT OF LOMAS. CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 him to advance against the royalist Colonel Barran- 
 dalla, who with about four hundred men occupied lea, 
 the only intervening royalist station between them. 
 
 In order to co-operate with Brandsen, Miller de- 
 tached a small party under Captain Valdivia to Palpa, 
 where the royalist Colonel Olachea, with a few re- 
 gulars and fifty militia, were put to flight, with some 
 loss in prisoners, who were sent to Acari. Ensign 
 Quiroga, a lad of fourteen, was remarkable for his 
 steady and soldier-like conduct. 
 
 Valdivia's advance caused Barrandalla to march 
 with his division to Palpa : but the patriots having 
 retired to Acari, he returned to his former canton- 
 ments, being also apprehensive of an attack from 
 Colonel Brandsen. Miller remained at Acari for some 
 time, in the expectation that Brandsen would effect 
 the desired movement. The latter, however, did not 
 advance beyond Pisco, although the minister of war 
 had assured Miller that Brandsen should be positively 
 ordered to occupy lea. The reverses of Alvarado 
 seemed to have paralyzed the junta gubernativa in 
 Lima. The army under Arenales had not moved 
 twenty leagues from the capital, and was diminishing 
 daily, in consequence of having been so long kept 
 inactive. 
 
 At this juncture Miller was disabled by an attack 
 of mal de ansias, a species of cholera morbus. He 
 was carried, in a litter, across the desert seven leagues, 
 to the port of Lomas, where the zealous Captain 
 Nesen was waiting with the Protector. He was 
 hoisted on board more dead than alive. The dread- 
 ful disorder came on every other day, and continued
 
 CHAP. XVIII. INSUBORDINATION. 47 
 
 in paroxysms of fourteen or fifteen hours, for the 
 space of ten days. Cold water was the only remedy 
 administered. The complaint is common on that 
 part of the coast ; but, although excruciatingly vio- 
 lent, not more than one out of three or four fall 
 victims to it. The invalid was soon so much reduced 
 that he spoke with difficulty. His friend Dr. Cor- 
 dova (now dean of Arequipa) lay ill of the ague. 
 Both were cooped up in the state cabin (if so it might 
 be called) of the brig, and neither could move from 
 his berth. 
 
 After having been on board a week, and there 
 being no longer any hope of receiving reinforce- 
 ments, or of the few Spaniards at lea being driven 
 to the interior, Miller gave an order for his company 
 to embark. In the execution of this a difficulty 
 occurred, which it may be worth while to describe, as 
 it will illustrate the character of his soldiers. The 
 captain, an intelligent officer, was unpopular from 
 peevishness of manners, and the order, conveyed 
 through him, was disbelieved. There had been so 
 much of adventure in this little service, that a spirit 
 of enterprise animated every man ; and their excellent 
 behaviour had secured such kind treatment from the 
 inhabitants, that the men were unwilling to quit a 
 place where they had enjoyed so much comfort. 
 Seven stole away to Nasca, to levy contributions upon 
 the wealthy royalist inhabitants. Captain Valdivia, 
 a brave officer, and much beloved, was sent to bring 
 them back. A ride of fourteen hours brought him 
 to Nasca, shortly after the arrival of the runaways, 
 who had already begun to collect contributions.
 
 48 RINGLEADER EXECUTED. CHAP. xvin. 
 
 When Valdivia approached, one of them levelled his 
 musket at him. Valdivia coolly said, " Fire away ; 
 but it is of no use : you are all my prisoners, and 
 must go with me, by order of the colonel." He had 
 the address to gain over five, and to handcuff the 
 ringleader and another. In the meanwhile, Captain 
 Allende with some difficulty persuaded the rest of 
 the company to follow him from Acari to the place 
 of embarkation ; but they, still disbelieving that the 
 order had emanated from the colonel, displayed a 
 mutinous spirit, grounded their arms, and refused to 
 step into the boats, until they saw their colonel, who 
 caused himself to be put on shore. Upon landing, 
 he ordered Allende to point out the most refractory. 
 Two were named, and they were instantly ordered 
 into the boat, with an admonition to prepare for 
 death. The rest of the company was then formed 
 in a circle, and the colonel reprimanded them until 
 he sunk to the ground from exhaustion. The mis- 
 guided men were all much affected; many of them 
 shed tears. The ringleader brought back by Valdivia 
 from Nasca was the only man executed. 
 
 The whole of the men now being safe on board, 
 Millar ordered the master of the Protector to weigh, 
 and steer for Iquique, intending to operate upon 
 Tarapaca, and to endeavour to form guerrilla parties 
 to annoy the royalists in the south, trusting to obtain 
 in the meanwhile reinforcements either from Lima 
 or Chile. But in getting under weigh the fluke of 
 the only remaining anchor broke, and no alternative 
 was then left but to run before the wind for Callao. 
 The schooner had been previously sent from Chala
 
 CHAP. XVIII. ARRIVAL AT CALLAO. 49 
 
 to Lima with despatches, and the prisoners Lieu- 
 tenant-Colonel Vidal and Captain Urdiminea, who 
 both refused to accept unconditional liberty, assign- 
 ing as a reason, that they dared not show their faces 
 after having been taken under such singular circum- 
 stances. They even entertained apprehensions that 
 the victors of Torata and Moquegua might suspect 
 they had been bribed: The Protector arrived at 
 Callao on the 12th of March, 1823. 
 
 Extract of a letter from Colonel Miller. " After 
 wandering for ten weeks on the coast between Quilca 
 and Palpa, I arrived in perfect safety at Callao on the 
 12th. I have recovered from the effects of cholera 
 morbus; but being too weak to proceed to Lima, I 
 gladly accepted the invitation of Captain Prescott to 
 remain with him until I recovered strength. From 
 this highly-gifted and kind commander down to the 
 junior officer on board, I have been the object of that 
 gratifying reception which makes me look upon the 
 Aurora as my home afloat. The sight of her pendant 
 gladdens my eyesight almost as much as would the 
 vane upon Wingham church steeple. Even the ship's 
 company welcomed me with looks that seemed to claim 
 me as an old acquaintance. The fact is, there was 
 enough of harlequinade, in my late scamperings, to 
 tickle the fancies of all ; and I believe I was considered 
 less as a visiter than as one who, sojnehow or othei, 
 belonged to the frigate." 
 
 " The attentions from my countrymen are ex- 
 cessive. I have again taken up my quarters at the 
 hospitable mansion of my excellent friend Mr. Begg. 
 The conduct of the foreign merchants resident in 
 
 VOL. II. E
 
 50 OFFICIAL PARAGRAPH. OHAP. xvm. 
 
 Lima is more than friendly. I can never forget the 
 numberless personal kind offices I receive from the 
 commanders and officers of the French and North 
 American ships of war. But the warm welcome of 
 the military and of the inhabitants of the capital 
 crowns all. One would think that I had returned 
 victorious, instead of having been obliged to cut and 
 run." 
 
 Extract from the Lima Gazette, dated 15th March, 
 1823. " On the 12th instant arrived in the port of 
 Callao the colonel of the Peruvian Legion, Don Guil- 
 lermo Miller, after having filled the enemy with 
 terror on every occasion on which he had the good 
 fortune to meet with him. This praiseworthy chief, 
 who separated from the head-quarters with only a 
 company of cazadores, has performed prodigies of 
 valour and military skill. He advanced with only 
 three soldiers and three peasants to the valley of Vitor, 
 twelve leagues from Arequipa, where, after a most 
 painful journey through high and broken ground, he 
 completely overcame a party of the enemy, taking 
 the Lieutenant- Colonel Vidal, who commanded it, 
 and ten dragoons, prisoners. With his small force 
 he passed through numerous places, without the hos- 
 tile division, consisting of more than one thousand 
 men, which was always in front of him, daring to 
 attack him; on the contrary, it repeatedly retreated, 
 dreading to be destroyed by our valiant troops. In 
 the vicinity of Nasca, he pursued a party of fifty-six 
 men, commanded by Colonel Olachea : with a very 
 small number of soldiers he overtook him, and cap- 
 tured eighteen prisoners and a considerable quantity
 
 CHAP. XVIII. OFFICIAL PARAGRAPH. 51 
 
 of arms of every kind. The coward Olachea succeeded 
 in escaping in company with the sub-delegate, Rivero, 
 by means of their good horses, but all their baggage 
 remained in our hands*. At last, being obliged to 
 embark by a serious illness that attacked him, and 
 the brig which attended his movements having lost 
 her last anchor in the port of Acari, and the vessel 
 as well as the boats being in very bad condition, he 
 proceeded towards the port of Callao. 
 
 " In this campaign he has not only manifested sin- 
 gular courage, but he has also given proofs of un- 
 common skill. He traversed the country in the midst 
 of a numerous enemy, astonishing them by the cele- 
 rity of his well-concerted movements. But the most 
 admirable part of all this is, that during the whole 
 time he was near them, he succeeded in concealing 
 the number of his forces in such a manner that it was 
 thought they amounted to two battalions. Without 
 considering the actions which he bravely maintained, 
 his march alone has been of great importance. An 
 opportune movement is sometimes worth more than 
 great triumphs. The glory which the retreat from 
 Asia gave to Xenophon was as great as that which 
 Themistocles acquired by the victory of Salamis. 
 
 " Not less worthy of eulogium is the conduct of 
 this honourable and valorous chieftain towards the 
 inhabitants of the places occupied by his troops. Not 
 the least extortion was practised on them; and he 
 succeeded in securing the love of all, by the rigorous 
 discipline he maintained: thus consolidating more 
 
 * In the Gaceta de Lima, dated 18th March, Colonel Miller gives the merit 
 of the affair with Olachea to Captain Valdivia exclusively. 
 
 E2
 
 52 OFFICIAL PARAGRAPH. CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 and more the opinion in favour of independence, he 
 has practically shown the difference between mer- 
 cenary troops and free men. The first, having no 
 other motive than lucre, apply themselves solely to 
 desolation and pillage. The second, who combat 
 only for liberty, employ all their force and victories 
 in favour of the people. The former conquer to de- 
 stroy and oppress humanity; the latter to dispense 
 their favours wherever they direct their steps."
 
 CHAP. XIX. COAST OF PERU. , 53 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 Description of the desert coast of Peru. Shipwreck and suffer- 
 ings of the Granaderos a Caballo Local traditions. The 
 Junta Gubernativa deposed. Riva-Aguero named president of 
 the republic. Position of the royalists. Another expedition 
 sails to the Puertos Intermedios. Royalists advance upon 
 Lima. Patriots retire to Callao. Canterac enters Lima. 
 General Sucre invested with supreme command. Riva-Aguero 
 displaced. 
 
 As the operations which have been so minutely 
 described were performed in a country little known, 
 and very different from any part of Europe, it may 
 not be out of place to give a sketch of its features, 
 and of some of its peculiarities. 
 
 The coast of Peru consists of a line of sandy desert, 
 five hundred leagues in length, the breadth varying 
 from seven to above fifty miles, as the several branches 
 of the Andes approach to, or recede from, the shores 
 of the Pacific Ocean, Nothing can exceed its dreary, 
 arid aspect, or equal the comfortless effect produced 
 on the mind of the mariner when he first catches 
 sight of this apparently dismal country. The de- 
 sert's breadth presents great inequalities of surface, 
 and has the appearance of having once formed a part 
 of the bed of the adjoining ocean. Were it not for 
 the stupendous back ground, which gives to every 
 other object a comparatively diminutive outline, the 
 sand hills might sometimes be called mountains. The 
 Jong line of desert is intersected by rivers and streams,
 
 54 DESCRIPTION OF CHAP. XIX. 
 
 which are seldom less than twenty, or more than 
 eighty or ninety miles apart. The narrow strips on 
 each bank of every stream are peopled in proportion 
 to the supply of water. During the rainy season in 
 the interior, or from the melting of the snows upon 
 the Andes, the great rivers upon the coast swell pro- 
 digiously, and can be crossed only by means of a 
 balsa, which is a raft or frame-work, fastened upon 
 four bull-hides sewed up, made air-tight, and filled 
 with wind. A few of the large rivers reach the sea, 
 but most of those of the second order are consumed 
 in irrigating the cultivated patches, or are absorbed 
 by the encompassing desert, where it never rains j 
 where neither birds, beasts, nor reptiles, are ever 
 seen, and where a blade of vegetation never grew. 
 Sometimes a rill of water bubbles up, and is lost 
 within the space of a hundred yards. Very often the 
 banks of rivers are too steep and rugged to admit of 
 the water being applied to the purposes of irrigation ; 
 consequently the surrounding country cannot be cul- 
 tivated. No stranger can travel from valley to valley, 
 as the inhabited strips are inappropriately called, 
 without a guide; for the only indication that the 
 desert has been trodden before is an occasional cluster 
 of bones, the remains of beasts of burden that have 
 perished. The sand is frequently raised into im- 
 mense clouds by the wind, to the great annoyance of 
 the traveller, who generally rides with his face muf- 
 fled up. When he becomes fatigued, or his animal 
 jaded, he dismounts, and, if the sun shines, he spreads 
 his poncho between the fore and hind legs of his 
 horse or mule, and lies down under the only shade
 
 CHAP. XIX. THE COAST OF PERU. 55 
 
 to be obtained in the shrubless waste. It is a very 
 curious sight to behold a regiment of cavalry re- 
 posing in this manner. On approaching Arequipa 
 from the coast, the desert is thickly sprinkled with 
 m&danos, which are mounds of sand raised by ed- 
 dying winds, that extend their influence several 
 leagues from the mountain ridges. The medanos 
 are in the shape of a crescent, the interior face of 
 which is six or eight feet high, and nearly perpen- 
 dicular, the outer front sloping like a glacis, and 
 the horns diminishing to a very fine point. Whatever 
 maybe the dimensions of a medano, it always assumes 
 this form, until, upon approaching nearer to the 
 line of mountains, it gradually loses its symmetry. 
 In the immediate vicinity of the Cordillera these 
 formations cease. The medanos create an ex- 
 tremely irksome labyrinth to the vaquianos, who, 
 from their repeated shiftings, have no species of 
 clue by which to direct their course. Between Payta 
 and Piura, about a league or two from the latter 
 place, there is also an extent of desert covered 
 with medanos, which are situated at the same 
 distance from the range of the Cordillera as those 
 near Arequipa. On the road from Arequipa to Ya- 
 rabamba columns of dust, from fifty to two hundred 
 feet in height, are raised by whirlwinds. Let the 
 traveller turn which way he will, some of these co- 
 lumns are constantly before him. He is sometimes 
 caught in one ; but as they last only a minute or two, 
 and as it is an easy matter to gallop out of them, no 
 inconvenience arises. 
 
 The obstacles to moving a body of troops from
 
 50 COAST OF PERU. CHAP. xix. 
 
 one point to another in this country can only be 
 appreciated by military men who have had to con- 
 tend against them. But description, unaccompanied 
 by a statement of facts, will fall short of conveying 
 even a faint idea of the horrors of the desert, where 
 a puff of wind obliterates, in a moment, the footmarks 
 of a column of soldiers. 
 
 It is not a rare circumstance for the most ex- 
 perienced vaquianos, or guides, to lose themselves. 
 In that case, terror instantly reduces them to a 
 state of positive insanity, and unless they recover the 
 path by chance, or are fortunate enough to see other 
 travellers loom above the horizon, they inevitably 
 perish, and their fate is no more known than that of 
 a ship which founders unseen in the distant ocean. 
 They are nevertheless very expert, and regulate 
 their course by circumstances unobservable to the 
 casual traveller. When Miller galloped across the 
 desert of Siguas, ten leagues in breadth, he expressed 
 some doubts to the guides, as to whether they were 
 in the proper direction. They told him that, so 
 long as a bright star which they pointed out was in 
 sight, there was no danger of their losing themselves, 
 and remarked that, as the wind always blew from the 
 same quarter, they had only to keep the breeze in 
 their left eye, to make the valley of Vitor. How r 
 ever, detachments, and even entire corps of the 
 army, have often been known to lose themselves for 
 a considerable time. 
 
 When the remains of Alvarado's army were 
 on the passage from the Puertos Intermedios to 
 Lima, in 1823, a transport conveying above three
 
 CHAP. XIX. SUFFERINGS IN THE DESERT. 57 
 
 hundred cavalry grounded, and went to pieces twelve 
 leagues south of Pisco, and fourteen leagues west 
 of lea. All hands escaped on shore ; but, in 
 attempting to find their way to Pisco, they lost 
 themselves for thirty-six hours, and became bewil- 
 dered by despair. On the wreck being known at 
 Pisco, a regiment of cavalry was ordered out with a 
 supply of water, to pick up the wanderers. The 
 commanding officer of the wrecked soldiers, Colonel 
 Lavalle, was one of the survivors, and has recounted 
 the sufferings of the party in that dreadful calamity. 
 He had with him an orderly who had fought by 
 his side at Chacabuco, Maypo, Nasca, Rio-Bamba, 
 Pasco, and Pinchincha, and who had on one occasion 
 saved the colonel's life at the risk of his own, but 
 who was now as insensible to the distresses of his 
 master as to those of his comrades. Overcome by 
 fatigue, the unfortunate men would sometimes drop 
 upon the burning surface, and tear up the sand in 
 search of water with agonizing fury. After proceeding 
 some leagues, a few date-trees were discovered at a 
 distance, near the roots of which water is always to 
 be found. A^ feeble cry of joy issued from the 
 parched tongues of the foremost. It was not given 
 to encourage those in the rear, but was an involun- 
 tary expression of internal feelings, animated by a 
 glimpse of the palms towering in the distance. All 
 in sight immediately quickened their pace, but num- 
 bers fell lifeless before they could reach the much- 
 desired place. Those who had strength enough left 
 to arrive there began to excavate, and found water, 
 which however was scarce and muddy. The rush of the 
 almost breathless throng rendered it at first inipos-
 
 58 SUFFERINGS IN THE DESERT. CHAP. XIX. 
 
 sible for any to satisfy the cravings of their thirst. 
 Beyond the friendly palms none had the courage to 
 advance, but dropped* or spread themselves around 
 in fixed and mute despair, no one thinking more of 
 his fellow-sufferers than if he alone lay panting in 
 the desert. Even those thoughts of home, of family, 
 and of friends, which are the last to quit their hold 
 upon the memory at the hour of death in a foreign 
 land; even those tender recollections appeared to 
 have vanished from every mind. At length the 
 hussars sent from Pisco appeared in sight. Inde- 
 scribable emotions of joy were felt, rather than ex- 
 pressed; for all had by this time become nearly 
 speechless. Their first joyful emotions were chilled 
 by unutterable anxieties, lest their hoped-for de- 
 liverers should not shape their course towards the 
 date-trees, and all were too weak for even one to 
 stand up and make a signal. They could turn their 
 glazed eyes upon the horsemen, and form a silent hope, 
 but that was all, for not a word was spoken. They 
 were, however, at last delivered from a state of fright- 
 ful suspense by the arrival of the hussars, who poured 
 water down the burning throats of the men as they 
 lay extended on the ground, unable to stir, or to ask 
 for the delicious draught, or to give thanks for it, ex- 
 cepting by an expression of delight which faintly 
 beamed on their features. Many drew their last 
 breath before relief could be administered, and nearly 
 one hundred unburied corpses, which strewed the 
 dreary waste, will, for ages, mark the calamitous route. 
 It is not an unusual circumstance for soldiers to 
 drop down dead, or to see the blood gush out from 
 their ears and nostrils as they inarch, sometimes,
 
 CHAP. XIX. LOCAL TRADITIONS. 59 
 
 ankle deep in sand. On one occasion, six hundred 
 men marched from Arica to the valley of Lluta, only 
 four leagues distant : six men died on the way, and 
 forty more would have perished, had they not been 
 immediately relieved by copious bleeding. 
 
 Perhaps nothing will more clearly convey an idea 
 of the distance between one habitable spot and an- 
 other, or the stupendous inequalities of the inter- 
 vening ground, than quotations from local traditions, 
 which state that between Atico and Chaparra there 
 is a valley inhabited, as is supposed, by descendants 
 of the ancient Peruvians, and which was unexpectedly 
 fallen in with by one Navarro, of Chaparra, who, 
 having lost his way, came upon it in the night. 
 He saw lights, and heard voices, but was afraid to 
 descend into the valley. He reported the circum- 
 stance when he arrived home, and several parties 
 afterwards set out upon a journey of discovery, but 
 without success. This was related by Don Juan 
 de Neira y Caravajal, living at Chaparra in 1822, 
 who remembered Navarro, and had often heard him 
 mention the circumstance. 
 
 It is also asserted, that there is another unknown 
 valley between Chorunga and Majes, which, like the 
 first mentioned, was once seen by chance, and which 
 has also baffled every attempt to discover it a second 
 time with sufficient force to ensure egress ; it being 
 supposed that any person entering singly would be 
 immediately slain, or detained for life. 
 
 These accounts are not generally believed by those 
 dwelling in the neighbourhood, and best qualified to 
 form a correct opinion j but the bare admission, by 
 people accustomed to explore the most uninviting
 
 60 INACTIVITY AND DISCONTENT. CHAP. XIX. 
 
 regions in search of mines, of the possibility of the 
 existence of such valleys, may give some notion of this 
 extraordinary country, where the works of nature are 
 upon a scale equally grand, terrific, and sublime. 
 
 Reverting to the narrative, it is now necessary to 
 state the occurrences which had taken place at Lima 
 and its vicinity. It has already been mentioned, 
 that the plan of the campaign of 1822 was, for the 
 army under Arenales to threaten the royalists in the 
 valley of Xauxa, and thereby prevent any reinforce- 
 ments being sent from thence to the south, to the 
 support of Valdez ; or if succours were sent, then 
 Arenales was to push forward, and act boldly on the 
 offensive. He, however, did not advance beyond a 
 few leagues from Lima, notwithstanding he was well 
 aware that Canterac had withdrawn great part of his 
 forces from Huancayo, for the express purpose of 
 forming a junction with Valdez, leaving General 
 Loriga with less than three thousand royalists in the 
 valley of Xauxa. 
 
 The inactivity of the army of observation, for so 
 that under Arenales was called, produced the effect 
 of exciting clamorous discontent against the go- 
 verning junta. Arenales alleged that he could ob- 
 tain neither shoes nor great coats, which he deemed 
 indispensable to cross the Andes. The extreme 
 apathy and indecision of the junta, and the per- 
 nicious consequences of their lukewarm measures, 
 some became evident, and wrought the downfall of 
 the triumvirate soon after the reverses of Alvarado 
 were known at Lima. 
 
 On the 26th of February, 1823, the chiefs and 
 officers of the army of observation, headed by Ge-
 
 CHAP. xlx. JUNTA GUBEHNATIVA. 61 
 
 neral Santa Cruz, second in command, set forth, in 
 an animated and forcible remonstrance to congress, 
 
 D * 
 
 the cause to which they attributed the reverses of 
 the state, and significantly recommended the legis- 
 lative body to nominate Colonel Don Jose* de la 
 Riva-Aguero to be president of the republic. Con- 
 gress demurred. On the following day the army 
 was formed at Balconcillo, outside the walls of Lima, 
 from whence Santa Cruz sent a second recommenda- 
 tion, to proclaim his friend, Riva-Aguero, without 
 further procrastination : a request so forcibly backed 
 was immediately complied with. The second batta- 
 lion of the Legion did not form with the rest of 
 the army. The manly, judicious, and proper conduct 
 of Lieutenant-Colonel Videla was not approved of; 
 and when the desired change had been effected, he 
 was removed from the command of his battalion, 
 which fell into disfavour for the very reason which 
 ought to have raised it in esteem. 
 
 Arenales having suddenly withdrawn and sailed for 
 Chile, Santa Cruz assumed the chief command of 
 the Peruvian army. Colonel Gamarra was appointed 
 chief of the staff, and Colonel Don Ramon Herrera 
 was named minister of war by Riva-Aguero. It is 
 remarkable that these four persons, occupying 
 the highest offices in the state, should have held 
 commissions from the king of Spain for some time 
 after San Martin had made good his footing in Peru, 
 and at a period eleven years subsequent to the com- 
 mencement of the revolution; thus verifying the 
 parable, that those who come at the eleventh hour 
 receive as much as those who " have borne the bur- 
 den and heat of the day."
 
 60 POSITION OF THE ROYALISTS. CHAP. XIX. 
 
 These changes, however, produced general satis- 
 faction. Riva-Aguero displayed great activity. Santa 
 Cruz succeeded in bringing the army to a high state 
 of efficiency, both in numbers and discipline. For 
 the first time, the Peruvian soldiers were commanded 
 by a Peruvian, and this produced a feeling of nation- 
 ality highly favourable to their cause. Santa Cruz is 
 a native of Guarina (near La Paz), and son of the 
 Ccz'cCaluamani, a noble Indian lady. 
 
 The Buenos Ayrean general, Don Enrique Mar- 
 tinez, who joined in the intrigue to remove the junta 
 gubernativa, paid the penalty of his officiousness. 
 He had been influenced by the hope of still holding 
 the office of commander-in-chief, but he now saw his 
 authority limited to the control of the few Buenos 
 Ayreans who had escaped with him from Ilo, although 
 he still retained the pompous title of general-in-chief 
 of the united army. 
 
 On the 8th of April, 1823, Santa Cruz was pro- 
 moted to the rank of general of division, and Colonels 
 Gamarra, Pinto, Miller, and Herrera, to that of ge- 
 nerals of brigade. Miller retained, at his own re- 
 quest, the command of the Legion j the men who 
 returned with him to Lima being incorporated in the 
 second battalion, which now mustered nearly eight 
 hundred strong. 
 
 After the expulsion of the patriots from the Puerto s 
 Intermedios, the royalists concentrated about nine 
 thousand effective men in the valley of Xauxa, under 
 Canterac; fifteen hundred were left in the depart- 
 ment of Arequipa; about the same number were 
 in garrison at Puno, La Paz, &c. The division of 
 Olaneta, from two to three thousand strong, was in
 
 CHAr. xix. LIBERATING ARMY. 63 
 
 Upper Peru. Cuzco continued to be the seat of the 
 vice-regal government, whence the royalist army re- 
 ceived recruits and resources in abundance. 
 
 The gloom which had darkened the prospects of 
 the patriots, by the defeats of Torata and Moquegua ; 
 --by the unsettled state of Chile; by the anarchy 
 which prevailed in the provinces of Rio de la Plata ; 
 by the differences between Peru and Colombia, ori- 
 ginating in the annexation of Guayaquil to the latter 
 state; and by the party spirit which existed in congress ; 
 all encouraged Canterac to move upon the capital. 
 
 The president Riva-Aguero demanded the opinion 
 in writing of the general officers as to the military 
 operations it was expedient to adopt, and convened a 
 council of war. It was decided that Santa Cruz, 
 who had now five thousand regulars of Peru, should 
 embark and make another effort in the Puertos In- 
 termedios. The occasion appeared favourable, be- 
 cause the royalists, disbelieving the possibility of the 
 patriots making any other attempt in that quarter, 
 had directed all their views towards Lima, by the 
 capture of which Canterac expected to strike a de- 
 cisive blow. In the mean time about three thousand 
 Colombian troops arrived at Lima from Guayaquil. 
 
 The exertions of Riva-Aguero were indefatigable. 
 He obtained the valuable assistance of the most 
 powerful and influential foreign merchants, and of 
 those of the country. Measures were taken to ren- 
 der the ill-fated loan, which had been partly raised in 
 London, available ; contracts were entered into ; the 
 fitting out of transports for the intended expedition 
 went on night and day ; and General Bolivar was 
 invited to Peru, where General Sucre had already
 
 64 LIBERATING ARMY. CHAP. xix. 
 
 arrived as a diplomatic agent from the government 
 of Colombia. 
 
 Santa Cruz having, by extraordinary exertions and 
 activity, completed his preparations for the projected 
 expedition, the troops destined for that service em- 
 barked at Callao, and sailed between the 14th and 
 25th of May. This liberating army of the south 
 consisted of 
 
 1st battalion of) T , ^ i -, ^ -, ~ 
 
 [ Lieutenant-Colonel Cerdena. 
 
 the Legion, ) 
 
 [ Lieutenant-Colonel Alegre *. 
 Cazadores, 3 
 
 No. 1, Colonel Elespuru. 
 
 2, Lieutenant-Colonel Gar9on. 
 
 4, Colonel Pardo Zela. 
 
 6, Col. the Marquess of San Miguel. 
 
 Regiment of 1 
 
 Hussars of the > Colonel Brandsen. 
 
 Legion, ) 
 
 Two squadrons) ^ , 
 
 r Colonel Placencia. 
 of Lanzeros, 
 
 Eight field-pieces, Lieutenant-Colonel Morla. 
 Amounting in all to rather more than five thousand 
 Peruvians. The convoy, after an unusually short 
 passage, rendezvoused off Iquique on the 15th of 
 June, 1823. 
 
 Although it had been currently rumoured, for 
 some time, that the royalists assembled in the valley 
 of Xauxa were positively to march upon Lima, and 
 although these reports were confirmed by information 
 which the government received through trustworthy 
 
 Killed (1827) at his native place, Maldonado, a part of the Banda Oriental, 
 affair with the Brazilians.
 
 CHAP. xix. ROYALISTS TAKE LIMA. 65 
 
 agents, yet it could scarcely be believed that Canterac 
 would commit the error of descending to the capital 
 whilst the important provinces of the south, left 
 almost unprotected, were threatened by the expedition 
 under Santa Cruz. But the truth is, Canterac, 
 still conceiving it impossible for the patriots to have 
 embarked more than a few hundred recruits at Callao, 
 and that merely to divert his attention from Lima, 
 determined not to deviate from his plan of marching 
 upon that capital, many residents of which, attached 
 to the Spanish cause, had involuntarily contributed 
 to deceive him by false accounts. Indeed so well and 
 expeditiously had the embarkation of the troops under 
 Santa Cruz been conducted, that few Limenos knew 
 what corps, or how many men, had proceeded to the 
 south. Canterac broke up from his cantonments on 
 the 2d of June, and traversed the Andes. 
 
 Notwithstanding this movement had been fore- 
 seen, yet upon its being carried into execution, the 
 greatest consternation and alarm prevailed at Lima. 
 The government and members of congress who 
 had protested that they would defend the city, or 
 be buried in its ruins, now only thought how to 
 escape the impending danger. 
 
 A council of war, composed of general officers, at 
 which Riva-Aguero presided, was held at the palace. 
 Sucre, the Colombian envoy, was elected commander- 
 in-chief of the forces, and it was determined that, on 
 account of disparity of numbers, Lima should be 
 abandoned. Miller was sent with a squadron of 
 cavalry and some montoneros to reconnoitre the 
 royalists. He returned on the third day. 
 
 VOL. II. F
 
 66 RECONNOISSANCE CHAP. XIX. 
 
 On the 18th of June, Canterac entered Lima with 
 nine battalions, nine squadrons, and fourteen pieces 
 of artillery ; in all nine thousand men, well equipped, 
 well disciplined, and extremely fine troops. 
 
 Sucre retired under the protection of the guns of 
 Callao. His force consisted of about three thousand 
 Colombians, one thousand Buenos Ayreans (the rem- 
 nant of the army of the Andes), and one thousand 
 militia of Peru. Colonel Lavalle, with the regiment 
 of Granaderos a Caballo, was ordered to Chancay. 
 He was accompanied by many emigrants and some 
 guerrilla parties. 
 
 Riva-Aguero retired with the congress to Callao, 
 now closely invested, and where the deputies con- 
 tinued their sittings, in a small church. After much 
 boisterous discussion, Sucre was named supreme 
 military chief, with powers little short of a dictator- 
 ship, a step imperiously demanded by the critical 
 situation of the patriots. 
 
 On the 20th of June, Canterac made a recon- 
 noissance of the fortress, forming the whole of his 
 troops in line within range of the castles. Whilst the 
 light troops on both sides were briskly skirmishing, 
 Miller, who was reconnoitring, was called to by a 
 Spanish officer, Colonel Ameller, whom he had often 
 seen at the outposts of the royalist army: after passing 
 the usual salutations, he said, " Your friend Loriga 
 is close at hand :" he called to him, and Loriga im- 
 mediately galloped down. The two friends, who had 
 both become generals since their last meeting, held 
 a conversation for a quarter of an hour, in advance 
 of the respective outposts, which continued their fire,
 
 CHAP. xix. OF CALLAO. 67 
 
 as did the artillerymen in the castles, without mo- 
 lesting them. Loriga, on taking leave, laughingly 
 inquired after his friend Sanchez of No. 4 of Chile. 
 
 Two companies of the battalion Voltigeros dis- 
 played great valour and discipline during the skir- 
 mishing. They were opposed in extended files and 
 within pistol-shot to two battalions of royalists. A 
 little before sunset, Canterac retired to his former 
 position at Mirones, half way between Callao and Lima. 
 
 It often occurred that members of the same family 
 fought on different sides, and they frequently saluted 
 or upbraided each other during a temporary cessa- 
 tion of firing. On the present occasion, Captain 
 Negreiros, of the independent service, approached 
 the royalist line, and placing himself behind a mud 
 wall, called out to the Spaniards, " Where is old 
 Negreiros, one of your rascally lieutenant-colonels ? 
 Tell him that his son Manuel is here, and that if I 
 lay hold of him, I shall be happy to hang him up to 
 the first tree, as a worthless Saracen.'* A volley from 
 a Spanish piquet was the reply, and Negreiros, 
 being rather nearer to them than he expected, crawled 
 away. The father had before saluted the son in a 
 similar manner, for they never came within hail with- 
 out exchanging torrents of abuse. The father after- 
 wards became prisoner of war, and was treated by 
 the son with the greatest kindness, Indeed, not- 
 withstanding his hatred of the royalists, he always 
 devoted a part of his pay to the maintenance of his 
 mother and sister, who were zealous adherents to the 
 king. 
 
 Callao was crowded with emigrant merchants and
 
 68 GENERAL SUCRE. CHAP. XIX. 
 
 families, and, notwithstanding the enemy's being 
 so near, the time was spent very gaily. The amiable 
 and accomplished lady of Commodore Stewart, of the 
 United States ship Franklin, gave pleasant evening 
 parties on board ship. 
 
 On the 22d of June, congress divested Riva- Aguero 
 of his authority, and decreed that a passport should 
 be furnished to enable him to retire from the terri- 
 tory of the republic. He was permitted, however, 
 by Sucre, to go to Truxillo, whither the members 
 of congress were ordered to repair. Sucre was there- 
 fore left in undisturbed command. 
 
 This officer, who has since performed so conspicu- 
 ous a part in the termination of the war of indepen- 
 dence, was born in 1793, at Cumana in Venezuela. 
 His stature is rather below the middle size. His 
 countenance, though not handsome, is vivacious, and 
 his manners are refined and pleasing. He was edu- 
 cated at Caracas, and entered the army in 1811, and 
 served with credit under the orders of the celebrated 
 Miranda. He afterwards became favourably known 
 for activity, intelligence, and valour, under the brave 
 Piar. From 1814 to 1817 Sucre served in the staff 
 of the Colombian army, and displayed the zeal and 
 talent which characterize him. Sucre was afterwards 
 appointed to the command of a division sent to 
 assist the province of Guayaquil. He met with a 
 severe check at Huachi, but succeeded in obtaining 
 an armistice, which was in effect a victory. It enabled 
 the Peruvian division, under Santa Cruz, to form a 
 junction, and, both united, achieved the decisive 
 victory of Pinchincha.
 
 CHAP. XX. EXPEDITION OF SANTA CllUZ. GO 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 Expedition of General Santa Cruz. Lands at Arica. Marches 
 to Upper Peru. Royalists abandon Lima. General Sucre 
 embarks for Chala. Enters Arequipa. Affair of Zepita. 
 
 Disasters of the patriots. Their re-embarkation General 
 
 Miller retreats by land to Lima The viceroy makes a new 
 disposition of his forces. 
 
 IT has been stated that the expedition under Santa 
 Cruz united off Iquique on the 15th of June, 1823. 
 The general caused a detachment of four hundred 
 men to sail to Arica, to surprise two troops of 
 royalist cavalry stationed in the valley of Asapa, 
 a league inland. The patriot commanding officer, 
 Colonel Elespuru, acted with such promptitude and 
 boldness that, in the night of the 16th, he succeeded 
 in making the whole royalist party prisoners j two 
 hundred and thirty-nine horses and two hundred 
 and twenty-three mules also fell into his hands. 
 
 On the 17th, Santa Cruz himself arrived at Arica, 
 and on the following day all the troops were on shore. 
 Some cavalry immediately took possession of Tacna. 
 Colonel Pardo de Zela sailed with two companies to 
 Quilca, to cause a diversion, by preventing the gar- 
 rison of Arequipa from annoying the left flank of 
 Santa Cruz on his march to the interior. The general, 
 with commendable activity, lost not a moment in ad- 
 vancing to Moquegua, where he made the necessary
 
 70 EXPEDITION OF SANTA CRUZ. CHAP. xx. 
 
 dispositions to carry into effect his plan of opera- 
 tions. 
 
 Having formed his army into two divisions, one 
 of which was placed under the orders of General 
 Gamarra, second in command, the general-in-chief 
 marched from Torata with the first, on the 23rd of 
 July, by the Cordillera of Iscuchaca, towards the 
 Desaguadero. Gamarra set out on the same day 
 from Tacna, with the second division, towards Oruro, 
 by the route of Tacora and San Andres de Machaca. 
 These long marches were effected without any other 
 sufferings than those arising from the severity of the 
 cold, and the nature of the route over mountainous 
 deserts. Santa Cruz obtained possession of the 
 bridge of the Inca, across the Desaguadero, on the 
 29th of July, and occupied the city of La Paz on the 
 7th of August. The small garrison retired, aban- 
 doning all their military stores. The division of Ga- 
 marra arrived at Calamarca on the 10th of August, 
 where his advance drove back General Olaneta, 
 who, with fifteen hundred men, was marching from 
 Potost, unapprised of the movements of the patriots. 
 Gamarra contented himself with proceeding to Oruro, 
 where he found several pieces of artillery, and a quan- 
 tity of military stores, and Olaneta was permitted to 
 escape to Potosi. 
 
 Previous to Gamarra's entering Oruro, he was 
 joined by the active guerrilla leader Colonel Lanza, 
 with six hundred men, who had maintained himself 
 six years with admirable constancy against every 
 effort of the Spaniards to expel him from the valleys 
 cast of La Paz.
 
 CHAP. XX, EXPEDITION OF SUCRE. 71 
 
 To the unceasing exertions and decision of Santa 
 Cruz the promising prospects before him must be 
 attributed. To use his own expression, " Fortune 
 preceded his steps." Indeed, she favoured him on 
 every side. Activity, boldness, and enterprise are 
 generally favoured by Fortune ; whilst she abandons 
 sloth, timidity, and indecision. Colonel Urdiminea, 
 with a thousand men, was a few leagues north of 
 Jujuy, ready to make a diversion upon Potosi ; and 
 Arenales, who had a few months before left Peru, 
 and now become governor of Salta, was making every 
 effort to move forward with a body ofgauchos for 
 the same purpose. Three squadrons of the royalists 
 had been defeated at Pisco by the Peruvian monto- 
 neros, assisted by a detachment of granaderos & 
 caballo, commanded by Lieutenant- Colonel Bogado. 
 In short, every thing seemed to concur in crowning 
 Santa Cruz's undertaking with success. But it is 
 now necessary to return to the royalist army under 
 Canterac, which we left investing Callao. 
 
 That general having learnt the rapid progress of 
 Santa Cruz in Upper Peru, and that his army, instead 
 of consisting of a few hundreds, actually amounted 
 to several thousand efficient troops, despatched, 
 on the 30th of June, General Valdez, with the 
 battalions Gerona,, Centre, Cantabria, four hundred 
 cavalry, and two field-pieces, to co-operate with the 
 viceroy, Carratala, and Olaneta. 
 
 General Sucre being unfettered by the recent poli- 
 tical changes, exerted himself to send from Callao three 
 thousand men to act against Cuzco or Arequipa, or to 
 co-operate with Santa Cruz, as circumstances might
 
 72 EXPEDITION OF SUCRE. CHAP. xx. 
 
 render most expedient. This expedition consisted 
 of the following corps : 
 Peruvians. 120 cavalry. 
 
 T Battalion No. 4 (skeleton). 
 Chilenos. < 1 company of artillery. 
 
 180 cavalry. 
 
 Battalion Pinchincha. 
 
 Vencedores. 
 
 Colombians. 
 
 Voltieeros 
 
 (formerly Numancia). 
 50 cavalry. 
 
 The cavalry and artillery with General Miller 
 sailed from Callao, on the 4th of July : the remainder 
 of the troops followed with Generals Lara, Alvarado, 
 and Pinto. The place of disembarkation was Chala. 
 
 Canterac finding he could effect nothing decisive 
 against the castles of Callao, and perceiving that 
 Sucre had sent transports with the troops to the 
 south, evacuated Lima on the 17th of July, and 
 marched for Huancavelica, General Martinez, with 
 the remains of the army of the Andes, was directed 
 to follow him up ; but Canterac retired unmolested. 
 
 The capital being once more in the hands of the 
 patriots, and Sucre determining to place himself at 
 the head of the expedition which had sailed for 
 Chala, delegated his powers to the Marquess of Torre 
 Tagle, and sailed on the 0th of July. The congress, 
 previous to its proceeding to Truxillo, had directed 
 that Santa Cruz should obey the orders of Sucre. 
 
 The royalists, flushed with their former successes, 
 had latterly conducted themselves with great arro- 
 gance, and Canterac assumed a tone which even the
 
 CHAP. XX. CONDUCT OF THE ROYALISTS. 73 
 
 viceroy himself had never adopted. " Insurgents,'* 
 " rebels," " traitors," were the epithets used when 
 alluding to the patriots j and scurrilous public papers 
 teemed with sanguinary threats. On the preceding 
 23rd of March, General Canterac, being then at 
 Huancayo, had addressed an official communication 
 to the republican government at Lima, intimating 
 that for the future he should be under the necessity 
 of carrying into execution the decree of his most 
 catholic majesty, which peremptorily ordered that no 
 quarter should be given to foreigners in the service 
 of the insurgents ! Strange to say, the then presi- 
 dent, Riva- Aguero, took no notice of this threat in 
 his spiritless reply of the 15th of April : but he per- 
 mitted some foreign officers to insert an article in 
 the Lima Gazette of the 1st of May, announcing their 
 willingness to accede to the terms of future hostilities 
 as proposed by Canterac, and promising to treat with 
 reciprocity any subjects of his most catholic majesty 
 whom the chances of war might place within their 
 power, not excepting even Canterac himself. The 
 following translation of a letter written by Canterac, 
 whilst investing Callao, to Rodil, the governor of 
 Lima, and of a decree issued by the viceroy, will show 
 the line of policy by which the royalists were guided 
 at that time. 
 
 " My esteemed Rodil, It is not advisable that 
 the decrees published at Lima should be current in 
 Europe, as will necessarily be the case if the first 
 printed copies are circulated ; and for this reason 
 Camba goes to see how he can fill up the first number. 
 I therefore repeat, that in public papers we must not
 
 74 CONDUCT OF THE ROYALISTS. CHAP. XX. 
 
 mention such decrees, as manifest violent measures, 
 and which are in contradiction to what is said of the 
 adhesion of the people. The dragoons from Lima 
 have not yet made their appearance here, where 
 waits their arrival, 
 
 " Your most affectionate friend, 
 
 (Signed) " CANTERAC." 
 
 " This government being desirous of providing 
 against every possible evil, not only to the inhabitants 
 in general of these provinces, but even to those quar- 
 ters unfortunately now occupied by the invaders, 
 notifies, that all foreign goods and effects, found in 
 such places on the entry of the national forces, shall 
 be irrevocably confiscated for the benefit of the public, 
 according to the laws which regulate us in such cases j 
 and that this notice may be made known to all, it is 
 hereby ordered to be printed and circulated in the 
 government gazette. 
 
 " Cuzco, 20th January, 1822. 
 
 (Signed) " JOSE DE LA SERNA." 
 
 Until the battle of Moquegua, the royalists had 
 limited their views to the preservation of Peru. From 
 the date of that victory, their hopes became more 
 comprehensive. They thenceforward reckoned upon 
 eventually reducing the whole of South America to 
 submission. They had gone so far as to settle 
 amongst themselves who had the fairest chance of 
 being nominated viceroys of Peru, Buenos Ayres, 
 New Granada, and captains-general of Chile, &c. 
 Even an expedition to Mexico was contemplated ;
 
 CHAP. xx. EXPEDITION OF SUCRE. 75 
 
 nor did they, it seems, relinquish such pleasing 
 speculations until they were dispelled by the battle 
 of Ayacucho. 
 
 On the 21st of July, General Miller landed at 
 Chala, and immediately sent piquets to Atico, Cha- 
 parra, Chaipi, and Acari, to collect horses and mules. 
 On the 28th, a montonero party, with a few regulars, 
 advanced to Pausa, and surprised the sub-delegate of 
 that province, with an escort of sixty men, who, being 
 forty leagues inland, hardly knew that an enemy was 
 upon the coast ; so that the whole party was actually 
 taken or dispersed whilst assisting at a bull-fight 
 given by the municipality, in compliment to the sub- 
 delegate's wife, who had lately arrived there. 
 
 On theyth of August, Lieutenant-Colonel Raulet, 
 who had been sent to Chumpi, skirmished with the 
 rear-guard of Valdez, then passing through San Juan 
 de Lucanas, and in full march to Upper Peru: but 
 Valdez would not be diverted from his object, and 
 proceeded on his march. 
 
 Sucre touched at Chala on the 1st of August. 
 Miller rode back from Coracora to consult with him. 
 It was arranged that the infantry should continue the 
 voyage to Quilca, where Colonel Pardo de Zela had 
 previously disembarked, and defeated a party sent 
 against him from Arequipa ; whilst the cavalry and 
 a small detachment of infantry, with Miller, should 
 proceed by land for the purpose of collecting supplies. 
 Notwithstanding the devastated condition of the 
 provinces of Parinacochas, Carabeli, Camand, and 
 Condesuyos, such was the undiminished enthusiasm 
 of the inhabitants, that little difficulty was experi.
 
 76 MOVEMENTS. CHAP. xx. 
 
 enced in obtaining horses, mules, and other resources, 
 to facilitate the movements of the infantry. So 
 fatiguing was this service that Miller, upon arriving 
 at Carabeli, was attacked by ague and fever, which 
 confined him to his bed for three days. Being some- 
 what recovered, and anxious .to surprise a royalist 
 detachment stationed at Chuquibamba, he set out in 
 a state of considerable debility, but rapidly regained 
 his strength as he rode along. After an almost con- 
 tinued march of about thirty-four leagues, he entered 
 Chuquibamba on the second morning after his de- 
 parture from Carabeli ; but the royalists were warned 
 of his advance, and saved themselves by flight. In 
 the course of the march of the patriots they halted 
 for three hours at Apillon, near the Rio Grande. As 
 they unsaddled, the rumbling noise of a distant earth- 
 quake was heard. Some shocks were felt by the 
 peasantry half an hour afterwards, but the soldiers 
 were by this time so fast asleep that they were not to 
 be disturbed by shocks or noises of earthquakes. On 
 the 24th of August, Miller reached the valley of 
 Majes, which contains many large villages, in some 
 of which he had the satisfaction of making the per- 
 sonal acquaintance of many respectable persons with 
 whom he had been in epistolary communication, 
 and from whom he had, on former campaigns, re- 
 ceived much valuable information. Miller entered 
 Aplao about ten at night, and went to the house of 
 Don N. Garcia, where he found a large party debating 
 upon the formalities necessary to be observed in their 
 reception of the patriot chief. Some alarm, however, 
 existed lest the royalists, who had fled from Chu-
 
 CHAP. xx. MOVEMENTS. 77 
 
 quibamba, should have taken the direction of Aplao. 
 As Miller's person was unknown to the company as- 
 sembled, he was supposed to be an aide-de-camp, and 
 as such invited to assist in the deliberations, which he 
 did with becoming gravity, and it was nearly a quarter 
 of an hour before they entertained a suspicion that 
 their expected guest was already amongst them. Mes- 
 sengers were immediately despatched to all then eigh- 
 bours, and the party kept up till a late hour. After 
 breakfast, on the following morning, a young lady,Doiia 
 Juana de Cuello, sang a song which she had composed 
 in the course of the night. On the 26th of August, 
 Miller reached the valley of Siguas, where he found 
 Sucre, who had disembarked atQuilca with the infantry. 
 On the 28th of August, General Sucre, with his 
 division, moved on to the valley of Vitor, where he 
 halted for that night and the following day. On the 
 29th, Miller, with one hundred and fifty cavalry, and 
 a few mounted infantry, was sent on in front, and 
 entered Arequipa on the 30th. Colonel Ramirez, 
 with six hundred infantry and two hundred cavalry, 
 retired, after exchanging a few shots with an advanced 
 party under Lieutenant-Colonel Don Isidore Suares, 
 supported by Lieutenant-Colonel Raulet. Ramirez 
 supposed the patriot infantry to be at hand, while, 
 in fact, it was twelve leagues in the rear, and did 
 not enter Arequipa until the following day, with 
 Sucre. Arequipa is a fine city, between the 16 
 and 17 south latitude, and in 72 of west longitude. 
 It is about thirty leagues from the coast, and 
 has about thirty thousand inhabitants. The valley 
 is broad, and contains the large and populous villages 
 of Paucarpata, Sabandia (famous for its baths), Cha-
 
 78 MOVEMENTS. CHAP. xx. 
 
 carato, Mollevaya, Pocci, Quinqueiia (or the verdant), 
 Yara-bamba, Tiovaya, and others. The warm baths 
 of Jesus are about two leagues to the south. Wheat 
 is produced in great plenty, and of a good quality. 
 Strawberries, and other fruits of the temperate zone, 
 are common. The surrounding desert is limited by 
 the Cordillera. At the distance of six or eight miles 
 east of Arequipa is a conical mountain, the base of 
 which may be about five leagues in circumference: 
 on the summit is a crater which throws out smoke, 
 unaccompanied by flame or cinders. A column of thin 
 vapour was issuing from the volcano during the whole 
 time the patriots occupied Arequipa; this had con- 
 tinued for some time. The mountain, being part 
 of the fore-ground of the Andes, does not appear 
 very lofty to the eye j but some Englishmen who 
 climbed it spent two days in making an excursion to 
 the summit, a task which has seldom been accom- 
 plished, owing to the difficulties of the ascent. 
 
 The river Chile flows through the city, and is 
 crossed by a handsome stone bridge. The walls of 
 the cathedral, of the convents, churches, and even of 
 the houses, are of stone, and of great thickness, in 
 order to provide against earthquakes, which are very 
 frequent, and sometimes very destructive. 
 
 Sucre received a communication from Santa Cruz, 
 from which it appeared that the latter was so confident 
 of success, that he evaded the acceptance of offers of 
 co-operation which Sucre had transmitted to him 
 from Chala. 
 
 In the meanwhile the indefatigable royalist General 
 Valdez continued his route by Andahuaylas and Si- 
 cuani to Puno; having, upon an average, marched
 
 CHAP. XX. AFFAIR OF ZEPITA. 79 
 
 seven leagues a day for fifty-seven successive days. 
 Santa Cruz had remained in quiet possession of that 
 part of Upper Peru extending from the bridge of the 
 Inca to Oruro ; his own head-quarters being in his 
 native town, La Paz. Gamarra was at Oruro ; so 
 that the two divisions of the army were at the distance 
 of fifty leagues from each other. But, when he learnt 
 the approach of Valdez, Santa Cruz marched from 
 La Paz to the bridge of the Inca, twenty leagues 
 north of La Paz, and seventy of Oruro, in order to 
 defend the passage of the Desaguadero, which he 
 passed, leaving a detachment of each corps at the 
 bridge, and continued his march to Zepita. Valdez 
 left his own fatigued division at Sicuani, and, conti- 
 nuing his route to Puno, took with him from that 
 place the division of Carratala, and pushed on until 
 he came in front of Santa Cruz's division at Zepita. 
 The force with Valdez was as follows : 
 
 Battalion . Vitoria, 
 
 Partidarios, 
 
 Detachment of 1st regiment of infantry, 
 700 cavalry, 
 4 field-pieces, . ",'", .""', J 
 
 Santa Cruz had with him, 
 Battalion . Legion, 
 
 Cazadores, 
 
 No 2 
 
 Total, about 1000. 
 
 400 cavalry, 
 2 field-pieces, 
 
 An action took place. Colonel Cerdeiia, while
 
 80 AFFAIR OF ZEPITA. CHAP. XX. 
 
 leading on his battalion of the Legion, received a dan- 
 gerous wound. On seeing their commander fall, the 
 soldiers vacillated, and then fell back in disorder. 
 The battalions, Cazadores, and No. 2, were com- 
 pletely repulsed, and fled in confusion. Fortune 
 seemed to have decided for the royalists, when a 
 brilliant charge was made by Commandants Soulange 
 and Aramburu, at the head of two squadrons of 
 hussars of the Legion. The colonel and principal 
 officers were foreigners ; and, in conformity to the 
 spirit of their declaration, addressed to Canterac, in 
 the Lima Gazette, they gave no quarter. Actuated 
 by the same sentiments as their officers, the men 
 fought with desperate bravery, and turned the scale 
 of victory*. Valdez was obliged to retrace his 
 steps to Pomata. Santa Cruz re-crossed the Desa- 
 guadero by the bridge, in order to be nearer to 
 Gamarra, still at Oruro. 
 
 Upon learning the disembarkation and progress of 
 Santa Cruz, the viceroy had marched from Cuzco, 
 and collected all his disposable force at Sicuani, 
 where he waited the arrival of Valdez. His division 
 having united with that left by Valdez, his excellency 
 continued his march with them to Puno, where he 
 arrived on the 25th of August, and on the 28th came 
 up with Valdez at Pomata, three days after the in- 
 decisive affair of Zepita. 
 
 * Shortly after the action, the viceroy sent a flag of truce, with a disavowal 
 of the principle laid down by Canterac, and to adjust the differences out of what 
 his excellency termed a misunderstanding. With characteristic generosity, La 
 Serna released Colonel Cerdena (a Spaniard by birth), who was left behind 
 by the patriots on account of severe wounds, and who, after a protracted 
 illness, resumed his post in the republican Peruvian army, where he served 
 again with high distinction.
 
 CHAP. xx. MILITARY MOVEMENTS. 81 
 
 The royalist infantry was formed into two divisions, 
 the first under Carratala, the second under Villalobos; 
 the cavalry was placed under the orders % of Colonel 
 Ferras. The viceroy assumed the chief command : 
 Valdez was named chief of the staff, and second in 
 command. The royalist force amounted to about 
 four thousand five hundred men. The patriot divi- 
 sions of Gamarra and Santa Cruz, including Lanza's 
 montoneros, and some other guerrilla parties that had 
 been formed, did not in the whole fall short of seven 
 thousand ; but they were at a considerable distance 
 from each other. Santa Cruz, however, began to 
 fall back upon Oruro. 
 
 Unable to follow Santa Cruz over the Desaguadero 
 by the bridge of the Inca, which was strongly de- 
 fended by a tete-de-pont, the viceroy made a detour 
 on the right bank, by Guallicani, Fasacomo, Santiago 
 de Machaca, to the ford of Calacota, where, on the 3rd 
 of September, the royal army crossed the Desaguadero 
 on balsas. On the 4th, it advanced to the Hacienda 
 del Marques ; on the 5th, to the Pampas of Viacha, 
 where they took some patriot stragglers : the troops 
 of Santa Cruz, on their march to join Gamarra, 
 having passed this place only twenty-four hours pre- 
 viously. On the 6th the viceroy advanced to Cala- 
 marca ; on the 7th to Molinos ; on the 8th to Sica- 
 Sica ; on the 9th to Panduro; on the 10th to Quere- 
 rani j on the llth to Sepulturas ; having performed 
 a march of sixty-four leagues in eight days. This 
 place is situated a little to the east of the road run- 
 ning north and south from La Paz to Oruro, and 
 two leagues from the latter place. The viceroy took 
 
 VOL. II. G
 
 82 SANTA CRUZ CHAP. XX. 
 
 up a strong position, for the purpose of waiting the 
 arrival of Olaneta with about two thousand five hun- 
 dred men from Potosi. 
 
 Santa Cruz formed a junction with Gamarra on 
 the 8th, near Oruro. The patriot commander states 
 that he attempted to bring the viceroy to action, 
 but that the latter manreuvred until he united 
 his forces with those of Olaiieta, at Sora-Sora, 
 six leagues south-east of Oruro, on the 14th of Sep- 
 tember. 
 
 If Santa Cruz, instead of going to Oruro, had or- 
 dered Gamarra to form a junction with himself in the 
 neighbourhood of Viacha, it would have given them 
 the advantage of a safe retreat to Puno by the bridge 
 of the Inca, which, defended by a small force, would 
 have compelled the royalists to make another long 
 detour, and have given Santa Cruz time to unite with 
 Sucre from Arequipa. Or, if Santa Cruz had pre- 
 ferred it, he might have retired to Potosi, and opened 
 a communication with Urdiminea and Arenales, in 
 the province of Salta. In either case he would have 
 fallen back upon reinforcements and resources. 
 Unfortunately he did not decide upon any plan until 
 a retreat to the coast became the only alternative. 
 
 On the same day on which the viceroy effected 
 a junction with Olaneta, Santa Cruz began his re- 
 treat towards the bridge of the Inca, in the hope of 
 meeting Sucre's division, the co-operation of which 
 he had a few weeks previously declined. The roy- 
 alists lost no time in following ; and they came in 
 sight of the retreating patriots on the morning of the 
 i, at Sica-Sica, as the latter were leaving the place.
 
 CHAP. XX. RETREATS. 83 
 
 Colonel Brandsen, at the head of the cavalry, which 
 had so much distinguished itself at Zepita, covered 
 the retreat to Ayo-Ayo (nine leagues distant), and 
 kept the enemy in check ; notwithstanding which, 
 the loss of the patriots on this day's march was very 
 great, in baggage, and by desertion. After a halt of 
 a few hours at Ayo-Ayo, Santa Cruz would have 
 complied with the wishes of his troops, and the ardent 
 entreaties of many of his officers, and given battle ; 
 but, by some mismanagement, the artillery had taken 
 the wrong road. This was particularly unfortunate ; 
 for the royalist pursuers were so much dispersed, in 
 consequence of having marched thirty -nine leagues 
 in three days, that had Santa Cruz made a stand, it 
 was the intention of the viceroy to fall back again 
 upon Sica-Sica, until he could re-advance with all his 
 forces. This would have given Santa Cruz some 
 days to halt, or to retire in good order, as well as to 
 regain his artillery ; and the dispirited soldiers would 
 have recovered their lost confidence : but Santa Cruz 
 continued his precipitate flight; the panic became 
 general ; insubordination followed ; the artillery was 
 abandoned, and a general dispersion took place. 
 
 At Ayo-Ayo they experienced a dreadful snow 
 storm, and many of the numerous stragglers of both 
 sides perished from the inclemency of the weather. 
 Such was the inability of the royalists to continue 
 the pursuit, that the viceroy was compelled to re- 
 main at Ayo-Ayo, from whence he detached Valdez 
 with such of the cavalry as were in a state to be sent 
 forward, together with about eight hundred infantry.
 
 84 MISFORTUNES OF SANTA CRUZ. CHAP. xx. 
 
 On the night of the 18th, two wounded lancers were 
 surprised, by an inferior force of royalists, and anni- 
 hilated at Viacha. The commanding officer, Lieu- 
 tenant-Colonel Navajas, and a few men, only escaped. 
 To complete the misfortune of the patriots, the 
 officer left in charge of the tite-de-pont at the Des- 
 aguadero surrendered without making the slightest 
 resistance, and thus left the passage of that river 
 perfectly free, by the best and shortest road. The 
 fugitives of Santa Cruz took the road to Ilo by Santa 
 Rosa and Moquegua, committing great depredations 
 on the way. About one thousand three hundred men 
 got on board the transports; three hundred of the 
 hussars of the Legion, who embarked in one of these 
 vessels, were captured by a Spanish privateer, and 
 sent to Chiloe. On the passage, nearly thirty officers 
 of different corps were separated from the men, and 
 transshipped to the privateer, which soon afterwards 
 foundered at sea. The brave Soulange, Correa, and 
 many other meritorious officers, amongst whom was 
 the Marquess of San Miguel, perished, with every 
 other soul on board. Thus, out of seven thousand 
 men, to which number Santa Cruz had augmented 
 his force, less than one thousand returned to Lima. 
 Santa Cruz himself went on board the O'Higgins, 
 where the noble-minded Guise received his friend in 
 adversity with redoubled attention. It is a pleasure 
 to record, that, when political jealousy occasioned 
 a long and unjust imprisonment of the admiral at 
 Lima, Santa Cruz manfully interceded with Bolivar 
 at Potosi, at a time when to plead the cause of
 
 CHAP. xx. SUCHE RETIRES. 85 
 
 Guise was not the shortest way to the favour of the 
 Liberator. This trait reflects the highest credit upon 
 the feelings of Santa Cruz. 
 
 Colonel Lanza had been detached from the re- 
 treating army of Santa Cruz so soon as it reached the 
 vicinity of Sica-Sica. Lanza's party, increased by 
 the accession of convalescents and stragglers to up- 
 wards of one thousand men, directed its course to 
 the mountains of Cochabamba. Olaiieta having taken 
 possession of La Paz on the 24th of September, left 
 that city, and coming up with Lanza near Alzuri on 
 the 16th of October, completely defeated him. A 
 very small number escaped with Lanza to the moun- 
 tains. 
 
 After the destruction of the army of Santa Cruz, 
 the royalists directed their sole attention to the ex- 
 pulsion of Sucre j who, notwithstanding the disin- 
 clination of Santa Cruz to admit of co-operation, was 
 advancing towards Puno with the double object of 
 supporting him in the event of a disaster, or of giving 
 fuller effect to his successes. Upon arriving at Apo 
 (twelve leagues from Arequipa), Sucre learned the 
 total dispersion of the army of Santa Cruz, and the 
 approach of the royalists. The viceroy and Valdez 
 were advancing from Puno, whilst Canterac, who had 
 reached Cuzco with five thousand men, was con- 
 tinuing his march to Arequipa by the Despoblado. 
 Sucre was therefore obliged to countermarch, to avoid 
 coming in contact with so superior a force in his 
 front, his retreat to the coast being, at the same time, 
 endangered by the advance of Canterac. At the 
 time that Sucre retired from Apo, Miller, with a
 
 86 MILITARY MOVEMENTS. CHAP. XX. 
 
 small escort, set out from the same place for the front, 
 in order to obtain more positive intelligence of the 
 movements of the royalists. His course lay over 
 bleak table land, upon which was here and there an 
 Indian hut ; at some of which he left a man or two, 
 as their horses tired. About midnight he arrived, 
 with only three followers, at the post-house of Pati 
 (eight leagues from Apo), which had been deserted 
 by its inhabitants. He learned from an Indian, 
 casually passing, that the army ofValdez was still at 
 a considerable distance ; but that a party of sixty or 
 eighty royalists were near at hand. Miller waited 
 until daybreak in this cold uncomfortable spot, where 
 nothing edible for man or beast was to be found. 
 One soldier was appointed to take charge of the 
 horses, while the other two stood sentry, in turn, a 
 little in advance. They had strict orders to listen 
 attentively, and to report if they heard footsteps or 
 the smallest noise. A small fire was made in one 
 corner of the post-house; but with as little blaze 
 as possible, lest it might serve as a beacon to 
 the enemy. Having spent a very dreary night, 
 Miller set out with one of the soldiers, leaving the 
 
 ' O 
 
 other two to follow him at sunset. As he had left a 
 relay at Apo, he changed horses there on his way 
 back, and after having rode twenty leagues, he 
 reached Arequipa before night set in. This fa^ 
 tiguing journey brought on a fever that confined 
 him to his bed. 
 
 On the next day Sucre set out for Moquegua, 
 where he had an interview with Santa Cruz and Ga- 
 marra, then on their way to get on board of ship at
 
 CHAP. xx. MILITARY MOVEMENTS. 87 
 
 Ilo. Sucre returned to Arequipa on the 6th of Oc- 
 tober. The patriot infantry commenced their march 
 for Quilca, but most of the cavalry remained in the 
 city; a piquet being stationed at Cangallo, four 
 leagues on the Apo road. Half way between Can- 
 gallo and Apo there is a track called el Botadero, 
 which branches off to Arequipa, and reunites with 
 the high road two miles from the town. The Bota- 
 dero is the shortest way, but so difficult that it is 
 seldom used excepting by pedestrians. Miller had 
 strongly urged the propriety of a piquet being placed 
 on this path, in addition to that at Cangallo ; and 
 repeated orders were given to one of the local au- 
 thorities to send some mounted peasants there, but 
 these orders were not obeyed. 
 
 In the meantime the entrance of the royalists be- 
 came every hour more and more certain, although 
 they were not expected for three or four days. The 
 partisans of royalty, in Arequipa, became imboldened 
 in proportion to the closer proximity of their friends; 
 while those addicted to the patriot cause were filled 
 with dismay. Miller continued so ill that it was 
 considered impossible for him to accompany the 
 retreating patriots. In this situation the personal 
 attentions of the royalist, as well as of the patriot, 
 party redoubled with increasing danger. The Spanish 
 lady, at whose house he was billeted, offered to se- 
 crete him for a month, if necessary, and then to 
 facilitate his escape by the assistance of her husband, 
 a Spaniard, who was then with the royal army, and 
 being at the head of the custom-house, possessed con- 
 siderable influence. Other royalist friends provided
 
 88 ROYALISTS ENTER AREQUIPA. CHAP. xx. 
 
 a litter, and mules were kept in attendance at his 
 door, to move him off at a moment's warning, in case 
 he should decline the friendly offers of his hostess. 
 
 By this time the viceroy and Valdez, with their 
 forces, had reached Pati, whence they detached 
 Colonel Ferras, at the head of one hundred and fifty 
 cavalry and two hundred and fifty well-mounted in- 
 fantry, to advance with all possible speed to surprise 
 the patriots remaining in Arequipa. Having passed 
 Apo, Ferras took the path of el Botadero; but, 
 losing his way from the darkness of the night, some 
 of his men wandered to Cangallo, which gave the 
 alarm to the patriot piquet stationed there. But for 
 this circumstance, Ferras would have entered Are- 
 quipa before daybreak, and, in all probability, would 
 have succeeded in completely effecting his object: 
 but an hour after daylight, on the 8th, Sucre heard 
 of his approach. Miller, who had by this time sud- 
 denly recovered, mounted his horse, and rode out 
 to reconnoitre. Soon after passing the suburbs, he 
 discovered a few royalist infantry posted upon a knoll 
 in the desert south-east of Arequipa. They fired 
 several shots, but all went over his head. He saw 
 the main body, under Ferras, rapidly advancing, upon 
 which he rode back into the town to make his report 
 to Sucre. Lieutenant-Colonel Raulet and his squadron 
 with much valour disputed the entrance of the enemy; 
 but they were repulsed with considerable loss, and 
 driven into the city. The patriots made some gal- 
 lant charges in the streets, but were finally expelled. 
 Sucre was in the great square when the royalists 
 entered it. Before he quitted it, some of the clergy
 
 CHAP. XX. ROYALISTS ENTEll AREQUIPA. 89 
 
 and one or two of the municipality, who had made 
 loud professions of patriotism, caused the church 
 bells to ring a welcome to the entering royalists. At 
 the same time these worthies displayed, from a 
 balcony, the portrait of King Ferdinand. Sucre 
 directed Miller to place himself at the head of the 
 rear-guard of the retreating patriots, now reduced to 
 one hundred and forty cavalry. With these he took 
 the route which led to Uchumayo, across an open 
 desert four leagues in breadth. The headmost of 
 the Spanish cavalry followed and lanced the patriots 
 as they scampered, pell-mell, over the rough pave- 
 ment, and across the bridge, in order to clear the 
 town, and form again in the open desert, four leagues 
 in breadth, to Uchumayo. In crossing the plain, 
 Miller saw a favourable opportunity to wheel about 
 and charge about a hundred of his pursuers. He 
 had done all he could to animate the drooping spirits 
 of his men : they cheered, and, having now the ad- 
 vantage of numbers, seemed willing to make a last 
 effort. They charged, but failed ; and were again 
 completely routed. The men did not display their 
 wonted courage ; they had been dispirited by events 
 which, on the other hand, had flushed the royalists 
 with more than usual valour. Such of the patriots 
 as escaped the first onset fled with renewed speed. 
 Several of the royalist dragoons, who had perhaps 
 served previously in the patriot army, and had been 
 made prisoners, recognised Miller, and, saluting him 
 very civilly by name, invited him to surrender. They 
 made several detours to cut him off whenever he 
 slackened his speed: but as he was well mounted, 
 and the pursuit being on an open sandy plain, he
 
 90 INTERESTING INCIDENT. CHAP. xx. 
 
 baffled their attempts. It is singular that they did 
 not discharge a single carbine at him, although he 
 kept at no great distance ahead. The royalists were 
 too fatigued to follow farther than to the neighbour- 
 hood of Uchumayo, where Miller remained, with an 
 officer and two or three orderlies, till dark, to ascer- 
 tain whether the enemy intended approaching the 
 coast immediately, or remaining in Arequipa. 
 
 Generals Sucre, Lara, and Alvarado chief of the 
 staff, embarked at Quilca, and sailed for Callao : 
 whilst Miller, with the dispersed cavalry, and a com- 
 pany of infantry, was ordered to effect his retreat by 
 land to Lima by the way of Camana, Ocona, Cara- 
 beli, Sondor, Chala, Nasca, and lea, a distance of 
 more than two hundred leagues. At Camana Miller 
 had the pleasure of passing twenty-four hours at the 
 hospitable residence of his friend Colonel Flores, around 
 whose table were assembled the numerous branches 
 of the Flores family. On the next day Miller, leaving 
 a well mounted detachment to bring him intelligence, 
 forded the river, and remained with Colonel Esco- 
 vedo and a couple of orderlies, on the northern bank, 
 while the rest of his troops continued their march to 
 Ocona. The river sides are broad and thickly covered 
 with trees and underwood, amongst which are hidden 
 several widely scattered cottages. On approaching 
 one of these sylvan retreats, a very handsome woman, 
 about twenty-five years of age, came out to receive 
 them. She had light hair, blue eyes, and a fair clear 
 complexion. The carnation of her cheeks had almost 
 entirely yielded to the encroachments of the lily, and 
 there was an air of pensiveness, joined to attractive 
 manners, which heightened, while it softened, the
 
 CHAP. XX. RUSE DE GUERRE. 91 
 
 expression of an always interesting and beautiful 
 countenance. This lady * was no other than the fair 
 object of the poet Melgar's vehement adoration. 
 Unrequited love inspired those sweetly sorrowing 
 strains in which he diffuses his impassioned har- 
 mony over the tender melancholy of hopeless affec- 
 tion. The young lady having refused Melgar, and 
 married another, she was some time afterwards 
 obliged to flee, with her husband, to escape from the 
 persecution of the royalists, and found an asylum in 
 the labyrinthian banks of the river Camana. In the 
 evening of the day now spoken of, she played on the 
 guitar and sang some popular songs with great taste and 
 execution. Escovedo, who was a native of Arequipa 
 and almost brought up with her, now besought his fair 
 townswoman to favour the company with one of those 
 yaravis which enchant the ear while they sadden the 
 imagination of every Peruvian. But this entreaty 
 touched a delicate chord ; a thousand soul-subduing 
 ideas were associated with the melody called for ; the 
 songstress sighed bitterly, and at last burst into a 
 flood of tears. This unexpected sight of grief, and 
 the recollections of the hapless Melgar, produced 
 sensations of deep regret in the mind of every one 
 present. 
 
 At Ocoiia the patriots gained three or four days 
 upon their pursuers by a ruse de guerre, by causing 
 it to be believed that a reinforcement expected from 
 Chile had arrived at the Planchadaj in consequence 
 of which the royalist Colonel Ameller, who had been 
 sent in pursuit, retired from Camana towards Are- 
 
 * Her excellent father, Paredes, who is still living at Arequipa, was one of 
 Miller's secret correspondents previous to entering that city. Miller afterwards 
 received much attention and civility from him and his family.
 
 92 MOVEMENTS OF THE PATRIOTS. CHAP. XX. 
 
 quipa, and did not resume the chase. Thus Miller 
 was enabled to halt for five days at Carabeli, where he 
 bivouacked in some rich lucern fields. The horses 
 were got into working condition, and properly shod ; 
 and discipline was again established in the division. 
 
 Miller had received, at Quilca, a written order 
 from Sucre, to inflict the punishment of death upon 
 all depredators during the retreat. A patriot soldier, 
 named Santos Colinas, was shot for plundering at 
 Carabeli, almost in sight of the Spanish advance, as 
 it descended into the spacious valley. 
 
 From Carabeli are two roads to Chala, one through 
 Chaparra, the other by Sondor and Chaipi. A league 
 or two beyond Sondor the last-named road divides ; 
 the right branches off to Chumpi, San Juan de Lu- 
 canas, Cordova, and lea; the second branch leads 
 direct to Chaipi. Although Miller had got his troops 
 into good marching order, it was important to mis- 
 lead Canterac, whose advance entered the valley as 
 Miller quitted the town of Carabeli in the aftenioon of 
 the 23rd of October. The patriot infantry had marched 
 on the morning of that day. Some hours after the 
 cavalry ascended a steep hill, for above an hour, and 
 proceeding along table land, marched for above two 
 hours after sunset. The party then halted ; fires 
 were made ; and the men, suffering from a freezing 
 temperature, slept among rocks and heath until mid- 
 night, when the moon having arisen, the party again 
 proceeded, and reached Sondor soon after sunrise on 
 the 24th. The men were so benumbed that it was 
 with difficulty that heath could be collected and fires 
 made, and some time elapsed before they could at- 
 tend to their horses. Lieutenant-Colonel Suares and
 
 CHAP. XX. SONDOR. 93 
 
 several of the soldiers, who took off their boots, were 
 unable to put them on again for several hours, on 
 account of swollen feet. Sondor is situated at the 
 extremity of a valley formed on the table land, and cir- 
 cumscribed by ridges which gradually meet and form 
 an obtuse angle. Water is scarce, and the ele- 
 vated plain seems to offer but indifferent pasturage 
 and few capabilities for cultivation. The hamlet 
 consists of ten or a dozen scattered huts, each 
 having its surrounding patches for lucern, potatoes, 
 or barley. The inhabitants fled when the patriots 
 appeared in sight ; but, in the course of a few 
 hours, they returned. Their timidity is easily ac- 
 counted for ; for they had been seized, tied up, 
 beaten, and had their houses sacked, more than once. 
 Every military detachment that halted there un- 
 avoidably destroyed the crops of lucern, and often 
 stole away their oxen, sheep, goats, or poultry, when- 
 ever they could lay hands upon them. In this way 
 hundreds of villages and thousands of individuals 
 have been robbed of their little all ; but they were 
 poor oppressed Indians, and humble misery seldom 
 arrests the attention or engages the sympathies of 
 the world. The patriot infantry under Colonel 
 Videla did not reach Sondor until close of day on 
 the 24th : having neglected taking the precaution of 
 halting on the night before until the moon arose, 
 they lost their way. This mischance occasioned 
 the loss of a day, besides much uneasiness of mind 
 previous to the infantry coming up. Some hours 
 were allowed for repose, but this interval was 
 passed in the midst of serious apprehensions of being
 
 94 CHAIPI. CHAP. XX. 
 
 attacked, and cavalry piquets were patrolling until 
 one o'clock on the following morning, when Miller 
 continued his retreat. It was given out that his day's 
 march was for Chumpi ; but previous to reaching the 
 spot where the road forks off, he permitted the guides 
 brought from Carabeli to escape, and then took the 
 Chaipi road ; but before doing this, he despatched an 
 aide-de-camp, Major Sowersby, forward to Chumpi, 
 with orders to prepare for the reception of the division 
 on the next day. Successive messengers were after- 
 wards sent after Sowersby, ordering him to Chaipi, but 
 not until after he had made arrangements at Chumpi, 
 and without informing him that his comrades were di- 
 recting their steps to Chaipi. Thus Canterac received, 
 as was intended, from his emissaries at Chumpi, a 
 confirmation of the report made by Miller's guides. 
 The Spanish general accordingly set out from Cara- 
 beli, and took the road to Pararca, in the hope of 
 cutting off, at Chumpi, the further retreat of the 
 patriots. 
 
 Miller arrived at Chaipi on the 25th. Before he 
 entered the village he saw the inhabitants on some 
 adjoining hills. He found they had deserted their 
 huts on account of what they thought were royalist 
 plunderers ; but these proved to be a few dispersed pa- 
 triots under one George Mead, a North American, who 
 .was setting a shameful example. He was pursued, but 
 escaped. Having restored some degree of confidence 
 at Chaipi, Miller rode on himself to Matarani, where 
 he slept. Being anxious to ascertain if Canterac had 
 taken the Chaparra or coast road, he set out early 
 next morning from Matarani, and arrived at Chala
 
 CHAP. xx. ANECDOTE. 95 
 
 about sunrise. He took up his quarters once more in 
 the parsonage of his faithful friend the cura, Doctor 
 Don Mariano de Bejerano, whose well-furnished 
 table and conversational talents were alike calculated 
 to refresh the body and enliven the mind of the 
 wayfaring guest. Among other anecdotes told in 
 the course of the evening he related the following, 
 which is translated as closely as can be done from 
 memory. " Some forty years ago, an Irish boy, about 
 eighteen years of age, appeared at the door of a re- 
 spectable house in the valley of Majes, and asked for 
 a supper and a hammock for the night, with an air 
 of confidence not commonly shown on a self-intro- 
 duction. He was, however, readily admitted, and 
 in the course of the evening told his adventures, 
 from which it appeared that he had been sent to sea 
 two or three years before, but, disliking the confine- 
 ment of a ship, ran away from some merchant vessel 
 trading in contraband on the coast of Peru, and that 
 he had wandered about the country ever since, al- 
 ways receiving succour and protection, but, being of 
 a roving disposition, he continued to go farther with- 
 out faring worse. 
 
 " On the following morning, instead of taking his 
 departure, he told the good people of the house that 
 he liked the looks of them all, and that he would 
 willingly remain and make himself useful, if they 
 would find him in victuals. No objection was made, 
 and he speedily became one of the family. In a very 
 few days he extended his acquaintance to the village 
 shoemaker, and then persuaded his patrons that he 
 should prefer going to hear mass in a new pair of
 
 96 ANECDOTE. CHAP. XX. 
 
 shoes. When these were brought home, he discovered 
 that he could not very well wear new shoes without 
 new stockings, nor both without new something else. 
 He never asked for any thing as a matter of favour, 
 but demanded it with an easy boldness of manner, so 
 tempered by broad humour, that he never met with 
 a refusal. Within the first two months, he had found 
 out every little shop in the valley, and had waylaid 
 every passing pedler, until he collected rather an ex- 
 tensive wardrobe. Soon after this the young spark 
 became tired of inactivity, or perhaps he panted to 
 display his outfit beyond the boundaries of the valley. 
 Be that as it may, he took an early opportunity to 
 say to his friends, ' You have no work to employ me, 
 and I shall be a constant expense to you if I remain ; 
 give me therefore twenty dollars, and I will go seek 
 my fortune elsewhere.' A family consultation was 
 held, and, not twenty, but fifty dollars were put into 
 his hands. An affectionate parting ensued, and 
 years rolled away without bringing any tidings of 
 the oft-remembered wanderer. In the meanwhile, 
 one of the sons (Don Mariano Bejerano, the original 
 narrator of this tale), grew up and became a priest. 
 He was accustomed to go to Arequipa once in two 
 or three years. As he came out of the bishop's palace, 
 at one of these visits, he felt himself almost lifted 
 off the ground by a man who, with open arms, had 
 darted across the street to him, and exclaimed, 'Don't 
 you know me? I am that stranger lad who found so 
 kind a shelter in your father's house : come to mine. 
 I have a shop full of goods: I have no debts: I have 
 four thousand dollars in my strong box : I have a
 
 CHAP. xx. NASCA. 97 
 
 wife and four children : come, then, and receive that 
 welcome which we shall be delighted to give.*" 
 
 From the active Bejerano, as well as from his 
 parishioners, Miller received satisfactory proofs of 
 their undiminished patriotism. Four or five welU 
 mounted trusty peasants were sent to various points 
 towards Carabeli, in order to bring timely notice if 
 the royalists were seen advancing towards the coast. 
 Early in the following morning (the 27th) an alarm 
 was . given. The spirited priest was the first on 
 horseback, and accompanied Miller to the front, 
 when it was discovered that the supposed enemies 
 were Major Sowersby and his escort, who had lost 
 their way in the night-march. In the evening, Miller 
 proceeded to Atiquipa, attended by the worthy 
 curate, who, on taking leave on the 28th, expressed 
 his determination to conceal himself in the moun- 
 tains if the royalists should enter Chala, which, 
 however, they did not do. 
 
 Miller having, on the 1st of November, rode on 
 ahead of his party from Acari to Nasca, was near 
 falling into the hands of some royalists who had 
 been sent from Cordova, a town in the interior, to 
 ascertain his movements. The general was in bed 
 at the house of his friend, Don Jose Manuel Mesa, 
 half a league from the town. It was the first time 
 for more than a week that he had undressed. He had 
 not long retired before a messenger from a patriot in 
 the town announced the entrance of the Spanish de- 
 tachment. But it was not until receiving another 
 friendly warning from a royalist family that he rose 
 and retired to the woods, where he lay concealed 
 
 VOL. n. H
 
 98 NASCA. CHAP. XX. 
 
 until his own little division came up next day, and 
 expelled the royalist soldiers. Don Jose" Manuel 
 Mesa is a rich hacendado, from whom Miller had 
 received valuable information and important aid in 
 his former excursions. He is a most worthy man, 
 an enlightened citizen, and an ardent lover of his 
 country. He was at this time a widower, with a large 
 family. In order to occupy the minds of his elder 
 sons, who were fine promising youths, Mesa taught 
 them the French language, which he himself had 
 learned by means of books alone. None of them 
 read with a good accent; but all were sufficiently 
 well versed in it to translate a page of Telema- 
 chus off hand. The easy manners and the perfect 
 good breeding of this family would be admired even 
 in the high circles of England or France. Nasca is 
 an oasis nearly one hundred miles from the nearest 
 inhabited valley on the south, and almost half that 
 distance from the nearest on the north. The same 
 well-bred courtesy is sometimes to be met with in 
 other spots equally isolated, and strikes the ima- 
 gination of the traveller with equal pleasure and 
 astonishment. 
 
 Miller succeeded in effecting his retreat to Lima: 
 he conducted with him six hundred spare horses and 
 mules, and four hundred head of oxen for the service 
 of the army in the capital. He was followed up by 
 the royalists one hundred and ten leagues, as far as 
 Lucanas. 
 
 In the course of this pursuit, the royalist generals 
 had recourse to stratagem to raise supplies from the 
 purses of wealthy patriots. Amongst other instances,
 
 CHAP. xx. ROYALIST DECEPTION. 99 
 
 Canterac alighted at the house of Dr. Saens, the 
 cura of Chumpi, and announced himself as a patriot 
 officer. An excellent dinner was prepared for the 
 new guest, and his five or six brother officers. In the 
 course of conversation, Canterac managed to extract 
 the priest's opinion of the different royalist generals. 
 When the animated clergyman drew Canterac's own 
 picture, he could hold out no longer, but making 
 himself known, fined the incautious ecclesiastic five 
 thousand dollars, and marched him off a prisoner 
 until the sum was paid. At Coracora the same ge- 
 neral played a similar trick on the priest of that place, 
 and punished, with equal severity, his unguarded lo- 
 quacity. The aggrieved parties some time afterwards 
 wrote to Miller, giving an account of the snare into 
 which they had fallen. After the capitulation of 
 Ayacucho, General Bedoya, who had accompanied 
 Canterac on these occasions, related the same ad- 
 ventures to Miller, and spoke of them as exceedingly 
 good jokes. 
 
 At the time the infantry of Sucre were re-embark- 
 ing at Quilca, two thousand Chilenos, under the gal- 
 lant and distinguished Colonel Benevente, arrived at 
 Arica from Valparaiso. This officer was superseded 
 in the command by the Chileno general Pinto, who, 
 upon Sucre's leaving Quilca, had agreed that the 
 Chilenos should occupy Iquique. or move by means 
 of shipping to other points in the Puertos Inter- 
 medios, for the purpose of preserving a footing in 
 those provinces, until reinforcements could be sent 
 from Lima. Pinto is an amiable, gentlemanly man ; 
 but the events of the last campaigns seemed to have 
 
 H 2
 
 100 POSITION OF ROYALIST ARMY. CHAP. xx. 
 
 depressed his spirits, and to have deprived him of all 
 sort of energy. Without orders, and contrary to the 
 arrangement with Sucre, Pinto took upon himself to 
 command the destruction of the horses, and to sail 
 back to Chile. 
 
 The schooner in which Pinto was embarked was 
 attacked in the course of the voyage by a privateer, 
 but was preserved from capture by the gallantry of the 
 commanding officer, Captain Winter, who worked the 
 only gun (a traversing twenty-four pounder), until 
 a shot having luckily carried away the mainyard of 
 the privateer, the schooner escaped to Coquimbo, of 
 which province Pinto became governor. 
 
 The provinces of the Puertos Intermedios being 
 once more cleared of patriot troops, the viceroy made, 
 at Arequipa, a new distribution of the royalist army, 
 by dividing it into two separate commands. 
 
 Canterac marched with his division, now called the 
 Army of the North, to occupy his old position in the 
 valley of Xauxa, and to threaten, or operate against, 
 Lima. Valdez, with the other division, called the 
 Army of the South, was to remain in the provinces 
 of Arequipa, Puno, &c. The viceroy returned to the 
 seat of his government at Cuzco, a convenient and 
 central situation. 
 
 The object of these dispositions was not only to 
 provide against attacks from the patriots who had 
 the means of conveying troops by sea, but also to 
 observe the movements, and counteract the influence, 
 of the ultra-royalist General Olaneta, who now com- 
 manded five thousand royalist troops in Upper Peru, 
 and had become an object of distrust to Canterac
 
 CHAP. XX. POSITION OF ROYALIST ARMY. 101 
 
 and other generals supposed to possess liberal senti- 
 ments, who had taken with enthusiasm the oath of 
 fidelity to the Spanish constitution of 1820. On the 
 downfall of the constitution in 1823, the same ge- 
 nerals acknowledged, with the same formalities, and 
 apparently with equal readiness, the restoration of 
 absolutism in Spain. Olaneta, however, placed no 
 confidence in the political sincerity of La Serna, 
 Canterac, and others. He denounced them in his 
 proclamations as freemasons ; refused to obey orders 
 from the viceroy; and despatched a messenger to 
 Madrid by the way of Buenos Ayres, to inform the 
 king of his proceedings, in full confidence of obtaining 
 the royal sanction. In the mean while Upper Peru was 
 avowedly independent of the viceroy, who was obliged 
 to detach the Army of the South under Valdez to 
 prevent the consummation of Olaneta's grand scheme. 
 But notwithstanding these dissensions, the forces 
 of the royalists were augmented by recruits, and by 
 prisoners of war compelled to serve. They were, at 
 this period, calculated at twenty thousand men, and 
 there appeared very slender hopes that the patriots 
 would be able to make an effectual resistance to 
 victorious and overwhelming numbers. Indeed the 
 cause of independence in Peru seemed to hang by a 
 single thread. But Colombia could not behold un- 
 moved the declining fortunes of her neighbour and 
 ally. Colombia recollected the assistance she had 
 received from the Peruvian division at Pinchincha, 
 and she wisely and generously resolved to pay the 
 debt tenfold, by sending her best troops, and with 
 them her own Liberator.
 
 102 ARRIVAL OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. CHAP. XXI. 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 General Bolivar arrives in Lima. Marquess of Torre-Tagle. 
 Riva-Aguero dissolves congress at Truxillo. He is made a 
 prisoner. Mode of recruiting the Peruvian army. Uniform. 
 Pay. Rations. 
 
 THE president, liberator of Colombia, G eneral Bo- 
 livar, having obtained permission from the congress 
 of that republic to proceed to Peru, left the vice- 
 president Santander at the head of the government 
 in Bogota ; embarked at Guayaquil ; landed atCallao ; 
 and, on the 1st of September, 1823, made his public 
 entry into Lima, where he was received with the 
 greatest enthusiasm. His excellency was immediately 
 invested with supreme authority in military and po- 
 litical affairs. The Marquess of Torre-Tagle, who 
 had been previously nominated by the congress pre- 
 sident of Peru, still retained the title; but such was 
 his professed admiration of Bolivar, and so great his 
 fears of Riva-Aguero, that, with his own concur- 
 rence, the powers of president were reduced to a 
 mere shadow of authority. 
 
 The country suffered nothing by the virtual retire- 
 ment of Torre-Tagle, for his administration had been 
 barefacedly venal. He gave large sums to indivi- 
 duals for the promise of their support against Riva- 
 Aguero; several of which transactions being made 
 known to Bolivar, he removed some of the receivers 
 from important posts.
 
 CHAP. xxi. RIVA-AGUERO. 103 
 
 The patriot forces now at Lima and its vicinity 
 might amount to seven thousand men, of which two- 
 thirds were Colombians; and reinforcements were 
 daily expected from Guayaquil and Panamd. 
 
 The following is the translation of a letter from 
 the Liberator to Miller: 
 
 " Lima, 26th October, 1823. 
 
 " My dear General, For a long time I have de- 
 sired to know you personally, for your services have 
 assured to you the gratitude of every American who 
 is a lover of liberty and of merit. Receive this now 
 in testimony of my esteem, and believe that I have 
 the greatest desire to manifest to you that consider- 
 ation to which you are entitled from your noble con- 
 duct in the army of Peru. I am, 
 
 " With the most distinguished consideration, 
 " Your attentive servant, " BOLIVAR." 
 
 It has been mentioned, that the ex-president Riva- 
 Aguero had retired to Truxillo. On his arrival in 
 that city, however, he thought proper to call in ques- 
 tion the validity of his dismissal; to re-assemble such 
 members of the congress as had accompanied or fol- 
 lowed him from Callao; and, notwithstanding that 
 the deputies had prorogued their sittings sine die, 
 they resumed their sessions under the auspices of the 
 self-appointed president. One of his first measures 
 was to raise troops ; and, in a short time, upwards of 
 three thousand recruits from the northern provinces 
 were armed and equipped in the department of 
 Truxillo. His next measure was to dissolve con- 
 gress, and to banish its refractory members. Those 
 who in Truxillo had been the most eloquent eulogists 
 of Riva-Aguero became his most noisy detractors
 
 104 RIVA-AGUERO. CHAP, xxi- 
 
 upon their return to Lima, where most of them re- 
 united. Peru had at this period two presidents and 
 a dictator. The royalists in the south were, soon 
 afterwards, almost equally divided, and may be said 
 to have been governed by two viceroys. 
 
 On the 13th of November, 1823, the congress 
 gave to the republic a constitution which was, a few 
 days after, proclaimed and sworn to with the cus- 
 tomary ceremonies. This seems to have been rather 
 out of season ; the royalists being so near at hand, 
 and the capital in so much danger. 
 
 Bolivar marched from Lima in the second week of 
 November, 1823, and arrived at Pativilca on the lyth 
 of the same month. His excellency entered into a 
 correspondence with Riva-Aguero, in order to in- 
 duce him to acknowledge the government of which 
 Torre-Tagle was the nominal head. Riva-Aguero 
 refused to agree to the terms proposed ; and it is 
 said that Bolivar felt so much discouraged that he 
 thought seriously of abandoning Peru to its fate ; 
 but that which the liberator could not effect by ne- 
 gotiation was brought about by Riva-Aguero's own 
 troops, who, headed by one of his most confidential 
 officers, Colonel La Fuente, made the soi-disant pre* 
 sident prisoner on the 25th of November. Torre- 
 Tagle, with the concurrence of congress, sentenced 
 him to be shot as a traitor ; it being alleged, that 
 Riva-Aguero had agreed to join the royalists ; but 
 which charge has never been clearly proved, although 
 it is believed that he had held communications of an 
 equivocal nature with the royalists. The sentence 
 of death was commuted into banishment ; and Riva- 
 Aguero sailed for Europe by the way of Guayaquil*
 
 CHAP. xxi. MODE OF RECRUITING. 105 
 
 The troops which he had raised, or which had joined 
 his standard, now submitted to Bolivar; and La 
 Fuente was promoted to the rank of general of bri- 
 gade for his services in deposing Riva-Aguero. 
 
 On the arrival of Miller at Lima, in the beginning 
 of November, he was appointed chief of the staff of 
 the Peruvian army ; the command of which also de- 
 volved upon him, ad interim, until a commander-in- 
 chief should be nominated. The troops of Peru 
 consisted merely of the relics of the corps scattered 
 in the disastrous campaigns of the south ; whilst the 
 troops raised at Truxillo were still hostile to Torre- 
 Tagle, as well as to the Colombian auxiliaries, and, 
 above all, to the liberator. 
 
 Measures were taken to fill up the vacancies which 
 had occurred in the Peruvian corps, and levies were 
 ordered to be made in the different provinces occu- 
 pied by the patriots. The system for recruiting was 
 in general extremely arbitrary, and barely justified 
 by the emergency of the case. 
 
 In virtue of an order from the executive, or from 
 the general-in-chief, the prefect of a department di- 
 rected his sub-delegates of provinces to press, and 
 send to the capital of the department, the provincial 
 quotas. Thence they were marched to head-quarters, 
 where they were told off to different corps by the 
 chief of the staff. It has often happened, that the 
 father and the son, the industrious and the vaga- 
 bond, were indiscriminately included in those cruel 
 levies, which were usually made in the most unfeel- 
 ing manner; for, during the war, the provincial go- 
 vernments might be considered beyond the reach of 
 wholesome control ; indeed they might be called ab-
 
 106 CLOTHING. CHAP. xxi. 
 
 solute. It may therefore easily be conceived, that 
 sub-governors and their inferior officers could, when 
 of exceptionable character, convert their power into 
 means of extortion ; but these abuses arising out of 
 the unsettled state of affairs will naturally disappear 
 as the new governments acquire stability. 
 
 It may not be uninteresting to some readers to be 
 informed as to the manner in which the liberating 
 army was clothed, paid, and provisioned. The uni- 
 form of the troops of Buenos Ayres, Chile, and Peru, 
 was generally blue, with scarlet, crimson, or green 
 cuffs and collars, with or without a white edging, 
 and sometimes red or white lace. But these uniforms 
 were frequently departed from in consequence of the 
 quantities of military clothing purchased at auctions 
 in Europe, and sent out by speculators to Peru. The 
 latter, though expensive, could be obtained at a much 
 lower rate than the clothing made up in the country; 
 and on this account the regiments frequently offered 
 a bizarre appearance. Although stocks and gaiters 
 were served out whenever they could be procured, 
 both might be advantageously dispensed with in the 
 warm climates on the coast. Shoes were not com- 
 monly worn during a campaign. Ojotas, or sandals, 
 were used. A company, a regiment, or even an 
 army, can re-sandal itself in half an hour, if a proper 
 quantity of green hides be given out ; and of this 
 material there is always an abundance. Each man 
 makes his own ofotas, which are pierced with holes, 
 #nd drawn tight by laces of the same material. Arms 
 and accoutrements were generally of English manu- 
 facture. 
 
 Whenever the patriot troops were dispersed in
 
 CHAP. XXI. DISTINCTIONS OF RANK. 107 
 
 small detachments on the coast, they became slovenly; 
 but whenever the army united, discipline was re- 
 established, and the men became excellent, even in 
 appearance, in spite of uncovered ankles. 
 
 The South Americans make admirable soldiers. 
 They are naturally brave, docile, quick at learning 
 their duties, supple in limbs, sober, hardy, and cheer- 
 fully subordinate under fatigue and privations. But 
 perhaps it is only the Chilenos who are almost equally 
 good as cavalry, infantry, or sailors. 
 
 The distinctions, indicating the rank of the officer, 
 were as follows : 
 
 Ensign or cornet. One narrow stripe of lace 
 round each cuff. 
 
 Second lieutenant. Two stripes. 
 
 First lieutenant. Two stripes. 
 
 Captain. Three stripes. 
 
 Major. Two epaulettes. 
 
 Lieutenant-colonel. Two epaulettes. When the 
 bullion is of gold the strap is of silver, and vice versa. 
 
 Colonel. Two epaulettes. Blue cloth strap, em- 
 broidered with gold or silver laurel leaf. 
 
 General officers of Peru *. 
 
 General of brigade. Two gold epaulettes, red 
 cloth strap, embroidered with one star and laurel 
 leaf. Sash, sky-blue. 
 
 General of division. The same, with two stars on 
 each epaulette. Scarlet sash. 
 
 Gran mariscal. The same, with three stars on 
 each epaulette. Sash bicolor, red and white. 
 
 * The uniform of the general officers in the service of Chile and Buenos 
 Ayres differs from that of Peru.
 
 108 PAY. CHAP. XXI. 
 
 The coat of a general officer. Blue with scarlet 
 cuffs and collars, and blue facing, all embroidered. 
 Trowsers, scarlet and embroidered. Gold-laced 
 cocked hat, with feathers, as in the French service. 
 
 The monthly pay in the Peruvian service is as 
 follows : 
 
 Spanish dollars. 
 
 Gran mariscal p., . ,v 666 
 
 General of division . ..jv,. 500 
 
 brigade >,$, ., w 333 
 
 Colonel of infantry . . 240 -~ 
 
 Lieutenant-colonel -. . ; 160 ct 
 
 Major .... ;.> 110 J 
 
 Adjutant . v; . .- 60 ^ 
 
 Abanderado (colour bearer) . 40 ^ 
 
 Chaplain . -y^ -^ . ./>-J 30 
 
 Surgeon . . ^ +>- 75 
 
 Drum-major .,-:-. 22 
 
 Captain .,-,: .?:*..- rwl -xi, 75 90 
 
 First lieutenant . . . 50 6O 
 
 Second lieutenant . . . 45 . 50 
 
 Ensign .... 40 45 
 
 First Serjeant . . . 18 20 
 
 Second ditto , . . 15 17 
 
 Private . . . . 10 11 
 
 The pay of the artillery and cavalry is a little more 
 than that of the infantry. 
 
 The pay in the Chileno and Buenos Ayrean ser- 
 vice is Jess than in that of Peru, where the necessa- 
 ries and luxuries of life are much dearer than in the 
 two first named republics.
 
 CHAP. XXI. PROVISIONS. 109 
 
 The mode of provisioning the army was as follows: 
 rations issued to the troops, during a campaign, con- 
 sisted generally of meat alone , bread or spirits being 
 very rarely served out, and then as a special favour. 
 Occasionally Indian corn was given, which, when 
 roasted in an earthen dish, makes an excellent sub- 
 stitute for bread, and it is a sort of food of which the 
 Indians are particularly fond. When oxen were 
 abundant, one bullock was given, for one day's rations, 
 for every hundred men ; and when, on the contrary, 
 cattle were scarce, the same quantity was made to 
 serve for two hundred men, which, in South Ame- 
 rica, is looked upon as short allowance. The inferior 
 parts are not eaten, excepting in cases of extreme 
 hunger; consequently the waste of meat is pro- 
 digious. The vicinity of an encampment presents 
 a disgusting assemblage of bones, putrid flesh, and 
 filth, unless great care be taken to have all burnt 
 every day. 
 
 It sometimes happened that both royalists and 
 patriots were reduced to feed upon the llama, but 
 the flesh is coarse and almost tasteless. In a country 
 abounding with the necessaries of life, a scarcity of 
 provisions cannot occur, excepting through want of 
 foresight, or proper management. 
 
 The soldiers roast, or rather toast, their meat, and 
 often eat it without salt. Four or six club together, 
 and cut from the same joint. In times of plenty 
 they selected only the choice morsels, and threw the 
 rest on one side. It was not an uncommon thing, 
 at the commencement of the revolution, to kill oxen 
 merely for the sake of their tongues.
 
 110 PROVISIONS. CHAP. xxi. 
 
 In garrison or in cantonments each corps was 
 victualled by its respective commanding officer, on 
 account of which he was allowed to stop four dollars 
 a month from the pay of each soldier, a sum always 
 more than sufficient to defray the expenses of the 
 messes. The surplus went into the regimental chest. 
 An officer (generally a captain) was appointed by 
 the colonel to superintend the purchasing of provi- 
 sions. His accounts were audited by the major, 
 and certified by the commanding officer, before they 
 could be received as vouchers by the paymaster, who 
 was always an officer of the regiment, elected by a 
 plurality of votes of the officers, and who, with the 
 colonel, was held responsible for any fraud or misap- 
 plication of the mess fund. Rice, vegetables, grasa 
 (a sort of lard), with or without fresh meat, or charqui 
 (jerked beef), boiled up together in a large copper 
 kettle, make an excellent mess, and was what the 
 troops principally lived upon when in Lima, or in 
 cantonments at any place upon the coast of Peru. 
 There was hardly any difference in the ingredients 
 of the dish cooked for breakfast and that for dinner. 
 The first meal was usually about 1 1 A. M., the latter 
 at sunset. Each squad of twenty-five men received 
 a kid-full, which was placed upon a high three-legged 
 stool ; the men formed a circle, and every other man 
 alternately stepped forward to take a spoonful. Should 
 any victuals be left, which was generally the case, it 
 was mixed up with that to be prepared on the fol- 
 lowing day. 
 
 Some corps were well fed, and with attention to 
 cleanliness j but the defect of the plan, in spite of many
 
 CHAP. xxi. PROVISIONS. Ill 
 
 salutary regulations, consisted in leaving it too much 
 to the caprice of the commanding officer. If he was 
 destitute of either zeal, honesty, or ability, great em- 
 bezzlement took place by those connected with the 
 expenditure of the monthly stoppages, and the poor 
 soldier being the eventual sufferer for every act of 
 negligence or injustice, naturally became dissatisfied, 
 and desertion followed. 
 
 During a hard contested warfare, it was imperative 
 to promote officers who had signalised themselves 
 by bravery, and frequently to intrust those with im- 
 portant commands who were inefficient in many 
 respects. It often occurred that those most distin- 
 guished for intrepidity were not competent to establish 
 discipline ; and, on the other hand, that the ablest 
 parade officers were not the most useful in a cam- 
 paign. Taking all these circumstances into consi- 
 deration, together with the cruel mode of recruiting 
 the army, and the disheartening reflection, that merit 
 was not always the only path to command, it is not 
 surprising that failures should frequently have oc- 
 curred. It is rather a matter of astonishment that 
 the military duties should have been so generally 
 well performed ; and that so high a degree of per- 
 fection should have been attained, by the South 
 American armies, at the glorious close of a revolution 
 which had proceeded under such innumerable dis- 
 advantages !
 
 112 GENERAL MILLER SAILS TO CHILE. CHAP. XXII. 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 Mutiny at Callao. Captain W. F. Martin, R. N. Bolivar named 
 dictator. The congress dissolved. Cruelty of the royalists. 
 Miller returns to Peru. Passage. Desperate bravery. Cap- 
 tain Roberton. Privateer Quintanilla. Martelini. The Con- 
 gress in danger of shipwreck. Arrives at Callao. Position 
 and force of the royalist and patriot forces. 
 
 THE arduous service, upon the unhealthy coast, 
 in which General Miller had been engaged, again 
 brought on a serious attack of ague and fever. This 
 disease was rendered worse by the breaking out of 
 an old wound in the thigh, which occasioned violent 
 and unceasing pain ; insomuch that he was eventually 
 compelled to seek the restoration of health in cooler 
 latitudes, and sailed from Callao on the 24th of 
 January, in H. M. S. Tartar. The kind hospitality 
 and cheerful manners of Captain Brown, the assiduous 
 attentions of every officer on board, combined with 
 the best care of a skilful surgeon, left very few re- 
 mains of indisposition upon Miller's arrival at Val- 
 paraiso on the 22d of February. 
 
 Upon reaching Santiago he once more took up his 
 abode at the house of his old and steadfast friend 
 Mr. Richard Price, and received anew those kind 
 offices which commenced on Miller's first arrival in 
 Chile. Mr. Price had since allied himself to a hand- 
 some Chilena ladyj and as something has been said 
 of the unmarried beauty of that country, it would be
 
 CHAP. XXII. SANTIAGO. 113 
 
 unjust to omit the mention of Mrs. Price as an ex- 
 ample of all that is excellent in a wife, and affectionate 
 in a mother. Miller had also the satisfaction to find 
 that his early friends Doctor Cox and Mr. Barnard 
 had been equally fortunate in their matrimonial con- 
 nexions. The devotion to Hymen seemed to have 
 been very general in this quarter, for many other 
 Englishmen and Frenchmen had tied the indissoluble 
 knot with the fair daughters of Chile. 
 
 The Peruvian government and General Bolivar 
 availed themselves of the opportunity to urge, through 
 Miller, the speedy co-operation of the Chileno forces 
 which had been promised to be sent back to Peru, 
 but which promise was evaded by the most provoking 
 duplicity, and by the unworthy conduct of the then 
 Chileno government. The lowering aspect of affairs 
 in Peru next demands attention. 
 
 On the 7th of February, the troops stationed in 
 the castles of Callao, headed by a mulatto serjeant, 
 named Moyano, rose and imprisoned the governor, 
 General Alvarado, and the officers of the garrison. 
 The mutineers declared that they had no other 
 object in view than to obtain their arrears of pay, 
 and to be provided with a passage to their native 
 countries, Chile and Buenos Ayres. 
 
 The Buenos Ayrean General Correa had an in- 
 terview with the mutineers in the castles. The mo- 
 derate proposals transmitted through the general 
 were so equivocally received by the congress, and 
 the efforts of Correa were so feebly seconded by the 
 executive, that every attempt to Adjust the matter 
 failed. The payment of 50,000 dollars would have 
 
 VOL. II. I
 
 114 MUTINY AT CALLAO. CHAP. XXII. 
 
 averted the catastrophe j but the treasury had not 
 this sum at its disposal, and the members of govern- 
 ment had not the patriotism to advance it, or the 
 energy to enforce its collection by a general con- 
 tribution. 
 
 Treachery towards the cause of independence never 
 formed a part of the original plan of the conspiracy. 
 The mutineers conducted themselves with more mo- 
 deration than is usual in similar cases; but such was 
 the want of tact in the Peruvian government and 
 congress, that, in the end, the conspirators had no 
 other alternative than to forego their claims, or, from 
 motives of self-preservation, to invite the royalists to 
 come in, and hoist the standard of Spain. 
 
 In the absence of Captain Brown, the commanding 
 British naval officer in the Pacific, Captain William 
 Fanshawe Martin, whose spirited and judicious con- 
 duct saved the British property from pillage, cour- 
 teously offered H. M. S. Fly, as a neutral place of 
 meeting, for the opposing parties, to adjust their 
 differences, distinctly declining to take part with 
 either. But congress did nothing, and the executive 
 did worse than nothing. Instead of attempting to 
 bring the mutineers to their duty, the president and 
 minister of war began secretly to contrive how they 
 should make their peace with the royalists. 
 
 For the first few days of the revolt, serious appre- 
 hensions were entertained by the merchants that 
 their warehouses in the town of Callao would be 
 plundered: their property was at the mercy of an in- 
 furiated soldiery, whose successful mutiny rendered 
 them regardless of consequences. The merchants
 
 CHAP. XXII. CAPTAIN MARTIN, 11. N. 115 
 
 could expect little consideration at their hands. They 
 hoisted no flag; acknowledged no government; and 
 at that time were undetermined to what party they 
 should adhere: so that no satisfaction could have 
 afterwards been claimed for violence, nor compensa- 
 tion for losses. The leader Moyano having signified 
 his inability to restrain his men unless he could pro- 
 cure a certain sum of money, the English merchants 
 prudently advanced it. 
 
 It is to be lamented that many whose rank and 
 influence should have been exerted to obtain the re- 
 dress of grievances for the mutineers remained pas- 
 sive spectators. The consequence was that Colonel 
 Casariego, a royalist prisoner of war, was released 
 from the casemates on the 10th, and invested with 
 the command of the fortress. Notwithstanding his 
 assumption of power, the Spanish colours were not 
 hoisted until the 18th, when a letter was sent to Ge- 
 neral Canterac, then in the valley of Xauxa, inviting 
 him to take possession of the castles in the name of 
 the king. This delay serves to prove that if the 
 government of Lima had only possessed the slightest 
 degree of energy, the castles might have been pre- 
 served. General Monet at the head of a royalist 
 division entered Callao on the 3rd of March. 
 
 Captain Martin's situation was delicate and em- 
 barrassing, but he acquitted himself with great firm- 
 ness and address. It was intimated to him that he 
 would be expected to salute the Spanish flag, upon 
 an official notification of its being hoisted ; but he 
 declined compromising his pendant, until Casariego
 
 116 CAPTAIN MARTIN, R. N. CHAP. XXII. 
 
 could show that he was invested with the command, 
 by some one of the known authorities in Peru. 
 
 Captain Martin demanded and received from the 
 custom-house all the original papers belonging to 
 British ships in the bay. He also obtained leave to 
 send a party of marines on shore, for the protection 
 of British property j a measure called for by the cir- 
 cumstance just alluded to, that the mutineers did not 
 consider themselves accountable for any excesses they 
 might commit, and their abstaining from any such is 
 to be ascribed more to the natural moderation of the 
 South American character than to the restraining 
 influence of their leaders. Such, however, was the 
 general state of alarm, that several masters of vessels, 
 not considering their cargoes safe, slipped cable and 
 stood out to sea, the castles firing upon them as they 
 stole away. 
 
 Captain Martin next wrote to the governor that 
 several British merchants having expressed a desire 
 to embark their merchandize, he demanded, in con- 
 formity with undoubted right, permission for its re- 
 moval on their paying only the usual transit duties. 
 The request was acceded to, but difficulties were sub- 
 sequently thrown in the way of its execution, as well 
 as to the proposal of removing all the British shipping 
 to an anchorage out of range of the castle guns. No 
 disposition being shown to comply with this request, 
 and as there could be no reason for detaining the 
 shipping, except for pillage, or for the purpose of 
 extortion, and as a considerable quantity of specie 
 had been sent on board the Fly, previous to the
 
 CHAP. XXII. ADMIHAL GUISE. 117 
 
 mutiny, Captain Martin deemed it prudent to change 
 his own anchorage, not only to place his freight in 
 perfect safety, but also to warn off British vessels 
 from entering the port. The governor strongly ob- 
 jected to the Fly going to the roadstead of San Lo- 
 renzo, and to her remaining there with the merchant 
 vessels; but it was urged by Captain Martin, with 
 so much reason and resolution that Casariego at last 
 acquiesced. But, notwithstanding this arrangement, 
 when the Fly got under weigh, the batteries com- 
 menced firing upon her. This was afterwards satis- 
 factorily explained, as sufficient time had not elapsed 
 after the receipt of the captain's official" notification, 
 of his design to change his berth, to admit of Casa- 
 riego's sending the requisite order to his artillerymen. 
 When General Rodil became governor, he requested 
 that the Fly would re-enter with her convoy ; but this 
 invitation was not complied with. 
 
 In the meantime, the Peruvian ship Protector 
 (formerly the Spanish frigate Prueba) arrived off 
 Callao from Pisco, and the gallant Vice- Admiral 
 Guise made several attacks on the shipping under 
 the protection of the castles. On the night of the 
 25th of February, a dismantled frigate (the Ven- 
 ganza) and a brig of war were burned by a party in 
 the boats of the Protector. 
 
 Guise proclaimed the coast between Callao and 
 Cobija in the desert of Atacama in a state of block- 
 ade, which Captain Martin refused to acknowledge, 
 on account of the blockading squadron being insuf- 
 ficient to enforce the decree. 
 
 About this period the congress named Bolivar die-
 
 118 CONGRESS DISSOLVES ITSELF. CHAP. XXII. 
 
 tator, and dissolved itself. Thus, at least, closing 
 its political existence by an act of unquestionable 
 wisdom. As we have more than once spoken in 
 terms of disapprobation of some of the proceedings 
 of congress, we cannot take leave of the subject 
 without assigning to it the merit to which it was 
 entitled. With the exception of several members 
 secretly, or almost avowedly, hostile to the cause of 
 independence, the rest were men of good intention^, 
 and capable of legislating for the benefit of the state 
 in more peaceful times. The decorum with which 
 business was conducted, and the dignified eloquence 
 of their debates, would have done honour to the 
 British House of Commons. The names of the 
 highly talented Luna-Pizarro, Alvarez, Otero, Ol- 
 medo, and many others, will be always held in ad- 
 miration for their public spirit, consistency, and im- 
 portant services. 
 
 The great defect of. this congress seems to have 
 been in its assumption of a share of the executive 
 power. This, at all times impolitic, was dangerous 
 when an enemy was at the gate of the capital ; and 
 it became evident, that an unqualified military dic- 
 tatorship could alone save the country. Congress, 
 therefore, displayed its wisdom in abolishing a system 
 which, preserving only the forms of liberty, could 
 not prevent the exercise of tyranny. 
 
 Lima was again abandoned by the patriots on the 
 royalists repossessing themselves of the castles of 
 Callao. 
 
 The Liberator was at that time in the vicinity of 
 Pativilca and Huaras, with a force which was aug-
 
 CHAP. XXII. GIROUETTES. 119 
 
 merited to almost six thousand Colombians, and four 
 thousand Peruvians. 
 
 Two or three squadrons of cavalry at Can'ete, and 
 another squadron at Huacho, with its commanding 
 officer, Navajas, passed over to the service of the 
 royalists. This Navajas changed sides no fewer than 
 four times during the war of independence. About 
 the same time the president, Marquess of Torre- 
 Tagle, the minister of war, General Count San 
 Donas, General Portocarrero, and many officers of 
 all grades, also passed over to the royalists *. 
 
 With one or two exceptions, these men previously 
 passed from the royalists to the independents ; and so 
 far from their last defection being injurious to the 
 good cause, it was of great benefit, inasmuch as it 
 weeded the patriot service of its most worthless cha- 
 racters. The highest offices in the state had been 
 most shamefully confided to several of them, without 
 discriminating between honourable men espousing 
 the cause of independence upon principle, and those 
 who veered about for no other reason than their 
 anxiety to be always on the strongest side. 
 
 The royalists, many of whom boasted of liberal 
 and constitutional principles, elated by the recent 
 events, were not satisfied with pouring forth the most 
 vulgar scurrility upon their opponents, but sullied 
 the fame which they had lately acquired from their 
 
 * Torre-Tagle, with his beautiful, amiable, and accomplished wife and infant 
 family, perished in want of die common necessaries of life during the subsequent 
 investment of Callao by the patriots. San Donas expected to obtain pardon by 
 once more deserting to the patriots, which he effected a few days previous to the 
 surrender of the castles; but he reaped the reward of his double treachery, and 
 suffered death by the hands of the executioner at Lima. Portocarrero hid him- 
 self in the woods of his native valley.
 
 120 ROYALIST CRUELTIES. CHAP. XXII 
 
 activity and perseverance, by acts of unjustifiable 
 cruelty. 
 
 Monet having received possession of Callao from 
 the mutineers, left General Rodil as governor.' 
 Monet returned to the valley of Xauxa, taking the 
 patriot officers with him. On crossing the pass of 
 San Mateo, two eluded the vigilance of the escort, 
 and effected their escape. Monet, instigated by his 
 adjutant-general, Garcia Camba, most basely ordered 
 two officers to be shot, to atone, as he said, for their 
 comrades' escape ! As all were equally innocent of 
 crime, the prisoners were made to draw lots, which 
 fell upon two very distinguished officers. One of 
 
 them, Captain *, drew from the lining of his 
 
 coat the medals with which he had been decorated 
 for his conduct at the battles of Tucuman and Salta, 
 in the years 1812 and 1813, and holding them up to 
 his breast, declared that he preferred death in any 
 shape to the horrors of a Spanish prison. The last 
 words of both were " Viva la patria !" This atrocious, 
 wanton, and unjustifiable act of barbarity is the more 
 surprising, when it is considered that General Monet 
 had always been deemed the most humane character 
 amongst the royalist officers, and that Garcia Camba 
 was a liberal constitutionalist. The Spanish colonial 
 system sometimes made good men bad, and it always 
 rendered bad men worse, as is fully illustrated in the 
 above instance. 
 
 The rest of the prisoners, with others that had 
 previously been made by the royalists, were sent to 
 
 * This officer, whose name we cannot recollect, had'becn confined in the case- 
 mates of Callao, and was one of those exchanged and sent to Supe.
 
 CHAP. xxn. GENERAL MILLER SAILS TO PERU. 121 
 
 the uninhabited island called Chucuito, situated in 
 the celebrated lake of Titicaca near Puno. By the 
 governor of this place, Don Tadeo Garate, they were 
 treated with great inhumanity. He once refused a 
 pass to a mother to see her son, although she had 
 travelled from Arequipa, a distance of one hundred 
 and twenty miles, for that purpose *. At another 
 time, the commandant of the island-depot had the 
 cowardly barbarity to fire several rounds from two 
 pieces of artillery upon the prisoners merely because, 
 in amusing themselves, they made too loud and too 
 mirthful a noise for his delicate ears. 
 
 Bolivar perhaps is entitled to more credit for his 
 conduct at the critical time which succeeded to the 
 mutiny of Callao, than for any thing else he ever did 
 in Peru. By his firmness, activity, and seasonable 
 severities, he checked further defections, and ob- 
 tained the respect and entire confidence of every 
 faithful patriot. There was a charm in the name of 
 Bolivar, and he was looked up to as the only man 
 capable of saving the republic : he did not disappoint 
 general expectation, for, in less than a year from 
 that time, South American independence was finally 
 established. 
 
 Miller was at the warm baths of Colina, in the 
 Chileno Andes, when he heard of the occurrences in 
 Peru. He immediately set out for Valparaiso, and 
 embarked on the llth of April, in the Peruvian brig 
 of war, El Congreso, Captain Young. 
 
 Previous to leaving Valparaiso he felt it his duty 
 
 * This unfortunate lady was the wife of Colonel Romero, who had rendered 
 important assistance to Miller at Siguas, and at different places on the coast. 
 Romero died after the termination of the war, ill requited for his services.
 
 CORPORAL TRIM. y\ CHAP. xxil. 
 
 to establish, in a small comfortable way, a valuable 
 servant. As examples which present the bright side 
 of human nature never fatigue the philanthropic 
 reader, the following particulars of fidelity in do- 
 mestics are given. 
 
 Juan Ortega is a Chileno, above fifty years of age, 
 of a short sturdy figure, and open broad countenance- 
 His manners were quiet, good tempered, and so 
 kindly disposed, that wherever he went he became a 
 favourite, and generally the confident of the family 
 upon whom his master happened to be billeted. He 
 was known by the name of Corporal Trim, which 
 had been given him by Lord Cochrane. On board 
 a British, as well as a patriot, ship of war Trim en- 
 joyed unusual privileges. The officers would shake 
 hands with, and occasionally invite him to take a glass 
 of wine, which he drank off in as upright an attitude 
 as would the original Corporal Trim himself. With 
 the captain's steward, the officers' servants, and ship's 
 company in general, Ortega was a person of no in- 
 considerable importance. 
 
 The unwearied attachment of this faithful follower 
 is beyond all praise. He never left the side of his 
 master's cot, day nor night, for six weeks, after Miller 
 was so severely burned by the explosion of powder 
 on the island of San Lorenzo. At other times, when 
 he was suffering from painful wounds and sickness, 
 the calm endurance of Corporal Trim to the peevish- 
 ness of his master was as remarkable as his watch- 
 fulness ; and when he was unable to speak, Trim 
 understood him by signs, and anticipated his wishes 
 with the utmost exactness. On the occasion of Miller
 
 CHAP. XXII. COHPORAL TRIM. 
 
 being carried wounded, from Pisco, on board the 
 Lautaro, Captain Guise appointed six seamen to at- 
 tend, two at a time in turn, upon him ; but Corporal 
 Trim took upon himself to dismiss them very un- 
 ceremoniously, and afterwards performed the office of 
 nurse himself better than all the six could have done. 
 He was his master's purse-bearer, and sometimes went 
 so far as to frown most intelligibly if ordered to hand 
 out money which he thought paid or given away too 
 freely. Old soldiers who used to call upon the ge- 
 neral had little chance of an interview or assistance 
 if Trim thought them undeserving, or that demands 
 of this nature became too frequent. 
 
 In 1820 Corporal Trim's mother travelled forty 
 leagues, on a mule, to visit her son previous to his 
 embarkation with the liberating expedition. She 
 produced a document from the alcalde of Ligua, 
 Trim's native place, certifying that Juan Ortega had 
 volunteered to serve his country, the moment that 
 the disastrous news of the defeat of Cancharayada 
 reached that village. The document also certified 
 that the conduct of Ortega had always been so ex- 
 emplary, that he had " never been put in the stocks." 
 This sort of punishment must have been pretty 
 general, when a petty tyrant in a remote village 
 could be brought to state, under his own hand, that 
 to have escaped this punishment was a proof of merit. 
 Ortega's mother presented Miller with a small carpet 
 of her own manufacture. Upon receiving in exchange 
 a Manchester print, she said she would have it made 
 into a gown, which she would wear only on the an- 
 niversary of the day upon which she received it. 
 Miller was occasionally lodged in splendid apart-
 
 ATACAMA. CHAP. XXII. 
 
 merits, but such was Corporal Trim's filial piety, that 
 the carpet was invariably placed, with due care, by 
 the bedside of his master. 
 
 The sudden departure of Miller from Chile in 1824 
 gave Ortega no opportunity of visiting his mother. 
 The idea of again quitting his country without em- 
 bracing her, depressed his spirits. He was himself 
 grown gray, and there was every appearance of a 
 prolonged contest in Peru. Miller, in consequence, 
 decided upon leaving him behind. As he parted 
 from him to step into the boat, Ortega was completely 
 overpowered by grief. His regrets were mingled 
 with gratitude at being left with the means of esta- 
 blishing apulperia, or small shop, at Valparaiso. He 
 appeared to think himself more than compensated ; 
 but his master, equally affected at parting from so 
 valuable a servant, thought no reward could be too 
 great for so much fidelity. In truth, such attach- 
 ment is often of greater value than the applause and 
 sometimes heartless protestations of the great and 
 powerful. 
 
 Captain Young having learned that some royalist 
 privateers had been fitted out at Chiloe, and were 
 cruising off the Intermedios, determined to look into 
 every port between Copiapo and Callao. The first 
 met with was Cobija, the only safe and frequented 
 one of Atacama, which is a line of desert above 100 
 leagues in length, running north and south ; its ex- 
 treme breadth is about thirty leagues. This cheer- 
 less track separates Chile from Peru, and is traversed 
 with infinite toil even by small parties, who are 
 obliged to carry water, provisions, and forage with 
 them j but travellers seldom take this route. A line
 
 CHAP. xxii. ATACAMA. 125 
 
 of paved road, about two feet wide, constructed in 
 the time of the incas, ran along the foot of the 
 Andes ; and some vestiges of it were discovered in 
 1823. It was by this route that Valdivia invaded 
 Chile from Peru. The northern border of this track 
 is thinly peopled, and is called the province of Ata- 
 cama. During the war it was occasionally held 
 either by the patriots or by the royalists of Upper 
 Peru, but the governor was more frequently left 
 independent, he taking special care to lean to the 
 strongest side. Aware that his letters would be 
 opened, Miller wrote a flourishing despatch to Ge- 
 neral Arenales, governor of Salta, informing him 
 that the expedition from Talcahuano having suc- 
 ceeded in capturing Chiloe, was on its way to Puertos 
 Intermedios; that he was sent forward to choose the 
 point of disembarkation, and to request the co-opera- 
 tion of the gauchos of Salta on the side of Potosi. 
 He added, that advices from Spain had brought in- 
 formation that La Serna had fallen under the dis- 
 pleasure of Ferdinand, and that Olaiieta would pro- 
 bably succeed to the viceroyalty. The governor of 
 Atacama kindly took charge of the communication, 
 and made noisy promises of forwarding it immediately 
 with the utmost secrecy ; but it was afterwards dis- 
 covered that the worthy governor broke open the 
 despatch, and sent a copy of it to Olaiieta before he 
 parted with the original. Olaneta had long been in 
 opposition to La Serna, and it was supposed that 
 this pretended approval of his conduct by Ferdinand 
 strengthened his obstinacy towards the viceroy. Are- 
 nales received the despatch in due time, and not sus-
 
 126 LA VIGIE. CHAP. XXH. 
 
 pecting it was written to answer a particular purpose, 
 after keeping it secret for two days, convened the 
 provincial junta, and confided to a select few the 
 subject of the communication. Valdez, who had 
 arrived in the department of Puno, also received a 
 duplicate copy of the despatch, and was induced to 
 suspend the march of his division against Olaneta for 
 a few days, in order to act against the supposed 
 equipment from Chiloe. No disembarkation having 
 been heard of at any point, Valdez began to suspect 
 the report was a ruse de guerre. He was shortly 
 after confirmed in this opinion by the arrival of the 
 news that General Freyre had failed in the attempt 
 upon Chiloe. 
 
 On approaching Arica, a brig called " La Vigie," 
 which had been taken, armed and fitted out by the 
 captain of the Spanish privateer Quintanilla, was 
 observed to be standing out of the bay, but returned 
 to her anchorage on perceiving the Congreso. The 
 latter stood towards her, in the expectation that she 
 would strike without making the slightest resistance ; 
 but the captain of the Vigie brought his four small 
 guns to bear, and after expending every shot in the 
 locker, fired away the marline spikes, nails, and bits 
 of old iron. The Congreso drifted to leeward, but 
 Captain Young being unwilling to damage the hull, 
 or to cut up the rigging of the Vigie, abstained from 
 giving a broadside, and stood out to make a tack, in 
 order to run alongside and carry the Vigie by board- 
 ing. It was not until the Congreso was within half- 
 cable's length, that the captain of the Vigie ceased 
 firing, and jumped into a boat with his crew. In
 
 CHAP. xxir. LA VIGIE. 127 
 
 rowing towards the land, they passed within half 
 pistol-shot of the bows of the Congreso, and lay upon 
 their oars as if to deliver themselves up; but upon 
 perceiving the Congreso carried away by the current, 
 they suddenly resumed their oars, and pulled away. 
 The marines, who till this moment had been ordered 
 not to fire, gave them a volley: the whole of the boat's 
 crew immediately dropped, with the exception of the 
 captain, who stood up with the greatest imaginable 
 coolness, and skulled the boat out of musket range, 
 when the sailors again got up and rowed ashore. The 
 Congreso having secured her prize, sent a party to 
 Arica, to seize the crew. A marine officer, with three 
 men, found the captain concealed in a house, and 
 seized him by the collar. He not only knocked down 
 the officer, but also two of the marines, and rushed 
 out of the house, the third marine giving him a severe 
 bayonet wound as he passed. The officer returned 
 on board with black eyes and a swollen face. On the 
 following morning, it was ascertained that the captain 
 of the Vigie passed the night under a shed in the 
 outskirts of the town, and where it was evident he 
 had lost a considerable quantity of blood. It is not 
 known what became of him. He was a Scotchman, 
 who had sustained severe losses by the patriots, and 
 he entered the royalist service for the express purpose 
 of avenging himself. His resolute bravery could not 
 be surpassed. The Congreso, the Vigie, and a French 
 brig of war, came to an anchor nearly at the same 
 time, off Arica. The French captain demanded the 
 Vigie, but Captain Young refused to give up a lawful 
 capture, and referred the French commander to the
 
 128 CAPTAIN ROBEHTON. CHAP. xxn. 
 
 Peruvian government. During the time that some 
 messages and notes were passing between the two 
 commanders, the ship's company of each vessel was 
 kept at quarters ready for action: Captain Young 
 having very properly made up his mind to oppose 
 force to force rather than relinquish his prize. It is 
 a singular coincidence, that the Congreso, the Vigie, 
 and the brig of war, should have been all three launched 
 from the same slip, at St. Maloes in France. 
 
 Proceeding towards Quilca, the Congreso fell in 
 with the pirate Quintanilla, and a second -prize she 
 had taken, called the Emprendadora, which was run 
 on shore an ( d burned by her own crew. The Quin- 
 tanilla kept up a running fire during a short chase, 
 and escaped into the caleta, or creek of Quilca. 
 
 Miller having gone for information to some vessels 
 at anchor in the roadstead, and the Congreso having 
 drifted to leeward of the caleta, his return was cut 
 off by five armed launches, sent from the Quintanilla, 
 lying in the caleta; but the launches, upon per- 
 ceiving a boat with marines, lowered from the Con- 
 greso, relinquished the chase at a moment when 
 the patriot party was within their grasp. Amongst 
 those who accompanied Miller in the jolly-boat of 
 the Congreso was Captain Roberton, a very gallant 
 Scotchman, and an able officer, whose adventures 
 are extremely singular. He came from England as 
 an officer in the Galvarino, with Captain Guise. He 
 served in the patriot squadron, and gave many proofs 
 of intrepidity. When in command of a patriot brig 
 of war, in 1822, he landed at the head of his marines 
 and seamen, at Arauco, and surprised, during the
 
 CHAP. XXII. CAPTAIN EOBKRTON. 129 
 
 night, Benavides and his party. Benavides escaped. 
 His next in command, an Italian desperado, named 
 Martilini, who had formerly been a boatswain in a 
 patriot vessel, with which, heading a mutiny, he ran 
 away from Guayaquil, was wounded by Roberton with 
 a lance, but made his escape also. In retaliation for 
 the atrocities of Benavides and his gang, Roberton 
 hung all his prisoners, fifty or sixty in number. 
 
 Some time after, Roberton was permitted by the 
 Chileno government to take possession of the unin- 
 habited island of La Mocha, thirty leagues south of 
 Concepcion, and became known by the name of Ro- 
 binson Crusoe. He engaged a Chileno servant as his 
 man Friday, and each took a Chilena wife, a la main 
 gauche. It happened that Martilini, the Italian 
 desperado, was subsequently put in command of the 
 Quintanilla. Sailing from Chiloe, he landed with a 
 party at Mocha, and took off Roberton, who was 
 instantly put into irons, and reserved for torture. 
 Martilini. frequently threatened him with some ter- 
 rible death, and accompanied his threats by blows. In 
 a gale of wind, Roberton was released, and, on ac- 
 count of his superior seamanship, requested to take 
 the command. The ship weathered the storm, and 
 Roberton was permitted to walk the deck. He was 
 taken to Quilca, whence he made his escape, in a 
 neutral vessel, to Chile. He left behind a note, sig- 
 nifying to Martilini that, as he (Roberton) did not 
 owe his life to the other's generosity, but to his fears, 
 he was under no obligation ; and he gave warning, 
 that, in the event of their meeting again, one of the 
 two must fall. Roberton took a passage from Val- 
 
 VOL. II. K
 
 130 CONGRESO IN DANGER CHAP. xxn. 
 
 paraiso in the Congreso, and by a curious coin- 
 cidence, the pirate driven into the caleta, or cove 
 of Quilca, was the Quintanilla. When the armed 
 launches were seen issuing from the cove, Ro- 
 berton expressed his determination not to be taken 
 alive. 
 
 The Congreso, upon her arrival, pursued the Quin- 
 tanilla so close into the mouth of the caleta, that, 
 upon the wind dying away in the afternoon, she 
 was obliged to let go her anchor to leeward, at no 
 great distance from the rocks, upon which the surf 
 broke, with tremendous roar. During the night, an 
 officer was sent to request assistance from a French 
 brig of war at anchor to windward of the caleta. 
 When daylight appeared, the French boats approached 
 to within hail. The officer, with a speaking trumpet, 
 offered to receive the people, but refused to give any 
 assistance to the vessel, on the plea that to do so 
 would be an infraction of neutrality. 
 
 By this time the Congreso had drifted so near to 
 the outward wake of the breakers, that the officers 
 and crew got into their boats, and were on the point 
 of leaving her to her fate. Roberton was about to 
 push off from the side, when he perceived a light 
 air, and hopes of saving the brig darted across his 
 mind. He jumped on board again, calling out to 
 the seamen, that volunteers might follow. Captain 
 Young was also instantly upon deck, followed by his 
 ship's company. At this critical moment, the pirate 
 launches were again seen pulling out of the creek. 
 The only chance of escaping with life was to save the 
 brig, because the pirates paid no respect to any flag j
 
 CHAP. XXII. OF SHIPWRECK. 131 
 
 and a retreat to the boats of the French vessel would 
 have been no protection. 
 
 The cable of the Congreso was cut ; but she made 
 so little way for the first hour, that, whether she was 
 to be dashed on the rocks by the swell, or to get out 
 to sea, appeared to be an even chance ; but the breeze 
 freshened, and enabled them to clear the shore, and 
 the brig stood off and on all day. 
 
 Roberton, being more than ever anxious to settle 
 the reckoning with his Italian acquaintance, planned 
 the cutting out of the privateer. Eleven at night was 
 the time appointed for his adventurous supporters to 
 hold themselves in readiness. As the bell struck the 
 hour, Roberton's voice was heard throughout the 
 brig, summoning to their post the boarding party, of 
 about forty volunteers. The men came on deck with 
 an air of steady resolution, but without any appear- 
 ance of eager alacrity ; for they had scarcely shaken 
 off their drowsiness, and the elements seemed to con- 
 spire against them. The night was very dark ; the 
 sea ran high ; and the wind whistled through the 
 rigging with dreary cadence to the sullen roar of the 
 surge upon the strand. The flitting light of lan- 
 terns rather increased, than dissipated, the gloom 
 which overhung the commencement of this desperate 
 undertaking. Roberton bade good bye to a younger 
 brother, lately arrived from Scotland, and then shook 
 hands with Miller and Captain Young, saying, as he 
 left them, " The weather is against us ; but, if we 
 can only make the caleta, and if my men stick by 
 me, we'll have the Quintanilla before daybreak." 
 He and his followers then stepped into the launch, 
 
 K 2
 
 MARTILINI. CHAP. XXII. 
 
 but not without difficulty and danger, on account of 
 the roughness of the sea. The launch shoved off; 
 but the night continued so dark and windy, that Ro- 
 berton was unable to find the mouth of the inlet. 
 The launch was blown considerably to leeward, but 
 was picked up, next day, by the Congreso, which 
 immediately made sail to the northward. 
 
 Two days afterwards the Quintanilla left the Cove 
 of Quilca, and, on passing near the French brig of 
 war, anchored in the roadstead, fired three or four 
 shots at her, by way of bravado. The weather 
 changing to a calm, the boats of the French brig 
 carried the privateer by boarding. Martilini was 
 conveyed to France *. 
 
 Roberton distinguished himself in 1824 and 1825 
 before the castles of Callao. After they surrendered 
 he was immured in the casemates, by order of Bolivar, 
 for some political offence. He, however, made his 
 escape from these horrid dungeons in an extraordi- 
 nary manner. He knocked down two or three sen- 
 tries he had occasion to pass ; ran through the gate, 
 in the presence of the main guard ; threw himself 
 into the sea ; and swam off to a merchant vessel. 
 He has, it seems, since returned to his island of 
 Mocha. 
 
 On arriving, on the llth of May, off Callao, 
 Miller left the Congreso, which remained cruising 
 off the bay, and went on board of her prize, the 
 Vigie. He continued at anchor in the roads for 
 twenty-four hours, and made an appointment to meet 
 
 * He again (1828) commands a Spanish privateer in the Pacific, and has made 
 prizes on the Chileno and Peruvian coasts.
 
 CHAP. xxn. INCIDENT AT SEA. 133 
 
 the royalist General Loriga on board the British 
 frigate Tartar, to dine with Captain Brown ; but an 
 open smack from Truxillo, bringing a report that 
 Bolivar had actually commenced his march for the 
 interior, induced Miller not to delay his departure ; 
 and the meeting of the two friends, so much desired 
 by both, did not take place*. 
 
 On arriving off Supe, at night, on the 14th of May, 
 Miller was obliged to take upon himself the office of 
 pilot, as no one else on board had seen that part of the 
 coast before. He committed some mistake in making 
 the land, and the vessel was brought up where, if the 
 anchor had been dropped, she must have gone ashore 
 in a surf, which nothing could have withstood. For- 
 tunately the error was discovered in time. He did 
 not recollect much about the headlands ; but feeling 
 very anxious to get ashore, and having only a very 
 young midshipman, with eight or ten indifferent 
 sailors, the Vigie was steered at dusk towards a small 
 bay, which fortunately turned out to be the port of 
 Supe. The night was beautifully clear, and the stars 
 twinkled with unusual brilliancy. At eleven P.M. 
 the Vigie was brought to an anchor under the lee of 
 some high land, and just without the broad line of 
 surf, which breaks upon the strand with ceaseless 
 foam. The holding ground proved very bad, and 
 the anchor drove, upon which a second was let go. 
 A suspicious-looking schooner was then discovered 
 lying within a cable's length from the Vigie. She 
 
 * General Loriga, who had served the cause of the king with great talent and 
 fidelity, sailed shortly afterwards to his native country. He now holds an im- 
 portant command in the Havannah.
 
 134 PICTURESQUE VILLAGE CHAP. XXII. 
 
 was hailed ; but, although a light had been seen on 
 board, no answer was returned, and some apprehen- 
 sions arose that the stranger might prove a royalist 
 vessel of war, sent from Callao to intercept the Vigie. 
 Miller seized the speaking trumpet, hailed them in 
 English and in Spanish, and threatened that a broad- 
 side would be fired from the Peruvian brig of war 
 Congreso, unless an immediate answer was given. 
 The cry of Viva la Patria was then heard, and a 
 boat was immediately sent from the Vigie. Two 
 fishermen were found on board the schooner, which 
 had arrived with some fugitive patriot soldiers from 
 the Puertos Intermedios. The fishermen had been 
 sent on board, by the patriot governor of the pro- 
 vince, to take charge of the vessel. They could not 
 state positively which party held possession of the 
 town of Supe, although they were certain that the 
 landing-place was clear of royalists. Miller imme- 
 diately stepped into a canoe, but did not get on shore 
 without being thoroughly wet by the surf. He 
 walked to Supe, two leagues distant, and found the 
 town nearly deserted. He, however, procured horses 
 from a montonero party, which, on the preceding 
 morning, had had an affair with the royalist advanced 
 post, and on the next day he set out to join Bolivar. 
 At the picturesque village of Marca, two days' 
 march from Supe, commences an ascent of two 
 leagues, that terminates at the apex of a lofty moun- 
 tain, which, on a clear day, is visible to the mariner 
 fifty leagues from land. From this aerial platform, 
 one of the noblest and most enchanting prospects in 
 the world bursts suddenly upon the eye. Towards
 
 CHAP. xxil. OF MAIICA. 135 
 
 the coast lies a frightful waste, a lifeless breadth of 
 barrenness, a sea of sandy billows, bounded by the 
 Pacific Ocean. Looking to the eastward, the Andes 
 rear their summits to the clouds, and form a barrier 
 of unparalleled grandeur. A basin, of one hundred 
 miles in circumference, appears to be scooped out 
 amidst the highest Andes, and, containing moun- 
 tains within its hollow, is bounded by ridges, which, 
 rising in endless succession, are streaked with mid- 
 way clouds, and the most distant mantled with snows 
 coeval with the creation of the world. Standing on 
 the mountain cupola of Marca, the village of Requay 
 appears to be immediately beneath the feet of the 
 wondering traveller, although from the tortuous de- 
 scent it is at a distance of more than four leagues. 
 To the north of Requay stretches the romantic vale 
 of Huaras, where numerous hamlets enliven the moun- 
 tain hollows, while single houses at every elevation 
 stud the ravines, and contrast their whiteness with 
 the luxuriant foliage which half conceals them. The 
 happy valley imagined by Doctor Johnson may be 
 called a miniature sketch of this unequalled pano- 
 rama, and from which it might be thought the Abys- 
 sinian prince would scarcely have wished to roam, 
 were it not that, on approaching the dwellings, that 
 look so beautiful at a distance, the traveller is dis- 
 gusted with their filth and wretchedness. It is only 
 the daring pencil which pictured Belshazzar's Feast, 
 the Fall of Nineveh, and the Deluge, that could, 
 with commensurate grandeur and fidelity, transfer 
 to canvas such a scene as this. Placed on that ma- 
 jestic eminence, a Martin would acknowledge, that
 
 1^6 POSITION OF CONTENDING FORCES. CHAP. XXII. 
 
 even his own lofty conceptions fell far short of the 
 towering sublimity and incomparable beauty which 
 nature has here combined. 
 
 On the 19th of May, Miller reached the head 
 quarters of General Bolivar at Huaras, in the vicinity 
 of which place the liberating army had begun to con- 
 centrate from its cantonments of Caxamarca, Gua- 
 machuco, and Caxatambo, in order to commence 
 offensive operations. Its number of effective men 
 did not fall short of ten thousand. 
 
 The distribution of the royalist army was as follows : 
 About nine thousand men with Canterac in the 
 valley of Xauxa ; about five thousand with Valdez ; 
 and about five thousand with Olaiieta. The two 
 latter generals were in Upper Peru; but the Spa- 
 niards considered the forces under Canterac to be 
 more than a match for Bolivar, and consequently 
 thought the aid of the Army of the South might 
 be dispensed with.
 
 CHAP. xxin. ROAD TO PASCO. 137 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 Montoneros. Measures preparatory to the campaign of 1824 
 
 Liberating army advance from Huaras. Passage of the Cor- 
 dilleras. Salutary measures of the Dictator. 
 
 GENERAL MILLER, upon his arrival at Huaras, 
 had the satisfaction of seeing General Bolivar for 
 the first time, and on the following day was named 
 commandante-general of the Peruvian cavalry. 
 
 The beautiful, extensive, and thickly peopled valley 
 of Huaras had become the scene of active prepara- 
 tions for the ensuing campaign, which was expected 
 to commence, by the march of the army, in about 
 six weeks. 
 
 In the meanwhile, Miller was ordered to cross the 
 Andes j and, on the 13th of June, he set out to take 
 the command of fifteen hundred montoneros occu- 
 pying the country round Pasco. 
 
 The road, of continuous ascent and descent, was 
 through a part of the country which abounds in 
 scenery of inconceivable boldness and magnificence. 
 Straggling habitations were frequently seen perched 
 on elevations, or sequestered in the recesses of ra- 
 vines, and added greatly to the beauty of the land- 
 scape ; but ignorance, poverty, filth, and apparent 
 wretchedness, were the lot of the Indian cottagers. 
 To these may be added, the despotism of the priest, 
 who is usually the only person, in rather extensive 
 villages, who can read and write. He has not at all
 
 MONTONEROS. CHAP. xxm. 
 
 times the inclination, but he has always the power, to 
 lord it over his parishioners with the authority of a 
 Turkish bashaw. On the sixth day of a most fa- 
 tiguing journey, Miller arrived at Huanuco, a plea- 
 sant town, occupying half a league square of ground, 
 and containing about four thousand inhabitants. The 
 streets are rectilinear, and each house has a garden, 
 in which are grown pine apples and other tropical 
 fruits in abundance. The climate is agreeable. Mil- 
 ler remained three days at Huanuco, where he in- 
 spected two squadrons of Peruvian cavalry in quar- 
 ters there. On the fourth morning he set out for 
 Pasco, which was held by the patriot montoneros. 
 
 The montoneros in Peru, like the guerrillas in the 
 Peninsular war, were of incalculable service as an 
 auxiliary force. They were principally composed of 
 men of some respectability, whose habitations had 
 been razed by the unrelenting vindictiveness of the 
 royal party, which had often turned into wilder- 
 nesses spots where towns and villages formerly stood. 
 Every montonero had to avenge parents, children, 
 relatives, or neighbours, who had been butchered by 
 the Spaniards. To the above class of once substan- 
 tial yeomen were added many idle and profligate cha- 
 racters, which are always to be met with in turbulent 
 times. The montoneros were cruel and unrelenting 
 towards their foes; but, although they served with- 
 out pay, they generally conducted themselves well 
 towards the unoffending inhabitants : from this praise, 
 however, must be excepted those parties which were 
 formed principally from the dregs of the populace of 
 Lima. But even the latter frequently behaved with
 
 CHAP. xxni. MONTONKROS. 139 
 
 more forbearance than might have been expected from 
 men of their previous habits ; and their lighter irre- 
 gularities were counterbalanced by the important ser- 
 vices they rendered. 
 
 In the year 1821, the town of Reyes contained a 
 population of four thousand souls. It was pillaged 
 and burnt by the Spaniards, and many of the inha- 
 bitants cruelly put to death. Three hundred men 
 survived, to avenge the fate of their slaughtered fami- 
 lies: they formed themselves into montonero parties, 
 and performed prodigies of valour against the royal- 
 ists, neither giving nor taking quarter. When over- 
 powered by the enemy, they were accustomed to flee 
 to some small islands, which they kept provisioned for 
 the purpose, upon the lake near which Reyes was 
 situated. This magnificent lake, one of the sources 
 of the river of the Amazons, thirty leagues in cir- 
 cumference, is skirted by a broad border of morass, 
 through which the montoneros could penetrate by 
 devious tracks, winding amongst quagmires, and 
 known only to themselves. At every favourable op- 
 portunity they would sally forth from their islet fast- 
 nesses; and, vanquishers or vanquished, they always 
 inflicted tremendous losses on their enemies. Tor- 
 rents of blood were shed in this exterminating system 
 of warfare. 
 
 Miller having at various periods had the command 
 of montoneros, had become personally known to many 
 of them. They hailed his new appointment with re- 
 joicings. These guerrillas were divided into parties 
 of from fifty to a hundred men each. Of all these 
 parties, that composed of the yeomanry of Reyes was
 
 110 DRESS OF MONTONEROS. CHAP. XXIII. 
 
 the most daring and efficient. After remaining two 
 days at Pasco, the pivot of the guerrilla operations, 
 Miller rode to Reyes. The montoneros of that place, 
 as well as those of Ninicaca and Carhuamayo, anxious 
 to pay their new leader a compliment, had assembled 
 to receive him. They were drawn up in line, and 
 their appearance was most grotesque. Some mounted 
 on mules, others on horses, some wearing bearskin 
 caps, others helmets, others chacos, and many with 
 broad-brimmed vicuna beaver hats. Some wore fea- 
 thers, but this finery was not general. Their gar- 
 ments were not less diversified. Hussar jackets, in- 
 fantry coats, and scarlet pelisses stripped from slain 
 royalists, were mingled with patriot uniforms. Their 
 lower garments consisted of Mamaluke trousers, 
 light overalls, or knee breeches. Some had boots, 
 others sandals, and many were barefoot. But in one 
 particular there was uniformity. Every man had a 
 poncho, which he either wore in the usual manner, 
 or tied round the waist like a sash, or dangling fan- 
 tastically from the shoulder. Neither was there one 
 amongst them without his lasso. Their arms were 
 not less multiform than their clothing. Muskets, 
 carbines, pistols, swords, bayonets, sabres, long knives, 
 and lances or pikes, were the weapons with which 
 chance had furnished them ; but in such hands they 
 were wielded in battle with tremendous effect. 
 The commander, Captain* , had been ele- 
 vated on account of his superior prowess. He was 
 
 * When Miller became prefect of Puno he sent many papers and documents 
 to an English friend at Arequipa to forward to England ; but as they have never 
 been received, the names of persons and places have been occasionally forgotten.
 
 CHAP. XXIII. INCIDENT AT CACAS. 141 
 
 armed with a pistol, a carbine, and a long straight 
 sword, taken from a Spanish colonel whom he had 
 killed in single combat. He wore a gaudy trum- 
 peter's jacket and an officer's pouch-box. As Miller 
 approached, the captain advanced to meet and wel- 
 come him with a flourish of his Toledo. Miller then 
 rode along the front of the line, and, after passing 
 the last file, was surprised to hear a whizzing feu 
 dejoie from such of the men as had fire-arms; for, 
 having no blank cartridges, they did not scruple to 
 waste balls and bullets in this irregular salute. 
 
 On the following day, Miller took an escort from 
 the Reyes montoneros, and rode forward, intending 
 to reconnoitre the Spanish advanced post, four leagues 
 in front on the Tarma road; but finding himself at 
 nightfall still a mile from the royalist videttes, he 
 took up his quarters in a hut situated on a hill at 
 the entrance of Cacas. Thinking it important to 
 impress upon his new followers, that he was as much 
 at ease close to the enemy as at a distance, Miller 
 took off his coat, and lay down to sleep, leaving the 
 guerrilla captain to take the necessary precautions in 
 his own way. Miller, however, took care to keep 
 his own orderly on the alert with saddled horses. 
 He had not dozed above an hour, when the mon- 
 tonero chief, shaking Miller by the shoulder, said, 
 it had just occurred to him that on that very day 
 a year before he had been surprised near the same 
 spot; and that, as a scout who had been sent down 
 the hill had not returned, prudence dictated that 
 they should remove to the plain in their rear. In the 
 morning it was ascertained that a royalist party had 
 approached, during the night, within a short distance
 
 142 MILLER CROSSES THE RIO GRANDE. CHAP. XXIII. 
 
 of Reyes, which place was occupied by the monto- 
 neros who were left there. The royalist party must 
 have passed very close to the reconnoitring patriots 
 at Cacas. Soon after daybreak, Miller rode to within 
 a short distance of the Spanish advanced posts ; and 
 having reconnoitred the adjoining country, he re- 
 tired, having accomplished the object of the move- 
 ment in that direction. The guerrilla captain, pre- 
 vious to withdrawing, insisted upon firing a few long 
 shots at the enemy, as he said he made it a rule never 
 to see a Godo without pulling a trigger. 
 
 Passing one more night at Reyes, in the only 
 house that had a roof, Miller proceeded towards 
 Yaule, leaving the circular line of Spanish outposts 
 (placed in front and round Tarma) on his left ; and, 
 after a ride of six leagues, he arrived, towards mid- 
 night, at the ruined village of , on the left 
 
 bank of the Rio Grande. This river was not ford- 
 able, and the royalists had destroyed the lasso bridge ; 
 but a few montoneros had had prior orders to fasten 
 a rope from one steep bank to the other, which was 
 drawn tight, and to which was fastened a sort of 
 sliding seat made of cords. To this was then tied 
 a strong suspending noose, and by this fragile con- 
 veyance, Miller and his escort were drawn over one 
 by one. As a royalist outpost was stationed on a 
 hill, at no great distance from the river, the mon- 
 toneros considered the operation rather hazardous, 
 and assured Miller .that he was the first officer in a 
 cocked hat who had ventured to cross in that way. 
 These incidents may be deemed too trivial to de- 
 serve to be recorded; but as Miller always received 
 unflinching support from the montoneros in the most
 
 CHAP. XXIiF. DON GUILLERMO BE VAN. 143 
 
 perilous enterprises, it is thought advisable to describe 
 the measures he adopted j which show not only the 
 nature of the service, but also the manner in which 
 he obtained the confidence of these uncouth moun- 
 tain warriors. 
 
 On the following day Miller continued his inarch 
 to Yaule, five leagues in a circular line to his left. 
 On the way he passed Pachachaca, a village over 
 which the stately condors were seen to hover, and 
 the household dogs still to keep watch round t,he 
 dismantled huts once occupied by their murdered 
 masters. Amongst the ruins, a brick chimney at- 
 tracted Miller's attention. His eyes were instantly 
 riveted upon it, and the first idea that rushed upon 
 his mind was, that an Englishman must have resided 
 in that picturesque hamlet. A thousand fireside 
 associations, a thousand kindling emotions, were na- 
 turally awakened. In the midst of Andean solitudes, 
 he fancied himself for a moment almost at home. 
 Upon inquiry, he was told it had been built 
 by Don Guillermo Bevan, an Englishman, and a 
 good patriot. It was not long before Mr. Bevan 
 made his appearance upon one of the adjoining 
 heights. No letter of introduction was necessary 
 to make the two countrymen acquainted. Bevan 
 embraced Miller with tears of joy. It appears that 
 he had been a respectable Cornish miner, and, with 
 others, had gone out to Peru in the employment of 
 Don Pedro Abadia, an eminent Spanish merchant 
 of Lima. The Cornish party constructed a furnace 
 for smelting ore at Pachachaca, by which means 
 great quantities of excellent lead, formerly lost, was
 
 144 DON PEDRO ABADIA. CHAP. XXII I. 
 
 obtained. The establishment continued in a very 
 flourishing state until that part of the country be- 
 came the theatre of war. In consequence of the 
 attendant devastations, all the Englishmen retired 
 to Lima, with the exception of Bevan, who deter- 
 mined to remain; but having indiscreetly declared 
 himself a friend to the patriots, his hut was repeatedly 
 unroofed, and the doors burned by successive royalist 
 marauders. What he seemed most to regret was the 
 wanton destruction of an extensive and curious col- 
 lection of birds and quadrupeds, which he had taken 
 infinite pains to stuff and preserve in cases, intending 
 to transmit them to England. He at last took shelter 
 in the higher mountains, and lived there as he could. 
 He was an intelligent and industrious character, and 
 he was subsequently of great assistance to 'Miller, 
 who soon had the satisfaction of doing him a trifling 
 service. A government mine near Yaule was put 
 up to auction. Bevan became the renter, and was 
 furnished with the means of carrying on the works. 
 Miller also procured for him a partner possessing 
 capital, Captain Sanchez, one of the principal miners 
 of Pasco. The speculation turned out well, and 
 Bevan was realizing his most sanguine expectations, 
 but unfortunately died, two years after, when fortune 
 had begun to throw her encouraging gleams over his 
 often blighted prospects. 
 
 As Don Pedro Abadia has been mentioned, we 
 may be permitted to digress for a short time from 
 the narrative. The compiler of these pages was, in 
 1825, entertained by him in the island of Puerto 
 Ricoj how hospitably, or how kindly, need not be
 
 CHAP. XXIII. ABADIA. 145 
 
 related, as Abadia acknowledged that he owed his 
 life to General Miller, who happened to be pre- 
 sident of a military tribunal before which he was 
 arraigned, and it was generally expected, in Lima, 
 that he would have been sentenced to death, which 
 would have been followed by the confiscation of 
 his property. Abadia was, however, honourably ac- 
 quitted. But this is not the object of the digression. 
 One of the phases of Abadia's fortune discovers a 
 bright trait of human virtue which ought not to 
 be lost sight of. He was once a man of boundless 
 wealth. At that time he purchased a fine estate 
 in the island of Puerto Rico, with an intention of 
 giving it to a nephew. He placed a steward there, 
 and, occupied by more important pursuits, he almost 
 forgot his West Indian property. Several years 
 elapsed, and civil wars cut off his resources; he was 
 robbed by villanous confidents; his life was placed 
 in jeopardy; he was obliged to fly from Peru, and 
 the estate in Puerto Rico was almost the only rem- 
 nant of his former riches. To that island he bent 
 his steps, uncertain of the value of his property there 
 or even of his own reception. But when misfortune 
 lowered on every other side, he found relief where he 
 had hardly dared to look for it. His steward, an honour- 
 able Frenchman, hailed his master with the warmth 
 which conscious integrity inspires, and soon rendered, 
 unasked- for, a faithful account of income and expendi- 
 ture during his long stewardship, the result of which 
 placed a handsome balance at the disposal of Abadia. 
 That grateful master, returning the books, exclaimed, 
 " Well done, thou good and faithful servant! hence- 
 
 VOL. II. L
 
 146 MONTONEROS. CHAP, xxill. 
 
 forth we arc partners in this property; half of this 
 estate is yours." The writer of this had the singular 
 pleasure of sitting at table with these rare specimens 
 of fidelity and gratitude. Abadia is now living at 
 Antwerp, in very straitened circumstances. 
 
 The montoneros almost encircled the royalist army 
 under Canterac, then in cantonments in the valley of 
 Xauxa, so as to enable Miller not only to reconnoitre 
 the country sixty leagues in advance of the liberating 
 army, but also to cover its operations preparatory to 
 crossing the Andes. By these means the royalists 
 were kept continually on the alert. Miller was often 
 closely pursued, but he invariably succeeded in 
 eluding the vigilance of the enemy, though not always 
 without experiencing some loss. By persevering in 
 this system of warfare, he effectually protected the 
 mining district of Pasco. The mines were kept con- 
 tinually at work, although the advanced posts of the 
 enemy were within sixteen leagues. The royalists 
 occasionally approached much nearer; but it was not 
 often that they ventured to advance beyond the lake 
 of Reyes, lest their parties might ^be cut off' by the 
 montoneros issuing from their island, or numerous 
 mountain, holds. If the royalists continued inactive 
 for a time, the patriot parties would advance to some 
 point, to induce the royalists to send a superior force 
 to rid themselves of the annoyance. The monto- 
 neros then dispersed, but before their pursuers could 
 regain the main body, the pursued would re-form, 
 and, turning round upon the enemy, would cut off 
 a number of stragglers. The communication be- 
 tween the Spanish stations was often interrupted, and
 
 CHAP, xxill. FORMATION OF DEPOTS. 147 
 
 they were most fatally harassed without being able 
 to come to close quarters with their tormentors. 
 
 The distance from Huaras to Pasco is more than 
 fifty leagues of mountain passes. Reyes is fourteen 
 leagues farther in advance. The last two places, as 
 well as the intervening country, are totally destitute 
 of wood. Champas, or peat, was cut as a substitute j 
 but instead of being piled up in stacks, it was scat- 
 tered over the country to dry, so that if the royalists 
 attempted to burn it, the destruction would be a work 
 of time and difficulty. The champas are not fit for 
 fuel until they have been cut fifteen days. 
 
 Provisions and forage were secreted in mountain 
 caverns formed by the galleries of exhausted mines. 
 Some of these depots were established within the 
 line of country nominally held by the royalists. 
 That near Pachia, and on the same bank of the Rio 
 Grande, was only eight leagues from Tarma. The 
 entrance of the cave was in the perpendicular side of 
 a cliff fifty or sixty feet from the ground, and as 
 many from the top. The only way to get up was 
 by the assistance of a rope fixed in the cave, and by 
 notches cut in the rock to give foot-hold. Indian 
 corn, salt, charqui (jerked beef), potatoes, and barley, 
 were hoisted up by means of the rope. A few men 
 were sufficient to defend these cavern-depots against 
 any numbers. It often happened that when the 
 montoneros retired, the depots were left exposed; 
 but the royalists were not always aware of the exact 
 situation, and entertained no suspicion that supplies 
 had been accumulated in that way to any consider, 
 able extent.
 
 148 STAFF OF THE LIBERATING ARMY. CHAP, xxill 
 
 The liberating army, commanded by Bolivar in 
 person, after having concentrated in the vicinity of 
 Huaras, advanced towards Pasco in the month of 
 July, 1824. It was tolerably well clothed and armed, 
 and was formed into three divisions of infantry. Two 
 of these, being Colombian troops, were commanded 
 by Generals Lara and Cordova. The third, Peru- 
 vian, by General La Mar. The cavalry of Peru by 
 General Miller, that of Colombia by Colonel Cara- 
 vajal, the granaderos a cabal! o of Buenos Ay res by 
 Colonel Bruiz. General Necochea, as the senior 
 officer, commanded the united cavalry forces. Each 
 division had its chief of the staff. General Sucre was 
 chief of the staff of the whole army, and Dr. Sanchez 
 Carrion, as minister general for the affairs of Peru, 
 accompanied the Dictator. 
 
 Each division had its field depot of small arm am- 
 munition. The grand reserve depot of the army was 
 conveyed by three hundred mules. The commis- 
 sariat had its depdt of rice, tobacco, salt, and cocoa, 
 which articles were only occasionally issued. To each 
 depot was attached a number of spare mules to re- 
 place those that strayed, or became unserviceable. 
 
 Previous to the commencement of the campaign, 
 Sucre displayed the greatest skill and judgment in 
 his preparatory dispositions to facilitate the passage 
 of the army to Pasco; a distance not far short of two 
 hundred leagues from Caxamarca, over the most 
 rugged districts, of the most mountainous country 
 in the world, presenting at every step difficulties 
 which in Europe would be considered perfectly in- 
 surmountable. It was on these terrible marches that
 
 CHAP. XXIIT. PAY. 149 
 
 the inherent subordination of the South American 
 soldiery was fully and signally displayed. No hard- 
 ships or privations can diminish their respect for 
 their officers; and the few instances which occurred 
 of manifest discontent, at Callao, &c. originated in a 
 suspicion of treachery or cowardice, or in the expe- 
 rience of unprincipled treatment relative to pay. 
 
 Although the Peruvian government had expended 
 enormous sums in the army department, such was the 
 mismanagement and want of system that, until 1824, 
 the soldiers were generally irregularly paid. There 
 was no sufficient check, no real responsibility attaching 
 to any one. The small pittance they did actually re- 
 ceive from time to time depended more upon the per- 
 sonal character of the commanding officer than upon 
 adherence to any fixed regulations. 
 
 To remedy this abuse, Bolivar ordered that the 
 paymasters should pay the men personally, that is to 
 say, actually put into the hands of the soldier once 
 a week, the net pay due to such soldier ; and that 
 this should be done in the presence of the general of 
 division, and commanding officer of the regiment. 
 The full pay of a soldier was ten dollars per month. 
 Four dollars were deducted on account of rations, and 
 two dollars on account of clothing, &c., so that he 
 was entitled to receive one dollar weekly. So scarce, 
 however, was money in the military chest in 1824, 
 that the soldier was paid only half a dollar per week; 
 but as he regularly received that sum, he became 
 better satisfied with the punctuality of reduced al- 
 lowance, than with the previous uncertainty and 
 chicanery of nominal full pay. 
 
 The officers were placed upon one-fourth of their
 
 150 PATRIOT AHMY WEEDED. CHAP. XXIII. 
 
 pay ; and the subaltern found it very difficult to sub- 
 sist upon such scanty means. He was reduced to the 
 necessity of living upon his rations : the eight or ten 
 dollars he received monthly were barely sufficient for 
 the purchase of his cigars, and such articles of wearing 
 apparel as were absolutely indispensable. 
 
 The expenditure of the army was therefore greatly 
 diminished; and, at the same time, the soldiers, in- 
 stead of murmuring, on account of part of their pay 
 being withheld, became happy and contented. It also 
 gave an effective lesson to many officers who had pre- 
 viously been too inattentive to the welfare of their 
 brave soldiers. 
 
 The many excellent regulations enforced by the 
 Dictator produced also the additional benefit of weed- 
 ing the liberating army of many officers, who felt as 
 much disinclination to conform to severe discipline, 
 as they did to cross the Andes, for the purpose of 
 assisting to carry on the war in earnest. Under 
 various pretexts they remained behind, or quitted on 
 the march. Some of these worthies obtained com- 
 mands in the provinces, where they issued bombastic 
 proclamations, in which they spoke of shedding the 
 last drop of their blood, and threatened the royalists 
 with vengeance in terms truly ridiculous ; yet several 
 of these noisy and bustling gentlemen were actually 
 promoted in consequence of the battle ofAyacucho, 
 before others who took a conspicuous part in the action. 
 
 The labour of rendering roads, or rather tracks, 
 passable over such abrupt ridges, and along such tre- 
 mendous precipices, can only be estimated by those 
 who have traversed the more than majestic Andes. 
 The erection of sheds at intervals in the long, barren,
 
 CHAP, xxill. PASSAGE OF THE ANDES. 151 
 
 and uninhabited tracts of country, with the collection 
 and transport of the materials for their construction, 
 besides wood for fuel, and the formation of magazines 
 of barley and Indian corn for the cavalry, required 
 the exertion of all Sucre's talent and activity. 
 
 The divisions, of the liberating army crossed the 
 Cordillera generally at the intervening distance of 
 one day's march from each other. But the cavalry, 
 and indeed many of the battalions, often diverged 
 from the general line of march. The shelving ledges, 
 which afforded the only foot-hold on the rugged sides 
 of the Andes, are so narrow, as to render the passage 
 indescribably harassing. The troops could advance 
 only one by one. The single file was sometimes 
 lengthened out to an amazing extent by the mal 
 pasos formed by deep gullies or breaks in the tracks ; 
 by projecting rocks ; or by numerous waterfalls ; all 
 of which required great caution, and much time to 
 pass in safety. To the cavalry, such obstructions 
 were particularly formidable, as each man had, be- 
 sides the mule on which he rode, a led horse, to be 
 mounted only in sight of the enemy. The agility 
 and dexterity, with which they managed to drag their 
 animals after them, were astonishing. The lasso was 
 used, as upon every other occasion, with great adroit- 
 ness. Fastened round the neck of the led horse, it 
 was lengthened or shortened as the tortuous windings 
 of the ascent or descent required. The men were 
 frequently obliged to dismount at the mal pasos, 
 and on such occasions their sabres and lances added 
 greatly to their embarrassments. 
 
 It often occurred during the campaign of
 
 152* PASSAGE OF CHAP. xxm. 
 
 that the cavalry being in the rear, were, by a suc- 
 cession of various obstructions, prevented from ac- 
 complishing the day's march before nightfall. It 
 then became necessary for every man to dismount, 
 and to lead the two animals in his charge, to avoid 
 going astray, or tumbling headlong down frightful 
 precipices. But the utmost precaution did not always 
 prevent corps from losing their way. Sometimes men, 
 at the head of a battalion, would continue to follow 
 the windings of a deafening torrent, instead of turning 
 abruptly to the right or left, up some rocky acclivity, 
 over which lay their true course; whilst others, who 
 chanced to be right, would pursue the proper track. 
 The line was so drawn out, that there were unavoid- 
 ably many intervals, and it was easy for such mistakes 
 to occur, although trumpeters were placed at regular 
 distances, expressly to prevent separation. One party 
 was frequently heard hallooing from an apparently 
 fathomless ravine, to their comrades passing over some 
 high projecting summit, to know if they were going 
 right. These would answer with their trumpets; but 
 it often occurred that both parties had lost their road. 
 The frequent sound of trumpets along the broken 
 line; the scouting of officers to their men at a di- 
 stance ; the neighing of horses, and the braying of 
 mules, both men and animals being alike anxious to 
 reach a place of rest, produced a strange and fearful 
 concert, echoed, in the darkness of the night, from 
 the horrid solitudes of the Andes. After many fruit- 
 less attempts to discover the proper route, a halt 
 until daybreak was usually the last resource. The 
 sufferings of the men and animals on those occasions
 
 CHAP. XXIIT. THE ANDES. 
 
 were extreme. The thermometer was generally below 
 the freezing point, added to which they were some- 
 times overtaken by terrific snow storms. 
 
 These difficulties and hardships were not so severely 
 felt by the infantry, for, unincumbered with the 
 charge of horses, it was an easy matter for them 
 when they mistook their road, to face about ; whereas 
 it was often impossible for the cavalry to do so, the 
 path on the mountain side being generally too nar- 
 row to admit of horses turning round. It happened 
 more than once, that the squadron in front, having 
 ascertained that it had taken a wrong direction, was 
 nevertheless compelled to advance until it reached 
 some open spot, where the men were enabled to 
 assemble, wait for the hindmost of their comrades, and 
 then retrace their steps. In effecting this, the troops 
 have sometimes met another squadron following the 
 same track; and, under such circumstances, it has re- 
 quired hours for either to effect a countermarch. In 
 this complicated operation many an animal was hurled 
 down the precipice and dashed to pieces, nor did 
 their riders always escape a similar fate. 
 
 The sheds erected at the pascanas, or halting 
 places, in the vast unpeopled tracks of the bleak 
 mountain districts, and on the table-lands, were in- 
 adequate to afford shelter to more than a small num- 
 ber; so that the greater part of the troops were obliged 
 to bivouac sometimes in places where the thermometer 
 falls every night considerably below the freezing point, 
 and this throughout the year, whereas it often rises 
 at noon, in the same place, to 90. It may be readily 
 imagined what must have been the sufferings of men,
 
 PASSAGE OF CHAP. XXIII. 
 
 born in, or accustomed to, the sultry temperature of 
 
 Truxillo, Guayaquil, Panama, or Cartagena. The 
 difficulty of respiration, called in some places la puna, 
 and in others el soroche, experienced in those parts 
 
 - of the Andes which most abound in metals, was so 
 great at times, that, whilst on the march, whole bat- 
 talions would sink down as if by magic, and it would 
 have been inflicting death to have attempted to oblige 
 them to proceed until they had rested and recovered 
 themselves. In many cases life was solely preserved by 
 opening the temporal artery. This sudden difficulty 
 of respiration is supposed to be caused by occasional 
 exhalations of metaliferous vapour, which, being in- 
 haled, causes a strong feeling of suffocation. 
 
 The little care taken of the horses having proved, 
 on previous occasions, a severe drawback upon the 
 successes of the patriots, the Dictator determined 
 to remedy the evil, and, accordingly, previous to the 
 breaking up from cantonments, issued strong orders, 
 making commanding officers of cavalry regiments re- 
 sponsible for the slightest inattention, and enforced 
 thos t e orders by the dismissal or suspension of several 
 chiefs for neglect of duty or want of zeal. Such 
 examples produced a salutary effect, and Bolivar 
 established a branch of discipline before unobserved 
 in the patriot service. 
 
 Each horseman was armed with a sword, a lance, 
 and sometimes with a carbine, or a brace of pistols ; 
 but such was the scarcity of iron, that most of their 
 fire-arms had been converted into nails and horse- 
 shoes in the course of the campaign. The horses 
 were shod on all fours (not commonly done in South
 
 CHAP. xxin. THE ANDES. 155 
 
 America), and were kept well clothed in blankets, 
 
 during the nights passed in the Cordillera, by which 
 
 means they effected the passage without serious loss. 
 
 In fact, they were found scarcely inferior to the horses 
 
 of the Spanish cavalry, which had been, for more 
 
 than a year, fed upon the lucern and Indian corn in 
 
 the rich valley of Xauxa, with all the care bestowed 
 
 upon the best horses in England. Most of them 
 
 were of the Chileno breed, and had been taken by 
 
 \> royalists in the victories they had gained; few 
 
 v? worth less than a hundred and fifty Spanish 
 
 rs each in Peru, and many were more valuable. 
 
 reat number of horses are annually sent from 
 
 3 to Peru. 
 
 he patriot cavalry was composed of perhaps the 
 
 horsemen in the world. The gauchos of the 
 
 pas, the guasos of Chile, and the llaneros of 
 
 >mbia are all accustomed to ride from early child- 
 
 l j and such is their habitual command over their 
 
 es, and such their dexterity, that a description of 
 
 equestrian feats would not meet with ready be- 
 
 The gaucho who could not pick up a dollar from 
 
 ground at full gallop would be considered an in- 
 
 ^ent horseman. The way they do this, is to stick 
 
 spur into the padding of the saddle, and throw 
 
 iselves (rather forward) down on the opposite 
 
 ; after having picked up the dollar, they recover 
 
 meir seat with the grace and agility of a rope-dancer. 
 
 They often guide their horses without using the reins, 
 
 and if one should fall, even when at full speed, such 
 
 is the position of the rider, that he comes down on 
 
 his feet, and seldom sustains the slightest injury. 
 
 The Peruvians on the coast, and on the mountain
 
 Io6 PASSAGE OF THE ANDES. CHAP, xxiir. 
 
 plain, are scarcely less skilful. It is surprising to see 
 them gallop down steep rugged hills with as much 
 nonchalance and apparent ease as if they were can- 
 tering upon a race-course. The llaneros, born in 
 the plains of Colombia, are perhaps not less skilful 
 in the management of the horse, but they are not 
 such graceful riders as the gauchos of Buenos Ayres 
 or the guasos of Chile. The llanero seldom holds 
 himself erect ; indeed he considers it the height of 
 perfection, in riding, to sit on one side, or in a lolling 
 attitude. 
 
 The manner in which the liberating army was 
 provisioned in the campaign of 1824 was this: about 
 six thousand head of horned cattle, collected from 
 Caxamarca and adjoining provinces, followed the 
 army at the distance of two or three days' inarch, in 
 charge of a commissary, who supplied the division 
 whenever provisions could not be procured where 
 they halted. 
 
 The cattle required for an army during a campaign 
 was generally taken from large grazing estates, ac- 
 cording to the means of each. Receipts were given 
 to the proprietors, but, during the war, they were 
 very irregularly paid, if at all. Very little ceremony 
 was observed in taking cattle found upon estates which 
 had been abandoned by the owners, who emigrated 
 with the royalists to serve in a civil or military ca- 
 pacity. It frequently occurred that wealthy patriots 
 came forward with one or two hundred head of cattle 
 as a donation; so that, in general, the difficulty of 
 procuring provisions was not great in proportion to 
 other obstacles.
 
 CHAP. xxiv. FINE STATE OF CANTKRAC'S ARMY. 157 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 
 Position of the royalist forces. The patriots reviewed. Pro- 
 clamation. Scenery near Pasco. Affair of Junin. Death of 
 Lieutenant- Colonel Sowersby of Major Lisarraga. Retreat 
 ofCanterac. Advance of the patriots. General Bolivar quits 
 the army. Reconnoitring parties. The viceroy advances. 
 Colonel Althaus taken prisoner. Patriots fall back. Valley 
 of Pomacochas. 
 
 MISLED by the facility with which they conquered 
 at lea, Torata, Moquegua, and on the Desaguadero, 
 the royalist chiefs erroneously attributed their suc- 
 cesses solely to consummate skill on their own part ; 
 and, undervaluing the capabilities of the liberating 
 army, they not only neglected assembling the whole 
 of their disposable forces in the north, but unwisely 
 detached the troops under Valdez to Potosi, to act 
 against Olaneta; whose hostility to the viceroy be- 
 came every day more rancorous. Canterac considered 
 himself quite adequate to repel every attack from the 
 patriots ; nor indeed was this opinion formed upon 
 slight grounds. His army was efficient in every re- 
 spect. It was in the highest state of discipline, and 
 went through every evolution with admirable ac- 
 curacy. Its equipments were superior and complete ; 
 the artillery and cavalry particularly well appointed : 
 and the whole of the troops were paid with the 
 greatest regularity. 
 
 It appears inexplicable how Canterac could remain
 
 158 REVIEW OF THE PATRIOT ARMY. CHAP. xxiv. 
 
 inactive in his cantonments of Xauxa, whilst the pa- 
 triot commissaries, protected only by the montoneros, 
 were spread over an immense extent of country, and 
 constantly employed in collecting provisions, forage, 
 and fuel. Why Canterac did not prevent the forma- 
 tion of these depots on the eastern side of the Andes, 
 and why he afterwards allowed the patriot army to 
 pass unmolested through the horrible defiles of the 
 mountains, is not easily accounted for, unless it be 
 ascribed to self-confidence, and a wrong estimate of 
 the strength of his enemy. In the opinion of the 
 royalists, Bolivar was far inferior in military skill to 
 San Martin. The advanced post of the Spaniards 
 was at Cacas, a village three leagues from Reyes. 
 
 On the 2d of August, Bolivar reviewed his forces, 
 nine thousand strong, on the plain between Rancas 
 and Pasco. The troops were well appointed, and 
 made a really brilliant appearance. The following 
 energetic address, from the Liberator, was read to 
 each corps at the same moment, and produced in- 
 describable enthusiasm. 
 
 "Soldiers! 
 
 " You are about to finish the greatest undertaking 
 Heaven has confided to men that of saving an entire 
 world from slavery. 
 
 " Soldiers ! The enemies you have to overthrow 
 boast of fourteen years of triumphs; they are there- 
 fore worthy to measure their swords with ours, which 
 have glittered in a thousand combats. 
 
 " Soldiers! Peru and America expect from you 
 Peace, the daughter of Victory, Even liberal Europe
 
 CHAP. XXIV. SCENERY NEAR PASCO. 159 
 
 beholds you with delight, because the freedom of the 
 new world is the hope of the universe. Will you 
 disappoint it ? No ! No ! No ! you are invincible. 
 
 (Signed) " BOLIVAR." 
 
 Nothing could exceed the excitement felt upon 
 this occasion. Every circumstance tended to impart 
 a most romantic interest to the scene. Near the 
 same spot, four years before, the royalists had been 
 defeated by General Arenales. The view from the 
 table-land, upon which the troops were reviewed, and 
 which is at an elevation of more than twelve thousand 
 feet above the level of the sea, is one of the most mag- 
 nificent in the world. On the west arose the Andes, 
 which had been just surmounted with so much toil. 
 On the east were enormous ramifications of the Cor- 
 dillera stretching towards the Brazils. North and 
 south, the view was bounded by mountains whose 
 tops were hidden in the clouds. On that plain, sur- 
 rounded by such sublime scenery, and on the margin 
 of the magnificent lake of Reyes, the principal source 
 of the Amazon, the mightiest of rivers, were now 
 assembled men from Caracas, Panama, Quito, Lima, 
 Chile, and Buenos Ayres; men who had fought at 
 Maypo in Chile; at San Lorenzo on the banks of 
 the Parana; at Carabobo in Venezuela; and at Pin- 
 chincha at the foot of the Chimborazo. Amidst 
 those devoted Americans were a few foreigners, still 
 firm and faithful to the cause, in support of which 
 so many of their countrymen had fallen. Amongst 
 those few survivors were men who had fought on the 
 banks of the Guadiana, and of the Rhine ; who had
 
 160 GENERAL CANTERAC MARCHES. CHAP. xxiv. 
 
 witnessed the conflagration of Moscow, and the ca- 
 pitulation of Paris. Such were the men assembled 
 at, what might be considered, a fresh starting point 
 in the career of glory. American or European, they 
 were all animated by one sole spirit, that of assuring 
 the political existence of a vast continent, and to 
 ascertain whether or not the period had arrived when 
 the influence of South America upon the rest of the 
 world, should be rendered commensurate with its ex- 
 tent, its riches, and its situation. The exhilirating 
 vivas of the troops filled every breast with ardour 
 and prophetic hope. 
 
 Awakening at length from his slumber, Canterac 
 determined to attack the patriot army, which it would 
 appear he hoped to effect in detail, by falling upon 
 the several divisions, as they debouched in succession 
 upon the table-land. With this view he united his 
 forces at Xauxa, and marched on the 1st of August 
 for Reyes, where he arrived on the evening of the 4th. 
 
 On the 3d, seven hundred montoneros, from the 
 western side of the Andes, were added to those under 
 the command of Miller. On the 4th, he was with 
 some of his parties at the Oroya, a few leagues west 
 of Xauxa. He despatched reports to Bolivar, ad- 
 vising his excellency of Canterac's advance. Upon 
 learning the movements of the royalists, the Dictator 
 quickened his march from Rancas, along the western 
 bank of the great lake, to Conacancha, where Miller 
 met the liberating army on the night of the 5th, 
 and was ordered to place himself at the head of the 
 Peruvian cavalry. 
 
 On the morning of the 5th, Canterac had advanced
 
 CHAP. xxiv. ENEMY IN SIGHT. 16*1 
 
 to Carlmamayo, and pushed on with his cavalry to 
 Pasco. Instead of meeting with an isolated division 
 
 O 
 
 on those great plains, as he probably expected, he 
 learned that the liberating army was in full march 
 on the opposite side of the great lake. Canterac fell 
 back that night upon his infantry. On the 6th, he 
 continued his retreat, whilst the independents pur- 
 sued their march along the southern extremity of the 
 lake, in order to intercept the royalists. After a march 
 of five leagues, through a mountainous district, at 2 
 P.M., the patriots, from the elevated ground, obtained 
 a sudden view of the enemy, who, at the distance of 
 two leagues, was marching over the plains of Junin, 
 a little to the southward of Reyes. An enthusiastic 
 and simultaneous viva was heard throughout the line. 
 It is impossible to convey an adequate idea of the 
 effect which the sudden appearance of the enemy 
 produced. The countenances of the patriots were 
 animated with a wild ferocious expression, and they 
 gazed with eyes full of fire upon the hostile columns, 
 moving majestically beneath their feet. The predo- 
 minant feeling was a fear that the royalists would 
 escape. The cavalry, in particular, quivered with 
 impatience. They always considered themselves su- 
 perior to the royalist cavalry; the opportunity for 
 proving it had now arrived, for the nature of the 
 ground below ensured their taking an active part in 
 the impending fight. It was the work of a moment 
 to remove the saddle from the mules, on which 
 they rode, to their led horses. 
 
 At 4 P. M., nine hundred of the patriot cavalry, 
 having left the infantry, with two squadrons, a league 
 
 VOL. TI. M
 
 AFFAIR OF CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 in the rear, came up to within a short distance of the 
 whole royalist forces, consisting of eight thousand 
 infantry, twelve hundred cavalry, and a proportion of 
 field artillery. Canterac, finding his further retreat 
 in danger, put himself at the head of his cavalry, 
 formed them in line, with a squadron in column 
 in the immediate rear of each flank, and ordered 
 a charge. The royalist infantry continued their 
 retreat. 
 
 It is but justice to say, that Canterac not only 
 made a masterly charge, but succeeded in attacking 
 under circumstances very unfavourable to the pa- 
 triots, whose enthusiasm had impelled them perhaps 
 too near the main body of the enemy, and too far 
 across a defile, formed by a rivulet and swampy 
 ground on one side, and an abrupt line of hills on the 
 other, which prevented their deploying so quickly as 
 circumstances required. The squadron forming the 
 head of the column was the only one that was able to 
 deploy. 
 
 Miller, with two hundred and fifty of the Peruvian 
 cavalry, was ordered, by Bolivar, to outflank the right 
 of the advancing royalists ; but as the latter came 
 on at a gallop, this manoeuvre could not be car- 
 ried into effect, and he was compelled to wheel to 
 his right, and attack in front. His men, together 
 with the right of the patriots under General Ne- 
 cochea, were charged at the same instant. The 
 shock was tremendous, and the natural consequence, 
 under the disadvantages just mentioned, was a total 
 rout, with the exception of a few granaderos & ca- 
 ballo, of Colombia, under the brave Major Braun,
 
 CHAP. XXIV. JUNIN. 1G3 
 
 a German, who cut his way through the assailants ; 
 and excepting a Peruvian squadron, which being at 
 the first onset a few hundred yards in the rear, for- 
 tunately escaped the effects of the first concussion. 
 
 With the first movement, all praise of the Spanish 
 cavalry must terminate, because, instead of preserving 
 their original order, or maintaining a reserve, they 
 divided and dispersed. One party pursued the pa- 
 triot cavalry, sent to outflank the royalist right, 
 under Miller, who attempted to gain the road lead- 
 ing to Cacas. The other royalist party pursued the 
 rest of the patriots to the defile. 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Don Isidro Suares, who com- 
 manded the unbroken Peruvian squadron, had in the 
 meantime advanced unopposed, in the wide interval 
 left by the pursuing royalists, and, getting completely 
 into their rear, began to charge those who were pur- 
 suing the left of the patriots, under Miller, who, em- 
 barrassed by the swampy nature of the ground, faced 
 about. The royalists, now in an extended and dis- 
 orderly state, perceiving themselves threatened in 
 front and rear, began to waver, and fled in their turn. 
 The seasonable succour of Suares enabled the routed 
 patriot squadrons on the right as well as those on the 
 left to rally. General Miller, Colonels Caravajal, 
 Silva, and Bruiz, and Major Braun, with as many of 
 their men as it was possible to collect together, sup- 
 ported Suares. The patriots now used their lances 
 with such effect, that the boasted cavalry of the 
 Spaniards were soon in a state of total and disgrace- 
 ful flight, and pursued to the very bayonets of their 
 infantry by, comparatively, a handful of their oppo- 
 
 M <2
 
 164 NECOCHEA RESCUED. CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 nents. General Necochea received, early in the ac- 
 tion, seven wounds, and was made a prisoner. His 
 life was spared at the intercession of a royalist sol- 
 dier, who had formerly served under Necochea in 
 the army of the Andes. He had the general placed 
 on horseback behind him, but, as he was carrying 
 him off the field, a Colombian party, under the gal- 
 lant Captain Sandoval, rescued Necochea. It is, 
 with regret, to be stated, that the humane preserver 
 of the general was killed before the patriots were 
 aware of the service he had performed. Upon Ne- 
 cochea's being wounded, the command of the whole of 
 the cavalry devolved upon Miller. 
 
 The action lasted about three quarters of an 
 hour. The Spaniards lost nineteen officers, and 
 three hundred and forty-five rank and file in killed, 
 and eighty prisoners. The patriots had three officers 
 and forty-two rank and file killed, and eight officers 
 and ninety-one rank and file wounded. Not a shot 
 was fired ; the lance and the sabre alone were used. 
 The Colombian lance, twelve or fourteen feet long, 
 is formed of a strong tough sapling, headed in the 
 usual manner. The lancers fix the reins of their 
 bridles above the knee, so as to be able to guide their 
 horses, and, at the same time, leave both hands at 
 liberty to wield the lance. They frequently struck 
 their opponents with such force, when at a gallop, as 
 to lift them two or three feet above the saddle. The 
 pole of the Peruvian lance is, like that of the En- 
 glish, heavier, and not so tough as the Colombian; 
 but the Peruvians also used theirs with great dex- 
 terity and effect. From the great elevation of the
 
 CHAP. xxiv. SCENE AT REYES. 165 
 
 plain of Jiniin the cold at night was so intense, that 
 nearly all the wounded on both sides perished. 
 
 The officers who most distinguished themselves, 
 and who principally contributed to the successes of 
 the day, were Lieutenant-Colonel Don Isidro Suares 
 and Major Braun. The hussars of the Peruvian 
 legion were ordered by Bolivar to assume the title 
 of Usares de Junin, in testimony of his approbation 
 of their gallant conduct. 
 
 Bolivar had passed the defile, and himself directed 
 the first movements of the cavalry ; but so soon as 
 he perceived the dispersion, he very properly galloped 
 back to the infantry, which he posted on a very high 
 hill, about a league in the rear, and where he re- 
 mained urftil he received the first report of the pa- 
 triot successes from Miller, who, with a few grana- 
 deros a caballo de los Andes, commanded by the 
 gallant Captain Pringuel, followed up the main body 
 of the royalists until dark. Miller had given orders 
 for the cavalry left behind to form on the field, 
 and wait there for further instructions ; but, on his 
 return, he found that all had been ordered to retire 
 upon the infantry. 
 
 Notwithstanding the total rout of the royalist ca- 
 valry, and the precipitate retreat of their infantry, 
 Bolivar thought proper to order the whole liberating 
 forces to fall back upon Reyes, which is precisely the 
 same distance, in the rear, as Cacas is in the front of 
 the field of battle. They accordingly inarched to 
 Reyes on the morning of the,7th. 
 
 The town presented, on trie following day, an in- 
 teresting spectacle. The troops bivouacked amidst the
 
 166 DEATH OF CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 bare walls of roofless houses, congratulating each 
 other on their success, while the owners, or former 
 tenants of those ruins, flocked into Reyes, accompa- 
 nied by the inhabitants of surrounding villages, who 
 had also hidden themselves, but who now came for- 
 ward to embrace their liberators, and to bring them 
 small presents. Groups were seen interspersed with 
 the troops, assisting them, in erecting sheds for the 
 night, in cooking, and in other kind offices, and also 
 in cleaning the lances of the cavalry, still covered 
 with the blood of the Spaniards. 
 
 Bolivar occupied a dwelling that had still a sort of 
 roof. This dismantled hut was surrounded by In- 
 dians, who suspended silver ornaments on the door- 
 way, as a substitute for wreaths of laurel, or garlands 
 of flowers. At sunset, Miller called to pay his 
 respects to the dictator. As he entered the hut he 
 perceived his old companion in arms, the .gallant 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Sowersby, leaning against the 
 wall. He had received two lance wounds, neither of 
 which were then thought dangerous ; yet his counte- 
 nance was marked with a melancholy thoughtfulness, 
 and tinged with a wild or wandering expression, that 
 bespoke approaching death. At first he hardly no- 
 ticed his friend, but, after a short pause, he grasped 
 his hand, and said, with a faltering voice, " My dear 
 Miller, we took arms in this cause almost on the same 
 day. We have often fought side by side. You have 
 witnessed my conduct. You are my oldest and best 
 friend in this service. I am too feeble to say much. 
 You see what is likely to happen. Write to my good 
 old father and mother, and tell them that I fell in a
 
 CHAP. xxiv. CAPTAIN SOWERSBY. 167 
 
 glorious cause." Poor Sowersby, who had fought 
 under the banners of Napoleon at Borodino, and 
 who had survived the horrors of the Russian cam- 
 paign, died on the following day at Carhuamayo, in his 
 twenty-ninth year. Miller sent an inscription* to the 
 governor of the province of Pasco, and desired him 
 
 * A DIGS GLORIFICADOR. 
 
 Aqui 
 Yacen las cenizas 
 
 De 
 
 Don Carlos Sowersby, 
 Teniente Coronel del Exercito del Peru, 
 
 y comandante 
 
 del segundo Esquadron del Regimiento 
 de Usares de Junin ; 
 
 A cuya cabeca 
 
 recibio dos mortales heridas, 
 
 animando a sus camaradas 
 
 el 6 de Agosto, 
 
 contra una fuerza cuadrupla 
 
 en los llanos de Junin 
 
 de la cavalleria espanola 
 
 donde 
 
 la victoria 
 
 corono los esfuerzos de los soldados 
 
 de la Patria, 
 
 despues de una renida y sangrienta accion. 
 Este valiente Jefe 
 
 exalo 
 
 su ultimo aliento 
 
 el dia 8 de Agosto 
 
 en este pueblo de Carhuamayo, 
 
 tiernamente llorado 
 
 por todos sus companeros de annas. 
 
 Maypo, Riobamba, Pinchincha, 
 
 y otros campos 
 
 presenciaron 
 
 su valor 
 por la causa de Sud- America 
 
 Nacio 
 
 de Padres Britanicos 
 
 en la cuidad de Bremen en Alemania 
 
 en 1795. 
 
 Este sencillo monumento 
 
 consagra 
 a su memoria 
 
 en testimonio del aprecio y respeto, 
 que por sus calidades amables 
 
 le profesaba 
 
 su companero y fiel amigo 
 
 el General de la Republica del Peru 
 
 Guillermo Miller 
 
 a no 1824.
 
 168 LIZARRAGA. CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 to have it engraved on a slab, to mark the spot which 
 contained the relics of the lamented Sowersby. 
 
 Amongst the slain at Junin was Major Lizarraga, 
 a brave Peruvian, who fell pierced with lances by the 
 side of Miller, to whom he was aide-de-camp. On 
 the 7th, Miller sent the major's servant and a few 
 Indians, to find the body of Lizarraga, and bring it 
 to Reyes for interment. On the 8th, the liberating 
 army set out from Reyes for Cacas, and as the line of 
 march ran within a short distance of the field of 
 battle, Miller left the column to revisit it. One of 
 the first objects which struck his attention was Li- 
 zarraga's servant weeping over the remains of his 
 master, and so lost in grief, as to have forgotten the 
 object for which he was sent, until reminded of it. 
 
 Lizarraga served on the staff, at Lima, in 1823, 
 where he brought himself into notice by his zealous 
 attention, and the intelligent performance of the 
 duties of his situation, as well as by his excellent 
 general conduct. At Miller's solicitation, Lizarraga 
 was appointed his aide-de-camp; and, during the ar- 
 duous service of the campaign, he signalized himself 
 by unremitting zeal and cool intrepidity. His pri- 
 vate worth was evinced in his great solicitude for the 
 welfare of his wife and young family, for whose support 
 he set apart two-thirds of his pay. He had formerly re- 
 sided at Pasco, and having acquired a practical know- 
 ledge of mining, the great object of his ambition was 
 to obtain possession, at the end of the war, of a silver 
 mine, in the hope of becoming rich enough to send 
 all his sons to England for education. To the dis- 
 honour of the dictatorial government be it stated,
 
 CHAP. xxiv. INGRATITUDE OF GOVERNMENT. 169 
 
 that the widow and children of this brave officer were 
 neglected, and suffered to sink into the deepest dis- 
 tress. While the government sent forth grandilo- 
 quent decrees, and lavished away thousands upon 
 thousands of dollars in weekly balls and banquets, 
 while they were feasting, and drinking bombastic 
 toasts at the public expense, they suffered the appli- 
 cations of this poor widow, and of many others in 
 similar situations, to be unheard or unattended to. 
 Those arrogant purseholders of the public may pro- 
 bably flatter themselves that their heartless conduct 
 will pass uncensured ; but the cry of the widow and 
 the orphan will consign their names to deserved and 
 lasting infamy. 
 
 At no great distance from the affectionate servant 
 of the unfortunate Lizarraga, was seen a dog, howling 
 piteously over the corpse of a Spanish officer. This 
 dog had been remarked as having been ridden over 
 by both parties, in several charges and rencontres, 
 but he never lost sight of his master. Miller endea- 
 voured to get the dog away, but he was not then to 
 be coaxed or forced from the spot. A party of the 
 hussars of Junin, who passed a few hours afterwards, 
 with much difficulty, tore him away, and he became 
 the " dog of the regiment/* 
 
 After halting at Reyes thirty-six hours, the army 
 again advanced, and on the 9th occupied Tarma ; on 
 the llth, Xauxa; on the 14th, Huancayo ; on the 
 22nd, Guanta ; and on the 24th, Guamanga. 
 
 Although the retiring royalists were not very 
 closely pursued, or very seriously molested, their 
 loss by desertion was great, and Canterac reached
 
 ] 70 COUNCIL OF WAR. CHAP. xxiv. 
 
 the vicinity of Cuzco with less than five thousand 
 men. 
 
 When the viceroy learned the disastrous affair of 
 Junin, his excellency recalled Valdez, who had ad- 
 vanced as far as Lava (three hundred and eighty 
 leagues south of Junin, and ten south of Potosi), 
 where he had an indecisive action on the 17th 
 August, eleven days after the affair of Junin, with 
 the ultra-royalist general, Olaneta, in which was 
 killed the gallant Brigadier Ameller, one of the best 
 officers in the royal service. 
 
 The liberating army halted at Guamanga nearly a 
 month. The rear division left it on the 18th of Sep- 
 tember. The whole again halted at Challuanca and 
 in the vicinity. The montoneros, under the brave 
 Colonel Carreno, occupied Abancay, and other points 
 on the left bank of the Apurimac. The dictator re- 
 connoitred this river; and in the first week of Oc- 
 tober quitted the army to go to Lima, to attend to 
 affairs on the coast, and to hasten reinforcements 
 expected from Colombia. His excellency left instruc- 
 tions with Sucre to go into cantonments at An- 
 dahuaylas and Abancay ; not supposing that the 
 royalists would think of immediately commencing 
 offensive operations, especially as the rainy season 
 was about to commence. 
 
 Two or three days after the departure of Bolivar, 
 Sucre assembled a council of war at Challuanca, to 
 consider the plan of operations which it would be 
 most advisable to adopt; for although he had re- 
 ceived instructions from the dictator to go into can- 
 tonments, the commander-in-chief conceived that his
 
 CHAP. xxiv. COUNCIL OF WAR. 171 
 
 situation would become very critical, should the 
 enemy advance with superior forces, which there was 
 some reason to expect. The council was attended 
 by Generals La Mar, Lara, and Miller. The two 
 former had had a conference with Sucre previous to 
 Miller's arrival. They all concurred in opinion that 
 the liberating army was in a situation not entirely 
 free from danger, and that it was clear that the 
 enemy would augment his forces if allowed to remain 
 unmolested, in the vicinity of Cuzco, the centre of his 
 resources ; but that it was a delicate point to operate 
 in opposition to the instructions of the dictator. 
 Miller, notwithstanding, expressed an opinion that 
 not a moment ought to be lost in advancing to 
 attack the enemy, before he had sufficient time to 
 augment his numbers to any considerable extent, and 
 before Valdez could arrive at Cuzco from Potosi, and 
 in short that the most prudent plan was to act boldly 
 on the offensive. La Mar and Lara admitted the 
 correctness of Miller's conclusions, but they likewise 
 agreed with Sucre that the army could not with pro- 
 priety advance. From these nicely-balanced opinions 
 nothing decisive was agreed upon, but the general- 
 in-chief determined to proceed to Mamara and Oro- 
 pesa, taking with him Miller, to reconnoitre the roy- 
 alist position on the right bank of the Apurimac, 
 and ascertain the truth or falsehood of a report that 
 the division Valdez was about to enter Cuzco from 
 Potosi. The battalion No. 1, the regiment of 
 hussars of Junin, and a squadron of granaderos a 
 caballo, moved to the front in consequence *. 
 
 * It was during this period that a coolness arose between Sucre and Miller, 
 in consequence of the latter having indiscreetly let fall highly objectionable ex- 
 pressions. Other expressions equally offensive escaped at various times ; and
 
 172 CANTER AC AND VALDEZ CHAP. xxiv. 
 
 In the mean time Valdez, by one of those extra- 
 ordinary marches for which he was celebrated, formed 
 a junction with Canterac in the province of Cuzco. 
 The viceroy then placed himself at the head of the 
 united forces, which, by indefatigable activity, were 
 soon augmented to between twelve and thirteen thou- 
 sand men, and distributed as follows : 
 
 fist battalion of Burgos. 
 
 Division Mo- I 2d of 1st regiment. 
 
 net ^| of Guias. 
 
 of Vitoria. 
 
 f 1 st and 2d battalion of Gerona. 
 
 Division Villa- I 1st of 1st regiment. 
 
 lobos | gd of Imperial. 
 
 of Fernandinos. 
 
 C 1st battalion of Imperial. 
 
 Division Val- I of Cantabria. 
 
 dez j of Centre. 
 
 i of Castro. 
 
 !Granaderos de la Guardia, 
 Usares de Fernando 7- 
 T\ J 1 TT ' 
 Dragones de la Union. 
 Esquadron de San Carlos. 
 de Alabarderos. 
 
 General Cacho Twenty-four pieces of artillery. 
 General Canterac. Chief of the staff' and second 
 in command. 
 
 General Carratala. 1st adjutant general. 
 
 This important junction restored confidence to the 
 royalist troops, and the assumption of the command 
 
 although Miller continued to be actively employed in front of the army, and on 
 the most dangerous services, the coolness continued to exist for more than a 
 year.
 
 CHAP. xxiv. FORM A JUNCTION. 
 
 in chief by the viceroy inspired them with the loftiest 
 expectations, which the absence of Bolivar tended to 
 strengthen. There was an ample and well regulated 
 arsenal in Cuzco, to which were attached five hundred 
 artificers and labourers. 
 
 General Miller, with a squadron of granaderos a 
 caballo, and some parties, of montoneros, occupied 
 Oropesa and other villages in that direction, situated 
 from twenty to thirty leagues in advance of the can- 
 tonments of the liberating army. At this time 
 General Sucre despatched General Gamarra from 
 head-quarters, to place himself in communication 
 with his compatriots, the inhabitants of Cuzco. He 
 took Oropesa in his way, and Miller, at Gamarra's 
 own request, provided him with a strong escort of 
 cavalry, with which he proceeded to a small vil- 
 lage where Miller had placed an advanced post, 
 six leagues in front of Oropesa, and about three from 
 Haquira. On the following morning Miller was 
 surprised to learn that Gamarra had precipitately re- 
 tired, taking with him, not only the whole of his 
 escort, but also the patriot piquet, and had taken 
 the shortest route towards Sucre's head-quarters, 
 without Miller's being apprized of this movement. It 
 appears that a few royalists had been seen, and that 
 Gamarra had given hasty and implicit credence to a 
 false report of a hostile column being in advance. 
 Upon accidentally hearing this, Miller, with an 
 officer and three dragoons, rode to the village to as- 
 certain the true state of affairs ; and on galloping into 
 it, found himself on a sudden close to a dismounted 
 Spanish officer, two dragoons, and a trumpeter, who
 
 174 SURPRISE OF A ROYALIST PARTY. CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 were resting in the court-yard of a house. Miller, 
 looking over a low front wall, called upon the Spa- 
 niards to surrender, telling them, at the same time, 
 that they were surrounded, and Miller's officer rode 
 back as if to give orders to troops in the rear. Miller 
 soon ascertained that the royalist officer was the bearer 
 of a flag of truce, and that it was the sight of his 
 party on the Agcha road which had given rise' to 
 Gamarra's unnecessary alarm. Miller dismounted 
 to receive a letter from Valdez, and the bearer was 
 allowed to remain two hours, during which he was 
 made to believe that two or three patriot battalions, 
 and a regiment of cavalry, were posted in the vici- 
 nity. Miller happened to be chewing the coca leaf, 
 and upon the royalist officer remarking it, he was 
 told that cigars were a luxury not within the reach 
 of the patriot army. On his return, the Spaniard 
 mentioned the circumstance to General Valdez, who, 
 never wanting in courtesy, had the politeness to send 
 Miller a box of Havannah cigars. On the day fol- 
 lowing the departure of the flag of truce, Miller 
 occupied Haquira and other villages situated on the 
 left bank of the river Santo Tomas. The royalist 
 Brigadier-General Bedoya was stationed on the 
 right bank of the same river. Colonel Althaus, a 
 distinguished German officer, moved on to Col- 
 quemarca, where a few royalists had been left by 
 Bedoya to report the movements of the patriots. 
 Althaus concealed his party behind a hill not far 
 from the village. At this time the royalist lieutenant- 
 colonel was at mass, having placed one man on the 
 look out from the church tower. The sentry saw
 
 CHAP. XXIV. RECONNOITRING PARTIES. 175 
 
 Althaus and a montonero ride into the village, but 
 as they wore ponchos and slouched straw hats, he 
 did not suspect they were military men, and there- 
 fore gave no alarm until they approached the church. 
 Althaus got close to the church door before the sentry 
 discovered that' he was a patriot officer. The per- 
 formance of mass ceased on the first cry of " ene- 
 migos" The congregation rushed out, and the 
 royalist commander, unable to obtain shelter from 
 the inhabitants, was taken prisoner. His party fell 
 into the hands of the montoneros in ambuscade. 
 
 On the evening of the same day Cornet Olmos 
 with another small party was sent towards Capaz- 
 marca. At sunset he forded the river of Haquira 
 with much difficulty. The night became so dark 
 that he was obliged to march for two leagues with 
 lighted torches. On approaching a royalist outpost 
 on the top of the mountain, the lights were put out, 
 and the royalist piquet commanded by a subaltern was 
 taken. On the following day Miller set out himself for 
 Capazmarca, with an intention of proceeding onwards 
 until he saw an enemy. Half way up the ascent he 
 was met by Indian emissaries, who reported that the 
 Spaniards were approaching. Miller however con- 
 tinued his march to Capazmarca, situated upon the 
 summit of the mountain, whence he saw about three 
 hundred Spaniards at some distance, and which, it 
 appeared, Valdez had detached for the purpose of 
 expelling the patriot reconnoitring parties. A dread- 
 ful storm now came on. The rain fell in torrents; 
 the thunder pealed on every side, and frequently below 
 them ; at times it burst so near that it was with dif-
 
 176 RECONNOITRING PARTIES. CHAP. XXIV, 
 
 ficulty the horses and mules could be made to stir a 
 step. The same evening Valdez was struck off his 
 horse at Agcha by the electric fluid, and several lives 
 were lost. Having ascertained the advance of the 
 royalists, Miller descended the mountain, in the hope 
 of reaching the river before the rain should have ren- 
 dered it impassable ; but it had already swelled to such 
 a degree, that he began to consider how he could hide 
 his party in the woods on the arrival of the Spaniards : 
 the latter, however, considering that the mountain 
 side was an unsafe descent, in its then slippery state, 
 did not pursue far beyond Capazmarca. The patriot 
 party took shelter in a few miserable Indian huts, in 
 one of which lived a daughter of the celebrated 
 Pumacagua. The rain having ceased in the night, and 
 the water having subsided, the patriot party recrossed 
 the torrent on the following morning, and again 
 reached Haquira. Miller remained in the vicinity 
 of the enemy's outposts for about a fortnight; his 
 parties occupying Tambo-Bambo, Haquira, and Col- 
 quemarca. During these operations Doctor Torres, 
 priest of one of the neighbouring villages, and distin- 
 guished for patriotism and talent, rendered important 
 services to Miller. 
 
 ' The viceroy concentrated his forces in the vicinity of 
 Agcha, whilst Sucre, with the liberating army, occupied 
 an extended position, having Lambrama for its centre. 
 It now appeared evident, that the viceroy was 
 about to commence offensive operations. Miller 
 continuing in observation proceeded from Haquira 
 towards Santo Tomas. It happened at the same 
 time, that the whole royalist army had advanced to
 
 CHAP. XXIV. RECONNOITRING PARTIES. 177 
 
 Colquemarca, and had pushed on detached parties 
 to Quinota, which place they entered, at night, 
 soon after Miller left it. The commanding officer, 
 thinking himself sure of making a prisoner, sur- 
 rounded the curate's house with his party, and sent 
 an Indian lad to say that his mother being taken sud- 
 denly ill, required the immediate attendance of a 
 confessor. The priest, suspecting, from the manner of 
 the boy, that some trick was intended, refused to go. 
 The officer then ordered the door to be broken open, 
 and a strict search was made. It was some time 
 before they could persuade themselves that the bird 
 had flown. The priest was kept a prisoner for some 
 little time. Another royalist party then advanced 
 to Llagua, by which movement they more completely 
 cut off the retreat of Miller by the high road, and 
 his situation became exceedingly embarrassing, be- 
 cause Sucre at Lambrama was in total ignorance of 
 the viceroy's decided movements, and it was impos- 
 sible for Miller to communicate with him on the 
 subject. 
 
 On Miller's arrival at Santo Tomas, the inhabitants 
 received him with marks of satisfaction ; but before 
 the bells had ceased to ring, information arrived of 
 the entrance of the royalists into Quinota. Rejoicing 
 was turned into consternation, and this was soon af- 
 terwards increased by the appearance of a party ap- 
 proaching the village at the distance of a league. The 
 inhabitants began to pack up, and the patriots pre- 
 pared to retreat ; but, before commencing it, some 
 well mounted scouts were sent to reconnoitre the 
 approaching party, which also took the same precau- 
 
 VOL. II. N
 
 ITS RECONNOITRING. CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 tions, both supposing each other to be enemies. But 
 it was soon discovered to be Colonel Althaus and his 
 escort retiring from Uelille. Thus this false alarm 
 was converted into a source of mutual gratification, 
 for Althaus was not only a very intelligent and en- 
 terprising officer, but a jovial companion, possessed 
 of an inexhaustible fund of humour, which flowed 
 upon every occasion to the great amusement of his 
 companions. 
 
 Halting a few hours at Santo Tomas to refresh 
 the horses, Miller and Althaus set out for Oropesa. 
 The least difficult and shortest road ran for a league 
 towards Quinota; where it branched off at a ford, the 
 gaining of which would have saved eight or ten 
 leagues. Althaus enlivened the night march by re- 
 counting some adventures in his usual droll manner, 
 which made every body laugh immoderately. Just 
 before the party reached the desired spot for crossing 
 the river, while Althaus was in the middle of a good 
 story, about a milk-white mule, which he then rode, 
 and which the day before had carried the host in pro- 
 cession at Uelille, the party stumbled, about mid- 
 night, upon a royalist detachment sent from Quiiiota 
 to intercept it. A few shots were exchanged in the 
 dark, and the patriots dispersed. They reunited 
 partially at Santo Tomas, and from thence took 
 another track. In making the detour to Oropesa, 
 they perceived signs of an approaching storm, and 
 directed their steps, from a ridge of the Cordillera, 
 towards a hut, seen at a great distance below. Com- 
 mencing their descent at 2 P. M. they led their 1 
 horses, for two leagues, down the craggy slope of:
 
 CHAP. xxiv. RECONNOITRING. 179 
 
 a mountain. On arriving, just before sunset, at the 
 bottom of the valley, they discovered that the supposed 
 hut was only a ruin, and on the opposite side of a rapid 
 river. Knowing that the river flowed close to Oro- 
 pesa, and that they could not be more than seven or 
 eight leagues from that village, they preferred fol- 
 lowing the windings of the stream to endeavouring 
 to reclimb the mountain ; indeed, so fatigued were 
 both men and animals, that it would have been in vain 
 to attempt it. There was no road leading through 
 the valley, which was so rugged and narrow as to 
 make it necessary to ford the torrent six or eight 
 times; a work of danger and great difficulty: more 
 than an hour was occupied each time they crossed. 
 Men were placed on rocks a little below the ford, in 
 readiness to throw the lasso, to save those who might 
 be carried off their legs by the stream. Two days 
 were occupied in making a march of a few leagues. 
 The party reached Oropesa very much exhausted, 
 having subsisted upon a very scanty allowance of 
 roasted Indian corn. The inhabitants of Oropesa 
 were in great consternation. Some had fled, and 
 others were preparing to follow. 
 
 On the ensuing day Miller set out with fresh 
 horses towards Guaillate, to ascertain if the viceroy 
 was proceeding in that direction, as had been reported. 
 He had not ascended more than two leagues, when, 
 upon abruptly reaching a summit, he discovered the 
 whole royalist army in full march for Mamara, a 
 village situated in the same valley as Oropesa, and 
 at the distance of two leagues. Miller had scarcely 
 time to have his saddle removed from a mule to a 
 
 22 2
 
 180 RECONNOITRING. CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 horse, to avoid falling into the hands of a detachment 
 of hussars sent in pursuit. He lost two horses, and 
 also his ponchos, and a valise; articles of little intrinsic 
 value, but a heavy loss under such circumstances. 
 He returned to Oropesa, as fast as the rough track 
 down the steep hill would permit. The horse of one 
 of the escort stumbled, and precipitated its rider to 
 the bottom of a frightful ravine. The unfortunate 
 man was never heard of again ; he had served in the 
 regiment of granaderos a caballo from its formation, 
 and had been present at the affair of San Lorenzo on 
 the Parana; at Laja, in the province of Concepcion in 
 Chile; at Pinchincha, under the line near Quito; and 
 at various other affairs. He was orderly serjeant to 
 Miller nearly the whole of the campaign. He was 
 a brave man, and his loss was sincerely regretted. 
 
 Miller continued his retreat by the opposite side 
 of the valley of Oropesa, and passed within half a 
 league of Mamara, on the heights of which he 
 could plainly count the royalist columns in bivouac. 
 The patriot party having lost the proper direction, 
 wandered about precipitous ravines, until three o'clock 
 on the following morning, when it fortunately came 
 to a cluster of huts. Here it halted, with the inten- 
 tion of going on again at day-break ; but both men 
 and horses were so worn out with fatigue, that neither 
 were able to proceed until 10 A. M. In half an hour 
 afterwards, the viceroy occupied the hut in which the 
 patriots had rested themselves. 
 
 At sunset, Miller reached Chuquibamba, where 
 he found Althaus, who separated from him in the 
 dark at Santo Tomas, and had taken a different road.
 
 xxiv. RECONNOITRING. 181 
 
 Althaus was directed to retire a league or two to the 
 rear, with the escorts ; Miller remaining in the town 
 with Captain Melendez, and two or three men. 
 Large fires were lighted to keep up the appearance 
 of the place being occupied by a force. 
 
 The priest of the village promised to give timely 
 warning of the approach of an enemy, which could 
 easily be done, because the only entrance, from the 
 Mamara side, was by a bridge, over an unfordable 
 torrent. As an additional security, Miller sent, un- 
 known to the priest, a couple of Indians to keep watch 
 also : under an impression of confidence, he took off 
 his clothes for the first time for a fortnight, and 
 retired to rest. The royalist General Valdez, who had 
 a few days before sent Miller a box of cigars, now de- 
 spatched a company of infantry to procure himself the 
 society of his antagonist. In the course of the night 
 some Indians, employed by the Spaniards, entered 
 the village, and were suffered to return j of this Miller 
 was informed by his own scouts, and contrary, as it 
 afterwards appeared, to the wishes of the priest, who 
 reckoned upon making his peace with the royalists, 
 by betraying his guest. On the first alarm Miller 
 rode to an eminence, on the way to Lambrama, over- 
 looking Chuquibamba. The royalists, who had been 
 deterred, by the blaze of the fires, from advancing, 
 ran into the town at day-break. At this moment the 
 Indians, instigated by the priest, rose en masse. They 
 perched themselves on the hills, and hurled down 
 stones upon the patriots without mercy. Miller's 
 charger, considered the finest horse in the army, and 
 the one on which he rode at the battle of Junin, fell,
 
 182 RECONNOITRING. CHAP. xxiv. 
 
 with an orderly, into their hands. Miller continued 
 to retreat, followed by the yelling Indians, increasing 
 in numbers at every hut near which they passed. 
 Althaus, who had taken up his quarters at a little 
 distance from the road, had sent his party on towards 
 Lambrama, and remained behind with a few attend- 
 ants. On hearing the shouts of the Indians, Althaus 
 retired ; but finding they gained upon him, he dis- 
 mounted, to remove the saddle, from his milk-white 
 mule, to his best horse. The horse took fright and 
 broke loose, while the attendants being in advance, 
 galloped off without looking behind them. The 
 colonel was thus left on foot and alone. So long as 
 the road was tolerably open, he kept the Indians at 
 bay with his sword ; but when he came to a narrow 
 pass, they closed upon him, bound his arms, and con- 
 ducted him to Chuquibamba. It is probable they 
 would have taken his life, but that his clerical figure 
 led them to imagine that he was a regimental chaplain, 
 an illusion which Althaus took no pains to dispel. 
 
 On the 6th of November, Miller rejoined at Lam- 
 brama the liberating army. Sucre was on the extreme 
 left of the line, and Generals La Mar and Lara, with 
 their respective divisions at Lambrama, were in igno- 
 rance of the approach of the enemy until the party 
 which Althaus had sent forward arrived. They 
 reported that Althaus and Miller were prisoners. 
 When the latter unexpectedly appeared at a pass 
 descending into the valley, he was instantly recog- 
 nised, and upon his passing the different corps, a 
 cordial feeling of satisfaction was manifested by all. 
 Although every one in the bivouac, excepting Ge-
 
 CHAP. xxiv. LIBE11ATING ARMY FALLS BACK. 183 
 
 neral Lara, had firmly believed in the report of 
 Miller having been captured, yet many contrived to 
 make themselves overheard in saying, that they had 
 foretold the contrary; and Lara's observation, that 
 " Millercould scent the enemy too well to be caught," 
 was repeated by several as their own. 
 
 The most harassing services are sometimes marked 
 by incidents which more than compensate for fatigues 
 and anxiety of mind. A thousand unstudied demon- 
 strations of personal regard, and a thousand un- 
 affected indications of community of feeling, became 
 legible in the veteran countenances of officers and 
 men, when they grouped themselves spontaneously 
 to welcome the unhoped-for return of their old com- 
 panion in arms, whose re-appearance was hailed with 
 feelings of personal attachment, rather than of con- 
 sideration for his rank. Insensible must be the mind 
 which could fail to appreciate such honourable tes- 
 timonials, and cold the heart which would not bound 
 with honest pride, and look upon the humblest soldier 
 with affectionate regard. A fortunate commander 
 may indeed feel highly gratified by the incense 
 offered at the gorgeous banquet; but nothing can 
 be compared with the unalloyed pleasure with which 
 he exchanges .the welcoming smile of his comrades 
 in campaign. 
 
 Sucre arrived at Lambrama on the 7th. On that 
 day the liberating forces fell back towards Casin- 
 chigua, where they arrived on the 9th, and where 
 Sucre established his head-quarters. A division of 
 infantry, and all the cavalry, were cantoned on that 
 estate; a division was at Pinchigua, and the other at
 
 184 VALLEY OF CASINCHIGUA. CHAP. xxiv. 
 
 Chaljuani, all within a league of each other. Miller 
 remained at Lambrama eight-and-forty hours after 
 the troops left it; but the royalist army, contrary to 
 expectation, discontinued its march by that route. 
 It remained posted between Sabaino and Mollepata, 
 having advanced posts near Ancabamba and Soraya, 
 seven leagues from Casinchigua. It appeared that 
 the viceroy was fearful of risking an attack upon the 
 patriots, occupying a country abounding in positions 
 of uncommon natural advantages. The sides of the 
 valley of Casinchigua, as was the case with many 
 others throughout the country, were bold, like the 
 banks of a river flowing between mountains ; and a 
 numerous army, defiling down their zigzag tracks, 
 might be destroyed by the musketry of a few enemies 
 posted behind crags on the opposite acclivity. The 
 viceroy therefore decided upon making a detour, to 
 get into the rear of the patriots, and cut off their 
 communications with Lima, and thus oblige them to 
 abandon their strong holds. Accordingly his excel- 
 lency took the route of Pampachira, and reached 
 Guamanga on the 16th of November, whence he 
 made a counter movement by taking the high road 
 leading to Cuzco. In the meanwhile Sucre fell back 
 upon Andahuaylas, where he halted a few days, and 
 then continued his march towards Guamanga. The 
 opposing forces, marching thus on the same road 
 towards each other, soon came in contact. To clearly 
 understand these movements, the reader is requested 
 to throw open the plan of Ayacucho, and refer to the 
 sketch of its environs. 
 
 The advanced guard of each army met on the
 
 CHAJP. XXIV. MAJOR LA TAPIA. 185 
 
 20th of November on the heights of Bombon, near 
 Chineheros. The royalists were driven down into 
 the valley of Pomacochas,* and across the river of 
 Pampas, by the bridge of Bejucos, which they de- 
 stroyed. The river is at all times difficult and dan- 
 gerous to ford. 
 
 The royalists bivouacked on the heights of Con- 
 cepcion, and the patriots upon those of Bombon. 
 The deep and rugged valley of Pomacochas being 
 between them, rendered each position alike unas- 
 sailable. The hostile forces were within two miles 
 of each other, as the bird flies; but the distance to 
 descend and ascend by the tortuous track was at least 
 ten. Videttes occupied each bank of the river. The 
 valley is thickly wooded, and the soil particularly 
 rich. The atmosphere swarms with musquitoes to a 
 degree that renders it uninhabitable. The Jesuits 
 failed in three several attempts to settle there, and 
 the ruins of an extensive establishment are still visible. 
 The men placed on piquet returned to the encamp- 
 ment with their hands and faces swollen, and in a 
 high degree of fever, from the bites of the large 
 musquitoes, against which gloves and handkerchiefs 
 were not a sufficient protection. 
 
 On the 24th, the tents and huts of the royalists 
 had disappeared. Miller forded the river to ascertain 
 if the army had withdrawn itself. Four of his men, 
 whilst ascending the opposite side of the valley, were 
 suddenly attacked by a party in ambuscade. Two of 
 them were made prisoners ; and Major La Tapia, who 
 accompanied the general, narrowly escaped by rolling 
 himself down a precipice.
 
 186 MOVEMENTS. CHAP. xxv. 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 Matara. Corpaguayco. Precautions taken by the royalists to 
 prevent desertion. Patriots offer battle at Tambo Cangallo. 
 Continue their retreat. Hostilities of the Indians Roy- 
 alists occupy Guamanguilla. Critical position of the inde- 
 pendents. Battle of Ayacucho. Viceroy taken prisoner. 
 Royalists defeated. Incidents. Capitulation. 
 
 ON the 25th of November, it was ascertained that 
 the royalists had made a lateral movement to their 
 right towards Vilcasguaman, and that the division 
 Valdez had crossed the river near Guancaray, in 
 order, it was supposed, to decoy the independents 
 into the valley of Pomacochas, and to attack them 
 there, should they be induced to resume their retreat 
 towards Guamanga. Sucre, however, anxious to re- 
 store his communication with Lima, crossed the valley, 
 without being caught in the defiles. In fording the 
 river Pampas, the infantry were up to the breast 
 in water; many were carried down by the stream, 
 but such were the precautions taken that only two 
 lives were lost. This operation was so tedious, and 
 the roads so bad, that it took an entire day to march 
 three leagues. The army bivouacked on the night 
 of the 30th beneath trees of enormous dimensions, 
 which clothed the sides of the valley, but the mus- 
 quitoes effectually prevented repose; and although 
 excessively fatigued, the order to march was looked
 
 CHAP. xxv. PATRIOTS OFFER BATTLE. 187 
 
 forward to, by all, with extreme anxiety : it was not, 
 however, given until day-break, it being necessary to 
 allow time for the baggage and stores to join. A 
 farther ascent of two leagues and a half, through 
 Ocros, brought the patriots to the table land, and in 
 another half league they arrived at the descent which 
 conducted them to the hamlet of Matara, where they 
 bivouacked on the 1st of December. The rain had 
 fallen in torrents during the whole of the day, and 
 it still continued through the night. Matara is situ- 
 ated in a hollow, surrounded by gentle acclivities, 
 which ascend to a considerable height. 
 
 On the 2d, the royalists appeared, and bivouacked 
 on the edge of that part of the table land from which 
 the patriots had descended the preceding day. The 
 patriots occupied a position with a small grassy ravine 
 in front, but in other respects objectionable. The 
 viceroy, as if determined to play a sure game, and 
 persuaded that he could annihilate his opponents 
 without risking a general action, declined to attack 
 them. 
 
 On the afternoon of the 3rd, the royalists moved to 
 their left, along the crest of the ridge, but far enough 
 below it to conceal their line from observation. Lieu- 
 tenant-Colonel Bustamante, sent to reconnoitre, was 
 taken prisoner on reaching the top of the hills. The 
 object of the enemy was to gain the high road in the 
 rear, which General Sucre perceiving, recommenced 
 his retreat j but whilst defiling into the valley of 
 Corpaguayco (a league from Matara), he was briskly 
 attacked by the division Valdez, which had advanced 
 in the morning unperceived. The Colombian bat-
 
 188 ATTACKED AT CORPAGUAYCO. CHAP. XXV. 
 
 talion of rifles*, commanded by Colonel Sands, 
 forming the rear-guard, was, after some resistance, 
 overpowered and dispersed. 
 
 The battalion Bargas also dispersed, but was rallied 
 by Miller, and made to protect the cavalry as it crossed 
 the valley at Chonta by a pass and ford which he had 
 fortunately discovered when examining the quebrada 
 on the preceding day. Having gained the opposite 
 side of the valley, the patriots formed, and drove 
 back a royalist battalion which attempted to cross. 
 
 Major Duckbury, of the battalion Rifles, an En- 
 glishman, and one of the best and most indefatigable 
 officers in the Colombian army, and two hundred 
 patriots, were killed. Their field-train depot; their 
 spare horses and mules; and one of their two re- 
 maining field-pieces, fell into the hands of the enemy. 
 The casualties of the royalists did not exceed thirty. 
 
 Notwithstanding this severe reverse, the patriots 
 retreated at 11 A. M. on the 14th, in the best pos- 
 sible order, to Tambo-Cangallo, three leagues north 
 of Corpaguayco, and seven south of Guamanga. They 
 were followed by the royalists, but with great caution. 
 
 Fifteen soldiers passed over from the royalists on 
 
 This regiment was originally composed of British subjects, who greatly 
 distinguished themselves in Colombia. The European soldiers having almost 
 every one died or been killed off, the corps was next completed by twelve 
 hundred Indians, who spoke nothing but their native dialect : the officers, being 
 British, gave the word of command in English. As the Indians were expended 
 in the course of service, their places were supplied by Creoles, mulattos, &c. On 
 the arrival of the battalion in Peru, only ten British officers remained with it. 
 Colonel (now General) Sands, a native of Dublin, and formerly an officer in the 
 British army, had risen by merit and services to the command of it. This gallant 
 officer had been engaged in almost every action fought in Colombia. Captain 
 Miller Hallowes, a native of Ashford, in Kent, Captain Ferguson, a gallant 
 Irishman, and Captain Whittle, were also distinguished officers in the same corps. 
 The Utter commanded the battalion Bargas, which saved Bolivar's life by de- 
 feating the revolted regiment of artillery, and by suppressing the conspiracy 
 which took place at Bogota in September 1828.
 
 CHAP. xxv. DESERTIONS. 189 
 
 the morning of the 4th, a few hours after the affair 
 of Corpaguayco. These men had served in the 
 montoneros of Colonel Lanza, and had been taken 
 prisoners near Cochabamba. Most of them brought 
 their arms, and all requested to be attached to a corps. 
 On the same morning, fourteen men of the liberating 
 army deserted to the royalists. They had been made 
 prisoners, and obliged to serve by the independents 
 during the campaign. 
 
 The royalists avoided entering villages, and kept 
 as much as possible along the ridges of the mountains, 
 so that their march from Cuzco, to near Guamanga, 
 was a perfect steeple chase. Their sufferings and dif- 
 ficulties may be conceived from what has been said 
 relative to those of the patriots, in traversing the 
 Andes on their advance from Huaras. The road from 
 Guamanga to Cuzco may be considered in the very 
 centre of the Andes, and winds up and down moun- 
 tains encircling almost fathomless valleys. Many of 
 the ascents are four and five leagues at a stretch, 
 amidst scenery of the wildest grandeur imaginable. 
 
 The precautions taken by the royalist officers to 
 prevent desertion also tended considerably to increase 
 the privations of their men. Whenever they halted, 
 the corps were bivouacked in column, round which a 
 circle of sentinels, of the most trustworthy soldiers, 
 was formed, and without that circle a great number 
 of officers were constantly kept on duty. The soldiers 
 were not permitted, on any plea, to pass the sen- 
 tinels. 
 
 The vice-king, for the same reason, was averse to 
 sending detachments in search of cattle, for, on such
 
 190 PATRIOTS RETREAT. CHAP. XXV. 
 
 occasions, a number of the men were sure to desert. 
 The consequence of this system was, that, during the 
 rapid advance of the royalists, they suffered more 
 than the patriots from want of provisions ; so that, 
 on the 3rd, they were reduced to eat the flesh of 
 horses, mules, and asses. 
 
 The independents took up a position in the even- 
 ing, and again offered battle, which the royalists again 
 declined. At midnight the independents left the 
 high-road, leading to Guamanga, obliqued to the 
 right, and crossed the deep rugged quebrada of 
 Acroco, two leagues in descent, and as much in the 
 ascent on the opposite side. At eight A. M. on the 
 5th, they reached the village of Guanchao, and in 
 the afternoon of the same day, they continued their 
 march to Acos-Vinchos. The royalists moved in a 
 parallel line towards Guamanga, at the distance of 
 two leagues, and always in sight. A deep valley lay 
 between them. 
 
 On the 6th, the patriots reached the village of 
 Quinua. The royalists continued their parallel move- 
 ment to the heights of Pacaycasa. In consequence 
 of the road between this place and Guamanga being 
 intersected by two deep quebradas and many ravines, 
 and the paths being, inmost places, extremely narrow, 
 their line of march extended over a distance of from 
 two to three leagues. The patriots, already in Quinua, 
 upon perceiving this, formed for the purpose of at- 
 tacking their opponents, the foremost of whom were 
 only three miles distant from them ; the intervening 
 space being an open country with a gradual descent, 
 seemed to afford them a favourable opportunity of
 
 CHAP. xxv. PATRIOTS RETREAT. 191 
 
 avenging the losses they had sustained at Corpa- 
 guayco. Previous to ordering the intended advance, 
 Sucre and La Mar rode forward to reconnoitre. But 
 this operation occupied so much of their time, that 
 they considered it was too late to attack the royalists 
 that evening. On the next morning, the latter en- 
 tered Guamanguilla, and thus once more cut off the 
 farther retreat of the independents, whose situation 
 then became extremely critical. 
 
 Sucre conducted the retreat with skill, but his 
 numbers were so alarmingly reduced, that nothing 
 but some desperate effort was likely to save his army 
 from destruction. The viceroy sent detachments to 
 Marca, Mayoc, and other defiles, to render them 
 impassable, and to destroy the bridges. 
 
 The Indians of Guanta, Huancavelica, Chincheros, 
 Huando, and the adjacent villages, had been induced 
 to rise against the liberating army. They had as- 
 sassinated upwards of one hundred sick with their 
 escorts, together with the escorts of some of the bag- 
 gage. An aide-de-camp of Miller, Captain Smith, 
 was taken by those of Guanta, but after receiving a 
 severe beating, and three days' imprisonment, he 
 escaped to the coast. His life was spared only on the 
 intercession of an inhabitant at whose house Miller 
 had been billeted. The hills which overlook the 
 village of Quinua were occupied by hostile Indians, 
 who had the boldness to approach within half a mile 
 of the patriot encampment, and succeeded in captur- 
 ing several head of oxen from a party of dragoons. 
 During the preceding fortnight, the casualties of 
 the liberating army had not been less than twelve
 
 192 CONDORKANKI. CHAP. XXV. 
 
 hundred, so that at Quinua it amounted to less than 
 six thousand effective men. The cavalry, having 
 lost their mules at Corpaguayco, were obliged to walk 
 and lead their horses, many of which became disabled 
 in consequence of having cast their shoes. 
 
 A patriot battalion, and some detachments of con- 
 valescents, on their way from Xauxa to join the 
 liberating army, were attacked in the dark by the 
 Indians of Huando, and obliged to retreat with 
 loss. Every circumstance concurred to increase the 
 gloom which overhung the prospects of the patriots. 
 They could not retreat ; they could not attack the 
 royalists, on account of the abrupt ravine, two hun- 
 dred yards deep, between the two armies ; and want 
 of provisions would have rendered their remaining in 
 that position, five days longer, impossible. All was 
 now ominous and fearful, but the spirits and courage 
 of the republicans appeared to rise in proportion as 
 their affairs became more desperate ; and it will soon 
 be seen what brave men, ably led on, can effect in 
 the cause of liberty. 
 
 In the afternoon of the 8th, the viceroy moved 
 from Guamanguilla, and occupied, with his whole 
 forces, the heights of Condorkanki *, just without 
 gun-shot of the encampment of the independents. 
 Two hours before sunset, a royalist battalion of light- 
 infantry descended the hill, and extended itself at the 
 foot. It was opposed by a light-infantry battalion of 
 the patriots ; and some sharp skinnishing, in extended 
 files, took place. The evolutions were performed at 
 
 * Condorkanki, or Condorcanqui, is a Quichua term, which means " worthy 
 of the condor."
 
 CHAP. XXV. INCIDENTS. 193 
 
 the sound of the bugle, and nothing could exceed the 
 coolness and good conduct of the men engaged on 
 both sides. 
 
 The general effect of the skirmishing was ex- 
 tremely fine. The interest of the scene was much 
 varied and enhanced by occasional cessations of firing 
 by tacit consent. During which intervals, several 
 officers of the opposite parties approached each other 
 and conversed. In one of these parleys, Brigadier- 
 General Tur, of the Spanish service, sent a message to 
 his brother, who, having married a beautiful woman 
 of Lima, had become virtually an American, and was 
 now a lieutenant-colonel in the independent army. 
 The two brothers met. The elder began the con- 
 versation by expressing his regret that a Spaniard 
 should be seen in the ranks of the insurgents, but 
 added that, notwithstanding his sorrow on that 
 account, he felt impelled by the recollections and 
 feelings of other times to assure his brother, that he 
 might reckon upon his protection when the coming 
 battle should place him in the power of the royal- 
 ists, who otherwise might not deal lightly with a 
 Spaniard taken in such company. The lieutenant- 
 colonel observed, in reply, that if he had sent for 
 him for the purpose of offering an insult, it were 
 better they had never met, and then turned round 
 to walk away. Upon this, the royalist general rushed 
 forward, made an apology, and, in view of the two 
 armies, the brothers embraced in the most affectionate 
 manner. In a few hours afterwards General Tur 
 was a prisoner of war, and the welcome guest of his 
 brother, the lieutenant-colonel. 
 
 VOL. ir. o
 
 194 POSITION OF THE PATRIOTS. CHAP. XXV. 
 
 Quinua, an Indian village, is on the western ex- 
 tremity of the plain of Ayacucho, the shape of which 
 is nearly square, about a league in circumference, and 
 flanked right and left by deep, rugged, ravines. In 
 the rear of the plain, or towards the west, is a gra- 
 dual descent of two leagues to the main road from 
 Guamanga to Guanta, which runs along the base of 
 a mountain range, that rises like a wall with no ap- 
 parent outlet. The eastern boundary of the plain is 
 formed by the abrupt and rugged ridge of Condor- 
 kanki ; which gigantic bulwark, running north and 
 south, overlooks the field of Ayacucho. A little " 
 below the summit of this ridge was perched the 
 royalist army. 
 
 The liberating army was drawn up on the plain, 
 in front of the Spaniards, at an interval of about a 
 mile, having Quinua in the rear, each corps being 
 formed in close column, to await the attack of 
 the royalists. It was disposed in the following 
 order : 
 
 f Bogota. 
 
 Division Cordova I Caracas, 
 (on the right). j Voltigeros. 
 ^ Pinchincha. 
 f Hussars of Junin. 
 
 Cavalry, Miller I Granaderos of Colombia, 
 (in the centre), j Hussars of Colombia. 
 
 ^Granaderos of Buenos Ayres. 
 f Legion 
 
 Division La Mar j No. 1. 
 
 (on the left). 2. 
 
 [No. 3.
 
 CHAP. xxv. POSITION OF THE ROYALISTS. 195 
 
 C Bargas. 
 Division Lara I Vencedorcs . 
 
 (in reserve). | R;fles 
 
 Commandant La Fuente ) 
 
 r c ,>. V One four-pounder, 
 
 (m front). J 
 
 General Gamarra, Chief of the staff*. 
 
 t Colonel O'Connor, Second to Gamarra on the staff. 
 
 During the night of the 8th, a brisk fire was main- 
 tained between the royalist and patriot outposts. It 
 was the object of Sucre to prevent the royalists de- 
 scending in the night. For this purpose the bands 
 of two battalions were sent with a company near to 
 the foot of the ridge, and continued playing for some 
 time whilst a sharp fire was kept up. This feint had 
 the desired effect, for the royalists did not stir from 
 their lines. 
 
 The viceroy's position in the night of the 8th was 
 very much exposed : his infantry, occupying the front 
 of the ridge of Condorkanki, was within musket- 
 range of the foot of the hill. The fire from two 
 or three battalions, deployed into line, might have 
 obliged the royalists to abandon their position. As 
 it was, a lieutenant-colonel and two or three men, 
 within the Spanish encampment, were killed, as 
 
 * General Santa Cruz had marched from Huaras with the liberating army. 
 He was, at the commencement of the campaign, attached to the Peruvian divi- 
 sion, afterwards chief of the staff of the Dictator, and ultimately he remained at 
 Guamanga, as prefect of that department. General Correa was also attached to 
 the division Lara, but he quitted the army, for the coast, at Challuanca, 
 
 f The indefatigable O'Connor performed the duties of chief of the staff from 
 the time the liberating army left Guamanga until two or three days previous to 
 the battle of Ayacucho. Colonel O'Connor is the son of Roger O'Connor, and 
 godson of Sir Francis Burdett He has adhered to the cause of South American 
 independence with persevering enthusiasm. Having raised a very fine regiment 
 at Panama, he came to Peru in command of it. He has often distinguished him- 
 self in the field, and is universally esteemed for his bravery, disinterestedness, and 
 gentlemanly deportment.
 
 196 BATTLE OF 
 
 CHAP. XXV. 
 
 they sat round their fires, by chance balls from the 
 patriot company at the foot of the hill. 
 
 The night of the 8th was one of deep and anxious 
 interest. A battle was inevitable on the following 
 day, and that battle was to decide the destinies of 
 South America. The patriots were aware that they 
 had to contend with twice their own numbers ; and 
 that nothing but a decisive victory could save them 
 and their country from ignominious servitude. The 
 patriot soldier might indeed expect to escape with 
 life, reduced to the condition of a slave; but with 
 the patriot generals and officers, it was only a choice 
 between death and victory. They knew full well 
 what would be the cruel policy of the Spaniards if 
 they proved victorious. The viceroy was, it is true, 
 a man of humane disposition, but the individual who 
 counselled Monet to shoot two patriot officers in the 
 pass of San Mateo, and the other man (if such he may 
 be called) who ran his sword through the wounded 
 and defenceless Major Gumer, on the field at lea, 
 were, with others, of a character equally sanguinary, 
 amongst the advisers of La Serna ; and it is extremely 
 probable that unsparing executions would have been 
 resorted to in the hope of destroying the very germ 
 of future insurrection. Every one felt that the ap- 
 proaching battle was to have no common result. 
 
 The morning of the 9th dawned particularly fine. 
 At first there was a chilness in the air which seemed 
 to influence the minds of the men, but when the sun 
 rose above the mountain, the effects of its genial 
 warmth became manifest in the renovated spirits of 
 the soldiers. The men on both sides were observed
 
 CHAP. xxv. AYACUCHO. 197 
 
 rubbing their hands, and exhibiting every token of 
 content and satisfaction. At nine A. M. the division 
 Villalobos began to descend. The viceroy, on foot, 
 placed himself at its head ; and the files wound down 
 the craggy side of Condorkanki, obliquing a little to 
 their left. The division Monet, forming the royalist 
 right, commenced at the same time to defile directly 
 into the plain. The cavalry, leading their horses, made 
 the same movement, though with greater difficulty, 
 between the infantry of each division. As the files 
 arrived on the plain, they formed into column. 
 This was a moment of extraordinary interest. It 
 appeared as though respiration were suspended by 
 feelings of anxiety, mingled with doubts and hope. 
 
 It was during this operation, which had an im- 
 posing effect, that Sucre rode along his own line, and, 
 addressing a few emphatic words to each corps, re- 
 called to memory its former achievements. He then 
 placed himself in a central point, and, in an inspiring 
 tone of voice, said, " that upon the efforts of that 
 day depended the fate of South America ;" then 
 pointing to the descending columns, he assured his 
 men, " that another day of glory was about to crown 
 their admirable constancy." This animating address 
 of the general produced an electric effect, and was 
 answered by enthusiastic " vivas." 
 
 By the time that rather more than half the royalist 
 divisions, Monet and Villalobos, had reached and 
 formed upon the arena, Sucre ordered the division 
 Cordova and two regiments of cavalry to advance to 
 the charge. The gallant Cordova placed himself
 
 198 BATTLE OF CHAP. XXV. 
 
 about fifteen yards in front of his division, formed 
 into four parallel columns with the cavalry in the 
 intervals. Having dismounted, he plunged his sword 
 into the heart of his charger, and turning to the 
 troops, exclaimed, " There lies my last horse ; I have 
 now no means of escape, and we must fight it out 
 together I" Then waving his hat above his head, 
 he continued, " Adelante, con paso de vencedores" 
 (onwards with the step of conquerors). These 
 words were heard distinctly throughout the co- 
 lumns, which, inspired by the gallant bearing of 
 their leader, moved to the attack in the finest pos- 
 sible order. The Spaniards stood firmly and full of 
 apparent confidence. The viceroy was seen, as were 
 also Monet and Villalobos, at the head of their divi- 
 sions, superintending the formation of their columns 
 as they reached the plain. The hostile bayonets 
 crossed, and for three or four minutes the two 
 parties struggled together, so as to leave it doubtful 
 which would give way. At this moment the Colom- 
 bian cavalry, headed by Colonel Silva, charged. This 
 brave officer fell covered with wounds, but the intre- 
 pidity of the onset was irresistible. The royalists lost 
 ground, and were driven back with great slaughter. 
 The vice-king was wounded and taken prisoner. As 
 the fugitives climbed the sides of Condorkanki, the 
 patriots, who had deployed, kept up a well-directed 
 fire, and numbers of the enemy were seen to drop 
 and roll down, till their progress was arrested by the 
 brush-wood, or some jutting crag. 
 
 Miller, who had followed up Cordova's division,
 
 CHAP. XXV. AYACUCHO. 199 
 
 perceiving its complete success, returned to the regi- 
 ment of Usares de Juniu, which fortunately had been 
 left in reserve. 
 
 At dawn of day, the royalist division Valdez com- 
 menced a detour of nearly a league. Descending the 
 sides of Condorkanki on the north, Valdez had placed 
 himself on the left of the patriots at musket-shot 
 distance, separated by a ravine. At the important 
 moment of the battle, just described, he opened a 
 heavy fire from four field-pieces and a battalion in 
 extended files. By this, he obliged two battalions 
 of the Peruvian division La Mar to fall back. The 
 Colombian battalion Bargas, sent to support the Pe- 
 ruvian division, also began to give way. Two royalist 
 battalions crossed the deep ravine, already spoken of, 
 on the left, and advanced in double quick time in pur- 
 suit of the retiring patriots. At this critical juncture, 
 Miller took upon himself to lead the hussars of Junin 
 against the victorious Spaniards, and by a timely 
 charge drove them back, and followed them across 
 the ravine, by which time he was supported by the 
 granaderos a cabal lo and by the division La Mar, 
 which had rallied. The brave Colonel Plaza crossed 
 the ravine at the head of the legion on the left. Lieu- 
 t^nant-Colonel Moran, at the head of the battalion 
 Bargas, made a similar movement on the right of the 
 cavalry. These two battalions and the cavalry, mu- 
 tually supporting and rivalling each other in valour, 
 repeated their charges with such resolution, that the 
 division Valdez was broken ; its artillery taken ; its 
 cavalry obliged to fly in disorder; and its infantry 
 dispersed.
 
 BATTLE OF CHAP. xxv. 
 
 The royalists had now lost the battle, and fled to 
 the ridge from which they had descended, in the 
 morning, with so much confidence. 
 
 The action lasted an hour. Fourteen hundred 
 royalists were killed, and seven hundred wounded, 
 and they lost fifteen pieces of artillery. 
 
 The loss on the part of the patriots was three 
 hundred and seventy killed, and six hundred and 
 nine wounded *. 
 
 The single piece of artillery belonging to the 
 patriots did considerable execution on the royalist 
 columns, and was of service also in attracting a 
 heavy fire from their artillery, which if it had been 
 directed upon the patriot columns, would have occa- 
 sioned the loss to be more considerable. 
 
 The plan of the royalists was to wait until Valdez 
 had outflanked the left of Sucre's position, from 
 which having driven him, the whole army was to ad- 
 
 * Names of officers killed. Colonel Carreno, Lieutenant-Colonel Medina -f-, 
 Captain Urquiola ; Lieutenants, Oliva, Colmenares, Ramirez, Bonilla, Sevilla, 
 Prieto, Ramonet. 
 
 Wounded. Colonels, Silva, Luque, Leal; Lieutenant-Colonels, Leon, Blanco, 
 Castillo, Gerardino ; Majors, Torres, Sornoza ; Captains, Ximenes, Coquis, 
 Dorronzoro, Brown, Gil, Cordova, Urena, Dorronsoro, Landacta, Troyano, 
 Alcala, Grenados, Miro ; Lieutenants, Infantes, Silva, Suares, Vallarino, Otarola, 
 French, Pedrahita, Pazaga, Ariscum, Otarola, J. Suares, Ornas, Posadas, 
 Miranda, Montoya, Morena ; Ensigns, Galindo, Chabur, Rodriguez, Malabe, 
 Jeran, Perez, Calles, Marquina, Paredes, Sabino, Isa, Alvarado. 
 
 ABSTRACT. 
 
 killed. wounded. 
 
 Colonels . . 1 3 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonels 
 
 Majors 
 
 Captains 
 
 Lieutenants . . 
 
 Ensigns 
 
 Rank and file 360 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 13 
 
 16 
 
 12 
 
 559 
 
 Total 370 609 
 
 * Killed by the Indians of Huando on his way to Lima with General Sucre's despatch of the 
 battle. Lieutenant-Colonel Medina was one of the bravest officers in the Colombian army. 
 He had greatly distinguished himself at the affair of Juniii.
 
 CHAP. XXV. AYACUCHO. 201 
 
 vance and complete the victory. The mistake of the 
 viceroy in attacking at all, originated in suffering 
 himself to be impelled to it by the eagerness of his 
 troops. Their patience had been worn out, by the 
 terrible marches, which appeared to them to be end- 
 less. At Guamanguilla, a system of pasquinading 
 had been adopted. The tents of La Serna, Canterac, 
 and others, had various lampoons pasted on them, 
 and it may be fairly said that they were goaded by 
 their own soldiers into a general action contrary to 
 their own judgment. 
 
 The royalists, upon regaining the heights of Con- 
 dorkanki, rallied as many of their defeated troops as 
 they possibly could. The patriot divisions La Mar 
 and Lara gained the summit of the heights at about 
 1 P. M. Before sunset Canterac sued for terms, and 
 an hour afterward rode down to the tent of Sucre, 
 where a capitulation was agreed upon. The Vice- 
 roy La Serna, Generals Canterac, Valdez, Carratala, 
 Monet, Villalobos, Ferras, Bedoya, Somocursio *, 
 Cacho, Atero, Landazuri, Garcia- Camba, Pardo, 
 Vigil, and Tur j 16 colonels, 68 lieutenant-colonels, 
 484 officers, 3200 rank and file, became prisoners of 
 war. The rest had dispersed. 
 
 The battle of Ayacucho was the most brilliant 
 ever fought in South America. The troops on both 
 sides were in a state of discipline which would have 
 been creditable to the best European armies. The 
 ablest generals and chiefs of either party were pre- 
 sent, and it is difficult to say which army most 
 
 * Struck dead by lightning on his way from Guamanga to Arequipa.
 
 202 BATTLE OF CHAP. xxv. 
 
 panted for an appeal to the sword, as every man 
 fought with undaunted bravery. What the patriots 
 wanted in numbers was made up by enthusiasm, and 
 by a perfect knowledge that, if beaten, retreat was 
 utterly impracticable. It was not a victory of mere 
 chance, but the result of the most determined valour, 
 and of an irresistible onset, conceived and executed 
 at the proper moment. 
 
 Sucre exposed himself during the action wherever 
 his presence was required with the utmost sangfroid^ 
 and his example produced its full effect. La Mar 
 displayed the same qualities, and with energetic elo- 
 quence he rallied some corps that had given way, and 
 reconducted them to the attack. 
 
 The heroism of General Cordova was the admira- 
 tion of every one, and they beheld with satisfaction 
 his promotion upon the field of battle to the rank of 
 general of division, at the age of twenty-five years. 
 General Lara was conspicuous for activity and ex- 
 ertion. General Gamarra displayed his usual tact. 
 Colonel O'Connor, adjutant-general, Colonel Plaza, 
 the commanding officers of corps, and indeed the 
 officers and men, with hardly an exception, behaved 
 with a valour and zeal as if each imagined that the 
 issue of the battle depended upon his own individual 
 exertion. Colonels Caravajal and Silva, Lieutenant- 
 Colonels Suares, Blanco, Braun, Medina, and Ola- 
 varria, who displayed so much valour at Junin, again 
 distinguished themselves at Ayacucho. Captain Don 
 Juan Alarcon, aide-de-camp to General Miller, be- 
 haved extremely well upon this occasion, as he had 
 done on many others. He was of aboriginal descent,
 
 CHAP. XXV. AYACUCHO. 203 
 
 but very well educated. He was unassuming, meri- 
 torious, and hard-working. 
 
 So many horses had been left dead or dying on the 
 road during the retreat from Lambrama, that twenty- 
 five hussars of the regiment of Junin were mounted 
 on baggage mules, merely to make a display. When 
 the regiment charged they were ordered to remain in 
 the rear, but they answered, " No, we will conquer or 
 die with our comrades." In fact, they very speedily 
 exchanged their jaded mules, for horses taken from 
 the enemy. 
 
 In the course of this charge, the hussars caught 
 sight of the horse which Miller had lost at Chuqui- 
 bamba. The rider, an orderly of Valdez, was cut 
 down, and the charger restored to its former master. 
 
 About the same moment a royalist officer called 
 out to Miller, " Seiior, Senor, I surrender to you. 
 Don't you remember me ?" He was immediately 
 recognised as Captain Frias of the Cantabria regi- 
 ment, whom Commodore Blanco sent on shore six 
 years before, as a matter of courtesy, in exchange for 
 Miller when he returned on board the San Martin, 
 as described in the account of the capture of the 
 Maria Isabel, off Talcahuano. Miller was unable to 
 stop at that moment, and not having had the satis- 
 faction of seeing Captain Frias afterwards, it is pro- 
 bable he was among the slain. 
 
 The men, of one squadron, and all the officers of a 
 royalist cavalry regiment, wore silver helmets. These 
 became the objects of the particular attention of the 
 patriot soldiers, during the pursuit. Some had the 
 presence of mind to save themselves, by throwing off
 
 204- ANECDOTES. CHAP. xxv. 
 
 these gorgeous casques, which, like the golden apples 
 of Hippomenes, did not fail to arrest the progress of 
 their pursuers. These silver baits proved as irresistible 
 to the patriot soldiers, as the apples to Atalanta. In 
 a few hours every silver helmet had changed, not ex- 
 actly heads, but owners ; for all were broken up and 
 stowed away in the valises of the captors. 
 
 As Miller returned from the pursuit of Valdez, to 
 the field of Ayacucho, he passed several groups of 
 royalist prisoners. Many of them called out to him, 
 " Do you not know us, mi mayor, mi comandante, 
 mi coronel?" according to the rank which he had 
 held, when those men happened to serve under him 
 in the patriot ranks, previously to their becoming 
 prisoners, and compelled to fight on the opposite 
 side. 
 
 On one part of the field lay upwards of thirty 
 royalist grenadiers. From the regular mariner in 
 which the bodies were grouped, it was evident that 
 they must have made a noble stand, and fallen, at 
 nearly the same moment, in their original formation 
 at the head of a column. Near this place Miller 
 overtook his friend, Lieutenant-Colonel Prieto, of 
 the legion, who had just succeeded in finding, and 
 was carrying off, the stripped and lifeless body of his 
 brother, a remarkably fine lad, only nineteen years of 
 age. Poor Prieto was deeply affected by his brother's 
 death, but said that he felt some consolation in the 
 reflection that he had fallen gloriously; for " see 
 here," said he, pointing to the breast where the fatal 
 ball entered; " and look at this other," pointing to 
 a deep bayonet wound: " my poor brother must have
 
 CHAP. xxv. ANECDOTES. 205 
 
 been close to his enemies, and both his wounds were 
 received in front." This young man, a native of 
 Guayaquil, was a lieutenant in the Colombian bat- 
 talion Pinchincha. Miller perceiving indications of 
 military talent, united to the most patriotic enthu- 
 siasm, had, in the year 1822, invited him to accept a 
 commission in the legion, of which his elder brother 
 was already a captain, and who warmly seconded the 
 invitation; but he was so much a Colombian, that 
 nothing could induce him to wear the cockade of 
 Peru, although engaged in the same common cause. 
 Miller continued to be occupied on various duties 
 till a very late hour. About midnight he visited the 
 captive viceroy, La Serna, who had been placed in 
 one of the best of the miserable habitations of Quinua. 
 When Miller entered, he found the viceroy sitting 
 on a bench, and leaning against the mud wall of the 
 hut. A glimmering from the wick of a small earthen 
 lamp threw enough of glare around to render visible 
 his features, which were shaded by his white hair, 
 still partially clotted with blood from the wound he 
 had received. His person, tall and at all times dig- 
 nified, now appeared most venerable and interesting. 
 The attitude, the situation, and the scene altogether, 
 was precisely that which an historical painter would 
 have chosen to represent the dignity of fallen great- 
 ness. Reflecting on the vicissitudes of fortune, it 
 may be imagined with what feelings Miller advanced 
 towards the man, who, but a few hours previously, 
 had exercised a kingly power. The viceroy was the 
 first to speak, and holding out his hand, said, " You, 
 general, we all know full well : we have always con-
 
 206 ANECDOTES. CHAP. xxv. 
 
 sidered you as a personal friend, notwithstanding all 
 the mischief you have done, and the state of alarm in 
 which you have so repeatedly kept us. In spite of 
 my misfortunes, I rejoice to see you." The viceroy 
 afterwards observed, that a sentry had been placed, 
 as he supposed by some mistake, in the same room 
 with him, and that, in the confusion and hurry of the 
 time, his own wound had not been even washed. 
 Miller immediately ordered the guard outside, and 
 sent for a surgeon. When the wound was dressed, 
 Miller, in tendering his farther services, told the vice- 
 roy, that the only refreshment he-had it in his power 
 to offer was a little tea, which he happened to have 
 in his canteen, and which he believed no other person 
 in the army could supply. The viceroy, enfeebled 
 by loss of blood, appeared to revive at the very men- 
 tion of this beverage. He said, " it is indeed the 
 only thing I could now take. One cup of it would 
 reanimate me, and keep me from sinking." When the 
 tea was brought, the venerable viceroy drank it with 
 eagerness, and was perhaps more grateful for this 
 seasonable relief than for any kindness or favour he 
 had ever received. He expressed his acknowledg- 
 ments in the warmest terms to Miller, who felt pe- 
 culiar gratification in having it in his power to pay 
 this small attention to the distinguished prisoner. 
 He had been long before informed that the viceroy 
 had declared, that in the event of his (Miller's) being 
 taken prisoner, he should be treated as a brother, and 
 furnished with means to return to his own country. 
 This condition, however, Miller certainly would not 
 have consented to unless he had been left free to
 
 CHAP. xxv. ANECDOTES. 207 
 
 rejoin the Peruvian army after residing a given time 
 in England. 
 
 La Serna commenced his career in the artillery, 
 and, when lieutenant-colonel, served under Palafox, 
 at Saragoza, in 1809. La Serna, created Conde de 
 los Andes on the very day of the battle of Ayacucho, 
 has withdrawn from public life, and resides in his 
 native town of Xeres de la Frontera in Andalusia. 
 
 After taking leave of the viceroy, Miller called 
 upon Sucre, where he found Canterac and some 
 Spanish officers who had accompanied him to Qui- 
 nua, to arrange the terms of the capitulation. 
 They took up their quarters in Miller's hut for the 
 remainder of the night. Amongst these was Lieu- 
 tenant-Colonel Bobadilla, who has been mentioned 
 in the account of the capture of Valdivia. He is 
 a lively, entertaining man, and of very good ad- 
 dress. The guests laid themselves down upon the 
 earthen floor, where it was difficult to find a diy 
 spot, as the rain pelted through several parts of the 
 roof; notwithstanding which, they all soon fell asleep, 
 with the exception of Canterac and Miller, who con- 
 versed for some time on the varying events of this 
 last campaign. The former was in a state of great 
 excitement, and repeatedly exclaimed, " General 
 Miller General Miller all this appears to be a 
 dream ! How strange is the fortune of war ! Who 
 would have said twenty-four hours ago, that I should 
 have been your guest ? but it cannot be helped : the 
 harassing war is now over, and, to tell you the truth, 
 we were all heartily tired of it." 
 
 General Canterac is a Frenchman, whose parents
 
 ANECDOTES. CHAP. XXV. 
 
 emigrated to Spain in 1792. He first served in the 
 Spanish artillery, and then in the cavalry. When a 
 subaltern he was a good deal employed in active par- 
 tisan warfare, and signalized himself by his intelli- 
 gence and bravery. On one occasion, when General 
 Sir Charles Doyle went to take Bagur by a coup-de- 
 main, in order to draw off the attention of the French 
 from O'Donnell, Canterac proceeded, with a few 
 dragoons for the same purpose, with extraordinary 
 rapidity and secrecy, to Gerona. He penetrated to 
 the very gates of the town, alarmed the garrison and 
 neighbourhood by firing a number of shots, and suc- 
 ceeded in carrying off two French sentries. The at- 
 tention of the French was arrested for half a day by 
 the daring exploit of Canterac, and drawn off for 
 twenty-four hours by the successful enterprise of 
 the gallant Doyle. Canterac served on the staff of 
 O'Donnell, and would not have been selected by 
 that brave general had he not possessed great valour 
 and intelligence. Canterac is a disciplinarian, an 
 excellent tactician, and possesses a fine address. He 
 is turned of forty, is unemployed at present, and re- 
 sides at Valladolid, where he has lately married. 
 
 The next morning (the 10th of December) Colonel 
 Althaus, whom we have not long ago seen taken 
 prisoner with his milk-white mule, made his appear- 
 ance. He had been conducted from Chuquibamba 
 to the royalists' head-quarters, and had accompanied 
 them in all their movements. He had witnessed 
 from the heights of Condorkanki the animating scene 
 that had taken place below, and was as happy to 
 rejoin his patriot comrades as they were to receive
 
 CHAP. xxv. ANECDOTES. 209 
 
 him, and to listen to an entertaining budget of new 
 adventures. Althaus had been treated with kindness 
 by the royalist chiefs, who had been as much amused, 
 as they were provoked, by the dry humour with which 
 he met, and evaded, every question intended to 
 elicit information as to the actual strength of the 
 
 C5 
 
 patriots. This meritorious officer has since married 
 a Peruvian lady of rank and fortune, and has settled 
 in Arequipa. 
 
 On the same morning (of the 10th) Miller saw a 
 Spanish officer approaching his quarters, in company 
 with Sucre. The royalist, a small spare person, 
 with a slight inclination to stoop, wore a broad-brim- 
 med hat, of vicuna beaver, a coarse gray surtout, and 
 long brown worsted leggings. When he came near, 
 his sparkling keen eyes enlivened a sunburnt, wea- 
 ther-beaten, but highly interesting countenance. Be- 
 fore Sucre had time to introduce him, he ran forward 
 a few paces, and embraced Miller, saying, " I know 
 who you are I am Valdez : you and I cannot but 
 be friends." Then, turning to Sucre, he added, 
 " This Miller has often kept us upon the move. 
 They called me active ; but he was like a wizard 
 (bruxo), here, there, and every where, without our 
 ever being able to penetrate his designs, ascertain 
 his numbers, or find out what he was about, until he 
 had dealt out some sly blow (hasta que nos habia 
 pegado algun chasco\" 
 
 General Valdez, born (1?86) at Placentia, in 
 Estremadura, was educated for the bar, but took 
 arms on the French invasion of the Peninsula, and 
 was a lieutenant in the army of General Cuesta in 
 
 VOL. II. P
 
 210 ANECDOTES. CHAP. xxv. 
 
 1810. In the following year he was a captain and 
 aide-de-camp to General Ballesteros. He was the 
 adviser, and supposed to be the writer, of Ballasteros' 
 remonstrance to the regency, upon their nominating 
 Lord Wellington generalissimo. This opposition to 
 the British general gained him popularity with 
 many, but he incurred the displeasure of his govern- 
 ment, and retired with Ballesteros on his removal 
 from command. In 1813, Valdez was again em- 
 ployed, and served with distinction. On the restora- 
 tion of Ferdinand, he retired to his native pro- 
 vince. In 1815 he accompanied General La Serna 
 to Peru as chief of the staff. His military genius is 
 apparent from what has been stated in these me-* 
 moirs. His disinterestedness is a trait which ought 
 not to be passed over in silence. Latterly he never 
 would receive pay. When he wanted money, he was 
 accustomed to apply to the friend who was nearest at 
 hand, and able to supply his immediate wants. On 
 one occasion, when he was in the south, he sent to 
 a merchant in Arequipa for three hundred dollars : 
 five hundred were sent ; but as Valdez did not want 
 more than he had asked for, he returned the surplus 
 by the bearer. He was so negligent of personal ap- 
 pearance, that he was generally indebted to his 
 friends for the renovation of his wardrobe. The 
 dress he wore, on the morning referred to, had been 
 presented to him, the year before, by his own sol- 
 diers. His table was never supplied with any thing 
 beyond his rations. He slept on a poncho or two, 
 in the open air, at the head of his division, whenever 
 it was on the march. The Spanish soldiers used to
 
 CHAP. XXV. ANECDOTES. 
 
 say of him, that " en campana el tio siempre esta en 
 casa." The humour of this phrase cannot be pre- 
 served in a translation. The literal meaning is, that 
 this uncle of ours is always at home, or at hand, when 
 campaigning. 
 
 As a public character, Valdez was considered vio- 
 lent, abrupt, overbearing, and uncourteous. He was 
 feared by his officers, but idolized by his men. He 
 is certainly a man of very superior mind, and pos- 
 sesses a degree of nerve that might have rendered 
 him a worthy companion for a Charles the Twelfth, 
 or a Suwarrow. Valdez is now second in command 
 of the province of Arragon. 
 
 Miller had also the satisfaction of making the per- 
 sonal acquaintance of other distinguished royalists, 
 to most of whom he had been opposed in the course 
 of the war. 
 
 Many Spanish officers, availing themselves of the 
 terms of the capitulation, received their passports, 
 and set out for Spain by the way of Lima, Arequipa, 
 or Buenos Ayres. A few remained to settle their 
 own private affairs. Of the royalist soldiers, some 
 entered the patriot battalions ; but the greater part 
 dispersed and returned to their homes. 
 
 From the important result of the battle of Aya- 
 cucho, it may be imagined that, had victory decided 
 for the Spaniards, their triumph would have been as 
 complete and conclusive as that of the patriots. But 
 this supposition would be altogether erroneous. The 
 liberating army might have been annihilated ; all the 
 chiefs commanding it might have been destroyed ; 
 and although, in that case, the Spaniards would, for 
 
 p 2
 
 212 ANECDOTES. CHAP. XXV. 
 
 a time, have carried every thing before them, yet 
 they must have succumbed in the end. There was 
 little chance of their receiving succours or supplies 
 from Spain ; and the repeated and daring efforts of 
 other chiefs, and other armies, which would suc- 
 sessively or simultaneously have sprung up, would 
 have perpetually harassed and worn them out ; and 
 though the country might have been desolated, and 
 misery have spread to its remotest corners, the cause 
 of independence must have eventually proved tri- 
 umphant. 
 
 The expiring effort of Olaneta in the south, and 
 the gallant defence of Callao by Rodil, were merely 
 additional evidence of the extraordinary perseverance 
 with which the Spaniards endeavoured to retain, and 
 the unwillingness with which they finally relin- 
 quished, their pertinacious grasp on the LAND OF 
 
 THE SUN, the ONCE GLORIOUS EMPIRE OF THE 
 
 INCAS.
 
 CHAP. XXVI. LIEUTENANT WYMAN. 213 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 Patriots enter Cuzco. Rejoicings. Prophecy recorded by Gar- 
 cilaso de la Vega. Tradition of the origin of the Incas. 
 Their form of government. Their policy. Population 
 previous to the conquest. City of Cuzco. Ruins. Temple 
 of the Sun. Public edifices. Summary of the history of 
 Cuzco. Compared with Rome. Veneration in which the 
 memory of the Incas is held. Dress, manners, and customs 
 of the Indians. Description of the Coca. 
 
 GENERAL SUCRE, determining to lose no time or 
 advantage after the victory of Ayacucho, ordered 
 General Gamarra to inarch with a Peruvian battalion 
 from Guamanga for Cuzco, on the 12th of Decem- 
 ber. General Miller followed on the 16th. 
 
 On the march, many patriot soldiers, who, from 
 wounds or sickness, had been unable to keep up with 
 the army, and had managed to conceal themselves 
 during the advance of the royalists, now came forth, 
 and were re-attached to their respective corps. 
 Amongst those who had been wounded and taken 
 was Lieutenant Wyman, of the usares de Junin, 
 whose gallantry and good conduct entitle him to 
 notice. 
 
 Having failed in a desperate attempt to escape 
 from his escort, he was treated with great severity. 
 Not being able to sit upright on horseback, the 
 Spaniards slung him across a raw-boned mule, and 
 conducted him in this manner almost senseless for
 
 214 CUZCO. CHAP. xxvi. 
 
 two days. On arriving at Abancay, he was supposed 
 to be so near his end, that he was thrown upon a heap 
 of rubbish at the door of a hut, and left to die. A 
 poor Indian woman, under cover of the night, with 
 the assistance of her son, removed the almost lifeless 
 body, and concealed it until the royalists marched 
 away, after which she watched over the unfortunate 
 Wyman with the greatest care and solicitude, admi- 
 nistering all the aid her scanty means would allow. 
 
 Upon Miller's entering Abancay, about ten days 
 afterwards, he was told that an Englishman was 
 lying in a hovel, in the most deplorable condition. 
 He hastened to visit him, and found Lieutenant 
 Wyman stretched out upon a rug, which was satu- 
 rated with his blood, and sticking fast to his fester- 
 ing wounds. The unfortunate youth was quite de- 
 lirious, and so emaciated, that it was with difficulty 
 the general could recognise the features of his young 
 friend. He immediately supplied him with some 
 linen and clothes, and left what money he had with 
 him for the Indian Samaritan. Wyman recovered 
 under her care, and is now a promising officer in the 
 Peruvian service. 
 
 Gamarra entered Cuzco on Christmas-day, 1824, 
 and was received with acclamations. Miller arrived 
 a few hours after. The Peruvian division La Mar 
 joined on the 30th, and those of Colombia, Cordova, 
 and Lara, arrived a few days subsequently. Sucre 
 attempted to enter the city incognito, but was re- 
 cognised, and hailed with ardent vivas. 
 
 A complete jubilee followed, and many splendid 
 entertainments were got up in compliment to the
 
 CHAP. xxvi. CUZCO. 215 
 
 patriots. The balls were well attended by ladies, who 
 were principally of the royalist party. They were 
 accompanied by their husbands or brothers, who had 
 held civil or military employment under the king. 
 Amongst the military were several general and other 
 officers, who had capitulated after the battle of Aya- 
 cucho. At a grand dinner, given by the clergy 
 of San Antonio, to the Peruvian generals La Mar, 
 Gamarra, and Miller, the proposal to drink the 
 health of the last was prefaced by a complimentary 
 interpretation of a tradition, construing his arrival at 
 the ancient capital of the Incas into a partial verifi- 
 cation of the prophecy recorded by Garcilaso de la 
 Vega (born at Cuzco eight years after the conquest), 
 as well as by Calandra, author of the Chronicles of 
 Saint Augustine, and by Herrera in his Decades. 
 " Deum ego tester, mihi a Don Antonio de Berreo 
 affirmatum, quemadmodum etiam ab aliis cognovi, 
 quod in praecipuo ipsorum templo, inter alia vati- 
 cinia quae de amisione regni loquuntur, hoc enim sit, 
 quod dicitur fore ut Ingae sive imperatores et reges 
 Peruviae, ab aliquo populo qui ex regione quadam 
 quae Inclaterra vocetur, in regnum suum rursus 
 introducantur *." 
 
 The city of Cuzco is situated one hundred leagues 
 from the coast, and, in 1825, contained above forty 
 thousand inhabitants. It was founded by Manco 
 Capac, the first Inca of Peru, about the tenth or 
 eleventh century. 
 
 * " I declare, before God, that it was affirmed to me by Don Antonio de 
 Berreo, as well as by others whom I knew, that, amongst other prophecies, in 
 their chief temple, which spoke of the loss of the empire, there was one which 
 declared that it would come to pass, that the incas, or emperors, or kings, of 
 Peru, would be restored to their throne by a certain people from a country 
 called Inglaterra" (England).
 
 216 TRADITION. CHAP. XX VI. 
 
 But before attempting to describe some of the 
 most remarkable features of that interesting capital, 
 we shall recount one of the traditional fables as 
 to the origin of the incarial race, and draw a 
 brief outline of their ancient policy and laws. In 
 conformity with the general rule by which most 
 nations and heroes claim a supernatural origin, the 
 Peruvians pretend, that their Incas descended from 
 the sun. The source of their belief is thus ex- 
 plained. It is said that a white man was cast 
 away upon the coast of Peru, and was received and 
 adopted by a cacique, whose daughter, although 
 blind from her birth, the stranger married, and by 
 her had a son -and a daughter. It is supposed that 
 he taught his children something of agriculture, 
 architecture, and, perhaps, some other arts, until 
 then unknown in Peru. The white man and his 
 Peruvian wife both dying, the cacique took his 
 grandchildren to a mountain overlooking the thickly- 
 peopled valley of Cuzco * : he then descended, and 
 assembled the inhabitants, to whom he declared 
 that their god, the sun, had taken pity upon them, 
 and sent two of his own children to instruct and 
 govern them : that they would find them upon the 
 mountain, and that the truth of his assertion would 
 be proved by the hair of the young man and woman 
 being actually of the colour of the sun's beams. But 
 the Cuxquenos, however, imagining that the light 
 hair and fair complexion had been produced by witch- 
 craft, banished the brother and sister to the valley of 
 Rimac. Thence the cacique afterwards removed 
 his golden-haired grandchildren to an island in the 
 
 * Cuzco is the corruption of Ccozccoo, which means navel, or centrical.
 
 CHAP. XXVI. TRADITION. 217 
 
 lake of Titicaca, where he luckily found the inhabitants 
 more easy of belief. Persevering in his original in- 
 tention of aggrandizing and deifying his family, the 
 cacique counselled his grandson to assemble the whole 
 population of the island, and to return at their head to 
 Cuzco. The inhabitants of the latter, seeing the 
 fair-haired strangers return, followed by a powerful 
 multitude, quietly submitted; acknowledged them as 
 children of the sun; and proclaimed them Incas. 
 The city of Cuzco then gradually arose. 
 
 We will leave it to antiquarians to decide upon the 
 probability of an Englishman's having been thrown 
 upon the coast of Peru 800 years ago. Quichuan 
 etymologists affirm that the cacique, on asking the 
 shipwrecked stranger who he was, received for answer, 
 " Englishman." This was pronounced in the Quickua 
 language Ingasman. To this was added Cocopac (or 
 blooming), which united would make Ingasman-co- 
 copac, which, say the Peruvians, is the derivation of 
 Inca Manco-Capac, the founder of the incarial race. 
 
 The government of the Incas was a pure despotism, 
 but so modified, by patriarchal customs and institu- 
 tions, that Peru advanced rapidly in the arts as well 
 of peace as of war, and flourished during the unble- 
 mished lives of eleven successive sovereigns. The 
 destructive civil war, which brought about the mur- 
 der of Huascar, by his yet more unfortunate half- 
 brother Atahualpa, cast the first stain upon their, 
 until then, blameless annals. 
 
 The happiness of the people appears to have been 
 the main object of the policy and solicitude of the 
 Incas. Even their conquests would seem to have
 
 218 POLICY OF THE INCAS. CHAP. xxvi. 
 
 been undertaken with no other view. Gold and silver 
 were used for ornamental purposes alone, and were 
 not known as a circulating medium. The produce 
 of the earth was enjoyed in common. The whole 
 was divided by proper officers, into four portions, 
 The first was destined to the support of the widow, 
 the orphan, and the helpless. The second to the main- 
 tenance of the priests and virgins of the sun, the 
 construction or adorning of temples, and to provide 
 for whatever else appertained to, the most innocent of 
 all idolatries, the worship of the refulgent orb of day. 
 The third quarter was appropriated to the community. 
 The fourth maintained, in more than regal splendour, 
 the Inca and the incarial family, which, in the course 
 of ages, became exceedingly numerous : polygamy be- 
 ing permitted to the Incas, their progeny soon spread 
 in endless ramifications over the provinces. So nume- 
 rous indeed was the incarial race, that the virgins of 
 the sun were, for the most part, daughters of the blood 
 royal. The Incas spoke a language which was not 
 permitted to be taught even to the nobles, much less 
 the people : and, what is very remarkable, messages 
 in the family language were transmitted viva voee 
 from one end of the empire to the other, by means of 
 chasquis, or messengers on foot, stationed at certain 
 intervals, not one of these understanding the import 
 of this sort of telegraphic communication, which some- 
 times passed through above ahundred mouths, and over 
 many hundred leagues. The language of the Incas was 
 lost in a generation or two after the conquest. That 
 now spoken by the aborigines is the Quichua, or 
 general language of the ancient Peruvians.
 
 CHAP. xxvi. ANCIENT PERU. 219 
 
 In the reign of Huaina Capac (tenth Inca), the 
 empire extended from the northern confines of Quito 
 to the river Maule in Chile, a distance from north to 
 south of nearly forty degrees, and from the shores of 
 the Pacific to the pampas of Tucuman. Its popula- 
 tion is supposed to have exceeded ten millions. Hum- 
 boldt, misled by the authority of Father Cisneros, 
 states that, in 1575, it amounted to only 1,500,000. 
 This could only have related to the number of males 
 between the ages of eighteen andjifty, subject to tri- 
 bute ; for, according to the general census made in 
 that year, by Archbishop Loaiza, by order of Philip 
 the Second, the grand total of the population amounted 
 to 8,280,000. 
 
 On the invasion of Pizarro, the Peruvians were 
 found to have attained a high degree of civilization, 
 much higher, indeed, than any other nation was ever 
 known to have reached prior to the use of letters, or 
 graphic records. Wonderful remains of works of uti- 
 lity prove their knowledge, skill, and extraordinary 
 industry. In many of the provinces, the sides of lofty 
 hills, or rather mountains, are cased round with ter- 
 races, or hanging gardens, as they have elsewhere been 
 called, which rise one above another to a surprising 
 elevation. The terraces are faced with rough irregu- 
 lar stone, and, although of inconsiderable width, cover 
 the sides of such high and extensive mountains, that 
 they alone must have produced subsistence for a very 
 considerable population. Those terraced strips of 
 land were by the Peruvians called Andenes, which 
 probably induced the conquerors to give the name of 
 Andes to the entire mighty ridge of mountains, or
 
 220 ANCIENT PERU. CHAP. xxvi. 
 
 cordillera, which stretches from the straits of Magel- 
 lan to the isthmus of Panama. The Andenes are often 
 to be seen in districts where rain never falls, and how 
 they could have been irrigated is now unknown. 
 
 In the lower ground, what are now desert levels of 
 many leagues square were once irrigated by immense 
 azequias, which conveyed abundance of water, giving 
 fertility to tracts at present condemned to absolute 
 barrenness. In several places may be seen the ruins 
 of well-built cities, which cover more ground than 
 modern Lima or Madrid. Some of them are up- 
 wards of twenty miles from the nearest supply of 
 water. 
 
 The crumbling remains of numerous fishing vil- 
 lages on the border of the Pacific, prove, that the 
 ocean was made to contribute extensively to the 
 wants or luxuries of the people. By means of the 
 messengers before described, the tables of the incarial 
 family at Cuzco were regularly supplied with sea fish. 
 The subterraneous azequias of Nasca are worthy of 
 investigation. How far they extend is not known, 
 but it is supposed that the Peruvians drove an adit 
 horizontally until they met with a perennial spring. 
 The valley of Nasca depends exclusively upon water 
 thus obtained. The desert north and south of it 
 is nearly a hundred miles in breadth. The under- 
 ground aqueducts are lined with uncemented ma- 
 sonry. From the bottom of the channel to the crown 
 of the arch is about four or five feet, and about three 
 feet in width. Many of them are now choked up ; but 
 a sufficient number remain to give amazing fer- 
 tility to the valley of Nasca, where the vine, which
 
 CHAP. xxvi. ANCIENT PERUVIANS. 221 
 
 is extensively cultivated, is often equal in girth to an 
 elm of thirty years' growth. 
 
 The valley of Santa once contained a population of 
 seven hundred thousand souls : it now numbers only 
 seven hundred, according to the account given by the 
 governor in 1824.. Acari once reckoned sixty thou- 
 sand inhabitants: it now contains but six thousand, 
 the greatest part of which are negro slaves. Acari 
 is a corruption of Nacari, which signifies tribulation, 
 and is the spot to which offenders and criminals were 
 formerly exiled. 
 
 It appears that the Peruvians never built a town on, 
 or suffered a single house to occupy, a spot that was 
 susceptible of cultivation. 
 
 The monuments which in Cuzco still survive the 
 destructive barbarity of its conquerors attest, more 
 strongly than the concurring accounts of early Spanish 
 authors, the power, the splendour, and the civilization 
 of the people by whom they were erected. The ex- 
 tent and magnificence of this city arose, in a great 
 measure, from one singular and striking trait in the 
 policy of the Incas. Every tribe or nation of which 
 their vast empire was composed was allowed (on being 
 conquered) to add a new division to the city. Those 
 who, from commercial, political, or other views, chose 
 to reside or settle in the capital, were permitted to 
 do so, in the full enjoyment of their own language, 
 usages, and costume. These aggregations were ren- 
 dered the more numerous by a regulation which 
 obliged the youth of certain superior classes to be 
 sent from all parts of the empire to be educated in 
 the capital. The administration of distant provinces,
 
 ANCIENT PERUVIANS. CHAP. xxvi. 
 
 inhabited by warlike tribes, could thus be intrusted 
 with safety to men regularly initiated into the science 
 of government, under the immediate superintendence 
 of the reigning Inca, whom they were taught both to 
 love and fear. Moreover, these sons of noble families 
 became hostages for the good conduct of their pa- 
 rents, whose rank and influence might occasionally 
 dispose them to treasonable or ambitious views. 
 
 In the education of the Peruvians, the blended 
 code of morality and of legislation was no less simple 
 than beneficial to the greater number. Three concise 
 precepts formed the foundation of the whole system, 
 
 AMA SUA AMA QUALLA AMA LLULLA. TllOU 
 
 shalt not steal, thou shalt not lie, thou shalt not be 
 idle. Upon these first principles was founded the 
 code of civil laws, which embraced the whole wants 
 and relations of civil society, and extended from the 
 partitionary laws, which divided the lands with the 
 most exact proportions and impartiality, to the sump- 
 tuary edicts, which graduated the expenditure, not only 
 of the lower and middle classes, but of the highest 
 
 o 
 
 orders in the state. Children were compelled to fol- 
 low the calling of their fathers, unless otherwise au- 
 thorized by the local governors. Peruvians were not 
 allowed to remove permanently from their native di- 
 stricts, unless the government thought it expedient 
 to order unpeopled tracts within the empire to be 
 colonized, for the purpose of thinning other provinces 
 where the population had become too dense. 
 
 The same code also contained, what were deno- 
 minated, laws of brotherhood, to provide mutual as- 
 sistance in the common wants of life; laws ofhu-
 
 CHAP. XXVI. ANCIENT PERUVIANS. 223 
 
 manity, to succour the sick, the aged, the weakly, the 
 maimed, and the unfortunate; and laws of hospitality, 
 which provided, at the public expense, for the neces- 
 sities of the stranger and the traveller. 
 
 Magistrates were appointed solely for the purpose 
 of inspecting domestic economy, and were armed with 
 powers not only to remedy any deficiency in regard 
 to dress, cleanliness, or education, on the part of the 
 parents towards their children ; but also to enforce 
 obedience, respect, and support from children towards 
 their parents. 
 
 These evidently were laws which waged perpetual 
 war against idleness and vice. They provided even 
 for the employment of children, from five years old 
 and upwards, in occupations adapted to their age and 
 station in the community: thus endeavouring to 
 make their infantine labours beneficial to the public 
 which maintained them. 
 
 The city of Cuzco is built upon uneven ground, in 
 the midst of a fertile and very extensive valley. The 
 numerous ravines in its neighbourhood are highly 
 cultivated, and by means of irrigation preserve an 
 aspect of luxuriant verdure throughout the year. 
 Twenty leagues to the eastward commence the terri- 
 tories inhabited by unsubdued tribes, who allow no 
 stranger to penetrate into their country. 
 
 Of the temple of the sun at Cuzco, there only 
 remain some walls of singular construction, upon 
 which is raised the convent of Santo Domingo, a 
 most magnificent structure. 
 
 The royal gardens formerly belonging to the tem- 
 ple of the sun, and once the repository of the favourite
 
 TEMPLE OF THE SUN. CHAP. XXVI. 
 
 animals and birds of the Incas, who delighted in ex- 
 tensive menageries, were crowded with massive orna- 
 ments in gold and silver, many of them representing 
 gigantic shrubs and flowers. Where these gardens 
 stood are now enclosures oflucern and corn-fields. 
 The chambers, formerly the residence of the virgins 
 of the sun, are now occupied by holy friars. 
 
 Not far from the temple is the spot where the first 
 Spaniards formed their quartet or intrenched encamp- 
 ment, in which, whenever overpowered by numbers, 
 they took refuge, and sustained a siege. According 
 to monastic tradition, the Peruvians on one occasion 
 set fire to the defences, but at the moment the be- 
 sieged were on the point of perishing, the Virgin 
 Mary descended in a cloud to their succour ; extin- 
 guished the flames, and gave a decisive victory to the 
 exterminating propagators of the holy catholic faith. 
 The cathedral erected near this spot exists in pristine 
 splendour, and contains a chapel, called Nuestra 
 Senora del triunfo, built to commemorate this 
 miracle. 
 
 Upon a lofty hill, a little to the north of the city, 
 stands the ruins of a mighty fortress, many parts of 
 the walls of which are still in perfect preservation. 
 They are built of stones of extraordinary magnitude j 
 of polyangular* shapes j and of different dimensions, 
 
 * This polyangular construction, without cement, is by European antiquarians 
 denominated the Cyclopean ; they supposing it to be very much antecedent to 
 the authentic records of Grecian history, and that the Cyclops, the fabled first 
 inhabitants of SicDy, were the authors of it. The most perfect and complete 
 Cyclopean polyangular fabric is to be found at Arpinum in the Abruzzi 
 (Samnia), the birth-place of Cicero and Caius Marius ; the walls, citadel, 
 and gates of which town are in this style of building, and in as perfect preser- 
 vation as if the architect had just finished his work. The gateways, instead of 
 being arched, are formed by huge stones of from ten to fifteen tons each, being 
 overlaid about two feet in succession, until they meet at the apex, over which is
 
 CHAP. xxvr. CUZCO. 225 
 
 placed one upon another without any sort of cement, 
 but fitted with such nicety as not to admit the inser- 
 tion of a needle between them. It is surprising, and 
 still unexplained, how or by what machinery the 
 Peruvians could have conveyed and raised these 
 enormous masses to such heights; and it is equally 
 extraordinary how the diversified angles of the blocks 
 could have been fitted with such minute precision. 
 
 The cathedral, the convents of St. Augustine 
 and of La Merced, are stupendous buildings, inferior 
 in architecture and magnificence to few ecclesiastical 
 structures in the old world. 
 
 The walls of many of the houses have remained un- 
 altered for centuries. The great size of the stones, 
 the variety of their shapes, and the inimitable work- 
 manship they display, give to the city that interesting 
 air of antiquity and romance, which fills the mind 
 with pleasing though painful veneration, and excite 
 feelings of abhorrence and regret that any portion of 
 such admirable specimens of the arts, which in days 
 so far remote flourished among the subjects of the 
 children of the sun, should have been defaced or de- 
 stroyed by the wanton barbarity of Europeans. 
 
 Perhaps the history of Cuzco could not be com- 
 prised in a more brief and interesting summary than 
 is contained in a letter written by Colonel O'Leary, 
 in 1825, of which the following is an extract : 
 
 " Cuzco interests me highly. Its history, its fables, 
 
 laid a block of enormous dimensions. The ancient Roman paved roads, such 
 as the Via Appia, &c. &c. are precisely of a similar construction, except that 
 we may call them horizontal instead of vertical Cyclopean walls. The stones of 
 the walls of Cuzco have seldom fewer than from six to nine angles ; sometimes 
 more. 
 
 VOL. II. Q
 
 CUZCO. CHAP. XXVT. 
 
 its ruins, are enchanting. This city may with truth 
 be called the Rome of America. The immense for- 
 tress on the north is the Capitol. The temple of the 
 sun is its Coliseum. Manco Capac was its Romulus, 
 Viracocha its Augustus, Huascar its Pompey, and 
 Atahualpa its Ca3sar. The Pizarros, Almagros, Val- 
 divias, and Toledos, are the Huns, Goths, and Chris- 
 tians who have destroyed it. Tupac Amaru is its 
 Belisarius, who gave it a day of hope. Pumacagua 
 is its Rienzi and last patriot." 
 
 Such is the veneration in which the Indians hold 
 the memory of their Incas, that in many provinces 
 they wear mourning for them to the present time. 
 
 The dress of an aboriginal Peruvian female is a 
 loose garment of dark coarse woollen cloth, extending 
 from the neck to the ankle, and confined at the waist 
 by a broad, coloured belt. A small cloth mantle is 
 folded and laid flat upon the crown of the head, so 
 as to leave a part of it dropping down to the shoulders 
 behind, something like that which is still common to 
 the female peasantry of the neighbourhood of Rome. 
 The drapery worn as mourning is the anaco, a narrow 
 black scarf, which is tacked to the right shoulder, 
 and, passing across the bosom, is fastened below 
 the left v arm, and reaches to the extremity of the 
 garment. 
 
 The dress of the men is a dark woollen jacket, 
 with breeches open at the knees ; a woollen cap, em- 
 broidered with various-coloured cotton ; a cotton belt, 
 two or three inches broad j woollen stockings without 
 feet, and sandals made of goatskin. A small poncho 
 is either worn in the usual manner, or tied round the
 
 CHAP. xxvi. ABORIGINAL PERUVIANS. 227 
 
 waist as a sash, or thrown so as to dangle over the 
 shoulder like the hussar pelisse. 
 
 The Peruvians retain some of the customs of their 
 forefathers. If a hut is to be built, or at any other 
 undertaking of more than usual importance, the whole 
 neighbourhood will work for the man requiring as- 
 sistance. But these calls upon mutual benevolence 
 were latterly of rare occurrence, because the Spanish 
 laws restricted their actions and their possessions 
 to limits which effectually prevented their ever 
 enjoying more than a bare subsistence. They are 
 become negligent in their persons, and the lower 
 class seldom take off their clothes to sleep. They 
 have a common saying that " El agua es indigno, y 
 el jabon traidor." That is, water is unworthy of 
 hands and face, and soap is a betrayer. An appear- 
 ance of comfort might invite extortion; or perhaps 
 the extreme aridity of the climate in the interior may 
 be one of the causes of this antipathy to cleanliness. 
 The skin of the face of a newly arrived European 
 peels off, and the lips swell, and become chapped to 
 a very painful degree. Ablution is supposed to in- 
 crease it. Very few of the royalist officers shaved, 
 and many of them were adorned with beards as bushy 
 and as long as those worn by the crusaders of old, or 
 by the Turks of modern days. 
 
 The aborigines manifested their satisfaction on the 
 entry of the patriots into Cuzco by the performance 
 of solemn fetes, most of which had been strictly for- 
 bidden by the Spaniards, as they all had some refer- 
 ence to their ancient Incas. They got up processions 
 almost daily, in which their masks, their grotesque
 
 ABORIGINAL PERUVIANS. CHAP. xxvi. 
 
 party-coloured dresses, and their lofty ostrich plumes, 
 contrasting with the sad plaintive style of their music, 
 formed a most interesting and illustrative exhibition. 
 Their musical instruments consist of something like 
 bagpipes, tambourines, drums, covvhorns, and a kind 
 of Pandean pipe. They sang their yaravis, or 
 plaintive ditties, while their mild dejected expression 
 of countenance corresponded well with the mournful 
 tune. Their very dances partook of the melancholy 
 character which ages of misery have imparted to them. 
 One of them is a sort of quadrille, in which eighteen 
 or twenty persons gently glide through the figure with 
 an air of innate placidity. 
 
 The Indians are very strong-limbed, and capable 
 of enduring great fatigue. Their every-day pedestrian 
 feats are truly astonishing. Guides perform a long 
 journey at the rate of twenty or twenty-five leagues a 
 day. Their usual pace is a jog trot. They take short 
 steps, and carry their feet close to the ground. They 
 go up and down mountain-sides quicker than a mule ; 
 and horsemen, whom they accompany as guides, have 
 frequently occasion to call after them, to request them 
 to slacken their pace. A battalion, eight hundred 
 strong, has been known to march thirteen or fourteen 
 leagues in one day, without leaving more than ten or 
 a dozen stragglers on the road. The Indian subsists 
 on a very small quantity of the simplest food. A 
 leathern pouch containing coca, suspended from his 
 neck, is worn next the breast. A handful or two of 
 roasted maize is tied up in one corner of his poncho, 
 and, in general, these are the only provisions for a 
 very lojng day's journey.
 
 CHAP. XXVI. COCA. 229 
 
 The coca (erythroxylon Peruvianum) is a plant 
 not unlike the vine, and grows to the height of six 
 or eight feet. The leaves are aromatic and of a bitter 
 
 O 
 
 flavour. They act as a sudorific ; are a preservative 
 to the teeth ; and drive away sleep. They are ga- 
 thered leaf by leaf with great care ; and when used, 
 the flavour is corrected by a very small addition of an 
 alkali called llipta. To those unaccustomed to the 
 use of the coca, it produces slight inflammation of the 
 tongue. But it is the first thing which an Indian 
 puts into his mouth upon waking in the morning. 
 He swallows the saliva, and as mastication goes on, 
 he replenishes the quid, which is never taken out, 
 excepting at meal times, until he goes to bed. No- 
 thing obtains the good will of an Indian sooner than 
 his being requested to spare a little coca. He pulls 
 out his pouch with an air of the utmost satisfaction, 
 and seems anxious to have it supposed he feels the 
 honour most sensibly. Miller often chewed it during 
 the campaign of 1824 ; and this circumstance pro- 
 duced so favourable an impression amongst the ab- 
 origines that it procured him many volunteers. An 
 English merchant travelling in the interior, found it 
 convenient to announce himself as " the countryman 
 of Miller," because the usual answer was, " a country- 
 man of Miller's must have the best house and the best 
 fare that an Indian village can afford."
 
 230 MILITARY EVENTS. CHAl'. xxvii. 
 
 CHAPTER XXVII. 
 
 Events consequent on the capitulation of Ayacucho. The ultra 
 royalist Olaneta refuses to come to terms. Patriot division 
 marches to the south. Department of Puno. Mine of Salcedo. 
 Account of the Callavayas, or itinerant physicians. General 
 Miller leaves the prefecture of Puno for that of Potosi. Naval 
 operations Callao. Difficulties encountered by the army in 
 the mountain regions. Obstacles which delayed the accom- 
 plishment of emancipation. 
 
 RETURNING to the narrative of the campaign : 
 about one thousand royalist troops, forming the gar- 
 rison of Cuzco, under General Alvarez, a native of 
 Buenos Ay res, surrendered on the 5th December, 
 1824, in conformity to the capitulation of Ayacucho. 
 Upon La Serna's being taken prisoner, the royalist 
 General Don Pio Tristan assumed the title of viceroy, 
 and made some efforts to maintain himself in that 
 character ; but, disappointed in his hopes of support 
 from Don Tadeo Garrate, he submitted to his coun- 
 trymen, of whom he and Garrate had been for so 
 many years the unnatural and unrelenting oppressors. 
 Tristan, who shamefully broke his parole in 1813, 
 surrendered with a small garrison at Arequipa to 
 Colonel Ot^ro, sent from Guamanga to that city, of 
 which department the latter was then named prefect. 
 Garrate fled from his government of Puno, to avoid 
 being torn to pieces by the justly enraged populace. 
 As soon as the prisoners of war confined in the
 
 tHAP. XXVII. MILITARY EVENTS. 231 
 
 island of Chucuito heard of the victory of Ayacucho, 
 they rose upon and overpowered the royalist garrison ; 
 and General Alvarado, who was a prisoner in the 
 town of Puno, placing himself at their head, took 
 possession of the country to the southward as far as 
 the bridge of the Incas. 
 
 The ultra royalist General Olaileta, with about four 
 thousand troops in the provinces of Upper Peru, still 
 r efusing to come to terms, General Sucre wrote to 
 him on the 1st of January, apprising him of the 
 battle and capitulation of Ayacucho, and of the in- 
 tended advance of the patriots. He informed him 
 that Bolivar wished the troops of Olaileta to be con- 
 sidered as forming a part of the liberating army, and 
 that those who had rendered services to Peru by their 
 late opposition to the authority of La Serna should 
 be liberally recompensed: but Olaneta, aspiring to 
 the viceroyalty, and calculating upon the cordial 
 assistance of Tristan andGarrate, refused to listen to 
 any proposals. 
 
 Sucre having allowed his troops to rest a fortnight 
 in Cuzco, and having re-clothed them as well as so 
 short a period would permit, determined npon anni- 
 hilating, without further delay, the few remaining 
 enemies of independence. Accordingly, in the third 
 week of January, the division of Peru continued its 
 march upon Puno. The cavalry and Colombian di- 
 vision Cordova followed some days afterwards. That 
 of Lara remained a few weeks at Cuzco, and then 
 marched to Arequipa. Sucre entered Puno on the 
 1st of February. He soon afterwards learnt that 
 the royalist garrisons of Cochabamba, Chuquisaca,
 
 232 MILITARY EVENTS. CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 and Santa Cruz de la Sierra, had declared for the 
 patriots. He also learnt that the indefatigable Co- 
 lonel Lanza, who, during nearly the whole struggle 
 for independence, held possession of the valleys of 
 Yungas, had entered La Paz. 
 
 The persevering and obstinate Olaneta, ably sup- 
 ported by his second in command, Colonel Valdez, 
 surnamed Barbarucho (red beard), made every effort 
 in the department of Potosi to hold out to the last. 
 Reverses and desertions seemed but to increase their 
 devotion to King Ferdinand. 
 
 General La Mar obtained leave of absence to pro- 
 ceed to Guayaquil. It is painful to add, that he left 
 Peru without obtaining for the Peruvian officers, who 
 had served under his command during the campaign, 
 the promotion to which so very many of them were 
 justly entitled, and which had been promised in long 
 and almost daily harangues previous to the battle of 
 Ayacucho. This neglect was the more mortifying, 
 as a very general, and well-merited, promotion took 
 place in the Colombian army. It was the bounden 
 duty of the general commanding the Peruvian troops, 
 not only to have claimed the promotion due to his 
 officers, but to have manfully insisted upon this un- 
 questionable right ; and if refused, to have made it 
 clear and manifest that he had fearlessly performed 
 so sacred a duty. His promises to the soldiers had 
 been equally profuse, and were equally unfulfilled. 
 No deference to Colombian supremacy ought to have 
 deterred him from asserting his claims, nor should 
 any contingent promises have induced him to relax 
 in his endeavours.
 
 CHAP, xxvii. DEPARTMENT OF PUNO. 233 
 
 Gamarra was appointed prefect and commandant- 
 general of Cuzco, his native city. The division of 
 Peru continued its inarch for Potosi, that of Cordova 
 followed to La Paz. Miller was appointed prefect 
 and commandant-general of the department of Puno, 
 where he arrived on the 4th of February. 
 
 The department of Puno is composed of the five pro- 
 vinces of Guancarii, Lampa, Asangaro, Caravaya, and 
 Chucuito. It contains about three hundred thousand 
 souls, five-sixths of whom are aborigines. Puno, the 
 capital, has about seven thousand inhabitants. The 
 surface of the country is nearly all table land, and in 
 few places less than ten thousand feet above the level 
 of the sea. The climate is cold, as compared with 
 the coast, and very healthy. Its productions are 
 cattle, in great abundance, barley, always cut green 
 for horses, and potatoes. It has also some manufac- 
 tories of woollens, and supplies Arequipa and Lima 
 with these articles. The llama, the vicuna, the gu- 
 anaco, and the alpaca, are very numerous in this 
 district. The llama is peculiar to the Peruvian 
 Andes, and of great use, particularly on roads im- 
 passable for mules, or in places where forage is scarce. 
 It is said to be a link in the animal kingdom between 
 the camel and the sheep. It is woolly, and of vari- 
 ous colours. It is employed in carrying ores from 
 the mines, charcoal, corn, &c. If the load exceed 
 eighty pounds, or if the llama be made to perform 
 more than three or four leagues a day, it becomes 
 sulky and dejected, and lies down, and dies. One of 
 the great advantages of using the llama is, that two 
 or three pounds of straw will suffice it for twenty-
 
 234 MINE OF SALCEDO. CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 four hours. It will not travel at night. It is re- 
 markable that, if offended, it will spit at its keeper 
 or driver, and the person who feeds it, as well as at 
 a stranger. The llama is subject to attacks of ague 
 when driven to the sultry districts on the coast. 
 Alpacas are kept in flocks for the sake of their 
 wool. The vacuna, more elegant and more graceful, 
 perhaps, than the antelope, runs wild upon the An- 
 des. Some attempts have been made to bring them 
 to Great Britain, for the purpose of naturalizing them 
 in the coldest districts of Scotland ; but the animals 
 put on board ship have never weathered the heat of 
 the tropics, and seldom lived to reach so far north as 
 the line*. 
 
 Puno has many mines of silver. The most noted 
 is that of Laycacota, or of Salcedo, as it is now called, 
 from the name of its first proprietor. In 17^0, Ulloa 
 gave the following account of it : 
 
 " The silver extracted from this rich mine was so 
 pure, that it was most commonly cut out of the lode 
 with a chisel. Jose de Salcedo was liberal and cha- 
 ritable in proportion to his good fortune, and the 
 great riches he drew from the mine; for which reason 
 many persons repaired to that place, in order to enjoy 
 the benefits of his generosity, and they became in a 
 short time so numerous as to people that mine ter- 
 ritory. But as they were not all inclined to work, 
 they disagreed, and formed two parties, so numerous 
 that they became armies, and fought several battles ; 
 
 * There is a llama and an alpaca in the zoological garden in the Regent's Park. 
 The former is not a handsome specimen. Mr. Barclay, of Bury Hill, has a 
 much finer one. There is a guanaco at Exeter Change.
 
 CHAP, xxvii. MINE OF SALCEDO. 235 
 
 the most famous of which took place on the plain of 
 Laycacota, in which a considerable number was slain 
 on both sides. But neither this loss nor the fear of 
 the consequences sufficed to quiet these disturbances, 
 which continued until serious and proper steps were 
 taken to put a stop to them." 
 
 The Count de Lemus being appointed viceroy, 
 made his entry into Lima in 1667, at the time in 
 which the riots of Puno were at their greatest height. 
 " Being unable," continues Ulloa, " to appease the 
 sedition by the orders he gave, he resolved to proceed 
 in person in order to quell it. Having arrived at Puno 
 in 1669, he took many prisoners, and ordered the 
 most guilty to be executed. He sent Jose de Sal- 
 cedo, the owner of the rich mine just mentioned, 
 prisoner to los Reyes (Lima), where he was tried, 
 condemned to die, and executed. On this condemna- 
 tion there were different opinions j but the most 
 impartial were persuaded that jealousy and the envy 
 of his riches occasioned his death. For although the 
 fante of his mine and liberality had induced so many 
 people to assemble in that place, yet he had taken no 
 part in the contest, nor was he observed to be more 
 inclined to one party than to the other. But many, 
 desirous of stripping him of the treasure which his 
 good fortune had procured for him, preferred such 
 charges against him that he appeared at his trial to 
 be the most guilty of all, and therefore he could not 
 escape the punishment arising from the evidence. 
 
 " So great was the liberality of Salcedo that the 
 memory of it has been preserved among the Peru- 
 vians as most extraordinary. Among the many in-
 
 MINK OF CHAP. xxvn. 
 
 stances of his generosity, it is recorded that whenever 
 any needy Spaniard, without any trade or employ- 
 ment, arrived in the kingdom, and asked Salcedo for 
 relief, he gave him permission to enter into the mine, 
 and to retain whatever silver he could extract, during 
 the time he was allowed to stay there ; thus limiting 
 the amount of the donation to the extent of his own 
 good fortune. If the Spaniard was lucky in hitting 
 upon a rich vein, and a place where he could manage 
 to cut, he derived considerable advantage ; but even 
 if otherwise, his prize was never so trivial as to give 
 him any reason to be unthankful. This munificent 
 generosity, carried to such a pitch, had attracted so 
 many people to that place as to cause Salcedo's good 
 intention to be misrepresented, to occasion his death, 
 and put an end to the assistance which the neces- 
 sitous received from him. 
 
 *' After the execution of Salcedo, the viceroy wished 
 the working of the mine to be resumed; but he was 
 much surprised when he was informed that it was so 
 full of water as to render it incapable of being worked. 
 It is a common idea in that country that, as soon as 
 the owner of the mine was deprived of life, a consi- 
 derable spring issued forth and overflowed it; by 
 which the people were persuaded that it was a judg- 
 ment from Heaven for the unjust sentence which had 
 been inflicted on him, for the purpose of dispossessing 
 him of his property. But without going beyond the 
 bounds of nature, it is easy to account for the in- 
 crease of water. It had previously flowed more or less 
 into the mine, and the discontinuance of drawing it 
 off produced an accumulation, and some disruption
 
 CHAP. XXVII. SALCKDO. 237 
 
 might have given rise to a considerable spring. 
 Though some attempts were at that time made to 
 carry off the water, they proved unsuccessful, from a 
 proper adit not having been attempted to be opened, 
 from a fear of the great difficulties which were to be 
 surmounted, and of the necessity of cutting through 
 many rocky strata to effect it." 
 
 A socabon or adit was at last, however, driven at 
 the expense of the Marquess de Villa Rica^ son of 
 the first proprietor, above 700 varas, or nearly as 
 many yards, and to within 60 varas of the perpen- 
 dicular of the mine ; but it was not finished, for want 
 of sufficient funds. 
 
 In 1740, a company of native mine proprietors 
 attempted to finish the socabon; but meeting with a 
 mass of porphyry, they were unable to cut through 
 it, and the socabon was abandoned a second time, 
 after a million of dollars had been laid out upon it. 
 Down to the commencement of the revolution in 
 1810, several other attempts were made to finish the 
 socabon; but after driving the adit some additional 
 length, every attempt ultimately failed from the want 
 of money to prosecute the work. 
 
 This rich mine lay neglected until 1826, when it 
 was granted to Colonel O'Brien*, and the work of 
 the socabon has been resumed. The bed of porphyry 
 was pierced at the rate of only about fifteen inches a 
 week, but this obstruction having been overcome, the 
 socabon is said to be advancing at a vara a week, and 
 
 * This ojKcer, by birth an Irishman, has displayed a noble and disinterested 
 enthusiasm, during ten years of active service, in the cause of South American 
 independence, equalled only by his courage and humanity, which have acquired 
 for him universal esteem.
 
 MINES OF CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 hopes are entertained, by the proprietor, that the 
 riches of the Salcedo mine will be made once more 
 available. 
 
 During the insurrection of Tupac Amaru, the 
 Cacique Ninacatari took the city of Chucuito, and 
 destroyed the greater part of the archives. From 
 three books which escaped the flames it appears that 
 tKe ore extracted in one year (1663) from the mines 
 of Salcedo called Laycacota, Caucharani, and Esqui- 
 lachi, produced upwards of a million and a half of 
 dollars, as proved by the amount of duties paid to 
 the king, and exclusive of what might have been 
 taken away without paying those duties. 
 
 Sixty or seventy years ago, a lady made a vow that 
 she would build a church proportioned to the pro- 
 duce of her mines near Puno. The Iglesia Matrix, 
 or principal church, built of stone, in a good style of 
 architecture, is a magnificent monument of her piety 
 and wealth. 
 
 San Jose' Coronella, San Antonio, and Guayco, 
 are also very rich mines on the slope of the same 
 mountain which contains the Salcedo mines; but 
 they have been flooded for many years. A socabon 
 was driven at a great expense ; however upon reaching 
 the perpendicular of the mine of San Jose" it was 
 found to be above the level of the water, and conse- 
 quently of no use. Another socabon was begun 
 lower down, and driven three hundred varas, when 
 want of funds put a stop to the work, which had 
 reached three-fourths of the required length. 
 
 The mines of Puno possess the advantage of being 
 situated in a department where labourers are nu-
 
 CHAP. XXVII. PUNO. 239 
 
 merous, and where the necessaries of life are compa- 
 ratively cheap. 
 
 On the 1 2th of March, Sucre wrote from La Paz 
 to Miller, ordering him to place himself at the head 
 of the Peruvian division, which was on its march, to 
 attack Olaneta, who, it appeared, was determined to 
 hazard an action, notwithstanding that his forces 
 had dwindled away to two thousand men. Miller 
 was at this time confined to his bed, in consequence 
 of an inflammation of an old wound in the side, 
 brought on by over riding when visiting some of the 
 provinces of the department he governed. Fortu- 
 nately at La Paz (a distance of fifty-four leagues) 
 an English surgeon, Dr. Nichol, resided. He was 
 sent for, and upon his arrival at Puno made an in- 
 cision in Miller's side which stopped an incipient mor- 
 tification, and he recovered. It is a curious fact, that 
 in all the provinces of the department of Puno not 
 one regular medical man is known to exist. The 
 aboriginal tribe of Callavayas, or Yungerios, are the 
 only practitioners throughout a great portion of 
 South America. The healing art has been trans- 
 mitted in that tribe from father to son for ages im- 
 memorial. They are inhabitants of Charasani, Con- 
 sata, and Quirbe, three places situated in the valleys 
 and amongst the ravines of Larecaja, a district north 
 of La Paz, on the slope of the most eastern of the 
 five great ridges of the Andes. The Callavayas as- 
 semble periodically in great numbers, and scale the 
 mountains, north-east of La Paz, which being clothed 
 with immense forests, growing from the base to the 
 summits, possess every variety of temperature, from
 
 240 CALLAVAYAS. CHAP. xxvil. 
 
 the torrid to the frigid zone. The vegetable king- 
 dom is there inconceivably varied and rich, and there 
 the Callavayas collect their stock of barks, gums, 
 balsams, resins, and other simples, possessing power- 
 ful medicinal virtues. Having stored their wallets, 
 which they carry slung across their shoulders, with 
 these drugs, the Callavayas set out on foot in parties 
 of two or three, and traverse the mountains of Peru, 
 Quito, and Chile, and the Pampas of Buenos Ayres, 
 to the distance of five or six hundred leagues, exer- 
 cising their vocation wherever their assistance is re- 
 quired. Two or three years are frequently taken up 
 in making a single tour. Their approach to a house 
 is often announced by the aromatic fragrance of their 
 loads, before they themselves are seen. They are 
 gifted with the loquaciousness of European charlatans, 
 and, like them, extol the virtues of their remedies, 
 and relate marvellous stories of their wonderful 
 effects. 
 
 The Callavayas frequently perform remarkable 
 cures, though the diseases they contend against are, 
 from the simple habits of the patients, not of so com- 
 plicated a nature as those entailed by luxury, and the 
 excesses of more civilized society. The Callavayas 
 observe an orthodox degree of mystery in the exercise 
 of their profession, and, like the exorcists of old, avail 
 themselves of the superstitions of the people, and at- 
 tribute to witchcraft complaints of easy cure, in order 
 to enhance the value of their own services, and to 
 secure a proportionate fee. In travelling, they do 
 not keep to the beaten track, but steer their course 
 from place to place in the straightest possible line,
 
 CHAP. XXVII. GENERAL OLANETA KILLED. 241 
 
 over the summits of snow-covered ridges, across un- 
 peopled table lands, pampas, and sandy or stony 
 deserts. This sort of route is called haque tuppu, 
 which means, path of the Indian ; but perhaps, " as 
 the crow flies," would be a more appropriate transla- 
 tion. These extraordinary people never sleep under 
 cover, but stretch themselves on the bare ground, 
 whether they halt for the night on the bleakest ele- 
 vations, or in the sultry regions below. Although 
 they do not carry any other clothes than those they 
 wear, they do not suffer from the changes to which 
 they are exposed. A robust constitution and con- 
 stant health is usually the reward of their abste- 
 miousness and actively regular habits. Longevity 
 is indeed so common amongst them, that a person at 
 thirty is considered a lad, at forty or fifty only he is 
 called a man. 
 
 Miller set out from Puno on the 29th of March, 
 having named Dr. Reyes his successor ad interim ; 
 but he was so weak, from the wound above spoken of 
 not being closed, that he was obliged to be carried in 
 a litter on the shoulders of Indians. From La Paz, 
 being somewhat stronger, he proceeded on horseback, 
 and entered Potosi on the 25th of April, 1825. Sucre 
 was then at Chuquisaca, twenty-eight leagues north- 
 east of Potosi. Miller now learnt that Olaneta had 
 been mortally wounded at Tumusla, sixteen leagues 
 south of the latter place, in an affray with a body of his 
 own troops, who, headed by Colonel Medina Celi, had 
 risen against their general. The few remaining ad- 
 herents of Olaneta were speedily obliged to surrender ; 
 
 VOL. II. R
 
 242 COLONEL BAMIRES. CHAP, xxvil. 
 
 and thus the whole of Peru was liberated from her 
 enemies, excepting the garrison of Callao, which still 
 held out, under the heroic Rodil. This general had 
 refused to be included in the capitulation of Ayacu- 
 cho, on the plea that the command of Callao had 
 always exclusively depended upon the King of Spain, 
 and that Canterac had no authority to stipulate for 
 its surrender. 
 
 It has been stated that Bolivar quitted the libe- 
 rating army two months previous to the battle of Aya- . 
 eucho. His Excellency took up his residence at 
 Chancay. Lima was permanently held by neither 
 party, but was alternately in the possession of both ; 
 the royalists however retained it longer than the pa- 
 triots, who generally confined their attempts to send- 
 ing in a few montoneros, who seldom remained there 
 for any considerable time. 
 
 The royalist colonel Don Mateo Ramires, the 
 cowardly assassin of the wounded Major Gumer on 
 the field near lea, exercised his capriciously cruel 
 propensities, whenever he happened to be the senior 
 officer, during the intervals the royalists held Lima. 
 He was accustomed to place himself in one of the 
 balconies of his quarters, in the convent of La Merced, 
 and it was a source of amusement to him, to order up 
 any well-dressed persons who happened to be passing, 
 and make his soldiers crop their hair very close, be- 
 cause, as he said, that it appeared to him to have been 
 arranged a la republicain, which he pretended to 
 know they were at heart. He once sent a file of 
 soldiers for a respectable citizen named Besanilla,
 
 CHAP. XXVH. GENERAL RODIL. 243 
 
 who had told a neighbour that he had heard the 
 patriots were about to enter the city. At sunset 
 Besanilla was tied up with his arms extended to a 
 stone cross in one of the Plazuelas, or small squares. 
 A lantern was placed above his head to enable passers- 
 by to read the inscription, " Here hangs Besanilla 
 until the insurgents enter." 
 
 The royalist officers felt more than an usual degree 
 of rancour towards the Buenos Ayreans. It happened 
 that Major Crespo was made prisoner, and on being 
 questioned as to what country he was a native of, he 
 replied, with some hesitation, Buenos Ayres. Ra- 
 mires was dastard enough to beat the major with the 
 hilt of his sword, to such a degree, that it was neces- 
 sary to send for surgical assistance. 
 
 General Rodil unquestionably possesses the quali- 
 ties of bravery, activity, perseverance, and a mind 
 fruitful in resource, to an uncommon degree. His 
 manners, when he so pleases, are gentlemanly and 
 agreeable ; but Rodil has sullied his fair fame by 
 acts of great cruelty. A Limerio gentleman named 
 Castaiieda, who had remained enthusiastically faithful 
 to the cause of the king, presented a memorial, re- 
 questing to be allowed to become surety for the ap- 
 pearance of the Colombian colonel Ortega, who had 
 been made a prisoner, and who wished for temporary 
 liberty to recover his health. Rodil tore the me- 
 morial in pieces, and, forgetful of his own rank, of 
 propriety, and good feeling, beat Castaneda until 
 exhausted. He then imposed a heavy fine upon 
 the unfortunate Limerio, and sentenced him to two
 
 44 NAVAL CHAP. XXVIf. 
 
 months' hard labour for presuming to intercede for 
 a patriot. 
 
 Dr. Pezet, an eminent physician of Lima, and who 
 had been a deputy in congress, fell into the hands of 
 Rodil. His life was spared upon condition that he 
 should write against the patriot cause in a newspaper 
 published in the castles. Pezet accepted the terms, 
 but the shame of acting the part of an apostate broke 
 his spirit, and he shortly afterwards died. 
 
 Monsieur Rantier, a respectable Frenchman, having 
 obtained from the royalist commandant in Lima a 
 passport to quit the country, proceeded to Callao to 
 take shipping. He was there detained by Rodil, and 
 obliged to work like a convict, until the surrender of 
 the castles. Monsieur Rantier still retains on his 
 shoulders the marks caused by the heavy loads he 
 was obliged to carry. 
 
 Referring now to maritime affairs. When the libe- 
 rating army marched from Huaras in July, 1824, 
 Admiral Guise was directed to blockade Callao. The 
 Spanish ship Asia of seventy-four guns, and the brig 
 Aquiles, entered that port on the 24th of September 
 following. Guise in the Protector frigate, with two 
 or three small vessels of war, could not effectually 
 prevent the entrance of so superior a force j but he 
 did them all the damage he could, by following them 
 close into the port, and keeping up a running fight 
 for upwards of an hour. 
 
 On the 7th of October, the Peruvian admiral an- 
 chored off San Lorenzo with the undermentioned 
 vessels :
 
 CHAP. XX VI I. OPERATIONS. 245 
 
 The frigate Protector. 
 Corvette Pinchincha. 
 
 Brig Chimborazo. 
 
 f Guayaquileila. 
 ochooners < . . 
 
 I Macedonia. 
 
 On the 8th, the Asia, accompanied by the brigs 
 Pezuela and Constante, and the corvette lea, having 
 strong detachments of infantry on board, under the 
 command of the assassin Colonel Don Mateo Ramires, 
 all stood towards the patriot squadron. Guise got 
 under weigh; a fight ensued, which continued for 
 six or seven hours; both parties claimed the victory, 
 although there was not a ship lost or many killed 
 or wounded on either side. The whole of the vessels 
 on both sides returned to their former anchorage. 
 
 The following is an extract from the laughable 
 report, made upon this occasion by Don Roque Guru- 
 zeta, commander of the Asia, to General Rodil. " The 
 smaller vessels" (of the patriots) "are so contemptible, 
 and manoeuvred so badly to-day, that it appeared to 
 me to be indecorous to notice them, and I considered 
 that I ought to confine my attention to the attack of 
 the Prueba," (the Protector) " with a view to destroy 
 her, and if I have not entirely effected this, I can 
 assure you that I have done her serious damage." 
 
 There was nothing like desperate valour on the 
 part of the Spanish commander, in the affair above 
 described, but it may be considered enterprising when 
 compared with what occurred in 1821, near the same 
 place. The patriot squadron having withdrawn, it 
 was usual for a Spanish vessel to stand out, every 
 morning, a few leagues from the shore, to ascertain
 
 246 GENERAL SALOM. CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 if any strange sail was off the bay. On one occasion 
 the Venganza of forty-four guns discovered the Chi- 
 leno corvette of sixteen guns. The latter crowded all 
 sail, and stood for the look-out frigate, which there- 
 upon ran into port. This glaring act of cowardice 
 excited general indignation amongst the royalists 
 who witnessed it from the shore ; but the Spanish 
 captain stated, that having no orders to attack, he 
 did not feel himself authorized to come to action ! 
 
 On the 20th of October the Asia and Spanish 
 vessels of war sailed from Callao. They were fol- 
 lowed, for two days and a night, by the squadron of 
 Guise, whose intrepidity forms a brilliant contrast to 
 the pusillanimity of the Spanish commander, who ap- 
 pears to have been of the same school as Coy of the 
 Esmeralda, Capaz of the Maria Isabel, and Villegas 
 of the Prueba. 
 
 Whilst the patriot squadron blockaded Callao by 
 sea, the able and indefatigable general, Don Barto- 
 lomeo Salom, commanded the investing force on the 
 land side. It consisted of from three to four thousand 
 men, half of whom were Colombians, who had arrived in 
 Peru subsequently to the battle of Ayacucho. During 
 this protracted siege, the patriot troops suffered most 
 severely from ague, and many hundreds died. 
 
 The besieged' suffered still more severely from a 
 pestilential fever, which broke out in consequence of 
 a scarcity of fresh provisions, and carried off several 
 thousands. Many families of the highest rank ad- 
 dicted to the royal cause, and who had shut them- 
 selves up with Rodil, became extinct. The venerable 
 .Se Flora Doria N. de Ulloa, niece to the celebrated tra-
 
 CHAP. XXVIT. THE WAR TERMINATED. 247 
 
 vellers of that name, her two daughters (one of them 
 the Marchioness of Torre Tagle), her son, and several 
 beautiful grand-daughters, and every other member 
 of that numerous family perished. The Count de 
 Lurigancho ; Seiior Don Diego Aliaga, who had been 
 vice-president of the republic under Torre Tagle ; 
 Rico, a well known scurrilous though able royalist 
 editor ; Yzque ; Exelme ; Morot j and many other 
 persons of note were amongst the victims. Of three 
 or four other families, consisting of nearly fifty per- 
 sons, only two very young children survived. Out 
 of above four thousand of the unfortunate people 
 who retired to Callao, not more than two hundred 
 outlived the effects of famine and epidemical disease. 
 
 Rodil, undismayed by these surrounding horrors, 
 persisted in a most gallant and obstinate defence. 
 He suppressed several attempts in the garrison to 
 mutiny, and sustained bombardment from the Pe- 
 ruvian squadron, and from the batteries on shore. 
 Having thus held out unaided for nearly thirteen 
 months, part of which time the garrison subsisted 
 on the flesh of horses, asses, and dogs, and being at 
 length reduced by absolute famine to the last ex- 
 tremity, he capitulated upon honourable terms on 
 the 19th of January, 1826. He sailed from Callao in 
 H. M. S. Briton, Captain Sir Murray Maxwell, and 
 is now Commandante General de las Guardias in 
 Madrid. 
 
 During the protracted siege of Callao the patriot 
 troops behaved, as usual, exceedingly well. General 
 Salom obtained by his activity, zeal, and talent, the
 
 248 ROYALIST GENKRALS. CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 confidence of his soldiers, and by his suavity and 
 firmness the good will and support of the Peruvian 
 people. 
 
 Thus the heroic constancy and perseverance of the 
 patriots, surpassed by no people in ancient or modern 
 times, were crowned with ultimate and complete suc- 
 cess throughout South America. The blood-stained 
 standard which Pizarro had planted three hundred 
 years before was trailed in the dust ; and the last 
 link of the chain, that but lately bound seventeen 
 millions of Americans to the tottering monarchy of 
 Spain, was finally broken. 
 
 It cannot be denied, that the Spanish generals 
 deserve great credit for the talent and perseverance, 
 with which they prolonged an arduous contest, for 
 years, after the mother country had ceased to afford 
 them any supplies. However we may differ in 
 opinion as to the prinpiples they espoused, it must 
 in fairness be acknowledged, that as gallant soldiers, 
 manfully contending to the last, they are justly 
 entitled to a high degree of commendation. 
 
 Sucre has merited and received the highest praise 
 for the splendid affair of Ayacucho ; but perhaps he 
 deserves as much for the generous and politic terms 
 which he granted to the vanquished ; and still greater 
 applause for the rapidity with which he followed up 
 his successes, in spite of apparently insurmountable 
 obstacles. Such decisive conduct prevented the ral- 
 lying of the dispersed fugitives, and the possibility 
 of their uniting with the ultra-royalist General Ola- 
 neta. It was indeed a masterly pursuit, and saved
 
 CHAP. xxvn. HAIL-STONES. 249 
 
 Peru from the farther effects of a devastating war, 
 which had been unnecessarily procrastinated after 
 the battle of Junin, by Canterac's being allowed to 
 form a junction with Valdez at Cuzco. 
 
 Many obstacles, which the patriots had to overcome 
 on the coast and in the mountainous regions, have 
 already been described; but it will perhaps not be 
 out of place to enumerate here a few additional in- 
 stances, which cannot but enhance the just eulogium 
 which has been passed on the patriot soldiers. 
 
 During certain months of the year, tremendous 
 hail-storms occur. They have fallen with such 
 violence that the army has been obliged to halt, and 
 the men, being compelled to hold up their knap- 
 sacks to protect their faces, have had their hands so 
 severely bruisedand cut by large hail-stones, as to 
 bleed copiously. 
 
 Thunder storms are also particularly severe in the 
 elevated regions. The electric fluid is seen to fall 
 around, in a manner unknown in other parts of the 
 world, and frequently causes loss of life. Such tem- 
 pests have often burst at some distance below their 
 feet, as the army climbed the lofty ridges of the Andes. 
 
 The distressing fatigues of the most difficult 
 marches in Europe, cannot perhaps be compared to 
 those which the patriot soldiers underwent in the 
 campaign of 1824. From Caxamarca, memorable 
 for the seizure and death of Atahualpa, to Cuzco, 
 the whole line of road (with the exception of the plain 
 between Pasco and the vicinity of Tarma, twenty 
 leagues in extent, and the valley of Xauxa), presents 
 a continuation of rugged and fatiguing ascents and
 
 250 THE SURUMPI. CHAP. xxvu. 
 
 declivities. That these difficulties do not diminish 
 between Cuzco and Potosi may be inferred from the 
 following fact. 
 
 When the division Cordova marched from Cuzco 
 to Puno, it halted at Santa Rosa. During the night 
 there was a heavy fall of snow. They continued their 
 march the next morning. The effects of the rays of 
 the sun, reflected from the snow upon the eyes, pro- 
 duces a disease, which the Peruvians call surumpi. 
 It occasions blindness, accompanied by excruciating 
 tortures. A pimple forms on the eye-ball, and causes 
 an itching pricking pain, as though needles were con- 
 tinually piercing it. The temporary loss of sight 
 is occasioned by the impossibility of opening the eye- 
 lids for a single moment, the smallest ray of light 
 being absolutely insupportable. The only relief is 
 a poultice of snow, but as that melts away the intole- 
 rable tortures return. With the exception of twenty 
 men and the guides, who knew how to guard against 
 the calamity, the whole division were struck blind 
 with the surumpi) three leagues distant from the 
 nearest human habitation. The guides galloped on 
 to a village in advance, and brought out a hundred 
 Indians to assist in leading the men. Many of the 
 sufferers, maddened by pain, had strayed away from 
 the column, and perished before the return of the 
 guides, who, together with the Indians, took charge 
 of long files of the poor sightless soldiers, clinging 
 to each other with agonized and desperate grasp. 
 During their dreary march by a rugged mountain 
 path, several fell down precipices, and were never 
 heard of more. Miller himself suffered only fifteen
 
 CHAP. XXVII. THE SURUMPI. 251 
 
 hours from the surumpi, but the complaint usually 
 continues two days. Out of three thousand men, 
 Cordova lost above a hundred. The regiment most 
 affected was the voltigeros (formerly Numancia), 
 which had marched from Caracas, a distance of up- 
 wards of two thousand leagues. 
 
 In the early part of 1824, two hundred patriot 
 prisoners of war, on the march to the grand depot 
 in the island of Chucuito, on the lake of Titicaca, 
 overpowered their escort at Santa Rosa, and then 
 fled to the mountains of Cochabamba, with an in- 
 tention of penetrating through the unknown back 
 country, peopled by uncivilized Indians; and of 
 making their way out at Huanuco, where an ad- 
 vanced post of the patriots was stationed. On the 
 third day after their escape they were caught in a 
 snow-storm. On the fourth they were afflicted with 
 the surumpi; and those who did not perish upon the 
 spot, or were not overtaken by their royalist pursuers, 
 were torn to pieces by the wild beasts with which 
 that mountainous and unfrequented part of the 
 country is infested. Even the first night they passed 
 upon the mountains, it was necessary to light fires 
 and to mount guard, to preserve themselves from the 
 jaws of the ferocious animals, which prowled and 
 howled around them. Every man who separated 
 from the circle was sure to be carried off, and was 
 speedily devoured. 
 
 Besides these various obstacles of climate and lo- 
 cality ; an exhausted treasury, the dissensions of 
 party-spirit, the inactivity and apathy of several of 
 the members of successive administrations, and the
 
 252 GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 incapacity of some of the commanders, were to be 
 reckoned among the complicated difficulties which 
 so long retarded the progress of emancipation. 
 
 Surely the undaunted perseverance of the patriot 
 soldiers in such a case gives them a just claim to our 
 admiration and applause. And are not the republics 
 which produce such men entitled to the consideration 
 and respect of more powerful and more favourably 
 circumstanced nations? Above all, have not the 
 South American patriots a legitimate right to expect 
 from their new governments tjiat good faith, honesty, 
 and public spirit, which are the best guarantees to 
 persons and property? These virtues, if generally 
 practised, will gradually fit the new-born nations for 
 the enjoyment of rational freedom, by teaching them 
 how to appreciate it.
 
 CHAP, xxvin. FOREIGN MERCHANTS. 253 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 
 Foreign merchants Nature of their assistance to patriots and 
 royalists. Remarks upon the formation of the Chileno squa- 
 dron. Revenue of Peru. Receipt and expenditure. Loan 
 transactions. Mistaken policy. General observations. 
 
 THERE have been some attempts to inculcate an 
 opinion that the ex-colonies of Spain, particularly 
 Chile, mainly owe their independence, and the for- 
 mation of their naval forces, to the assistance of 
 European merchants. The fact is, that some of them 
 often assumed rather more credit than they were 
 entitled to, from the circumstance of their happening 
 to be the consignees of a few old ships, and of second- 
 hand slops and stores. As men of business, indeed, 
 these gentlemen were right to make the most of the 
 market and their commodities ; but then their claims 
 to ardent patriotism, unmixed with views of profit, 
 must be disallowed. It is true that many of them 
 displayed that liberality of feeling which is generally 
 found to exist in the commercial world ; but in this 
 case their sympathies and their interests went hand in 
 hand. When these became unhappily at variance, 
 poor Sympathy often went to the wall, and the 
 royalists were supplied with the munitions of war 
 whenever they could give a favourable price. The 
 North Americans were not behindhand in this sort of
 
 254 FOREIGN MERCHANTS. CHAP, xxvin. 
 
 traffic. Commodore Stewart was loudly accused of 
 affording the royalists a degree of support, inconsistent 
 with his instructions, and the laws of neutrality. He 
 was brought to a court-martial on his return to the 
 United States ; but the charges were not proved, and 
 he was acquitted. 
 
 Foreign merchants did occasionally make advances 
 to the new governments ; but it was always upon 
 terms of profit proportionate to the risk. Thus, 
 speaking of the merchants as a body, and within the 
 sphere of their counting-houses, their pretensions to 
 disinterested liberalism fall to the ground. But 
 speaking of them individually, a very great many 
 may be instanced as having given unequivocal proofs 
 of their zeal and adherence to the cause of independ- 
 ence. When the destiny of Chile depended upon 
 the uncertain chances of a battle, some English mer- 
 chants armed themselves, joined the patriot cavalry 
 as volunteers, and participated in the brilliant charges 
 which, at Maypo, decided the fate of the country. 
 Amongst these gentlemen, Messrs. Samuel Haigh and 
 James Barnard were particularly conspicuous. To 
 such feats of gallantry, might be added some splendid 
 acts of philanthropy and benevolence, which reflect 
 particular honour on the parties concerned. It 
 was such conduct, and not assistance bestowed in 
 the way of business, which caused the British to 
 be looked up to with distinguished consideration. 
 Another powerful reason for their preponderating 
 influence, was the strict observance of the laws of 
 neutrality by the English naval commanders, and the 
 honourable, straight-forward, courteous, and manly
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. FOREIGNERS. 255 
 
 frankness with which English naval officers conducted 
 themselves. Captains Sir Thomas Staines, Bowles, 
 ShirrefF, Falcon,SirThomasHardy(nowrear-admiral), 
 the Hon. Sir Robert Spencer, Prescott, Brown, the 
 Hon. Frederick Spencer, Porter, and many other offi- 
 cers, are still remembered, and frequently mentioned 
 by South Americans in terms of the warmest regard. 
 Hence also arose a feeling of gratitude in the Chileno 
 people towards England as a nation. They persuade 
 themselves that she is the friend of liberal institu- 
 tions, and consider her their well-wisher. But it is 
 well known that Spanish America owes nothing to 
 the British government save the foreign enlistment 
 bill of 1819, which Mr. Canning stated in Parlia- 
 ment, in 1827, was passed at the express request of 
 the king of Spain. 
 
 Chile, therefore, must not be defrauded of the 
 honour due to her own exertions, and the assistance 
 of the army of the Andes. A few facts will show 
 that Chile, aided by the Buenos Ayreans, worked 
 out her own emancipation, through her own valour, 
 her own immense sacrifices, and her own perseverance; 
 and, having stated thus much, it will be unnecessary 
 to make any observation on the same subject with 
 regard to Peru, 
 
 Notwithstanding the advantages acquired by the 
 campaign of 1818, the directorial government soon 
 perceived that its acquisitions were ill secured from 
 new invasions, so long as the coasts were unprotected 
 by a naval force. For the double object of defence, 
 and of possessing the means to remove the seat of 
 war to Peru, the centre of the Spanish possessions,
 
 256 NAVY OF CHILE. CHAP. xxvm. 
 
 the Chileno government turned its attention to the 
 creation of a navy. 
 
 The Windham, afterwards named the Lautaro, an 
 old East Indiaman, of eight hundred tons, was the 
 first purchase. One hundred and eighty thousand 
 dollars was the price agreed upon. Ninety thousand 
 dollars, in hard cash, were paid down before posses- 
 sion was given, and the remainder was paid by good 
 bills upon the custom-house. ..; 
 
 One hundred and fifty thousand dollars were paid 
 for another old East Indiaman, of twelve hundred 
 tons, the Cumberland, afterwards named the General 
 San Martin. Contributions, for the purpose of raising 
 this sum, were collected principally in family plate, 
 copper, jerked beef, and tallow. 
 
 The Galvarino, formerly the British sloop of war 
 Hecate, was purchased for seventy thousand dollars. 
 The brig Columbus, afterwards the Araucano, cost 
 forty thousand dollars ; and the Clifton, afterwards 
 the Chacabuco, thirty-five thousand dollars. 
 
 The debts contracted on account of those vessels 
 were not of long standing, being principally and 
 speedily liquidated by bills, taken by the custom- 
 house in payment of duties, and therefore nearly as 
 good to the merchants as ready money. 
 
 The following list of the ships of war taken from 
 the Spaniards, from 1818 till 182,5, shows that the 
 sacrifices and exertions of Chile produced the wished- 
 for results, and that the maritime superiority of the 
 Pacific was the fruit of her exertions and valour.
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. NAVY OF CHILE. J>57 
 
 Guns. 
 
 Maria Isabel - - - 50 
 
 Prueba .... 50 
 
 Venganza - 44 
 
 Esmeralda - , . . 44 
 
 Resolucion \,., - 34 
 
 Sebastiana 34 
 
 Pezuela - 18 
 
 Potrillo - - - - . ., '.. 16 
 
 Proserpina ) 
 
 >- schooners. 
 Aranzanzu j 
 
 7 gun-boats. 
 
 Aguila I 
 
 ^ > armed merchantmen. 
 .Begona ) 
 
 Asia 74 guns. 
 
 Aquiles brig of war. 
 
 The Asia was seized by her crew, and delivered up 
 to the Mexicans, at Acapulco, in 1825. The Aquiles 
 was, in like manner, delivered up to the Chileno 
 government in the same year. 
 
 One hundred thousand dollars were sent to the 
 United States for the purchase of two corvettes, one 
 of which, the Independencia, of twenty-six guns, 
 arrived in a Chileno port. The person in charge of 
 the other ran away with her, on the plea of only a 
 part of the purchase money having been paid : he 
 affected not to have sufficient confidence in the go- 
 vernment for the remainder, but he did not refund 
 the money already advanced. The want of judgment 
 and incompetency of the Chileno agent, in the United 
 States, rendered the matter still worse ; for he suffered 
 himself to be involved in such an expensive lawsuit 
 
 VOL. II. S
 
 258 ASSISTANCE RENDERED CHAP, xxvill. 
 
 at New York, that, in the end, through the folly of 
 one party, and the knavery of another, the Indepen- 
 dencia cost one hundred and fifty thousand dollars *. 
 
 The Rising Star, a steam vessel, cost the Chileno 
 government seven thousand pounds sterling, when 
 their agent in London, Colonel Alvarez Condarco, 
 very properly refused to incur any further expenses, 
 and relinquished the bargain. 
 
 The same ruinous charges were made for arms 
 and stores. Muskets were sometimes bought at 
 twenty dollars each, and seldom or never at less than 
 ten. A corresponding price was given for military 
 accoutrements, many of which had already been con- 
 demned as unserviceable at the Tower of London, and 
 bought up at a low price, for the supply of the pa- 
 triots or the royalists, whichever the consignees, with 
 all due deference to the interests of the shippers, 
 might consider the most eligible customers. This 
 assertion will be borne out by a reference to a mani- 
 festo of the Viceroy Pezuela, published at Madrid in 
 1821. At page 82 he states : 
 
 " The presence of foreign vessels in our ports may 
 have been prejudicial to our cause j but perhaps the 
 utility will outweigh the evil, if put into an impartial 
 balance. Of course they brought us the great num- 
 bers of muskets and other arms already mentioned 
 in the answer to the second general charge, and with- 
 out which our defenceless armies would perhaps 
 have yielded before now to the well-provided troops 
 of the enemy. A foreign vessel introduced supplies 
 
 * A line of battle ship and a frigate were purchased by the English con- 
 tractors for the last Colombian loan. They sailed in 1825 for Carthagena, but 
 having put into New York, they were sold to defray the expenses incnrred in 
 rendering them seaworthy, and thus were lost to the republic.
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. BY FOREIGN MERCHANTS. 259 
 
 on the coast of Chiloe ; another, by opportune warn- 
 ing, saved a rich convoy coming from Guayaquil, 
 and which was upon the very point of falling into 
 the power of the blockading forces off Callao. Not 
 to be diffuse, it is stated that, for several years past, 
 foreign vessels have been employed as the means of 
 performing important services, and of conveying am- 
 munition and stores with which our divers military 
 points have been strengthened. 
 
 " The active conduct of government has been 
 made manifest, as much in having drawn from fo- 
 reign countries, 
 
 13,662 muskets. 
 
 1,295 pair of pistols. 
 
 3,745 sabres. 
 58, 000 flints. 
 
 2,090 sets of accoutrements, 
 
 as well as in having raised 213,885 dollars for the 
 payment thereof" 
 
 The costly purchases, by the patriots, as before 
 specified, were long antecedent to the famous loans, 
 which have turned out to be more prejudicial than 
 useful, both to Chile and to Peru, and which will 
 continue to press like an incubus on those countries, 
 in their future efforts to surmount the difficulties 
 which the loans themselves have created. Such re- 
 sources, if faithfully applied, might have been be- 
 neficial ; but, unfortunately, the magnitude of the 
 temptation rendered men dishonest, whose integrity 
 had never been assailed by opportunity, and whose 
 ingenuity till then had never had so wide a field for 
 exertion. Either political or financial integrity was
 
 LOANS. CHAP. XXVIII. 
 
 a virtue so seldom taught by precept, or enforced by 
 example, in the time of the Spaniards, that it is not to 
 be wondered at, if the very name of a loan should 
 awaken the cupidity of men, many of whose earliest 
 lessons and principles had been taken at the gaming 
 table. The first importation of specie gave a new 
 impetus to the intriguing powers of those pretenders 
 to the sweets of office who, possessing some degree of 
 influence, especially with the army, conceived that 
 they had some chance of supplanting the rulers of the 
 day. O'Higgins has been heard to say that for six 
 years, when he could only manage to raise supplies to 
 meet the exigencies of the moment, he was permitted 
 to remain undisturbed at the head of affairs ; during 
 this period, Chile became not only one of the family 
 of nations, but sent forth an expedition which laid 
 the foundation of the independence of Peru. But 
 the expectation of the arrival of the first instalment 
 in gold, from London, caused rival candidates to 
 spring up, and O'Higgins was induced to give way 
 to men, under whose successive administrations the 
 power and respectability of the republic have been 
 almost uniformly retrograding. It was long pre- 
 vious to the loan that she gained her naval superiority 
 over the Spaniards in the Pacific. Her victorious squa- 
 dron has since been allowed to rot in port ! In 1821 she 
 expedited nearly 5000 troops to Peru. Perhaps she 
 would find more difficulty now in sending offas many 
 hundreds ! Notwithstanding her natural riches, po- 
 verty pervades every public department, and nothing 
 can be seen to justify the conclusion that the loan has 
 been beneficial to the country.
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. MALVERSATION. 261 
 
 A very small proportion of the loans raised, for the 
 American governments, was received in specie. No 
 inconsiderable part was remitted in arms, which 
 were sometimes serviceable, and sometimes damaged, 
 but always charged at an exorbitant price. 
 
 It is right that a government should suffer for se- 
 lecting an agent unfit for the mission he may be sent 
 upon ; but it is not the less unfortunate for the people, 
 that they should have to pay for supineness, errors, 
 and over-reaching upon every side. South America 
 (thanks to the colonial system of Spain) does not 
 abound at first sight in many public-spirited and 
 honest men of superior talent ; but such are not 
 entirely wanting, although the governments do not 
 always avail themselves of their services. 
 
 Hence it is that some of the patriot agents did 
 not become the poorer by a residence in Europe, and 
 others of them were (perhaps wrongfully) supposed to 
 have lost sight of the interests of their own country, 
 in the assiduous cultivation of acquaintances in a 
 certain house in the City where the gentlemen who 
 frequent it are not suspected to be more indifferent 
 to the fascinating charms of making a rapid for- 
 tune than the grosser part of the world in general. 
 Not that some of the successive governments could 
 very well accuse their agents of malversation, with- 
 out feeling a twitch of conscience at home, inasmuch 
 as the instalments remitted were not at all times 
 fairly expended. An instance occurred in which a 
 civilian, holding an office of high responsibility, lost 
 at a gambling table, in one sitting, twenty thousand
 
 REVENUE 
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. 
 
 dollars of the very money which formed part of the 
 loan, and at the very time that the officers and soldiers, 
 then in presence of the enemy, were placed upon one 
 half or one fourth of their pay ! The damning sin of the 
 new governments has been, the not being proof against 
 the tempting facilities of borrowing money. Instead 
 of increasing their debts, they ought to have paid off 
 a part, if not the whole, of those already contracted. 
 We can assert with confidence that, as far as relates 
 to Peru, Chile, and Buenos Ayres, the revenue, ho- 
 nestly expended, would have been more than sufficient 
 to meet every exigency. 
 
 The following is a translation of an official return, 
 published in a Lima newspaper, dated 10th of No- 
 vember, 1827. 
 
 FINANCE DEPARTMENT. 
 
 SECOND SECTION. 
 
 AN APPROXIMATIVE ESTIMATE OF THE REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE 
 OF THE REPUBLIC IN THE PRESENT YEAR, VIZ. 
 
 RECEIPTS. 
 
 Lima 
 
 Ayacucho 
 
 Cuzco 
 
 Puno 
 
 Arequipa 
 Truxillo .. 
 Juniu 
 
 Treasury. 
 
 Customs. 
 
 Total. 
 
 750,000 
 
 1,082,000 
 
 1,832,000 
 
 137,000 
 
 
 137,000 
 
 547,000 
 
 
 547,000 
 
 102,000 
 
 15,000 
 
 117,000 
 
 770,000 
 
 460,000 
 
 1,230,000 
 
 100,000 
 
 140,000 
 
 240,000 
 
 300,000 
 
 
 300,000 
 
 2,706,000 
 
 1,697,000 
 
 4,403,000 
 
 General contribution 800,000 
 
 Total 5,233,000
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. 
 
 OF PERU. 
 
 EXPENDITURE. 
 Congress ,. 
 
 Govern- 
 ment. 
 
 250,000 
 
 Army and 
 Navy. 
 
 Home 
 Department 
 
 Total. 
 
 250 000 
 
 
 50,000 
 
 
 
 50000 
 
 War salaries 
 
 
 1,500,000 
 
 
 1 500 000 
 
 
 
 400,000 
 
 
 400 000 
 
 Marine 
 
 
 500,000 
 
 
 500 000 
 
 Military colleges 
 
 
 50,000 
 
 
 50000 
 
 Charitable establishments 
 and schools 
 
 50,000 
 
 
 
 50000 
 
 Political and judicial esta- 
 blishments 
 
 305,000 
 
 
 
 305 000 
 
 Finance offices 
 
 
 
 201 000 
 
 201 000 
 
 Custom-house 
 
 
 
 27fi 000 
 
 27fi 000 
 
 Expenses and superan- 
 nuations of finance de- 
 
 
 
 250000 
 
 250000 
 
 Consolidation of the debt 
 Interest of the debt 
 
 
 
 170,000 
 150000 
 
 170,000 
 150000 
 
 Unforeseen expenses ... 
 
 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 1,000,000 
 
 Total... 
 
 555.000 
 
 2.450.000 
 
 2.047.000 
 
 5.152.000 
 
 Dollars. 
 
 Receipts 5,233,000 
 
 Expenditure 5,152,000 
 
 Excess of revenue 81,000 
 
 If any additional evidence were required to show 
 the capacity of Peru to fulfil her engagements, satis- 
 factory proofs might be adduced from the admini- 
 stration of the departments of Puno and Potosi in 
 the unsettled year of 1825. 
 
 The loan-debt of Peru may be stated, in round 
 numbers, at one million five hundred thousand pounds
 
 264 PERNICIOUS POLICY. CHAP, xxvin. 
 
 sterling. The government of that country now says: 
 " Although we have not received perhaps half the 
 amount we ought to have received, and although we 
 have been imposed upon by contractors, and by our 
 agents (for whose errors we hold ourselves respon- 
 sible), we nevertheless consider ourselves bound in 
 honour to acknowledge the debt; and this is all we 
 can do until we recover from the effects of a war 
 which has crippled the country." 
 
 The pernicious policy of Colombia and Peru, in 
 keeping up standing armies in time of peace, so con- 
 trary to the spirit and principles of liberty which 
 each professes, is, after want of integrity in some of 
 the public servants, the great cause of the inability 
 to make remittances for the payment of the dividends. 
 The system of impressing seamen in England, and 
 the conscription of Napoleon, were mild and equitable 
 compared with the mode of recruiting in South 
 America, where labour is arbitrarily deprived of the 
 most useful hands, merely to send Peruvians to Co- 
 lombia*, and to keep Colombians in Peru. It is 
 such cruel measures, of equivocal tendency, which 
 contribute to keep both countries in an unsettled 
 state, and disable the respective governments from 
 satisfying even the just claims upon them. That 
 there is a disposition to keep faith with the public 
 creditor is shown by the formal recognition of the 
 debt, and it is to be hoped that the leading men of 
 South America will ere long learn its real interests, 
 
 * This observation refers to transactions in 182G, when some three or four 
 thousand Peruvians, principally serranos or mountaineers, were shipped off 
 from the Puertos Intermedios, for the sultry shores of Colombia.
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. STANDING AllMIES. 265 
 
 and discover the way to govern, without an expensive 
 and disproportionate military force. 
 
 It may be asked if standing armies are not neces- 
 sary to guard against foreign invasion ? The answer 
 is, CERTAINLY NOT. If an European power were 
 quixotic enough to send even a very large force to 
 any part of South America, the montoneros, gauchos, 
 or guasos, would give a good account of them, and 
 the climate would do the rest. Against the general 
 wish of the people they never could remain. The 
 immense extent of territory which its vast continent 
 embraces would require innumerable garrisons to hold 
 in subjection the principal towns alone; and, as there 
 are very few fortified places, detached garrisons would 
 easily be overpowered, or starved out, whenever the 
 natives chose to rise en masse, as has been seen in 
 the case of La Serna, at Jujuy. From the great 
 abundance of cattle in South America, and the simple 
 mode of living, the maintaining of guerrillas or mon- 
 toneros is attended with less difficulty, perhaps, 
 than in any other part of the globe ; and such is the 
 nature of the country, the thinly populated plains, the 
 coast of deserts, and the almost impassable mountains, 
 that to keep those bodies down, whilst a patriotic 
 feeling existed, would be impossible. Thus, a hostile 
 army, however numerous, would only keep in subjec- 
 tion those parts which it actually occupied. Few 
 recruits of the country could be obtained by the in- 
 vaders, and on the fidelity of those few, no firm re- 
 liance could be placed. The ranks of the invaders 
 would dwindle into utter insignificance, and ulti-
 
 266 STANDING ARMIES NOT CHAP. XXVIII. 
 
 raately be overwhelmed. The instructions to Ge- 
 neral Whitelocke and the other commanders who 
 were to co-operate with him, are really curious docu- 
 ments, and furnish clear proofs of a lamentable want 
 of information on South American affairs. Buenos 
 Ayres, Chile, and Upper Peru, were marked out to. 
 be made permanent possessions. The lines of com- 
 munication across the Pampas and over the Andes 
 were arranged, as if a corps of fifty or sixty estafettes 
 would have been sufficient to maintain them. The 
 plans discussed at that time, with all the solemnity of 
 official mystery, now appear most absurd. It would 
 be considered incredible that ignorance so profound 
 should have disgraced a public office, were it not 
 known that able British officers have pronounced, 
 and that not long ago, that South America, from Cape 
 Horn to the Isthmus of Panama, might be con- 
 quered and retained by ten thousand European troops. 
 Such opinions were, in all probability, hastily formed, 
 by taking only a casual glance at sans culotte-looiking 
 soldiers on the coast, and without reflecting that the ab- 
 sence of pipe-clayed gloves, leather stocks, and incon- 
 venient gaiters, does not necessarily imply an absence 
 of military capabilities or courage. It may be ex- 
 tremely flattering to Europeans to contrast their well- 
 clothed troops with the loosely dressed Americans; 
 but let those fine-looking fellows land on the south 
 of Valdivia, and let them attempt to penetrate to 
 Concepcion, hardly a man would escape the long 
 lance of the half naked Araucanian. Let them 
 disembark from the Rio de la Plata, or on the shores
 
 CHAP, xxvin. NECESSARY IN SOUTH AMERICA. 267 
 
 of Chile, and the bravest European soldiers would 
 find, that the warring gaucko, and expert guaso, are 
 enemies rather to be feared than ridiculed. 
 
 The South Americans may not yet be sufficiently 
 advanced in civilization, to form the best ordered 
 governments ; but it is evident, and certain, that they 
 will never again submit to a foreign yoke. The few 
 anti-patriots, or disaffected individuals, who yet re- 
 main, are amongst the lawyers, the clergy, and the 
 aristocracy 5 and these are not, generally speaking, of 
 the right mettle to be employed in the field. The 
 gauchos, the guasos, and the peasantry in general, 
 are the effective men in time of war, and they, with 
 scarcely an exception, are stanch patriots. The most 
 influential natives now hold important employments 
 in the army, in. the church, and in the state, and they 
 would not willingly give up their present situations 
 to make room for Europeans. Notwithstanding all 
 this, the most wild and visionary hopes appear to 
 be still entertained, not only by the servile royalists 
 of Spain, but by some of the most liberal constitu- 
 tional Spaniards now in England, as well as by other 
 Europeans, blinded by prejudices, or deceived by the 
 misinformation of discontented, disappointed friars 
 and priests ; and some few out-of-place oidores and 
 lawyers still remaining in South America. The de- 
 stiny of those countries does not, cannot, depend upon 
 the will of any European power, not even on that of 
 all Europe combined. The new states are, and will 
 be, free from foreign domination; and they will be 
 matured into independent nations, in spite of every 
 effort that may be made by their former oppressors.
 
 GENERAL CHAP, xxvni. 
 
 No government of any kind can exist for any great 
 length of time in South America, unless it be 
 supported by public opinion. Hence proceed so 
 many changes ; and these will doubtless continue, 
 until some superior mind shall arise, and drive po- 
 litical novices, and petty tyrants, like chaff before 
 the wind. But that superior mind must possess 
 strong nerve, and more than honest intentions. 
 Public spirit, honesty, and incorruptible even-handed 
 justice, are the best guarantees to the permanent pre- 
 servation of power. At least it is hoped that the 
 gallant South Americans will never tolerate, for any 
 length of time, any set of rulers who do not possess 
 those legitimate claims to confidence. ALFREDS and 
 WASHINGTONS are not the produce of every age, or 
 of every country. But as Spanish Americans become 
 enlightened, public opinion will give greater efficacy 
 to moral checks ; and time may perhaps exhibit, to an 
 admiring world, nations as free, powerful, and happy 
 as the best constituted monarchy, or as their elder 
 sister of the northern hemisphere, but unstained by 
 the foul blot of slavery, which obscures the otherwise 
 just claims of the United States to admiration. 
 
 Much has been written against the governments of 
 Chile and Peru. There is no doubt that, in each 
 country, successive rulers have committed many acts 
 of gross injustice; not unfrequently from inexperi- 
 ence, and sometimes certainly from less justifiable 
 motives. But how could it reasonably be expected to 
 be otherwise, in a ministry chosen almost at random, 
 from a people just emerging from cruel despotism j 
 from a people born in the most abject bondage, and
 
 CHAP, xxvill. OBSERVATIONS. 269 
 
 reared in. all the bad principles of despotism and super- 
 stition? The colonial system forbade every kind of 
 learning calculated to expand and enlighten the mind. 
 Whenever extraordinary natural talents showed them- 
 selves, they were studiously perverted to vicious pur- 
 suits, in order to withdraw the powers of a strong 
 mind from the consideration of political subjects. 
 During the struggle for independence, a successful 
 commander was placed by the chances of war, or by 
 intrigue, at the helm of state : he chose his ministers 
 from amongst his friends at hand, without always 
 seeking for unobtrusive merit ; and it has often hap- 
 pened that incapacity, unaccompanied even by probity, 
 has been called to offices of trust; so that, when such 
 men have accidentally found themselves at the head 
 of affairs, it is not very surprising that they should 
 have attended quite as much to their own private in- 
 terests as to the public good. 
 
 Monteagudo has, in his Memoir, the following 
 remark upon the scarcity of men in Peru qualified 
 to fill high offices, which applies with equal force to 
 Chile, and perhaps to the other sections. 
 
 " Unfortunately the greater part of the population 
 of Peru is deficient in those acquirements, without 
 which it is impossible to fulfil well the duties of such 
 difficult situations. The study of politics and legis- 
 lation has been hitherto as dangerous as it was use- 
 less. The study of the science of political economy 
 was diametrically opposed to the colonial laws. Di- 
 plomacy was without an object, and it would have 
 been equally superfluous to have dedicated oneself to 
 that study as it would have been to have learned the
 
 GENERAL CHAP, xxvni. 
 
 deidam of the Bramins. In a word, all the know- 
 ledge necessary to pave the way to the acquisition of 
 those branches of science was either of most difficult 
 attainment, or encompassed by dangers which few 
 could venture to brave." 
 
 Such were the scanty materials out of which the 
 new governments had to be constructed. Able writers 
 have animadverted upon them in unmeasured terms; 
 but it must be recollected that these authors have 
 sometimes started from amongst the many, who have 
 gone out with glittering hopes, and who, having 
 failed from want of tact, have turned round upon the 
 governments, and broadly charged them with want of 
 faith; when perhaps this last reason, even when it 
 did exist, was not amongst the main causes of their 
 disappointment. 
 
 It belongs to the diplomatic body of Spanish 
 America, resident in Europe, to set the world right 
 in several points, upon which misrepresentations have 
 been carried to an unwarrantable length, by variously 
 talented men, writing and writhing under the feelings 
 of disappointed expectations. But some of their Ex- 
 cellencies appear to have been, in a few instances, less 
 anxious to trouble themselves with the affairs of their 
 country, than to swell themselves out like the frog in 
 the fable. Perhaps, however, their said Excellencies, 
 and the aforesaid disappointed writers, will tolerate 
 a remark, en passant, that South America is not a 
 warehouse of ready-made fortunes, into which the 
 mercantile or military aspirant, to wealth or fame, has 
 only to walk and help himself. The very want of 
 stability and regularity on the part of those govern-.
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. OBSERVATIONS. 271 
 
 ments has occasionally enabled a few foreign specu- 
 lators to make rapid fortunes. This has caused others 
 to flock thither, and the disappointment has been in 
 proportion to their numbers. Let them go : but let 
 them make up their minds to the attendant risk and 
 inconveniences ; and let them conform with a forbear- 
 ing spirit to the manners of a mild people, not quite 
 so far advanced in, what is called, civilization as the 
 people of older countries. But the fact is, that few 
 men willingly ascribe the cause of failure to a want 
 of foresight, to misinformation, to miscalculation, or 
 to their own unconciliating deportment towards the 
 natives ; but all seem ready to throw the blame upon 
 a government, or a people, certainly not held up as 
 faultless, but neither of which ought to be made 
 responsible for the stability of every splendid air- 
 built castle, the offspring of a heated or misguided 
 imagination.
 
 272 POTOSI. CHAP. xxix. 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 
 Potosi. Its mines. Public edifices. Mint. Bank of Rescate. 
 Treasury . Caxchas. Departmental administration. Police. 
 Government-house. Society of Potosi. Agents for mining 
 associations. 
 
 THE war being now at an end, General Miller was 
 appointed prefect* of the department of Potosi, com- 
 posed of the provinces of Porco, Chayanta, Lipes, 
 Chichas, and Atacama; containing a population of 
 about 300,000 souls, two-thirds of which were ab- 
 origines, the remainder whites, and mestizos of 
 various shades. 
 
 The town of Potosi, the capital of the department, 
 is situated about 15,000 feet above the level of the 
 sea, in the province of Porco, in 19 51' south lati- 
 tude and 60 31' west longitude from Cadiz. Upon 
 the accidental discovery of its mineral riches in 1545, 
 it was named an asiento, or mine station ; but in pro- 
 cess of time it was raised to the rank of a town, and 
 made the capital of an intendencia. In 161 1 the town 
 contained 150,000 inhabitants, according to a census 
 taken by order of the mtendente Bejerano. This 
 number must at that time have consisted principally 
 of mitayos f of every tribe existing between Potosi 
 and Cuzco, a distance of nearly 300 leagues. Those 
 unhappy beings were generally accompanied in their 
 
 * The prefects of the departments of Upper Peru were called presidents, but 
 we shall use the former appellation to prevent confusion, 
 f Indians compelled to work in the mines.
 
 CHAP. XXIX. POTOSI. 273 
 
 labours by their wives and families, who came rather 
 to share in the hopeless sufferings of their husbands 
 and fathers than to settle in the arid hills of Potosi. 
 It is not therefore surprising that its population 
 should have been, by the abolition of the mita, and 
 by the shocks which wealthy establishments received 
 during the revolution, reduced to only 8000, in the 
 year 1825. 
 
 The traveller, on approaching Potosi, from what- 
 ever side he may come, emerges from deep mountain 
 ravines, and discovers the town at the foot of the cele- 
 brated argentiferous Cerro, which is a conical hill 
 about three leagues in circumference at the base. 
 Its summit is more than 2000 feet above the town, 
 and consequently 17,000 feet* above the level of the 
 sea. It appears to be of volcanic origin, and its 
 sides are marked with spots of various hues, such as 
 dark green, orange, gray, and red. 
 
 The principal vetas, or lodes, on the Cerro are : 
 La Ensima, or Chacapolo. La Estano. 
 
 Polo. Corpus-Christi. 
 
 Mendieta. Sapatera. 
 
 Veta-rica. San Jose*. 
 
 The following are the principal mines, with the 
 depth to which each had been excavated up to the 
 year 1825: 
 
 Varas, or Spanish yards. 
 
 Montoya . . 800 
 
 Arcobarreno . . 700 
 
 Marverias . , 700 
 
 Joaquin Prudencio ,,.. r 600 
 
 * The height of the town and cerro of Potosi is given upon hearsay. 
 VOL. II. T
 
 274 MINES AND CERttO. CHAP. xxix. 
 
 Varas, or Spanish yards. 
 
 Rosario ,.>?* . 400 
 
 Chaquello ' , n . 250 
 
 Sojo ' I 1 "" l \ n ! !?,'' 200 
 
 Sobato ;.'.' '.: 600 
 
 SanJos6 . V COO 
 
 Antona ' . s 1000 
 
 Purisitna "".".' ." J 700 
 
 San Miguel . . 500 
 
 San Juan de Dios . 450 
 
 Escarterilla . . 300 
 
 Carmen . ' . 400 
 
 Pimentel "'.' ' . 1000 
 
 Guadalupe . *\' ;> 230 
 
 Onate 'V / 400 
 
 Sacramento . , . 260 
 
 San Geronimo , . 300 
 
 Guaillaguari ". ' . * 900 
 
 San Rafael . fr 100 
 
 Boguilla . %fl ', 150 
 
 San Luis . ' . 400 
 
 Flamencos . . 300 
 
 Santa Rosa . . ' 420 
 
 Misericordia . .. 420 
 
 San Bartolome . . 310 
 
 Esperanza i; . , . 250 
 
 Mercedes .. . 300 
 
 Auxilios . . . 400 
 
 San Antonio . 350 
 
 Above 5000 boca-minas (mine-mouths or levels) 
 
 have been opened on the mountain. Of these only
 
 CHAP. XXIX. POTOSI. 275 
 
 50 or 60 are now worked. The rest are stopped up, 
 are inundated, or have fallen in. 
 
 The upper portion of the mountain is so com- 
 pletely honeycombed, that it may be considered as 
 nearly worked out. The lower part, about one-third 
 of the cone, has hardly been touched, in consequence 
 of the number of springs which impede the workings. 
 
 Several socabones, or drain adits, have been com- 
 menced; but they have generally been either unsuc- 
 cessful, or left unfinished for want of funds. The 
 principal socabon of San Juan Nepomuceno cost the 
 government 560,243 dollars. It is 2200 varans in 
 length, six feet high, six feet wide at the bottom, 
 arched, and lined with rough stones without cement. 
 Beneath is a contra-socabon, or under-drain, to carry 
 off the water. 
 
 The patriot prisoners of war were forced to labour 
 in the socabon, which is yet unfinished and unpro- 
 fitable. This will not surprise any one acquainted 
 with the manner in which royal works were in that 
 country converted into mere jobs. The proprietor 
 who possessed most interest, or who gave weight to 
 his persuasions by certain well known arguments, 
 could, under the plea of public utility, have an adit 
 driven where it was most likely to benefit his own 
 mines. Thus the public money was often sacrificed 
 to private purposes, and frequently without the 
 slightest advantage, even to the party it was intended 
 to favour. 
 
 The surrounding country is also metalliferous. 
 Silver of great fineness abounds in a hill called Guayna-
 
 276 POTOSI. CHAP. xxix. 
 
 Potosi, or Young Potosi, close to the Cerro, but 
 which cannot be worked, on account of numerous 
 springs being met with at no great distance from the 
 surface. The ore is pulverized in mills, worked with 
 overshot wheels, turned by streamlets conducted from 
 lakes or pools in the mountains, from one to ten miles' 
 distance from the city. The most considerable of 
 these lakes are formed by dams built across the que- 
 bradas or ravines. The water is sparingly let out 
 by a sluice in the day-time, but never at night, and 
 sometimes not oftener than twice a week, according 
 to the supply. Some of the larger pools are fed by 
 tributary ones, situated in higher recesses of the same 
 mountains. People are constantly employed as lake- 
 keepers, to attend to the sluices, and to repair da- 
 mages. In very dry seasons it has happened that a 
 scarcity of water has caused the mills to stand still. 
 This inconvenience might be obviated if the axequias, 
 or channels, were paved, and the lakes properly 
 cleaned out. 
 
 In the year 1572, a mint was constructed, at the 
 expense of 11,000 dollars. It was intended to be 
 only provisional; but it was not until the year 1751 
 that the present edifice was built. Up to the last 
 mentioned date, the different sorts of money coined 
 at Potosi were flat angular pieces of silver or gold, 
 bearing the Spanish arms, and a figure denoting their 
 value. They are often called Buccaneer dollars, 
 and are the " pieces of eight" frequently mentioned 
 iq the history of those marine freebooters. 
 
 The process of extracting silver from the ore was
 
 OHA1>. XXIX. POTOSI. 277 
 
 of the rudest kind until 1.571, when Velasco intro- 
 duced the amalgamation with quicksilver. Before 
 this, several thousand hornillos, or small furnaces, 
 were used for smelting. Their appearance at night 
 on the Cerro is described by Acosta, and other early 
 travellers, as forming an illumination as beautiful and 
 symmetrical as it was extraordinary. 
 
 If eight marks of silver in pina be obtained out of 
 each caxon (which is fifty quintales, or fifty hundred- 
 weight of ore), it is considered that the proprietor 
 dtjes not lose by working his mines on the Cerro of 
 Potosi. At other places from ten to twenty marks 
 per caxon is the proportion required to pay expenses, 
 which are augmented by the situation of mines in 
 mountains more difficult of access, or more distant 
 from inhabited places, provisions, fuel, and water to 
 turn a mill. The mines actually worked in the Cerro 
 of Potosi do not in general yield more than ten marks 
 per caxon. At many places on the side of the Cerro 
 are extensive heaps, called rodados, formed by the 
 refuse of mines when they were so productive as to 
 render the rodados unworthy of attention. They 
 have however become valuable, and are found to pro- 
 duce from three to fifteen marks per caxon. 
 
 The richest vetas, or lodes, and the largest mines, 
 are now under water, and it would require European 
 science and capital to drain them. 
 
 The Portugalete mines, in the province of Chichas, 
 sixty-five leagues from Potosi, produce ore that gives 
 from sixty to eighty marks the caxon. Another 
 mine, the Gallofa, in the province of Chayanta, pro- 
 duces ore that yields forty marks per caxon.
 
 278 POTOSI. CHAP. xxix. 
 
 The climate of Potosi is disagreeable. The rays 
 of the sun are scorchingly hot at noon, while in the 
 shade, and at night, the air is piercingly cold. The 
 country for three leagues around is so completely 
 barren that a blade of vegetation is not to be seen, 
 with the exception of a plant called quinuali, which 
 is a remedy against the puna. 
 
 The town of Potosi is built upon uneven ground. 
 It, has a spacious square in the centre. The govern- 
 ment-house, the town-house, and the jail, under the 
 same roof, occupy one side ; the treasury and go- 
 vernment-offices another; a convent and an unfinished 
 church the third; and private residences the fourth. 
 Extensive suburbs, once tenanted by Indians and 
 miners, are now without an inhabitant, and the ves- 
 tiges of the streets are all that remain. 
 
 Amongst the most remarkable public edifices is 
 the mint, substantially built of stone, upon a plan 
 admirably adapted to the purposes for which it was 
 designed. It cost 1,148,000 dollars, including the 
 machinery. It contains spacious apartments for the 
 superintendent, and a few of the principal officers. 
 
 The heaviest part of the mint machinery is worked 
 by mules; the rest by manual labour. The stamping 
 of the dollars is effepted by rude presses, worked by 
 levers; and so clumsily is the operation performed, 
 that the workmen's fingers are placed in no little 
 peril. The nulling of the dollar is effected by a 
 description of hand-screw. The labourers get from 
 four to six reals per diem. Charcoal is the only sort 
 of fuel used. 
 
 Silver and gold are sold by individuals to the bank
 
 CHAP. XXIX. BANK TREASURY POST-OFFICE. 
 
 of Rescate, or bank of exchange, a government esta- 
 blishment, which re-sells the metals to the mint. The 
 bank and mint are thus checks upon each other. 
 
 The annual coinage has amounted to five millions 
 of dollars in silver, and to four thousand six hundred 
 marcs, or 36,800 doubloons in gold. In such pro- 
 ductive years the mint has netted a profit of 212,000 
 dollars, after paying salaries and every other expense. 
 
 The officers of the mint are thirty-eight in number. 
 The superintendent receives 6000 dollars a year. The 
 comptroller, treasurer, two assay-masters, the inspector 
 of weights, and the supervisor of assays and weights, 
 are called ministros or board officers, and receive each 
 from three thousand to four thousand five hundred 
 dollars per annum. 
 
 The officers of the bank of Rescate are an admi- 
 nistrador, a comptroller, and a treasurer, who are 
 also ministros. To their offices are attached two 
 smelters, and nine clerks. 
 
 The treasury of the department of Potosi has a 
 treasurer and a comptroller, who are likewise mi- 
 nistros, and take precedence of those of the mint and 
 of the bank. The other officers are 
 
 Teniente asesor. Legal adviser. 
 
 Promoter fiscal. Public prosecutor. 
 
 Alcalde vedor de minas. Overseer of mines. 
 
 Ensayador. Assayer. 
 
 Fundidor y balanzario. Smelter and inspector of 
 weights. 
 
 Escribano de hacienda. Notary public. 
 
 There were also fourteen clerks upon this esta-
 
 MARKETS. CHAP. XXIX. 
 
 
 
 blishment. The custom-house was incorporated with 
 the treasury in 1825. 
 
 The post-office has an administrador, an inter- 
 ventor, three clerks, and six conductores. 
 
 The whole of the persons employed in the above de- 
 partments wear civil uniforms according to their rank. 
 
 The Rescate bank, and mint, occasion a considerable 
 influx of gold and silver into Potosi, beyond the pro- 
 duce of its own mines. Besides being the metal- 
 market for that part of the world, its geographical 
 position made it also an entrepot for European mer- 
 chandise from Buenos Ayres, for the consumption of 
 Upper Peru and Cuzco. 
 
 The market of Potosi is one of the best supplied 
 in South America, though some articles of great con- 
 sumption are furnished from very distant provinces. 
 Wine, brandy, and oil are brought from the In- 
 termedios, and flour from Cochabamba. Mules, asses, 
 and llamas are the only means of transport. 
 
 The necessaries as well as the luxuries of life are 
 exorbitantly dear. The master miner, as well as the 
 labourer, is seldom attentive to economy, and parts 
 with his money as quickly as he earns it. The house 
 of the master miner sometimes contains articles of 
 furniture more costly than are to be found in the 
 most respectable houses of other large towns in Peru. 
 
 Formerly many Indian families took up their abode 
 in huts or caves near the mines on the Cerro, and 
 descended to the town only on a Saturday night, to 
 receive their waget;, and to purchase a weekly sup- 
 ply of provisions. Many of these often remained to
 
 (HAP. xxix. CAXCHAS. 
 
 squander their earnings in dissipation, drunken- 
 ness, or gambling, and passed great part of the night 
 playing the guitar and singing at the doors of the 
 tippling shops. 
 
 A singular custom, which probably originated in 
 the indulgence of early mine owners, still prevails. 
 Between Saturday night and Monday morning the 
 Cerro literally becomes the property of such persons 
 as choose to work upon their own account. During 
 that time, the boldest master would not venture to 
 visit his own mines. They who thus take possession 
 are called caxchas, and generally sell the produce of 
 Sunday to their own masters. Independent of the 
 ore thus abstracted, the caxchas did considerable 
 mischief, by neglecting the proper precautions as 
 they excavated. If they met with a more than usu- 
 ally rich vein in the course of the week, it was passed 
 over, and cunningly reserved for the following Sunday. 
 Very strong measures were therefore taken to abolish 
 the custom, but every effort proved unsuccessful. 
 The caxchas defended their privilege by force of 
 arms, and by hurling down large stones upon their 
 assailants. So watchful are they, that it once hap- 
 pened that fifteen or twenty llamas, richly laden with 
 silver ore, were seized on the descent, because they 
 had left the mine after the hour at which the caxcha 
 privilege commenced. Neither llamas nor drivers 
 were ever heard of again. 
 
 General Miller was invested with the civil as well 
 as the military command of the department ; in which 
 were cantoned three thousand five hundred Peruvian 
 troops. He was also named superintendent of the mint,
 
 282 CIVIL APPOINTMENTS. CHAP. XXIX. 
 
 and director of the bank. The powers of vice-patron 
 of the church, within his department, were likewise 
 especially delegated to him by General Sucre, as 
 supreme chief of Upper Peru, and he was further 
 empowered to displace such clergymen as it was 
 judged necessary to remove on account of their pre- 
 vious political conduct or opinions, and to recom- 
 mend their successors to the Archbishop of Charcas, 
 whose clerical appointments were not valid until 
 ratified by the vice-patron. 
 
 In order to fill up more than one hundred civil 
 appointments, having annual salaries varying from 
 five hundred to four thousand dollars, which had 
 become vacant by retirements, or pro forma dis- 
 missals, on the change of government, Sucre, on his 
 first arrival at Potosi, named a committee of three 
 individuals to make out a list of the most competent 
 and deserving candidates for employment. This list 
 created general dissatisfaction. Sucre next formed a 
 junta for the same purpose, and with the same powers, 
 at Chuquisaca. The second list proved equally un- 
 satisfactory as the first. Sucre then ordered Miller, 
 who had been appointed to the prefecture in the mean 
 time, to make out a third list. This was returned 
 with the other two, and the nomination was left en- 
 tirely to his own discretion. These extraordinary 
 powers are a flattering testimony of the unlimited 
 confidence which was placed in Miller's integrity and 
 impartiality. The honour of this compliment was 
 enhanced by the circumstance that every appoint- 
 ment so made was confirmed by the Liberator and 
 Sucre. Many useless offices were abolished, and
 
 CHAP. XXIX. RETRENCHMENT. 283 
 
 many salaries were reduced. That of the prefect 
 was reduced from twelve to seven thousand dollars. 
 The Spanish viceroys enjoyed a salary of sixty thou- 
 sand dollars per annum. The republican president 
 of Peru received only thirty-six thousand dollars. The 
 Spanish general-in-chief received twenty thousand. 
 Sucre received only ten thousand. 
 
 Every branch of the administration of the depart- 
 ment was in a very disorganized state when the pa- 
 triots entered Potosi. From the commencement of 
 the revolution, in 1810, till 1825, the mint coined at 
 the average rate of only half a million of dollars per 
 annum; but, during the first Jive months after the 
 liberation of Potosi, it coined upwards of a million ; 
 while the population of the town increased during 
 the same period from eight to ten thousand. 
 
 The natives and merchants showed every con- 
 fidence in the new government. Industry, a spirit 
 of enterprise, and the best understanding, pervaded 
 every class. It happened that the prefect was on 
 some occasions in want of money to keep the troops 
 closely paid up. Temporary loans were furnished 
 with the utmost readiness by merchants, who, on 
 repayment, refused to receive interest. Don Andres 
 Arguelles lent twenty thousand dollars to the bank, 
 without interest or receipt. This sum was refunded 
 to him in three months, out of the profits of the esta- 
 blishment. 
 
 Even the Indian character speedily underwent a 
 perceptible change. Accustomed to be deceived, 
 and consequently to deceive, they could neither speak 
 the truth, nor believe in the truth when it was spoken
 
 284 ABORIGINES. CHAP. xxix. 
 
 to them. Although these poor people had become 
 entitled by law to the privileges of citizens, yet such 
 was their distrust of the cruel whites, that they con- 
 sidered the abolition of the tribute and the mita to 
 be some kind of trap to ensnare them into the com- 
 mission of a fault. Most of the priesthood abstained 
 from every endeavour to dispel this illusion, because 
 general freedom would do away with that system of 
 pongos, or domestic servitude, by which these pastors, 
 as well as the caciques, benefit most materially. Thus 
 the best intended decrees, in favour of the aborigines, 
 will be slow in producing" the proper effect. Pre- 
 judices and timidity on their own part, and the in- 
 terest of those who still keep up the delusion, in 
 order to profit by the gratuitous labours of others, 
 will combine to counteract the most benevolent views 
 of the patriotic government. Time itself must be 
 seconded by philanthropic and strong efforts on the 
 part of prefects of departments, governors of pro- 
 vinces, and other principal authorities ; and positive 
 benefits must be conferred on the Indians, and actually 
 felt as such by them, in order to produce the proper 
 impression. 
 
 In conformity to the new order of things, Miller 
 issued various proclamations, to enforce government 
 decrees, intended to ameliorate the condition of the 
 aborigines, but to little real effect. However, the 
 punctual payment for provisions and forage taken 
 from the Indians ; the fair remuneration made to 
 all such as were employed by government; and a 
 regular reward of two or three reals to the bearer of 
 every official communication, created confidence, in
 
 CHAP. xxix. ABORIGINES. 285 
 
 spite of the mistrustful disposition of these poor 
 people. Having been accustomed to be impressed, 
 to convey despatches, and to perform all kinds of 
 public labour, without pay or recompense, a trifling 
 reward, invariably given, now led them to compare the 
 present with the past, and they were equally pleased 
 and surprised at the contrast. Major Ballejos, one 
 of the prisoners released from the casemates of Callao 
 in 1820, was at this time town-major. He entered 
 into the spirit of extending protection to the abori- 
 gines, and his zeal and humanity greatly assisted in 
 producing a most favourable effect. 
 
 Some soldiers who mounted guard at the door of 
 the government-house, and one of the prefect's own 
 servants, were flogged, in the presence of the injured 
 party, for employing Indians, contrary to the spirit of 
 the new regulations. It had been customary with 
 the royal army, and too much so even with the patriot 
 soldiers, to lay hold of the first Indian they met in 
 the street, and compel him to clean out their barracks, 
 to fetch wood and water, and perform the most menial 
 offices. Habit had familiarized the officers to the 
 custom, and they seldom corrected the evil : what, 
 too, is most remarkable, the Indian soldiers were the 
 most tyrannical in exacting these degrading services 
 from their brethren. 
 
 Another trifling' incident produced a powerful 
 effect upon the long-suffering aborigines. The 
 miners (asogueros), ambitious of displaying their 
 patriotism, agreed, at a meeting of the"municipality, 
 in open cabildo, that a real should be deducted, by 
 the bank of Rescate, for every mark of silver sold
 
 286 ABORIGINES. CHAP. xxix. 
 
 there, towards a general subscription to defray the 
 expenses of the reception and entertainment of Bo- 
 livar at Potosi. The officers of the bank improperly 
 made a similar deduction from the puches, or lumps, 
 of silver and gold brought for sale by the Indians. 
 As soon as the prefect heard of this proceeding, he 
 went to the bank, where a number of Indians were 
 waiting payment for their metal. Upon inquiry it 
 was ascertained that ninety-five dollars had been thus 
 deducted ; but as it was impossible to discover the 
 proportion in which each Indian had been a loser, 
 the prefect ordered his interpreter to explain, in the 
 Quichua language, that the officers of the bank had 
 incurred his displeasure for the imposition practised ; 
 that Indians might apply to him personally for redress 
 in case of future causes of complaint ; and that, as the 
 individual owners of the ninety-five dollars could not 
 be traced with accuracy, those present should scramble 
 for the ninety-five dollars unjustly stopped, with the 
 addition of five dollars from his own pocket. One 
 hundred dollars, in small silver coin, were then 
 brought out from the bank, and the prefect threw 
 them amongst the crowd with his own hands. Thence- 
 forth the aborigines, instead of frequently disposing, 
 as formerly, of their puches in a contraband manner, 
 by which the government lost a considerable revenue, 
 brought their silver to the bank, free from any appre- 
 hension of extortion. 
 
 Seconded by the general good will of the people, 
 the prefect was enabled to establish a well regulated 
 police. The streets were regularly swept, the houses 
 whitewashed, and the town acquired an air of neat-
 
 CHAP. xxix. IMPROVEMENTS. 287 
 
 ness and comfort very unlike the state in which the 
 patriots found it. The overland post, twice a month, 
 between Potosi and Buenos Ayres, was re-established. 
 The road from Lenas to Potosi, and that from Potosi 
 to the confines of the department towards Chuquisaca, 
 one of the worst in Peru, were repaired, to the ex- 
 tent of thirty leagues. Although Potosi was the 
 last town in Peru that became independent, it was 
 the first to raise a monument to its liberators ; for, 
 previous to Bolivar's arrival, an obelisk, sixty feet 
 high, was erected in the principal square. 
 
 It has been asked by an entertaining writer of 
 travels in South America, " What have the Indians 
 gained by the revolution ?" To this we answer, the 
 abolition of the following horrid oppressions: 
 The mita, 
 
 Perpetual minority *, 
 Domestic servitude as pongos, and 
 The tribute. 
 
 Many reforms having been effected, useful insti- 
 tutions next became the object of consideration. It 
 having been decided, that a college for the study 
 of mineralogy should be established at Potosi, the 
 prefect was authorized to take the necessary steps to 
 procure professors, books, instruments, &c. It was 
 afterwards determined that the course of instruction 
 should be general, allowing mineralogy always to hold 
 the first rank. Miller was to have been the patron 
 of the new college. Amongst other preparatory 
 
 * According to the laws of the Indies, no Indian could enter into trans- 
 actions above the value of fifty dollars without the sanction of the " protector de 
 los naturales" (protector of the aborigines), an officer appointed by the king of 
 Spain. There was one in every province. These " natural guard Jans," having 
 great opportunities, fleeced the poor Indians without mercy.
 
 288 IMPROVEMENTS. CHAP. xxix. 
 
 measures, he inspected various public buildings, 
 and made choice of the convent of San Francisco as 
 the most suitable. His frequent visits there excited 
 the fears of the monks. Perceiving this, he said, one 
 day, to the prior, " I see you are alarmed. I will 
 put an end to your suspense, by at once telling you 
 my intention. I mean to recommend this convent 
 to be taken for a collegial establishment. If you 
 have any objections to this plan, write to the Libe- 
 rator, to General Sucre, or to any one else, and 
 state them. I will give you fair play ; and if you are 
 at last compelled to move, I promise that the change 
 shall not be the worse for any of you." The monks, 
 who had prepared to thwart, if possible, any proposal 
 that interfered with their residence, seemed to be 
 disarmed by this frank declaration, and threw no 
 difficulties in the way ; but Miller left Potosi before 
 he could carry the projected plan into execution. 
 The monks of this convent seldom slept within its 
 walls. 
 
 Some years before this, a dreadful catastrophe 
 happened to another of the monasteries, part of 
 which had been used by the royalists as a powder 
 magazine. One night, at twelve o'clock, during a 
 tremendous storm, the lightning unfortunately struck 
 the magazine, which exploded, and destroyed nearly 
 the whole of the building. The next morning 
 hardly a vestige of the immense pile was standing- 
 Every one deplored the loss of the righteous friars, 
 who had been its occupants. A most anxious search 
 was made throughout the ruins for their hallowed 
 remains. The people, thus piously occupied, were
 
 CHAP. xxix. VISIT OF BOLIVAR. 289 
 
 amazed from time to time by first one of the monks 
 of the convent joining them, and then another, till, 
 after toiling for nearly two hours, they had the 
 satisfaction to discover that not one of the holy 
 fathers had suffered from the dreadful calamity. 
 Each of them very ingeniously accounted for his ab- 
 sence without compromising the sanctity of his cha- 
 racter. It appeared that they all had been employed, 
 as usual, in works of charity and general beneficence. 
 The intended visit of Bolivar to Potosi having 
 been officially announced, Miller prepared the go- 
 vernment-house * for the Liberator's reception. It 
 is one of the finest and best-constructed residences 
 between Lima and Buenos Ayres. The rooms are 
 spacious, well-proportioned, and profusely ornamented 
 with gilding, large mirrors, and elegant chandeliers. 
 As carpets were not to be procured, the floor was 
 covered with fine scarlet cloth, and the house re- 
 furnished, with a view to comfort as well as splen- 
 dour. The town of Potosi being destitute of Eu- 
 ropean luxuries, a number of mules were sent 
 to Tacna for dinner-services, hardware, and glass. 
 A considerable supply of wine, liqueurs, English 
 porter and cider, and other articles, was procured. 
 It was the custom of the prefect to give a dinner 
 every Sunday to the heads of the different depart- 
 ments, together with some of the principal inha- 
 bitants. These persons became speedy converts to 
 champaign, which, until then, had perhaps never 
 
 No other house in Potosi has the convenience of a chimney. The brascro 
 is used in cold weather, according to the Spanish custom. 
 
 VOL. II. U
 
 290 POTOSI. CHAP. xxix. 
 
 been seen in Potosi. Claret and port were sel- 
 dom suffered to pass untouched, but very few had 
 at first the courage to venture upon malt liquor, 
 until the antipathy gradually wore off by force of ex- 
 ample, and then pale ale became the favourite be- 
 verage *. 
 
 English manufactures were at first exorbitantly 
 dear. A glutted market soon reduced the price, and 
 a general taste for them was diffused. The soldiers, 
 who were paid once a month, usually laid out the 
 disposable surplus in the purchase of articles of British 
 fabric. The aboriginal population, whose garments had 
 before been confined to the coarse woollens of the 
 country, now bought English manufactures. 
 
 The society of Potosi was, at this time, rendered 
 more than usually good by fortuitous circumstances. 
 A number of the wives of royalist officers and civi- 
 lians naturally retired to the place which held out the 
 longest for the king. Twenty or thirty of these ladies 
 were natives of Salta, where grace and beauty seem to 
 have established their abode. The municipality, the 
 merchants,and the officers of the garrison,gave splendid 
 balls t in succession to the new prefect, who gave one 
 in return. At these, as well as at private parties, there 
 was as much beauty, elegance, and graceful dancing, 
 and perhaps more gaiety and good-humoured frank- 
 
 * After Miller left Potosi, he discovered that his servants were accus- 
 tomed to sell to the Indians, who came into town from distant parts of the 
 country, empty porter and wine bottles at a dollar, and a dollar and a half, 
 each. 
 
 t A ball in South America opens with a minuet Country-dances, waltzes, 
 and dances peculiar to the country follow. Quadrilles are danced in Buenos 
 Ayres and in Chile.
 
 CHAP. xxix. POTOSI. 291 
 
 ness, than is to he met with in many European 
 circles. 
 
 The society was further improved and enlivened 
 by an influx of gentlemen, who came attended with a 
 numerous civil staff, to bargain for mines, or to take 
 possession of others purchased in London, sometimes 
 of persons who had as much right to dispose of them, 
 as of so manyjsquare leagues of ocean. Some of the 
 mines so sold had been given away *. Other asso- 
 ciations were formed at Buenos Ayres, Salta, Are- 
 quipa, &c., for getting legal possession of mines for 
 the sole purpose of selling them to European specu- 
 lators. These retail associations contributed also to 
 increase the population of Potosi by the endless im- 
 portation of agents, who, enjoying handsome salaries, 
 and carried away by sanguine hopes, were amongst 
 the most merry members of society. 
 
 While these gentlemen were busily employed in 
 outbidding each other, or in bringing their multi- 
 form contracts to a conclusion, a circumstance oc- 
 curred which produced a paralysing stand to business, 
 and which will show that brains were crazed in Po- 
 tosi as well as elsewhere. This was the announced 
 arrival, at Cordova, of an Englishman who was never 
 spoken of by any humbler denomination than THE 
 ORAND COMMISSIONER. He was described to be 
 the representative of a board of peers and princes, 
 and to be amply furnished with the means, and duly 
 empowered, to buy up all the mines of Peru. For a 
 
 * Mines unworked for a year and a day become the property of any person 
 who chooses to denounce, and claim them for the purpose of working them. The 
 claimant has only to prove the fact, and to pay some small fees of office. This 
 is called giving them away. 
 
 u 2
 
 COMMISSIONERS OF CHAP. xxix. 
 
 month, every succeeding morning produced its report 
 of the daily progress of the grand commissioner. Go- 
 vernment-house was haunted by anxious inquirers. 
 The prefect himself was scarcely less solicitous to 
 ascertain who it was that was about to honour the 
 department with his presence. The expected arrival 
 of Bolivar became, for the time, an object of second- 
 ary interest. Curiosity was strained to the utmost, 
 but still the grand commissioner did, not appear. 
 Unlike his fellow-labourer in the same vineyard, un- 
 like the HEAD commissioner, who crossed the Pampas 
 on the wings of the wind ; scaled the Andes with the 
 speed, and gave to his descriptions the vividness, of 
 lightning j who rode a race of six thousand miles 
 against time, and came in a-HEAD ; who, on his return 
 to England, gave ROUGH NOTES, instead of polished 
 ingots; the GRAND commissioner, on the contrary, 
 pursued no such meteor-like course. He neither out- 
 stripped the ostrich, nor frightened the viscacha j but 
 advanced, with a measured stateliness, which gave 
 leisure for every imagination in Potosi to become ex- 
 ceedingly inflamed. Sub-commissioners, secretaries, 
 under-secretaries, mineralogists, smelters, chemists, 
 draftsmen, surveyors, assayers, goldbeaters, silver- 
 smiths, chaplains, surgeons, and grave-diggers, were 
 supposed to form his multitudinous retinue. While 
 every mind was on the tenter-hooks of suspense, a 
 letter, signed plain " JOSEPH ANDREWS," was re- 
 ceived by the prefect, who thus discovered that el 
 Gran Comisionado Britanico was no t)ther than his 
 highly esteemed friend Captain Andrews, now become 
 agent of an association, the directors of which had,
 
 CHAP. XXIX. MINING ASSOCIATIONS. 93 
 
 like others, raised their expectations to the highest 
 pitch of extravagance. But, in the end, empty 
 pockets were found to be the natural result of 
 miscalculating heads, and severe disappointments 
 arose on the very spot where nature had provided, 
 for rational enterpriae, the means of ample remune- 
 ration, had prudence been consulted, foresight em- 
 ployed, and economy adhered to. Captain Andrews 
 was one of those who husbanded the resources of his 
 employers, and at the same time acquired the con- 
 fidence of the most respectable mineholders. Had 
 he been sufficiently supported by the company he 
 represented, he would have been able to have done 
 more, at a comparatively trifling cost, than most of 
 the rest of the mine-hunting brotherhood, who had 
 gone to such enormous expense, particularly in send- 
 ing out machinery which was never made use of. We 
 do not consider ourselves competent to give a decided 
 opinion upon mining affairs; but there are certainly 
 many mines in Peru, particularly at Puno, Guanta- 
 jaya, and Pasco, which, under proper management, 
 offer the fairest prospect of profit; but disappoint- 
 ment or ruin must be the inevitable result of dispro- 
 portionately expensive establishments. 
 
 It would be a difficult task to decide whether the 
 mismanagement of directors, or the cupidity of the 
 British public, was most to blame in these matters. 
 Certain it is, that the credulous and over-grasping 
 multitude furnished ready means for the most lavish 
 expenditure. Led astray by the dreams of avarice, 
 people who had kept aloof from entering into those 
 speculations whilst prices were low, and there was an
 
 291 MINING MANIA. CHAP. XXIX, 
 
 apparent risk attending them, could not see without 
 envy that their neighbours were beginning to realise 
 considerable sums, by the steady advance in the 
 value of the mining shares. They consequently hur- 
 ried into the market, and bought all before them ; 
 and the more prices advanced the greater appeared 
 their frenzy to become possessed of them: and this 
 without any relation to the result of the enterprise 
 itself, but merely to make money at the moment. 
 Shares which at the outset bore a premium of from 
 \5l. to '20/. per share, in the short space of six weeks 
 rose to the enormous premium of IJOOl. A shivering 
 fit succeeded to this raging fever. The senseless 
 panic of 1825 arrived, and fears as unreasonable as 
 their previous visionary expectations increased the 
 malady, and caused the ruin of hundreds of indivi- 
 duals. The dissolution of most of the mining com- 
 panies ensued, and this at a moment when some of 
 them had obtained fair prospects of success. The 
 odium of these transactions was principally thrown 
 upon the directors of the companies ; but it should 
 with more reason be applied to the public, who, after 
 having shown themselves mad in the encouragement 
 of these schemes, suddenly withdrew from the di- 
 rectors the means of carrying them on. 
 
 The silver mines of Guantajaya were discovered 
 upwards of a century ago. They lie in a south-east 
 direction from Iquique, at a distance of between two 
 and three leagues. This is a small fishing town 
 in 20 12' of south latitude. The harbour, which is 
 good, is formed by an island lying to the westward. 
 Guantajaya is a town which formerly contained three
 
 CHAP. XXIX. GUANTAJAYA AND TIPUANI. 295 
 
 thousand inhabitants, but that number is now reduced 
 to three hundred. Its mines, although always imper- 
 fectly worked, have produced large quantities of silver. 
 They are the property of the family of De la Fuentes, 
 of Arequipa. There is no water at Guantajaya, but 
 it is supplied from wells seven leagues distant. Pro- 
 visions are brought from Pico, Tarrapaca, and, by 
 sea, from Chile, the passage being about seven days. 
 As it never rains there, the country produces nothing. 
 The climate however is the best in Peru. The ague 
 and other diseases prevalent on the rest of the coast 
 are there unknown. Iquique itself contains about 
 three hundred inhabitants, and is extremely healthy. 
 It is stated that the mortality amounted to only seven 
 cases in fourteen years. In 1822, the cur a produced 
 the burial register to prove the truth of this assertion. 
 The gold washings, or lavaderos, of Tipuani, in 
 the province of Larecaja, are about sixty leagues 
 north-east of the city of La Paz. The gold is found 
 in three streams which descend from that part of the 
 Cordillera called Ancoma, which is always covered 
 with snow. These lavaderos have been worked from 
 the time of the Incas, as is proved by implements 
 occasionally discovered embedded in the alluvial soil ; 
 and what shows the tact and intelligence of the 
 ancient Peruvians is, that this has invariably oc- 
 curred in places which have proved to be the most 
 productive. Gold, in pepitas, or grains, is found 
 ten or twelve yards below the surface, in a stratum 
 of clay from one to two yards in thickness. Its 
 quality is twenty-three and a half carats. The
 
 CONSUMPTION OF CHAP. xxix. 
 
 working of the lavaderos is done by manual labour. 
 The pits are kept free of water by means of buckets, 
 although the mountains are covered with fine timber 
 trees, and pumps could easily be made. The climate 
 is hot, and agues are prevalent. The lavaderos cease 
 at the point where the river Tipuani takes the name 
 of Beni, and where it becomes navigable for boats 
 till it joins the waters of the Amazons. 
 
 The aboriginal inhabitants of Peru are gradually 
 beginning to experience the benefit which has been 
 conferred upon them, by the repeal of ancient op- 
 pressive laws. In the districts that produce gold, 
 their exertions will be redoubled, for they now work 
 for themselves. They can obtain this precious metal 
 by merely scratching the earth, and, although the 
 collection of each individual may be small, the aggre- 
 gate quantity thus obtained will be far from incon- 
 siderable. As the aborigines attain comparative 
 wealth, they will acquire a taste for the minor com- 
 forts of life. The consumption of European manu- 
 factures will be increased to an incalculable degree, 
 and the effect upon the general commerce of the 
 world will be sensibly perceived. It is for the first 
 and most active manufacturing country in Christen- 
 dom to take a proper advantage of the opening thus 
 afforded. Already, in those countries, British manu- 
 factures employ double the tonnage, and perhaps ex- 
 ceed twenty times the value, of the importations from 
 all other foreign nations put together. The wines 
 and tasteful bagatelles of France, and the flour and 
 household furniture of the United States, will bear
 
 CHAP. XXIX. EUROPEAN MANUFACTURES. 297 
 
 no comparison in value to the cottons of Man- 
 chester, the linens of Glasgow, the broadcloths of 
 Leeds, or the hardware of Birmingham. All this 
 is proved by the great proportion of precious metals 
 sent to England, as compared with the remittances 
 to other nations. The very watches sent by Messrs. 
 Roskell and Co., of Liverpool, would outbalance the 
 exports of some of the nations which trade to South 
 America.
 
 UPPER PERU OR BOLIVIA. CHAP. XXX. 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 
 Upper Peru. General assembly. Its proceedings. Republic 
 of Bolivia. Aggression of the Brazilians. General Bolivar sets 
 out from Lima. His tour. Arrival at Potosi. Rejoicings. 
 Mine transactions. The Liberator proceeds to Chuquisaca.- 
 General Miller sets out on leave of absence for England. 
 
 THE provinces of Upper Peru, previous to the re- 
 volution, formed a part of the viceroyalty of Buenos 
 Ayres. However, as the manners, customs, and even 
 language, of the majority of the inhabitants were ex- 
 tremely dissimilar to those of the natives of the pro- 
 vinces of the Rio de la Plata, the Argentine republic 
 generously and judiciously relinquished its claim, and 
 concurred in allowing it to decide upon its own poli- 
 tical destiny, conformably to the known views of the 
 Liberator and General Sucre. The latter was to con- 
 tinue the exercise of the supreme power until a new 
 government should be regularly organized. 
 
 Fifty-four deputies were chosen to express the 
 wishes of the people at large upon the question, 
 whether Upper Peru should incorporate itself with 
 Lower Peru; re- incorporate itself with Buenos 
 Ayres j or declare itself an independent state. The 
 general assembly met at Chuquisaca, in August, 
 1825, and proclaimed the national will to be, that 
 Upper Peru should become an independent nation. 
 
 The deputies having fulfilled the object for which
 
 CHAP. XXX. UPPER PERU OR BOLIVIA. 299 
 
 they had been convened, it was hoped, rather than 
 expected, that they would have separated in order to 
 make way for a general legislative body. Unwilling, 
 however, to relinquish the captivating title of legis- 
 lators, the deputies continued their session, and, as- 
 suming congressional powers, passed various laws. 
 They decreed that Upper Peru should in future be 
 called Bolivia. They put forth a declaration of in- 
 dependence, very proper in its intention, but so 
 pompously written as almost to throw an air of ridi- 
 cule over the whole proceeding. The assembly voted 
 at the same time that its president, Doctor Serrano, 
 should be styled and addressed as His EXCELLENCY. 
 They next decreed that the deputies themselves 
 should each receive a dieta, or daily allowance. 
 
 A million of dollars was voted to Bolivar, as a re- 
 ward for his past eminent services ; but the Liberator, 
 with characteristic disinterestedness and magnani- 
 mity, accepted the grant only upon condition that 
 the money should be employed in purchasing the 
 liberty of about one thousand negro slaves existing 
 in Bolivia. A million of dollars was also voted to 
 those who had served in the campaign of 1824. 
 
 The assembly, not content with the pleasures of 
 legislation only, assumed, on some occasions, the exe- 
 cutive power. Sucre being absent from Chuquisaca, 
 the assembly, in order to celebrate their own instal- 
 lation, and their adoption of a new name for the 
 country, sent a circular to the prefects, desiring them 
 to order Te Deum to be sung, salutes of artillery to 
 be fired, and illuminations to be made. This order 
 was not obeyed by the prefect of Potosi, in conse-
 
 300 BRAZILIAN AGGRESSION. CHAP. XXX. 
 
 quence of its not coming through the executive power. 
 A call for money was also made soon afterwards by 
 the assembly; but this demand met with the same 
 fate, on the same account. 
 
 A few days after the affair of Ayacucho, and be- 
 fore the news of it could have crossed the western 
 frontier line of Brazil, a party of about two hundred 
 Brazilian troops took possession of the Upper Pe- 
 ruvian province of Chiquitos, in the name of the Em- 
 peror Don Pedro. The commanding officer wrote a 
 letter of defiance, in the most inflated style, to Sucre. 
 But so soon as a company of patriot infantry made 
 its appearance, the bombastic Brazilians sneaked away, 
 and, buccaneer-like, carried off a quantity of cattle, 
 and other property of the unprotected peasantry. It 
 was Sucre's wish to have sent fifteen hundred men, 
 under the command of Miller, who it was expected 
 would have found a strong republican feeling in the 
 inland provinces, and who thus would have been 
 enabled to have pushed on to Rio Janeiro, to prevent 
 the repetition of any imperial aggression. 
 
 The projected advance upon Rio Janeiro may ap- 
 pear to have been most quixotic to those who only 
 look to the immense breadth of the intervening ter- 
 ritory. But the Peruvian force would have entered 
 the Brazils, not as enemies, but as auxiliaries to a 
 strong democratic party known to exist there. In- 
 formation, subsequently obtained, confirmed the pro- 
 bability, and even the facility, of realizing the first 
 expectation. But Bolivar did not approve of the plan, 
 and it was, in consequence, laid aside. 
 
 The minister of the emperor signified to the go-
 
 CHAP. XXX. BRAZILIAN AGGRESSION. 301 
 
 vernor of Matagrosso his majesty's disapprobation 
 of this unauthorised marauding expedition. His 
 majesty also desired that the cattle and other stolen 
 property should be restored. The disavowal and the 
 order were communicated by the governor of Mata- 
 grosso to the prefect of the department of Santa Cruz 
 de la Sierra, of which Chiquitos is a province. It 
 does not appear that the plundered property was ever 
 restored, or any indemnification made. The Upper 
 Peruvians of all parties long to avenge the insult j 
 and such is the state of affairs now in that country, 
 that unless peace should be concluded between the 
 Brazils and Buenos Ayres, it is probable that Don 
 Pedro may be reminded of the plundering excursion 
 to Chiquitos. 
 
 On the 10th of February, 1825, Bolivar re-assem- 
 bled, at Lima, the deputies of the congress of Lower 
 Peru, and resigned the dictatorship; but he was so- 
 licited still to remain at the head of affairs. This he 
 refused ; but at length he acceded to the prayers of 
 the people, with the appearance and expressions of 
 the greatest reluctance. 
 
 Having decreed that a new congress should be 
 installed on the 10th of February of the following 
 year (1826), Bolivar set out from Lima on the 10th 
 of April, 1825. Travelling along the coast, he ar- 
 rived at Arequipa on the 15th of May, and left it 
 on the 10th of June. He entered Cuzco on the 
 26th of the same month, and on the 26th of July 
 set out for La Paz, where he arrived on the 18th of 
 August, having remained a few days at Puno. He 
 quitted La Paz on the 20th of September, and en- 
 tered Potosi on the 5th of October.
 
 302 BOLIVAR VISITS THE DEPARTMENTS. CHAP. xxx. 
 
 The whole tour had been one continued triumph. 
 On Bolivar's approach to the capitals of departments, 
 the prefects, at the head of the public authorities, ac- 
 companied by a great part of the population, went 
 out to meet him, and he was received with a degree 
 of pomp and rejoicing highly flattering to his feelings. 
 Triumphal arches were raised, costly presents were 
 made to him, and grand dinners, balls, and bull-fights 
 were given. The same honours were paid, on a 
 smaller scale, at every town and village through which 
 he passed. Cuzco and Potosi struck medals of cop- 
 per, silver, and gold, to commemorate the Liberator's 
 arrival in those cities. 
 
 Miller, after making every necessary arrange- 
 ment for the reception of the Liberator, set out from 
 Potosi, accompanied by deputies representing the 
 municipality, clergy, corporations (gremios), and 
 public offices, to meet his excellency on the frontier 
 of the department, where a small obelisk had been 
 erected, with an inscription commemorating his en- 
 tre"e. The date was placed when His Excellency ap- 
 peared in sight. 
 
 The distance from Lenas, a hamlet on the fron- 
 tier of the department, to Potosi is about seventeen 
 leagues. The road was once one of the worst in 
 Peru; in many places it was dangerous to pass it 
 even upon a mule*. Two hundred Indians had for 
 the preceding six weeks been employed upon it. In 
 many places its direction was entirely changed. In 
 short, the approach to Potosi, by this road, formerly 
 
 * An attempt had been once made to introduce a piano forte for the lady of 
 one of the governors of Potosi, but it could not be accomplished. The badness 
 of the road would not admit of its being carried even upon the shoulders of In- 
 dians, and it was conveyed back to the coast
 
 CHAP. XXX. BOLIVAR VISITS THE DEPARTMENTS. 303 
 
 so difficult, was now rendered comparatively easy. 
 Wherever the ground allowed of it, branches of trees 
 were stuck into the earth, and turned over the road, 
 so as to form a kind of arcade. Doctor Don Leandro 
 Usin, governor of Porco, an intelligent and active 
 man, superintended this work with a zeal and ability 
 which did him infinite credit. Possessing a large 
 mining property, he had sided with the royalists to 
 the last. On this account he was unpopular; but 
 his useful talents, and experience, prevented his re- 
 moval by the patriots from the office of governor 
 of Porco, to which he had been appointed by the 
 royalists. 
 
 The Liberator halted at Lenas, where temporary 
 buildings had been erected, and where about two 
 thousand Indians, led by their respective caciques 
 and curates, were assembled to receive him. A 
 number of these Indians, fantastically ornamented 
 with feathers and party-coloured garments, formed 
 themselves into small groups, and danced before him 
 as he went along. His excellency partook of a col- 
 lation which had been prepared for him. The party 
 then set forward, and arrived at Yocalla, a village 
 seven leagues from Potosi, where it halted to dine, 
 and remained for the night. At dawn on the fol- 
 lowing morning they resumed their journey, and 
 breakfasted at , at the house of the curate. 
 
 This worthy, but simple old gentleman, had long 
 ardently desired the honour of being called "doctor." 
 It was with the utmost delight that he had received 
 the prefect's order to prepare for the reception of the 
 Liberator. He set about decorating his house with
 
 304 BOLIVAR'S RECEPTION CHAP. XXX. 
 
 the greatest alacrity, and did not scruple to borrow 
 even the ornaments of his church for the occasion. 
 He now hoped that the time was not far distant when 
 he should attain the dignity for which he had so long 
 panted. His Reverence possessed one qualification 
 common to the majority of the learned profession, a 
 smooth and eloquent tongue, and the wine sent by 
 the prefect soon put it in motion. Although the 
 meal was merely a breakfast, the curate asked per- 
 mission to give three toasts, which he honestly de- 
 clared had for the last month been almost the only 
 subject of his meditations. The speeches by which 
 he prefaced them highly amused the company. What 
 he called toasts were orations, each of which occupied 
 nearly half an hour in the delivery. He prefaced the 
 first by addressing Bolivar, bowing at the same time 
 till his head nearly touched the table, by the title of 
 GRAN PRINCIPE (great prince); he next addressed 
 Sucre, as valorous duke (DUQUE VALEROSO); and 
 then the prefect, with something equally enter- 
 taining. 
 
 Finishing breakfast, the party proceeded. Upon 
 coming up within two leagues of Potosi, it passed 
 under the first of a series of triumphal arches, which 
 became more frequent as they more closely approached 
 the town. At every third or fourth arch was a party 
 of about forty Indians, dressed out very gaudily, 
 with plumes of feathers on their heads, who, led by 
 their caciques, performed a sort of ballet as the Libe- 
 rator passed. The dancers wore round their necks 
 copper medals, and the caciques silver ones, having 
 the head of Bolivar stamped upon them. The mem-
 
 CHAP. XXX. AT POTOSI. 305 
 
 bers of the municipality on horseback, in their 
 robes of office, preceded by the two alcaldes, each 
 of the latter carrying a huge gilt staff, came out to 
 meet the procession. They were followed by the 
 clergy and corporate bodies, who, upon meeting 
 the Liberator, welcomed His Excellency with a 
 complimentary harangue, and, upon receiving a 
 gracious answer, fell into their places in the rear of 
 the train. The Liberator soon outrode these gen- 
 tlemen, whose tremendous spurs and massive silver- 
 gilt maces were not sufficient to make their Rosi- 
 nantes keep pace with Bolivar's ambling palfrey. To 
 increase their difficulties, a string of mine agents, 
 mounted on fiery steeds, got before them, without 
 paying the slightest deference to the glittering wands 
 of office. Crowds of Indians on foot, anxious to 
 catch a glimpse of the Liberator, had placed them- 
 selves on the way-side, and falling into the proces- 
 sion, followed as soon as the principal personages 
 had passed. The municipal gentlemen being separ- 
 ated from the head of the procession, cut, and slashed, 
 and stormed, and threatened, but all in vain. The 
 Indians, who had never until then disputed the high- 
 way, but would have fallen upon their knees to let 
 the gilt staves pass, now good-humouredly, but 
 boldly, kept possession of the road, and the horsemen 
 were obliged to be content to move onwards with the 
 stream. There was something particularly gratifying 
 in this temperate indication of spirit, called forth at 
 such an interesting moment. Colonel O'Leary having 
 ridden, with some dragoons of the escort, a few yards 
 ahead to clear the way ; his horse taking fright, climbed 
 VOL. n. x
 
 306 BOLIVAR'S RECEPTION CHAP. XXX. 
 
 up a precipitous craggy rock, and hung on, as it were, 
 for some time by a sharp pinnacle. It was thought 
 that both horse and rider must instantaneously fall, 
 and be dashed to pieces on the broad stones of the 
 high road. But fortunately the animal had that 
 morning been shod, and the rough long-headed 
 Spanish nails kept fast hold in the honey-combed 
 surface of the rock. O'Leary being a bold and ex- 
 cellent horseman, kept his seat, and suffered his 
 charger to have the rein. The sagacious animal 
 turned round, descended a little way, made a de- 
 sperate leap, and regained the road, without the 
 slightest injury ; to the astonishment and admiration 
 of every one present. 
 
 When the Liberator came within a full and clear 
 view of the far-famed Cerro of Potosi, the flags of 
 Peru, Buenos Ayres, Chile, and Colombia were at 
 the same moment unfurled upon its summit. On 
 his excellency's entering the town, twenty-one cama- 
 retas or large shells *, placed on the summit of the 
 Cerro, were fired off, the report of each of which 
 was equal to that of six twenty-four pounders. This 
 aerial salute had a very singular and imposing effect. 
 The deep valleys of the surrounding country echoed 
 and re-echoed as if with claps of thunder. This was 
 the signal of Bolivar's having entered Potosi. The 
 bells of every church and convent rang with an almost 
 deafening peal. 
 
 Two battalions of infantry and a regiment of ca- 
 valry were drawn up to preserve a clear passage 
 
 * They might more properly be called petards. They are used on grand oc- 
 casions by the monks.
 
 CHAP. XXX. AT POTOSI. 307 
 
 through the streets, in all of which triumphal arches 
 had been erected. The walls of every house were 
 adorned with tapestry or silk hangings. Every 
 window and balcony was thronged with ladies ; the 
 streets were crowded to suffocation ; and ardent viva-s 
 were shouted, at the same moment, by above forty 
 thousand people within the town. 
 
 Upon alighting at the government-house, under a 
 grand triumphal arch, decorated with flags, the re- 
 ception of His Excellency was according to the 
 Hispano-American taste. Two children, dressed 
 as angels, were let down from the arch as he ap- 
 proached, and each pronounced a short oration. 
 Upon entering the grand saloon, six handsome 
 women, representing the fair sex of Potosi, hailed 
 the arrival of His Excellency, crowned him with a 
 wreath of laurel, and strewed flowers, which had been 
 brought from a great distance for the occasion. The 
 accomplished wife of General Don Hilario de la 
 Quintana welcomed him in elegant and animated 
 terms. A fair damsel then stepped forward, and de- 
 livered a speech in a truly theatrical style. The 
 talents of the learned Doctors Carpio and Tapia had 
 been put in requisition to draw up this harangue. 
 After devoting many anxious days and sleepless 
 nights to the composition, each produced a speech 
 deserving of immortality. A committee of taste gave 
 the preference to that of Doctor Tapia, very much 
 to the chagrin of his learned rival *. The next thing 
 was to select a lady to give a graceful utterance to 
 
 * Doctor Caipio is a very talented and promising young man, whose profes- 
 sional and local knowledge were occasionally of the utmost value to Miller.
 
 308 BOLIVAR'S RECEPTION CHAP. xxx. 
 
 this quintessence of oratory. After much discussion, 
 the amiable Sennita de la Puente was destined to enjoy 
 the envied honour. She immediately commenced the 
 task of committing it to memory, and frequently 
 rehearsed it before her family and their intimate 
 friends; and, when the all-important moment arrived, 
 she acquitted herself in a manner which outstripped 
 their fondest expectation. 
 
 Previous to partaking of any refreshment, His 
 Excellency proceeded to hear high mass performed 
 in the principal church. The streets were lined with 
 troops. A salute of twenty-one guns was fired as the 
 Liberator left the government-house. Sucre walked 
 on his right hand, and the prefect on his left. They 
 were preceded by the alcaldes, ministros, munici- 
 pality, members of the different corporations and 
 employes, and were followed by their respective staffs, 
 together with a vast concourse of the inhabitants. 
 At the door of the church His Excellency was re- 
 ceived by the clergy, who sprinkled him with holy 
 water, and conducted him, under a canopy, to a seat 
 richly covered with velvet. A second salute was 
 fired on the Liberator's return. Te Deum was per- 
 formed on successive days at the other churches, at 
 all of which His Excellency assisted in state. 
 
 The first days of the Liberator's residence in Po- 
 tosi were principally taken up in receiving congratu- 
 latory addresses. They had been drawn up with great 
 care, deep study, and with an ungrudging proportion 
 of the flowers of rhetoric. Bolivar particularly excels 
 in giving elegant and appropriate extempore replies. 
 In one day he gave seventeen successive answers,
 
 CHAP. xxx. AT POTOSI. 309 
 
 each of which might have been printed off as he spoke 
 it, and would have been admired for its peculiar ap- 
 plicability to the occasion. In proposing a toast; in 
 returning thanks ; or in speaking upon any given sub- 
 ject, perhaps Bolivarcannot be surpassed. This useful 
 accomplishment alone must have acquired for him many 
 admirers and supporters in the course of his career. 
 
 Bull-fights, grand dinners, balls, fire-works, illu- 
 minations, and other signs of public rejoicing, con- 
 tinued for the seven weeks that the Liberator re- 
 mained in Potosi. The various persons in the civil 
 service had raised a subscription to defray the ex- 
 pense of purchasing silver, and of stamping several 
 thousand small medals, bearing an inscription com- 
 plimentary to the Liberator of Peru. A few hun- 
 dreds were thrown into the streets every day by 
 ladies, who stationed themselves in the balconies of 
 liousesjfor that purpose; and this daily scramble 
 "or tokens was an additional attraction to the In- 
 dians, who visited the town of Potosi in great 
 numbers during the residence of the Liberator. 
 On the 26th, he ascended the Cerro, accompanied 
 by Sucre, by the prefect, and all the persons of di- 
 stinction in Potosi. A sort of collation was given 
 upon the summit. Patriotic toasts were drank. 
 Bolivar prefaced one of them by observing, " that 
 the immense riches buried in the Andes, then beneath 
 his feet, vanished into nothing, when compared with 
 the glory of having borne the standard of liberty 
 from the sultry margin of the Orinoco, to fix it upon 
 the frigid peak of that mountain, whose riches had 
 been the astonishment and envy of the world."
 
 310 CAPTAIN ANDREWS. CHA*. XXX. 
 
 A few days after the entrance of the Liberator, 
 General Alvear and Doctor Dias Velez arrived from 
 Buenos Ayres to compliment His Excellency in the 
 name of the government of the provinces of the Rio 
 de la Plata. With these gentlemen came Captain 
 Andrews, the grand commissioner before spoken of; 
 but so much was the public mind occupied by the 
 festivities, that his arrival excited but little interest. 
 Besides this, a damp had been thrown upon mining 
 speculations, by the Liberator having decreed that 
 all unworked mines should be the property of the 
 state *, and that they should thenceforward be sold, 
 instead of being given away, according the old laws 
 of mineria. Agreeably to this new regulation, the 
 government offered for sale the whole of the unap- 
 propriated mines of Upper Peru. A million of 
 dollars was bid for them by the representatives of a 
 company in Buenos Ayres. The agreement was 
 drawn up, signed, and was to have been ratified in 
 thirty days. In the mean time, the agents of another 
 company offered twelve hundred thousand dollars ; 
 but Captain Andrews surpassed them both, by offer- 
 ing a million and a half. Bolivar, however, con- 
 sidering that a still higher price was to be obtained 
 in London, named agents to proceed to that mart of 
 credulity for the purpose of negotiating the matter ; 
 but, before they reached Buenos Ayres, they found 
 the bubble had burst in England, and they proceeded 
 no further than the shores of the Plata. 
 
 During Miller's residence at Potosi, a severe in- 
 
 * Th impolicy of this decree was soon discovered, and it has since been 
 revoked.
 
 CHAP. XXX. TESTIMONIAL OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. 311 
 
 disposition rendered it necessary for him to take the 
 sulphurated chalybeate baths of Don Diego, five 
 leagues distant from the town, on the road to Chu- 
 quisaca. The waters at the spring are 100 of Fah- 
 renheit. Miller received little relief: his complaint 
 originated in the liver, which was supposed to have 
 been grazed by a musket-ball as it passed through 
 the body. His general health continuing far from 
 good, he was advised by Dr. Nicol, an eminent En- 
 glish surgeon who had attended him at Puno, to pro- 
 ceed to London for the sake of obtaining the best 
 surgical advice. The struggle for independence 
 being over, and the General considering himself at 
 liberty to gratify his anxious desire to revisit his 
 native country, had applied for two years' leave of 
 absence in August, previous to Bolivar's arrival at 
 Potosi. The Liberator and Sucre made the most 
 flattering and earnest requests for him to continue at 
 the head of his departmental government ; but, the 
 state of his health absolutely requiring that he should 
 visit Europe, he reiterated his request for leave of 
 absence, which he obtained, and gave over his com- 
 mand to General Urdiminea on the 24th of October, 
 1825. 
 
 Miller received bills upon the Peruvian agents in 
 London for twenty thousand dollars, being his share 
 of the million of dollars granted by Upper Peru to 
 the liberating army. Bolivar was, at the same time, 
 pleased to do him the unsolicited honour of sending 
 the following testimonial*: 
 
 * A los que la presente vieren, saludo. Certifico que el General de division 
 D. Guillermo Miller ha estado a mis ordenes en toda la campana del ano vein-
 
 312 TESTIMONIAL OF CJENERAJL BOLIVAR. CHAP. XXX. 
 
 " To all whom the present may concern, greeting. 
 
 " I certify that the General of division Don Guil- 
 lermo Miller served under my orders throughout the 
 campaign of 1824, during which he performed his 
 duty in a manner worthy of admiration. The com- 
 mand of. our cavalry devolved upon him at the battle 
 of Junin, in which he acquitted himself with the 
 valour by which he has always been distinguished. 
 He retained the same command at Ayacucho, where 
 he displayed that intrepidity and tact which so much 
 contributed to the victory. 
 
 " General Miller was amongst the first who under- 
 took to achieve the freedom of Peru, and is one of 
 those who remained to the last to behold its triumph. 
 His activity, moderation, and private worth obtained 
 for him the esteem of his commanders, whilst in the 
 districts and departments over which he presided he 
 is respected as a good magistrate. 
 
 " General Miller has never taken part in any of the 
 factions which have agitated Peru: on the contrary, 
 the successive governments, and the various generals 
 who commanded the army, have all placed unlimited 
 
 ticuatro, en la cual ha cumplido con su dcber de un modo digno de admiracion. 
 En el combate de Junin quedo mandando nuestra caballeria, con el valor que 
 siempre le ha distinguido. En Ayacucho tubo el mismo mando, y lo desempend 
 con aquella intrepidcz y acierto que tanto contribuyeron a la victoria. El General 
 Miller fue de Ins primeros que emprendieron la libertad del Peru, y es de los 
 ultimos que la ha visto triumfar. Su actividad, su moderacion, y su conducta 
 moral lo han hecho recomendable a los ojos de sus gefes, y los pueblos que ha 
 mandado, lo han respetado como a un buen magistrado. El General Miller no 
 ha participado jamas de ninguna de las facciones que han tenido en el Peru : 
 por el contrario, los gobiernos sucesivos, y los diferentes generales, que han man- 
 dado el egercito, han puesto entera contianza en su fidelidad. Por consecuencia 
 de estos servicios, el gobierno del Peru ha recompensado dignamente al General 
 D. Guillermo Miller. Dado en el cuartel general de Potosi, a 29 de Octubre 
 de 1825. 
 
 PorO. deS. E. (Firmado) BOLIVAH. 
 
 FELII-E SANTIAGO ESTENOS, Sccretario-general.
 
 CHAP. XXX. MILLER LEAVES POTOSI. 313 
 
 confidence in his fidelity. In consequence of these 
 services, the government of Peru has honourably re- 
 compensed General Don Guillermo Miller. Given 
 at head-quarters in Potosi, the 29th of October, 
 1825. 
 
 " (Signed) BOLIVAR. 
 
 " By order of his Excellency, 
 
 (countersigned) 
 FELIPE SANTIAGO ESTENOS, Secretary-general." 
 
 On the 1st of November the Liberator left Potosi, 
 and proceeded to Chuquisaca. Miller followed two 
 days afterwards, and remained there until the llth, 
 when he took leave of Bolivar, and returned to Potosi. 
 Chuquisaca is the seat of an university, and may be 
 called the Oxford of Peru. Its climate is the most 
 delicious that can be imagined. 
 
 Miller set out from Potosi on the morning of the 
 26th November. The street in front of his house 
 was crowded with people of all classes. General 
 Urdiminea; the officers of the garrison j the heads of 
 departments ; the members of the municipality ; of 
 the gremlos ; and many of the clergy, all on horse- 
 back, accompanied the General a considerable distance 
 on the road. 
 
 He received from all of them the most satisfactory 
 demonstrations of their good wishes. They ex- 
 pressed their deep regret at the determination he 
 had taken; lamented the necessity which had com- 
 pelled him to it ; and urged, with the most earnest 
 entreaties, his speedy return.
 
 MILLER LEAVES POTOSI. CHAP. xxx. 
 
 Notwithstanding the intense desire which the Ge- 
 neral felt to be again in England, he could not leave 
 these warm-hearted people without feelings of the 
 most poignant regret. It was some days before he 
 could altogether shake off the depression of spirits 
 caused by this interesting separation.
 
 CHA1>. xxxi. GENERAL BOLIVAR. 315 
 
 CHAPTER XXXI. 
 
 Biographical sketch of General Bolivar. His staff. Dr. Moore. 
 Colonel O'Leary. Lieutenant-Colonel Ferguson. Colonel 
 Belford Wilson. 
 
 THE conspicuous part which Bolivar has acted 
 throughout the revolution in Colombia, and at the 
 close of that in Peru, renders it imperative on us to 
 give some account of a character, identified with so 
 many great and extraordinary events. 
 
 When the Liberator was in Potosi, he casually re- 
 marked that, of the numerous biographies which had 
 been written of him, not one of them could claim the 
 merit of accuracy. Upon this Miller observed, that 
 as, on his arrival in Europe, he would be expected 
 to possess considerable information on the subject, 
 he should be glad to be furnished with some correct 
 data from which he should be able satisfactorily to 
 reply to any inquiries. In consequence, General 
 Sucre was good enough to draw up an outline of the 
 Liberator's career; and, notwithstanding its imper- 
 fections, arising from its being hastily performed, the 
 source whence it is derived will render it peculiarly 
 interesting. A great part of the following sketch is 
 an abridged translation of that document. 
 
 Simon Bolivar was born at Caracas on the 25th 
 of July, 1783. He lost his parents at an early age; 
 and, in his sixteenth year, was sent to Europe to
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH CHAP. xxxi. 
 
 finish his education. He made the tour of France 
 and Italy. Having married at Madrid, he embarked 
 for Venezuela, where his wife died a few months 
 after her arrival. Bolivar went a second time to 
 Europe, and was present at the coronation of Napo- 
 leon. He returned to Caracas in company with Em- 
 paran, appointed captain general of Venezuela by 
 the central junta at Seville. Soon after the raising of 
 the standard of independence (19th April, 1810) in 
 that country, he was sent to solicit the protection of 
 Great Britain. He was well received by the Mar- 
 quess Wellesley, then secretary for foreign affairs. 
 The British government offered its mediation between 
 Spain and her colonies, but the offer was rejected by 
 the court of Madrid. Bolivar returned to his own 
 country, accompanied by General Miranda, who was 
 placed in command of the Venezuelan troops. But 
 the revolutionary government was too feebly organized 
 to give efficiency to the military force. Divisions 
 arose, and the cause of independence was on the re- 
 trograde, when the dreadful earthquake of 1812, and 
 the subsequent invasion by the Spanish force under 
 General Monteverde, for the time, precluded all pos- 
 sibility of success. 
 
 Bolivar, alleging that Miranda had betrayed his 
 country by capitulating to Monteverde, arrested 
 him at La Guayra. Bolivar then demanded his 
 passport, and when taken before Monteverde, the 
 Spanish general said that Colonel Bolivar's re- 
 quest should be complied with, as a reward for his 
 having served the King of Spain by delivering up 
 Miranda. Bolivar answered that he arrested him to
 
 CHAP. xxxi. OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. 317 
 
 punish a traitor * to his country, and not to serve the 
 king. This answer had nearly included him in the 
 general proscription ; but the good offices of Don 
 Francisco Iturbe, secretary to Monteverde, procured 
 the passport, and Bolivar was allowed to sail for Cu- 
 ra9oa. From that island he went to Carthagena, 
 where he obtained the command of a small force, with 
 which he proceeded up the Magdalena, and having 
 beaten parties of the royalist troops at various points 
 on that river, he continued his march from Ocana to 
 Cucuta, and solicited assistance from the government 
 of Cundinamarca. Five hundred men were placed at 
 his disposal, and with these, added to his own small 
 party, Bolivar undertook to effect the liberation of 
 his country. Four thousand Spaniards, under Ge- 
 neral Correa, were then on that part of the Venezue- 
 lan frontier. A division of these was beaten by Bo- 
 livar, who pursued his march to Truxillo, defeating 
 on the way several royalist detachments. 
 
 The Spaniards, from the commencement of the 
 war, had put to death all persons whom they found 
 with arms in their hands. The South Americans, 
 on the contrary, gave quarter to those royalists who 
 fell into their power. The natives consequently pre- 
 ferred entering the royalist ranks, feeling secure that, 
 in case of being made prisoners, their lives would 
 
 * Bolivar seems to have been hurried into a dreadful error by the warmth of 
 his feelings. Not only is the expediency of the capitulation admitted by eye- 
 witnesses of the first respectability, but also that Miranda had no other alterna- 
 tive. The rich and influential inhabitants withheld their support, not that their 
 political sentiments had undergone a change, but because they saw the use- 
 lessness of sacrificing property and life in a wild attempt to stem the stream of 
 public opinion ; the bulk of the people having become decidedly royalist in prin. 
 ciple ever since the earthquake, which had been represented by the priesthood 
 as a judgment of Heaven upon the insurgent cause.
 
 318 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH CHAP. XXXI- 
 
 be spared. Bolivar, perceiving the great disadvantage 
 under which he laboured, and as a retaliation for the 
 horrid butcheries committed by the Spaniards, issued 
 a proclamation at Truxillo, declaring, that from that 
 time forward he should wage a war of extermination. 
 This declaration of guerra (I muerte on the part of 
 the independents made the danger, in that respect, 
 equal on both sides. 
 
 Bolivar, having separated his small corps into two 
 divisions, intrusted the command of the second to the 
 active General Rivas. Bolivar himself penetrated the 
 Llanos, after having beaten the Spaniards at Niquitao, 
 Carache, Varinas, Tahuana, and Torcones. He then 
 advanced to Vitoria, within twenty leagues of Ca- 
 racas, where he was met by Spanish commissioners, 
 who sued for, and obtained, a capitulation. The con- 
 queror entered his native city in triumph. But this 
 did not put an end to the war. The Spaniards were 
 faithless in the observance of the capitulation, and 
 Monteverde, from within the walls of Puerto Ca- 
 bello, fomented the discord which prevailed in the 
 interior provinces. About this time a strong rein- 
 forcement arrived from Spain. Bolivar was obliged 
 to evacuate Caracas ; but the royalists were beaten at 
 Viguirima, Barbula, and Las Trincheras. However, 
 the Spanish general Cevallos had time to raise four 
 thousand recruits in the province of Coro, which had 
 always shown itself inimical to the cause of inde- 
 pendence. Bolivar next gained the important battle 
 of Araure, and repossessed himself of Caracas. On 
 the 2d January, 1814, he assembled the public 
 authorities of the city, and resigned to them the
 
 CHAP. XXXI. OF GENE11AL BOLIVAR. 319 
 
 supreme authority he had exercised, and with which 
 his triumphs had invested him. They, however, re- 
 fused to admit his resignation; conferred upon him 
 the title of LIBERATOR OF VENEZUELA ; and named 
 him Dictator. 
 
 About this period a Spaniard, Don Jose Tomas 
 Boves, succeeded in bringing about a counter-revolu- 
 tion in the Llanos, an immense tract of level country, 
 which traverses the centre of Venezuela, and extends 
 to the confines of New Granada. Boves organized 
 a force, which consisted of men mostly chosen for 
 their desperate character, whom he led on by pro- 
 mises of indiscriminate plunder, and by lavishing the 
 greatest rewards upon the perpetrators of the most 
 revolting atrocities. The track of these ruffians, to 
 Calabozo, was every where marked with the blood of 
 the aged and the defenceless. Bolivar, who had de- 
 tached a part of his force in pursuit of Cevallos, 
 had not above two thousand men left to make head 
 against Boves, who, with nearly five times that num- 
 ber, had possessed himself of the fertile valleys of 
 Aragua, and destroyed some patriot divisions sent 
 to check his progress. Bolivar took up a position at 
 San Mateo, in order to cover Caracas. A series of 
 attacks, in the space of forty days, reduced the num- 
 ber of Bolivar's force to four hundred. Cevallos had 
 repaired the effects of his defeat at Araure, and, re- 
 inforced by General Cagigal, had penetrated to Va- 
 lencia. The patriot division of the east having de- 
 feated Boves at Bocachica, and compelled him to 
 retire to the Llanos, and having subsequently united 
 with the remains of Bolivar's force, marched against
 
 320 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH CHAP. xxxi. 
 
 Cagigal and Cevallos, whose well-organized troops 
 amounted to six thousand. These were attacked and 
 defeated by Bolivar, who then detached the greater 
 part of his force to reduce the province of Coro to 
 submission, and himself marched against Boves. Bo- 
 livar was overwhelmed by numbers at La Puerta. 
 His division dispersed, and fled to Cundinamarca. He 
 was then obliged to abandon Caracas. The same 
 day witnessed the affecting spectacle of several thou- 
 sand inhabitants leaving their homes and property at 
 the mercy of the ruthless spoiler, while they them- 
 selves set out to face want, disease, and death, in 
 distant provinces. 
 
 On the 17th of August Bolivar lost the battle of 
 Aragua. The subsequent affairs of Maturin, Cu- 
 mana, Carupano, Guiria, Urica, and El Caris, were 
 fought, with varying success. All being lost in the 
 east, Bolivar next proceeded to Carthagena, and of- 
 fered his services to New Granada, then agitated 
 by discordant parties of provincialists, centralists, 
 metropolists, federalists, royalists, and independents. 
 A congress assembled at Tunja conferred upon Bo- 
 livar the command of the forces of New Granada. 
 Santa Fe de Bogota submitted, the provinces acknow- 
 ledged the congress, and an effort was made to esta- 
 blish a constitutional form of government. 
 
 Bolivar having proposed to take the town of Santa 
 Marta, still held by the Spaniards, he was authorized 
 by the government of Santa Fe to procure guns, 
 &c., from the arsenals of Carthagena. The governor 
 of that fortress refused to furnish the necessary sup- 
 plies. In order to enforce compliance, Bolivar in- 

 
 CHAP. XXXI. OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. 321 
 
 vested Carthagena, before which he remained a con- 
 siderable time, when he heard of the arrival at Mar- 
 garita of General Morillo, with ten thousand Spanish 
 troops. Upon this, Bolivar placed his own investing 
 force at the disposal of his rival, the governor of Car- 
 thagena ; and, unwilling that the cause of his country 
 should continue to suffer from the dissension which 
 had arisen between himself and the governor, with- 
 drew to Jamaica. Morillo, soon afterwards, laid 
 siege to Carthagena, which, unfortunately, in con- 
 sequence of the long investment it had already 
 sustained, was nearly destitute of provisions. Bolivar 
 sent from Jamaica some supplies for the besieged 
 garrison ; but before they could arrive, that import- 
 ant fortress was in possession of the Spaniards. This 
 enabled them to reconquer New Granada, and the 
 blood of its citizens was made to stream from the 
 scaffold. 
 
 At Kingston, Bolivar narrowly escaped assassina- 
 tion. The casual circumstance of exchanging apart- 
 ments with another person, caused the murderer's 
 dagger to be planted in the heart of a faithful fol- 
 lower, instead of in that of Bolivar. The author of 
 these Memoirs happened to live, for a few days, in 
 the same boarding-house. Some officers of a British 
 line-of-battle ship, not speaking Spanish, requested 
 him to invite Bolivar, in their name, to dine with 
 them. This was only a few weeks previous to the 
 intended assassination of Bolivar. 
 
 From Jamaica, Bolivar went to Hayti, and was 
 received at Port-au-Prince by Petion, with kind hos- 
 
 VOL. II. Y
 
 322 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 pitality, and was assisted by him as far as his means 
 would allow. 
 
 In April, 1816, he sailed with three hundred men 
 to Margarita, which island had lately again shaken 
 off the Spanish yoke. He arrived at Juan Griego, 
 where he was proclaimed supreme chief of the re- 
 public. On the 1st of June he sailed, and on the 
 3d landed at Campano, where he beat nine hundred 
 Spaniards. He then opened a communication with 
 patriot chieftains, who had maintained themselves 
 in isolated parties dispersed over the llanos of Cu- 
 mana, Barcelona, and the Apure. It is a curious fact, 
 that the isolation of several of these parties was so 
 complete that, for many months, they did not know 
 of any other than themselves being in arms for the 
 delivery of their country. It was only by their coming 
 into accidental contact that they discovered that 
 there was more than one patriot guerrilla in ex- 
 istence*. Bolivar supplied some of them with arms, 
 and at the same time augmented his own force 
 to a thousand men. The Spaniards assembled in 
 superior numbers to destroy them ; but Bolivar em- 
 barked, and relanded at Ocumare, with an intention 
 of taking Caracas: great part, however, of the Spanish 
 army having by this time returned from New Granada 
 to Venezuela, Bolivar was obliged to re-embark for 
 Margarita. 
 
 In 1817 he landed near Barcelona, where he col- 
 lected seven hundred recruits, and marched towards 
 
 * For the honour of the llaneros, this circumstance ought to be more distinctly 
 detailed.
 
 CHAP. XXXT. OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. 323 
 
 Caracas ; but, being worsted in an affair at Clarines, 
 he fell back again upon Barcelona, where he shut 
 himself up with four hundred men, and made a suc- 
 cessful resistance against a superior force. 
 
 Bolivar received some reinforcements from the in- 
 terior of the province of Cumana, upon which he 
 decided upon making the banks of the Orinoco the 
 theatre of his future efforts. Having further aug- 
 mented his force, and taken the necessary steps to 
 keep alive the war in the districts on the coast, he 
 marched to the interior, beating several small royalist 
 parties which he encountered on his route. 
 
 Of the Spanish army which had returned from 
 New Granada, a division, under the brave General 
 La Torre, was destined to act against the patriots in 
 Guayana. A division of the latter, under General 
 Piar, having obtained a decisive victory, Bolivar was 
 enabled to invest Angostura, and the town of Old 
 Guayana, which were successively taken on the 3d 
 and 18th of July. 
 
 In Angostura, Piar was found guilty, by a court- 
 martial, of an attempt to excite a war of colour. Piar 
 (a man of colour himself) was the bravest of the 
 brave, and adored by his followers ; but his execution 
 stifled anarchy in the bud. 
 
 The rest of the year 1817 was actively spent in 
 organizing a force to act against Morillo, who had 
 lately been reinforced by two thousand fresh troops 
 from the Peninsula, under General Canterac, then 
 on his way from Spain to Peru. An abundant supply 
 of arms, received from England, was sent to the pa- 
 triot corps on the banks of the Apure. 
 
 Y 2
 
 324 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 Early in 1818, the supreme chief, after concen- 
 trating his forces, marched rapidly to Calabozo, and 
 arrived before Morillo was aware that he had quitted 
 Angostura. The Spanish general effected his retreat 
 to Aragua. The supreme chief came up with him 
 at La Usirrael, but could make but a slight impres- 
 sion on the enemy, on account of the strength of his 
 position. Another rencontre occurred at Sombrero. 
 Morillo retired to Valencia ; and Bolivar took pos- 
 session of the valleys of Aragua. Thence he detached 
 a strong division to take San Fernando de Apure, in 
 order to complete the conquest of the Llanos. Upon 
 this the Spaniards advanced. The two armies met 
 at Semen. Morillo was wounded, and the royalist 
 army put to flight. The pursuit being indiscreetly 
 conducted by the patriots, and a fresh royalist division 
 arriving to support Morillo, the fortune of the day 
 was changed. Each party was alternately defeated, 
 and both rallied their dispersed corps to re-engage at 
 Ortiz. 
 
 The division which succeeded in capturing San 
 Fernando had an indecisive affair at Cojedes. Others 
 of the same character took place at El Riricon del 
 Toro, and other places. At the close of this cam- 
 paign, the Spaniards held Aragua, and the patriots 
 San Fernando. Thus the former possessed the most 
 fertile provinces of Venezuela, and all New Granada j 
 while the latter were reduced to the Llanos and Gua- 
 yana. Arms were sent to General Santander, who 
 was endeavouring to raise a division in Casanare. 
 
 In 1819, the various corps united in San Fernando, 
 where the supreme chief devoted his labours to the
 
 CHAP. XXXI. OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. 
 
 regulation of civil affairs. He invited the provinces 
 to send deputies to Angostura, to form a general con- 
 gress, and then delegated his powers to a council of 
 government to act in his absence. 
 
 With four or five thousand men, the supreme chief 
 opened the campaign against Morillo, who had six 
 or seven thousand. Twelve hundred British troops 
 arrived at Margarita from England. They had been 
 engaged in London by Colonel English, and were 
 equipped and sent out by Messrs. Herring and 
 Richardson : besides these, eight hundred others 
 also arrived at Angostura. The latter were engaged 
 by Captain Elsom, and sent out by Messrs. Hurry, 
 Powles, and Hurry ; the greater part were disbanded 
 soldiers from the British army, reduced on the return 
 of the troops from France*. These volunteers were 
 equipped in the most efficient manner. With these 
 expeditions large supplies of spare arms were sent to 
 assist the cause of independence. Bolivar, in his speech 
 to congress, thus expresses himself on this subject: 
 
 " For these important advantages we are indebted 
 to the unbounded liberality of some generous foreign- 
 ers, who, hearing the groans of suffering humanity, 
 and seeing the cause of freedom, reason, and justice 
 ready to sink, would not remain quiet, but flew to 
 our succour with their munificent aid and protection, 
 and furnished the republic with every thing needful 
 to cause their philanthropical principles to flourish. 
 
 * Colonel Macirone also sent out above two thousand men, who were employed 
 in the capture of Porto Bello and Rio de la Hacha. This caused a very favour- 
 able diversion for Bolivar in Venezuela, as it distracted the attention of the 
 royalists, and but for the pusillanimous conduct of Macgregor, who commanded 
 the expedition, might have proved of lasting advantage.
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 Those friends of mankind are the guardian geniuses 
 of America, and to them we owe a debt of eternal 
 gratitude, as well as a religious fulfilment of the 
 several obligations contracted with them." 
 
 Bolivar, leaving the army in command of General 
 Paez, repaired to Angostura. As Morillo advanced, 
 Paez, agreeably to orders, retired towards the Ori- 
 noco, detaching a few guerrillas to harass the Spaniards 
 in the rear. 
 
 General Urdaneta was appointed to command the 
 recently arrived British legion in Margarita, which 
 was to act on the side of Caracas, in order to draw 
 off the attention of Morillo from the Llanos. 
 
 On the 15th of February, 1819, congress was in- 
 stalled at Angostura. The supreme chief pronounced 
 an eloquent discourse, and resigned his authority. 
 Congress immediately, and unanimously, elected him 
 president of the republic. 
 
 Early in March, the president rejoined the army, 
 which was very much reduced by sickness. On the 
 27th, he defeated the vanguard of the Spaniards. 
 Adopting a desultory system of warfare, he obliged 
 them to recross the Apure, having lost half their ori- 
 ginal numbers. 
 
 While Morillo remained in winter quarters, the 
 president traversed the vast plains of the Apure and 
 Casanare, which are rendered almost impassable by 
 inundations from the month of May to the end of 
 August. In Casanare, the president formed a junction 
 with the division of Santander, two thousand strong. 
 Santander had, from the commencement of the revo-
 
 CHAP. xxxi. OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. 327 
 
 lution, dedicated himself with enthusiastic constancy 
 to the cause of his country. He now expelled the 
 Spaniards from their formidable position of Paya, 
 and opened the way for the president to cross the 
 terrific Andes, in effecting which, nearly a fourth 
 of his army perished from the effects of cold and ex- 
 cessive fatigue. 
 
 On the ilth of July, the president attacked the 
 royal army at Gamarra. After a long engagement, 
 the Spanish general Barrero retired, and did not 
 again offer battle, excepting in positions almost in- 
 accessible. Bonza was invested by the patriots for 
 some days in sight of both armies. The president, 
 by a flank movement, brought the Spaniards to 
 action on the 2,5th of July at Bargas. The Spa- 
 niards, though superior in numbers, and advantage- 
 ously posted, gave way, and the president obtained 
 a complete victory. His inferior forces, however, and 
 the nature of the country, did not allow him to make 
 the most of this glorious success ; but he obtained a 
 thousand recruits, and marched to interpose between 
 the defeated Barrero and the viceroy Samano, who, 
 with all the disposable force south of Bogota, was 
 about to support Barrero. The result of the pre- 
 sident's daring and masterly movement was the battle 
 of Boyaca, fought on the 7th of August, and which 
 has been called the birth of Colombia. In this battle, 
 the English troops, under the command of Major 
 Mackintosh, greatly distinguished themselves. The 
 gallant Major was promoted by the Liberator on the 
 field. In three days afterwards the president entered 
 Bogota in triumph, and, within a short period, eleven
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 provinces of New Granada announced their adhesion 
 to the cause of independence. 
 
 Bolivar repaired to Angostura, where he once more 
 resigned his authority to the representatives of the 
 people, and laid on their floor the trophies of the last 
 campaign. On the 2,5th December, 1819, congress, 
 at the suggestion of the president, decreed that thence- 
 forth Venezuela and New Granada should form one 
 republic, under the denomination of COLOMBIA. At 
 the same time it conferred upon Bolivar the title 
 of LIBERATOR OF COLOMBIA, and re-elected him 
 president of the republic. 
 
 InMarch, 1820, he arrived at Bogota, and occupied 
 himself until August in the organization of the army 
 cantoned at various points between Cucuta and San 
 Fernando de Apure. 
 
 The Spanish revolution, which originated in the 
 Isla de Leon, inspired the South Americans with new 
 hopes. These were raised still higher by the solici- 
 tude of Morillo to negotiate an armistice; but Bolivar, 
 refusing to treat upon any other basis than that of 
 independence, marched to the department of the 
 Magdalena, reviewed the besieging force before Car- 
 thagena, and reinforced the division of the south, 
 destined to act against Popayan and Quito. The 
 president drove the Spaniards from the provinces of 
 Merida and Truxillo, and established his winter 
 head-quarters at the latter town. 
 
 On the 26th November, the president concluded 
 an armistice of six months with Morillo, who engaged 
 that, on the renewal of hostilities, the war should be car- 
 ried on, conformably to the practice of civilized nations.
 
 CHAP. xxxi. OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. 329 
 
 In the beginning of the year 1821, the Liberator 
 went to Bogota, to attend to the affairs of the south; 
 when hearing of the arrival at Caracas of Spanish com- 
 missioners to treat for peace, he returned to Truxillo ; 
 but no terms were then agreed upon. In the mean- 
 while, the province of Maracaybo shook off the Spa- 
 nish yoke. Morillo having departed for Europe, 
 General La Torre, a brave and very superior man, 
 succeeded to the command of the royal army, and 
 made strong remonstrances against the movement in 
 the province of Maracaybo, which he deemed an in- 
 fraction of the armistice, and hostilities in consequence 
 recommenced. The Liberator concentrated his forces 
 in Varinas ; he detached a division to the coast under 
 General Urdaneta, and another to the east, under 
 General Bermudez, to divide the attention of the 
 enemy, and marched himself against Caracas. On 
 the 24th of June, the Liberator attacked and defeated 
 the Spaniards, who had taken up a strong position at 
 Carabobo. The numbers on both sides were nearly 
 equal. This battle decided the fate of Colombia. 
 The victorious Liberator entered Caracas on the 
 29th. On the 2d of July, La Guayra also surren- 
 dered to him. 
 
 Leaving a besieging division before Puerto Cabello, 
 the Liberator went to Cucuta, where he resigned once 
 more the office of president of the republic, which, 
 in admiration of his disinterestedness, instantly re- 
 elected him. 
 
 When the province of Guayaquil declared itself 
 independent, it solicited the assistance of Bolivar
 
 BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 against the Spaniards in Quito. A small division 
 was accordingly sent there. 
 
 The Liberator, having signed the constitution sanc- 
 tioned by congress, obtained leave to direct the war 
 in the south. In January, 1822, he put himself at 
 the head of the army in Popayan, and sent a rein- 
 forcement to General Sucre in Guayaquil. 
 
 In the month of March, the Liberator moved 
 against the province of Pasto, the inhabitants of 
 which country are surpassed in bravery by no people 
 in the world, but who adhered with blind attachment 
 to the ancient regime. The Liberator, having over- 
 come the obstacles presented by nature in the valleys 
 of Patia, and the formidable river Guanabamba, ar- 
 rived in front of Bombona. The Pastusos (inha- 
 bitants of the province of Pasto) had here taken up 
 a strong position, supported by the Spanish troops. 
 They were vigorously attacked ; but every charge 
 made in front was repulsed. It was not until the 
 rifle battalion, commanded by the able Colonel Sands, 
 outflanked the Pastusos, that victory declared for 
 Bolivar ; but his army had suffered so severely, that, 
 instead of immediately following up the fugitives 
 through a hostile country, it fell back a short 
 distance. 
 
 Whilst these operations were going on, Sucre 
 liberated the provinces of Loja and Cuenca, and, on 
 the 24th of May, gained the victory of Pinchincha, 
 which gave independence to Quito. In the same 
 year Carthagena and Cumana surrendered to the 
 liberating forces in Venezuela.
 
 CHAP. XXXI. OF GENERAL BOLIVAR. 331 
 
 The Liberator entered Quito on the 16th of June. 
 His attention was soon attracted to the discontents 
 which had arisen at Guayaquil, where the Colombians 
 had become unpopular. His excellency proceeded 
 to that town, and, under his auspices, the provisional 
 government annexed the province to Colombia. 
 
 One of the results of the interview which took 
 place between the protector of Peru and the liberator 
 of Colombia was the sending of an auxiliary force of 
 two thousand Colombians to Lima; but the junta, 
 which succeeded to the protectorate, ordered the Co- 
 lombian troops to return to Guayaquil. The pre- 
 sident Riva Aguero, who succeeded to the junta, 
 applied for an auxiliary Colombian division of six 
 thousand men, and invited Bolivar to take the com- 
 mand of all the military forces in Peru. The Co- 
 lombian troops were sent to Lima. General Bolivar 
 obtained leave from the congress at Bogota to go to 
 Peru. His arrival there has been described in the 
 proper place. 
 
 The person of Bolivar is thin, and somewhat below 
 the middle size. He dresses in good taste, and has 
 an easy military walk. He is a very bold rider, and 
 capable of undergoing great fatigue. His manners 
 are good, and his address unaffected, but not very 
 prepossessing. It is said that, in his youth, he was 
 rather handsome. His complexion is sallow; his 
 hair, originally very black, is now mixed with gray. 
 His eyes are dark and penetrating, but generally 
 downcast, or turned askance, when he speaks; his 
 nose is well formed, his forehead high and broad, the 
 lower part of the face is sharp ; the expression of the
 
 332 GENERAL BOLIVAR. CHAP. xxxi. 
 
 countenance is careworn, lowering, and sometimes 
 rather fierce. His temper, spoiled by adulation, is 
 fiery and capricious. His opinions of men and things 
 are variable. He is rather prone to personal abuse, 
 but makes ample amends to those who will put up 
 with it. Towards such his resentments are not last- 
 ing. He is a passionate admirer of the fair sex, but 
 jealous to excess. He is fond of waltzing, and is a 
 very quick, but not a very graceful, dancer. His 
 mind is of the most active description. When not 
 more stirringly employed, he is always reading, dic- 
 tating letters, &c. or conversing. His voice is loud 
 and harsh, but he speaks eloquently on most subjects. 
 His reading has been principally confined to French 
 authors; hence the Gallic idioms so common in his 
 productions. He is an impressive writer, but his 
 style is vitiated by an affectation of grandeur. Speak- 
 ing so well as he does, it is not wonderful that he 
 should be more fond of hearing himself talk than of 
 listening to others, and apt to engross conversation 
 in the society he receives. He entertains numerously; 
 and no one has more skilful cooks, or gives better 
 dinners; but he is himself so very abstemious, in both 
 eating and drinking, that he seldom takes his place 
 at his own table until the repast is nearly over, having 
 probably dined in private upon a plain dish or two. 
 He is fond of giving toasts, which he always prefaces 
 in the most eloquent and appropriate manner; and 
 his enthusiasm is so great that he frequently mounts 
 his chair, or the table, to propose them. Although 
 the cigar is almost universally used in South Ame- 
 rica, Bolivar never smokes, nor does he permit smoking
 
 CHAP. xxxi. MOORE, O'LEARY, AND FERGUSON. 333 
 
 in his presence. He is never without proper officers 
 in waiting, and keeps up a considerable degree of eti- 
 quette. Disinterested in the extreme with regard 
 to pecuniary affairs, he is insatiably covetous of fame. 
 Bolivar invariably speaks of England, of her institu- 
 tions, and of her great men, in terms of admiration. 
 He often dwells with great warmth upon the con- 
 stancy, fidelity, and sterling merit of the English 
 officers who have served in the cause of independence, 
 under every varying event of the war. A further 
 proof of his predilection towards England is that he 
 has always had upon his personal staff a number of 
 British subjects. 
 
 The surgeon who constantly attended him was 
 Dr. Moore, an Irishman, who had followed the Li- 
 berator from Venezuela to Peru. He is a man of 
 great skill in his profession, and devotedly attached 
 to the person of the Liberator. Bolivar's first aide- 
 de-camp, Colonel O'Leary, is a nephew of the cele- 
 brated Father O'Leary. In 1818 he embarked, at 
 the age of seventeen, in the cause of South American 
 independence, in which he has served with high di- 
 stinction, having been present at almost every general 
 action fought in Colombia, and has received several 
 wounds. He has been often employed on diplomatic 
 missions, and in charges of great responsibility, in which 
 he has always acquitted himself with great ability. 
 
 Lieutenant- Colonel Ferguson, already mentioned 
 as a distinguished officer of rifles, was also an aide- 
 de-camp. He too was an Irishman by birth. When 
 a mere youth, he quitted a counting-house at Deme- 
 rara, and joined the patriot standard. During the
 
 334 COLONEL WILSOIs'. CHAP. xxxi. 
 
 war of extermination, he was taken by the Spaniards. 
 He was led, with several others, from a dungeon at 
 La Guayra, for the purpose of being shot on the sea 
 shore. Having only a pair of trousers on, his fair 
 skin was conspicuous amongst his unfortunate swarthy 
 companions, and attracted the attention of the boat's 
 crew, of an English man-of-war, casually on the strand. 
 One of the sailors ran up to him, and asked if he was 
 an Englishman. Ferguson was too much absorbed 
 by the horror of his situation to give an answer ; but, 
 on the question being repeated, he replied, " I am 
 an Irishman." " I too am an Irishman," said the 
 sailor, " and, by Jesus, no Spanish rascals shall mur- 
 der a countryman of mine in daylight if I can help 
 it !" Upon which he ran off to his officer, who in- 
 terceded with the Spanish governor, and the life of 
 Ferguson was saved. He related this incident to 
 Miller, who has forgotten the name of the English 
 man-of-war, and also that of the generous preserver 
 of the gallant Ferguson. This unfortunate officer 
 fell a sacrifice in the defence of Bolivar, on the night 
 of the conspiracy at Bogota, in September, 1828. It 
 is a matter of regret that we do not possess sufficient 
 data to give that full biographical account of the 
 above named officers to which their merits and ser- 
 vices so fully entitle them. With regard to Colonel 
 Wilson, another aide-de-camp to the Liberator, we 
 are more fortunate. 
 
 Belford Wilson was educated at Westminster and 
 Sandhurst. When only nine years old, he gave a 
 remarkable proof of that spirit by which he has since 
 been constantly distinguished. His father, Sir Robert
 
 CHAP. xxxr. COLONEL WILSON. 335 
 
 Wilson, being imprisoned at Paris, on a charge of 
 having assisted Count Lavalette to escape, Belford, 
 without consulting any one, left his school, and pro- 
 ceeded there alone. A friend of his father's met him 
 on the road ; but, considering him fully equal to the 
 accomplishment of his undertaking, suffered him to 
 proceed, that he might not prevent the execution of 
 an act so creditable to the boy's feelings. General 
 Miller happened to be residing, at that time, in Calais, 
 and remembers having heard this enterprise spoken 
 of in terms of high admiration by the French. On 
 the removal of his father from the army, young 
 Belford declined the acceptance of a promised com- 
 mission in the British service, and determined to seek 
 
 * 
 
 his own independent fortune in South America. 
 Provided with a letter from his father to General 
 Bolivar, Wilson sailed in 1822 to La Guayra, and 
 proceeded from thence to Santa Martha, and up the 
 river Magdalena to Bogota. There the vice-pre- 
 sident, General Santander, offered to place him on 
 his own staff, and proposed to give him a lucrative 
 appointment; but the attractions of ease and income 
 did not induce him to swerve from his original plan. 
 He left Bogota with an intention of proceeding to 
 Peru, by the way of Quito, to join the Liberator; 
 but, the Pastusos having again risen in rebellion, he 
 was obliged to return, and proceed to Buenaventura, 
 a port of Choco. This province is astonishingly fer- 
 tile, but subject to continual rains, and so thickly 
 wooded that there are no paths for horses or mules. 
 Travellers are carried in a kind of chair fastened to 
 the shoulders of an Indian, and they, as well as
 
 336 COLONEL WILSON. CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 goods, which are conveyed in the same manner, are 
 weighed previous to starting, and both pay at the 
 rate of so much per pound. 
 
 Young Wilson embarked at Buenaventura for Pa- 
 nama, whence he sailed for Payta; and, continuing 
 his route by land, he passed through Piura, Lamba- 
 yeque, and arrived at Truxillo, on the coast of Peru. 
 There he was detained for some time by Riva Aguero, 
 then in open insurrection against the government of 
 Lima. On his arrival in the capital of Peru, on the 
 19th of November, he was presented with a captain's 
 commission by the Peruvian government. Upon 
 joining the Liberator's head-quarters he was made 
 aide-de-camp to his excellency, and was present at 
 the battle of Junin. 
 
 In August, 1824, he was obliged to absent himself 
 from the army, on account of ill health. At Huacho 
 he took passage in the Protector frigate, and was pre- 
 sent at some of the affairs with the Asia and other 
 Spanish shipping in the bay of Callao. The affec- 
 tionate kindness which Wilson experienced from Ad- 
 miral Guise, added to good medical treatment, and 
 quiet to which he had so long been a stranger, acce- 
 lerated his recovery. He also passed some time on 
 board The United States, an American frigate, and 
 received from Commodore Hull the politest atten- 
 tion. He rejoined the Liberator at Chancay on the 
 12th of November. 
 
 In 1826, Wilson, who had now attained the rank 
 of lieutenant-colonel, was made the bearer of the con- 
 stitution which Bolivar had drawn up for the new 
 republic of Bolivia. He performed the journey from
 
 CHAP. XXXI. COLONEL WILSON. 337 
 
 Lima to Chuquisaca, a distance of eighteen hundred 
 miles, in nineteen days ; and a longer journey on his 
 return, by a different route, in the same space of 
 time. General Sucre, with the sanction of the Bo- 
 livian congress, promoted Wilson to the rank of 
 colonel. Conceiving that his brother officers might 
 consider his promotion as too rapid, he refused to 
 accept this additional rank until he was compelled to 
 do so by the commands of the Liberator. 
 
 Wilson is a very fine promising young man. In- 
 heriting the talents and spirit of his father, he has 
 very popular manners. He has never allowed an oc- 
 casion to escape to be of service to his countrymen, 
 when, by employing his influence with the Liberator, 
 he could in any way assist them. One trait completes 
 his character. On a payment being made to the 
 army at Lima, Wilson's share amounted to about five 
 thousand dollars. He immediately sent the order for 
 this sum to his father, and requested that the pro- 
 ceeds might be applied to Sir Robert's own use. 
 
 VOL. II.
 
 PERUVIAN AFFAIRS. CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXII. 
 
 General Bolivar in Lima Congress not permitted to be installed. 
 Code Boliviano adopted in Upper Peru. Conspiracy in 
 Lima. Discontent. Punishments. The Liberator prepares 
 to quit Peru. Is prevailed upon to remain. Code Boliviano 
 approved of by the electoral colleges. Bolivar named presi- 
 dent for life. He proceeds to Colombia. Grand federation 
 at Panama. Revolt of the Colombian troops at Lima Adop- 
 tion of the Code Boliviano declared illegal. Congress installed. 
 General La Mar elected president of the republic. Re- 
 trospect of Chile. Magnanimity of South Americans towards 
 Spaniards. 
 
 To bring the affairs of Peru to a close, it is neces- 
 sary to return to General Bolivar, who quitted Chu- 
 quisaca in January, 1826, to be present at Lima at 
 the installation of the congress, which had been or- 
 dered to meet in February of that year. It was 
 understood to be his intention to resign, to this con- 
 gress, the absolute power with which His Excellency 
 had been invested. 
 
 Several of the deputies arrived in the capital some 
 little time before the day fixed upon for the opening 
 of the sessions. Many of them expressed their opi- 
 nions upon the propriety of the Colombian troops 
 withdrawing from the territory of Peru, the necessity 
 for retaining them having ceased. Some dwelt with 
 marked emphasis on the declaration of Bolivar, upon 
 his arrival in Peru, that, when its freedom should be
 
 CHAP. XXXII. BOLIVIAN AFFAIRS. 339 
 
 achieved, he would return to his own country with 
 the Colombian troops, without carrying away even a 
 grain of sand. The deputies held their preparatory 
 meeting, when they received orders from Bolivar to 
 submit their qualifications (poderes) to examination 
 by the supreme court of justice; but the deputies 
 contended that they themselves formed the proper 
 tribunal for such scrutiny. An altercation ensued 
 between Dr. Unanue *, president of the council of 
 government, and the deputies. Bolivar, upon hear- 
 ing of this refractory disposition, threatened to quit 
 Peru. Petitions that congress might not be installed 
 were got up. Their prayer was acceded to. The 
 deputies returned to their homes, and the Liberator 
 consented to remain. 
 
 It was about this period that Bolivar framed a 
 
 constitution for the new republic of Bolivia. The 
 
 general assembly of that state had dissolved itself on 
 
 the 6th of October, 1825. A congress was installed 
 
 at Chuquisaca on the 25th of May, 1826: Sucre was 
 
 appointed to continue to exercise the executive power ; 
 
 and a committee of deputies was named to examine 
 
 j the Bolivian constitution. Upon the report of the 
 
 (committee, congress resolved to adopt the proposed 
 
 onstitution ; which was done, and it was sworn to by 
 the people. In conformity to the principles of the 
 new constitution, a Presidente Vitalicio, or president 
 
 for life, was elected. The choice fell upon Sucre, 
 who consented to accept the office for the period of 
 only two years, and that upon condition that two 
 
 * Unanue is a finished scholar, but did not shine as a statesman, politician, 
 or man of business, excepting that his flexibility always kept him amongst the 
 tulers of the day.
 
 340 BOLIVIAN CONSTITUTION OMAP. XXXII. 
 
 thousand Colombian troops should be permitted to 
 remain with him. To these conditions congress 
 acceded. 
 
 With reference to Peru, General La Mar had re- 
 turned from Guayaquil to Lima, and he was solicited 
 by Bolivar to assume the presidency of the council of 
 government ; but La Mar was disabled by indisposition 
 from undertaking the duties of that office. He went 
 back to Guayaquil; and General Santa Cruz, who 
 was named in his stead, arrived at Lima, from Bo- 
 livia, in June, 1826, and immediately entered upon 
 the office to which he had been appointed. 
 
 The Liberator was no doubt exceedingly desirous 
 that the Code Boliviano should be also adopted in 
 Peru. From the highly flattering manner in which 
 he had been received in his tour through the pro- 
 vinces, he had perhaps been induced to imagine, and 
 certainly with some appearance of probability, that 
 whatever he recommended would be implicitly ac- 
 ceded to. He was confirmed in this erroneous way 
 of thinking by those around him, and by others who 
 constantly advocated the necessity of what they called 
 a " strong government." This opinion was sustained 
 by some of the ablest and best informed men in office, 
 whose personal interest induced them to mislead 
 Bolivar on this point, in which they were seconded 
 by others anxious for place and emolument. These 
 gentlemen reasoned as if every cause of complaint was 
 to be traced to demagogues and party spirit, which 
 a strong government would, as they persisted in de- 
 claring, have been able to keep down ; but they for- 
 got that no government in Peru could be really
 
 CHAP, xxxil. RECOMMENDED FOR tERU. 34-1 
 
 strong and durable, unless supported by public 
 opinion ; and they overlooked the inapplicability 
 of remedies which might perhaps better suit the 
 meridian of Europe. The Peruvians, freed from 
 the apprehension of danger from Spain, began to 
 feel with impatience the burden of supporting ex- 
 pensive allies; and, although the Colombian troops 
 observed the strictest discipline, their national man- 
 ners and habits were widely different and uncongenial 
 to those of the Peruvians. The Code Boliviano was 
 therefore unpopular with the majority; and the very 
 efforts made to prepare the minds of the Peruvians to 
 accept the constitution increased their aversion to it. 
 For a long time before this, an anti-Colombian spirit 
 had existed : this spirit now led to the formation of 
 a strong party. To distaste succeeded avowed dis- 
 gust, and open discontent. A conspiracy was dis- 
 covered, having, it was said, for its object the assas- 
 sination of General Bolivar, and the expulsion of the 
 Colombians. Although many affirmed that it was 
 limited to a few subalterns, and others that it was 
 altogether imaginary, strong measures were taken. A 
 supreme tribunal was formed to meet the exigency, and 
 its members, the learned Doctores Estenos, Pancorvo, 
 andFreyre, rivalled the zeal displayed by Rivadeneyra, 
 who had been president of a permanent court martial. 
 Lieutenant Aristizabal, a Peruvian, was condemned 
 to be shot. His last exclamations were, that he died 
 to serve his country. A guerrilla chief, named Ni- 
 navilca, and several others, who had all fled, were 
 condemned par contumace to be strangled, in con- 
 travention of the decree, passed on the 3rd of
 
 342 A CURIOUS SENTENCE. CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 January, 1822, by which that mode of punishment 
 was abolished. Colonel Vidal, whose courage, activity, 
 and military talents have been often and honourably 
 mentioned, and whose excellent private character, 
 for probity and the purest patriotism, have always 
 been thrown too much into the shade by his natural 
 diffidence, escaped to the interior ; but he was sen- 
 tenced to be cashiered, and to ten years' exile. 
 Others were condemned, in like manner, to similar 
 punishments*. Admiral Guise was tried, but ac- 
 quitted. The following is given as a specimen of 
 the curious decisions of this curious tribunal : 
 
 " Nothing having appeared upon this trial against 
 Colonels Tur and Saroa, they are to be set at liberty; 
 but let it be notified to them, that they must quit the 
 country within fifteen days." 
 
 Every Buenos Ayrean, and every Chileno resident 
 in Peru, was ordered by the council of government 
 to present himself in the capital. Generals Ne- 
 cochea and Correa, Colonels Estomba and Raulet, 
 and many highly respectable merchants, amongst 
 whom was Don Juan Jose* Sarratea, known for his 
 patriotism from the very commencement of the Bue- 
 nos Ayrean revolution, were ordered to quit the 
 country. Necochea indignantly sent in his commis- 
 sion, as a general of Peru, and some bills which had 
 been given to him in payment of a grant, in reward 
 for past services, declaring that he would carry 
 nothing from Peru but his wounds. The council 
 of government coolly received the resignation and 
 
 * Most of these sentences were afterwards revised, or mitigated.
 
 CHAP, xxxii. COLONEL RAULET. 343 
 
 the bills, but had not the courtesy to acknowledge 
 the receipt of General Necochea's letter enclosing 
 them. 
 
 The desultory nature of this work will admit, in 
 this place, of some further particulars of Colonel 
 Raulet, who is a lively gallant Frenchman, about 
 thirty-six years of age. He had served in the Penin- 
 sula, where his adventures rendered him as familiar 
 with Spanish prisons as even Gil Bias had been. He 
 belonged to the garrison of Badajoz, when that fortress 
 was besieged by Lord Wellington ; and it is a sin- 
 gular coincidence, that he was one of a party that 
 made a sortie, which, galloping near the engineer 
 depdt, fired a pistol-ball through a tent that Miller 
 then occupied. Raulet was taken at the storming of 
 the place, and sent first on board a prison-ship at 
 Chatham, and then to a depot in Scotland. He 
 fought under Marshal Ney, at the battle of Waterloo, 
 and was severely wounded. Being a flaming Bona- 
 partist, he found it advisable to quit France, and he 
 embarked for Pernambuco, where he arrived at the 
 breaking out of a revolution. He joined the demo- 
 cratic party ; and, being again made prisoner, was 
 conveyed from jail to jail, along the Brazilian coast, 
 for six months, until he arrived at Rio Janeiro, 
 where he was set at liberty. He then embarked for 
 Buenos Ayres, and joined a division of the army of 
 the Andes, with which he marched to Chile, and 
 accompanied the liberating expedition from Valpa- 
 raiso. During the campaigns in Peru, he was mostly 
 employed at the advance posts, and was always fore- 
 most in daring enterprise. On one occasion he was 
 sent from Lima to Xauxa with a flag of truce ; but
 
 COLONEL 11AULET. CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 even here his unlucky stars prevailed; for on his 
 return, having outrode his trumpeter and escort, he 
 met some montoneros of Reyes, who, conceiving 
 that he was a royalist officer, in spite of his pro- 
 testations to the contrary, made him prisoner. They 
 tied his hands, and compelled him to proceed on foot 
 to Carhuamayo, where he was lodged in a damp and 
 miserable hovel. Disliking the atmosphere of his 
 new prison, Raulet lost his temper, and abused his 
 gaolers in language which excited their ire. By way 
 of pacifying him, they took him out of the hut, and 
 flogged him unmercifully. On the following day 
 he was conducted to Pasco, where he was immediately 
 recognised by the governor ; and it was only upon 
 the intercession of Raulet, that he abstained from 
 severely punishing the montoneros. 
 
 In the course of the war, the susceptible heart of 
 Raulet was bestowed on a fair Peruvian, to whom he 
 long knelt in vain. His courtship furnishes ample 
 materials for a romance, the idol of his affec- 
 tions being a royalist, arid previously engaged to a 
 highly respectable and wealthy Spanish gentleman, 
 who had been obliged to leave Lima, and who is now 
 residing in London. But as the war prevented the 
 first and more favoured lover's return, the ardour of 
 Raulet was at length crowned with success ; and he 
 is now a rich hacendado, living on his wife's estate 
 near lea, the doting husband of his lovely Dona 
 Nicolasita, and the happy father of Napoleon Raulet, 
 and five or six other smiling cherubs *. 
 
 The disposition of Raulet constantly impelled him to mingle in politieal 
 squabbles. Falling under the displeasure of Bolivar, he was banished from 
 Peru in the beginning of the year 1024. Returning without permission 
 from Chile to lea, the governor of that place, Colonel Estomba, was ordered 
 to have him shot. But Estomba declined to be the executioner of his
 
 CHAP, xxxil. STATE OF LIMA. 345 
 
 The affairs of Peru were again enveloped in 
 gloom ; and persons of property, and friends to 
 tranquillity, became exceedingly apprehensive of the 
 return of anarchy. These alarms were considerably 
 augmented, amongst a numerous class, by the an- 
 nouncement of Bolivar's second determination to 
 quit the country. He had fixed upon the 13th of 
 August for the day of his departure. The most 
 frightful tumults were foreboded, and it was said that 
 government would be reduced to a chaos. The 
 public mind continued in a state of fearful excite- 
 ment from the morning of the 13th until the 
 evening of the 16th. The advocates for the forma- 
 tion of a strong government used every argument in 
 their power to induce His Excellency to alter his pro- 
 fessed determination, and employed all their in- 
 fluence to prevail upon the people to second their 
 wishes. 
 
 The following account, divested of the greater 
 part of its original, and almost ludicrous, orientalism, 
 is taken from a Lima ministerial newspaper of the 
 day. 
 
 On the morning of the 13th, the inhabitants of 
 the ^suburb of San Lazaro, on the right bank of the 
 
 friend ; and, in consequence, both were summoned to head-quarters at Chan- 
 cay, whure, upon their arrival, they were thrown into prison. The news of 
 the victory of Ayacucho arriving soon after, the Dictator relented, and the 
 delinquents were set at liberty. Raulet was a second time banished to Chile, 
 where he took an active part in suppressing a revolt against the Supreme 
 Director, Freyre, and was wounded. In this affair he was opposed to that 
 equally unquiet spirit, our old friend, La Tapia. Raulet is now the gayest of 
 the gay, and has, we believe, risen to the municipal dignity of alcalde. He 
 walks in processions, with his tasselled and gold-headed cane of office, with 
 as much magisterial grace as any of his brother aldermen. It is remarked, that 
 he is particularly kind towards (ill prisoners and captives within his jurisdiction. 
 Raulet is a most cheerful and delightful companion, and is much beloved and 
 esteemed. Miller has lately had the satisfaction of visiting a part of his family, 
 a he passed through Namur.
 
 346 STATE OF LIMA. CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 Rimac, went in procession, attended by bands of 
 music, and colours flying, to the great square in front 
 of the palace. On Bolivar's appearing at one of 
 the balconies, the air resounded with acclamations. 
 When silence was obtained, the venerable cura of 
 San Lazaro addressed the Liberator, who, on signi- 
 fying that he persisted in his determination to leave 
 the country, was told that, in quitting it, he must 
 trample on the breasts of the very people of whose 
 lives he had been the preserver. 
 
 The members of the municipality next presented 
 themselves at the palace, and implored the Liberator 
 to desist from his design of absenting himself from 
 the land of the Incas. Bolivar answered, that his 
 remaining there was impossible, upon which the mu- 
 nicipality laid the insignia of their office at his feet, 
 saying they could not, under these circumstances, re- 
 concile it to their consciences to continue the exercise 
 of their authority. 
 
 Deputations from every section of Lima suc- 
 cessively presented themselves, and protested that 
 they would form an impenetrable wall against the 
 execution of his designs to leave Peru. But Bolivar, 
 immovable as the rock, refused to give even hope, until, 
 oppressed by the repeated solicitations of a people an- 
 ticipating the heaviest misfortunes from his de- 
 parture, he promised to give an irrevocable answer 
 within eight days. 
 
 Petitions to the same effect, from all classes of 
 society and bodies corporate, continued to pour in. 
 Repeated interviews were obtained, and representa- 
 tions from the provinces were received. On the 15th,
 
 CHAP. XXXII. LIMA. 347 
 
 the tribunals and corporations repaired in form to 
 the cathedral, and this gave another opportunity to 
 reiterate their prayers to the Liberator, who replied, 
 " If I hearkened only to the wishes of my heart, I 
 should remain with the Peruvians, who have won my 
 affection by their pure demonstrations of gratitude. 
 But my country calls me; and, when duty speaks, it 
 behoves me to obey in silence, without listening to the 
 seducing appeal of the affections. While I have been 
 absent from Colombia, dissensions have arisen which 
 I alone can calm. If Colombia remain divided, the 
 army, which is the guarantee of union, the shield of 
 liberty, and the model of military discipline, will 
 become as prejudicial to its country as heretofore it 
 has been great and terrible to the enemies of America. 
 Peru abounds in eminent men, who are able to con- 
 duct the vessel of the state with skill and wisdom. 
 If at any time danger should arise, I will fly to 
 succour this great people, whom I love for the mag- 
 nanimity they have displayed towards me, and for 
 their effusions of gratitude.*' 
 
 The army also signified its wishes for the Libe- 
 rator to remain, in a grandiloquent address, signed by 
 Juan Salazar, Domingo Tristan, Rafael, Jimena, Jos 
 Rivadeneyra, Ignacio del Alcazar, Luis Morales, M. 
 Negreiros, Martin Herrero, Jose Mercedes Casta- 
 neda, Andres Negron, Joaquin Barela, Jose Gregorio, 
 Escobedo, and a few others. 
 
 On the part of the church, Dr. Don Carlos Pede- 
 monte asserted, in a florid oration, that Peru would 
 cease to exist if he, who was the dominator of Fortune 
 herself, should withdraw from her territory. 
 
 The peasantry from the adjacent villages trod the
 
 348 THE LIBERATOR DECLARED CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 floors of the palace for the first time, to add their 
 prayers to those of other classes. 
 
 The matrons of the capital assembled in the consis- 
 torial saloons, and passed on to the palace to join their 
 supplications to those of the stronger sex, hoping that, 
 with the assistance of the Graces, they would be en- 
 abled to soften the hitherto inflexible determination 
 of the Liberator. To these fair petitioners the Liber- 
 ator gave the following rely : " Ladies ! silence is the 
 only answer I ought to give to those enchanting ex- 
 pressions, which bind not only the heart but duty. 
 When beauty speaks, what breast can resist it? I have 
 been the soldier of beauty, because Liberty is bewitch- 
 ingly beautiful ; she diffuses happiness, and decorates 
 the path of life with flowers." At the conclusion 
 of this speech, of which the above is only an ex- 
 tract, the ladies crowded round Bolivar, and, after a 
 long and animated discussion, " an angel voice" was 
 heard to pronounce these words, " The Liberator 
 remains !" 
 
 Loud vivas and acclamations were the answer. 
 The church bells were kept ringing all night. Joy 
 took possession of every heart, and a grand ball con- 
 cluded the scene, in which the matrons performed so 
 conspicuous a part. 
 
 On the following morning, the electoral college of 
 the province and that of the city of Lima resolved that 
 the Bolivian constitution should be adopted in Peru, 
 and that Bolivar should be named presidente vitalicio. 
 To an address of the electoral colleges, Bolivar replied: 
 " It is with the highest satisfaction I learn that the 
 electoral colleges have adopted the constitution which 
 I gave to the republic that bears my name. The
 
 CHAP. XXXII. PRESIDENT FOR LIFE. 349 
 
 council of government, anxious to assure the happi- 
 ness of the country, consulted me ; and I agreed to 
 offer it to the Peruvian people. This constitution is 
 the work of ages. To form it I have consulted every 
 ancient and modern authority. It combines the les- 
 sons of experience with the counsels and opinions of 
 the wise. I congratulate the representatives of this 
 province upon its adoption." The other provincial 
 electoral colleges, with the exception of that of Tara- 
 paca, declared also for the adoption of the Code 
 Boliviano. 
 
 Bolivar (now presidents mtalicio elect of Peru), 
 having received despatches from Bogota, informing 
 him that General Paez had refused to obey the orders 
 of the executive government, of which General Sant- 
 ander was president during the Liberator's absence, 
 determined to return immediately to Colombia, in 
 order to arrange those unhappy differences. A fare- 
 well entertainment was given on the 2d of September. 
 Early on the morning of the 3d, Bolivar left Lima, 
 not very numerously attended, for Callao, where he 
 embarked, and sailed for Guayaquil. In a proclama- 
 tion issued on his departure, Bolivar says, " Peru- 
 vians, your prosperous or evil fortunes shall be mine. 
 Our fate shall be one and the same." Vuestros bienes, 
 y vuestros males seran los mios. Una nuestra suerte. 
 
 His excellency left General Santa Cruz president 
 of the council of government, Don Jos Maria Pando 
 minister of state for the interior, Don Jose Larrea y 
 Loredo for finance, and Don Tomas Heres minister 
 of war. General Lara remained in command of the
 
 350 BOLIVAR QUITS PERU. CHAP, xxxir. 
 
 Colombian troops in Peru, amounting to about four 
 thousand men. 
 
 Bolivar arrived at Guayaquil on the 13th of Sep- 
 tember. A fortnight previous to this, that depart- 
 ment, headed by the prefect Mosquera, had declared 
 for the Bolivian constitution, and for Bolivar as pre- 
 sidente vitalicio. The department of Quito followed 
 the example nine days afterwards. These measures 
 received no public mark of disapprobation from Bo- 
 livar j but they were declared by General Santander 
 to be rebellious and contrary to the Colombian con- 
 stitution, which all had sworn to preserve inviolate 
 until the year 1834. 
 
 Bolivar entered Bogota on the 14th of November, 
 1826. From thence he set out for Caracas, and having 
 adjusted the differences between General Paez and 
 the executive government, his excellency endeavoured 
 to introduce the Bolivian code into Colombia, " that 
 it might," to use the words of its advocates, " extend 
 from Potosi to the Orinoco." The grand confede- 
 ration of Bolivia, Peru, and Colombia, under one 
 supreme president, was spoken of as an event close 
 at hand : but the Code Boliviano was as unpopular 
 in Colombia as in Peru, and the attempt to intro- 
 duce it has been unsuccessful. The democratic party 
 considered that the Presidente Vitalicio was in effect 
 an elective monarch, with the additional power of 
 nominating his successor; a principle diametrically 
 opposite to that, which Bolivar professed to act upon 
 throughout the struggle for independence. 
 
 The idea of a grand American congress was this 

 
 CHAP. XXXH. THE ABORTIVE CONGRESS. 35) 
 
 year carried into effect at Panama. The plan of it 
 was to strengthen the union between the recently 
 formed states; to combine their forces against any 
 attack ; to prevent or decide upon any political dif- 
 ferences which might arise amongst themselves; and 
 to keep a watchful eye upon the policy of Europe. 
 This magnificent plan, as it was called, was advocated 
 by Monteagudo ; and Bolivar was to have been the 
 protector of the confederation. He invited the dif- 
 ferent governments to send representatives to Panama. 
 Peru, Colombia, Bolivia, Mexico, and Guatemala, each 
 sent two. Buenos Ayres and Chile did not send 
 any. 
 
 Results of no common magnitude and influence 
 were expected from this august assembly. The de- 
 puties appeared to consider that they held in their 
 hands the destinies of America; but their labours 
 ended in a few preparatory proclamations of "learned 
 length." They seem to have entirely overlooked the 
 obvious fact, that the interests, habits, and genius of 
 the new states are as various, and sometimes as di- 
 rectly opposed, as those of rival nations in Europe. 
 If one or more of the new states coalesced against 
 threatened danger, it would be in consequence of 
 identity of interests. No treaty of general alliance 
 that this abortive congress could have drawn up would 
 have produced any other effect than, perhaps, an un- 
 bounded admiration of a wondrously beautiful piece 
 of writing. 
 
 The council of government at Lima decreed, on 
 the 30th of November, that the oath of fidelity to the 
 Bolivian constitution should be solemnly taken on
 
 352 SUBSERVIENCY REWARDED. CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 the 9th of December following ; the anniversary of 
 the battle of Ayacucho. This decree, though received 
 with expressions of applause and satisfaction by the 
 authorities, produced evident symptoms of disgust 
 in the majority of the inhabitants. The decree was 
 nevertheless enforced by the influence of those in 
 office, and the oath was taken with the usual formali- 
 ties, by the council of government, and throughout 
 the provinces. 
 
 But the genuine expression of popular feeling could 
 not long be smothered by the efforts of governors 
 who sunk in public opinion in proportion to their 
 zeal in advocating the new-fangled vitalicio system. 
 Swearing to the constitution in the province, was a 
 counterpart, and a continuation of the farce got up 
 in Lima, a little previous to the departure of Bolivar, 
 upon which occasion the performers were rewarded 
 in proportion to their importance and utility. For 
 instance, the active cura of San Lazaro was promoted 
 to the rank and revenue of a canon in the cathedral 
 church. Dr. Don Carlos Pedemonte was elevated to 
 the archiepiscopal chair, by the council of government, 
 which, upon this occasion, assumed the power of the 
 holy see. How the matrons were rewarded does not 
 appear upon record. With the exception of the praise 
 uttered by those immediately dependent upon the 
 smiles of the Liberator, it maybe confidently asserted 
 that not one grain of sincerity was mingled with the 
 flatteries which saluted the ear of his excellency 
 at that truly histrionic exhibition. Amongst other 
 servilities, a person high in office knelt down and 
 requested Bolivar to place his foot upon his neck,
 
 CHAP. XXXII. BOLIVIAN CODE. 353 
 
 that he might be enabled to boast that he had sup* 
 ported the greatest man of the age. That a slavish 
 mind could have chosen this mode of fawning is not 
 surprising, but that Bolivar should have heard the 
 proposal with complacency is incredible. Not so 
 astonishing is the present conduct of the syphocant, 
 for he is now a bitter enemy to the Liberator. This 
 is the natural reaction of base and abject flattery. 
 
 The Bolivian code was scarcely less disliked by the 
 Colombian troops in Peru than by the Peruvians. 
 No sooner was Bolivar gone than the latter began to 
 work upon this feeling, in order to get rid of the 
 system and the Colombians altogether. A young 
 Colombian, Colonel Bustamante, having brought over 
 some subaltern officers, they assembled their Serjeants, 
 and represented to them that the constitution of 
 Colombia was in part subverted by the precipitate 
 acts of Quito and Guayaquil, and further endan- 
 gered by those acts having passed not only unpu- 
 nished, but uncensured, excepting by the Vice- Presi- 
 dent Santander, whom they said it was necessary to 
 support. The Serjeants were further informed that it 
 was designed by Lara to employ the troops to destroy 
 constitutional liberty. This mode of reasoning was 
 strengthened by the hope held out that, in case they 
 would assist in removing the enemies to freedom, 
 their arrears of pay would be immediately forth- 
 coming. A sufficient number having been gained 
 over, Bustamante, on the night of the 26th January, 
 1827, repaired to the quarters of Generals Lara and 
 Sands, whom he arrested in their beds, together with 
 such other Colombian chiefs as they considered ini- 
 
 VOL. II. A A
 
 COLOMBIANS LEAVE PERU. CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 mical to their plans. The Peruvian government had 
 received information of what was going on, and had 
 apprized Lara of the circumstances nine days before 
 the conspiracy was carried into execution. The ge- 
 neral not only discredited the report, but was 
 offended at the bare suspicion. Santa Cruz, the 
 president, happened to be out of Lima. The other 
 members of the council told Bustamante that upon 
 him alone rested all responsibility. He took this 
 upon himself very willingly; chartered a vessel (the 
 Blucher) ; and immediately shipped off the arrested 
 officers for Guayaquil. 
 
 The ministers Don Jose Maria Pando, Don Jose* 
 Larrea y Loredo, and Don Tomas Heres, resigned. 
 The last, being exceedingly, unpopular, escaped on 
 board a French vessel, and sailed for the same port. 
 A new ministry was formed. Dr. Vidaurre, Don 
 Jose Morales, and Don Juan Salazar, succeeded the \ 
 three gentlemen who had retired, and Santa Cruz 
 continued at the head of affairs. The ministerial 
 newspaper spoke of Bolivar with respect, but ap- 
 plauded the resolution of the new administration to 
 -prevent foreign interference in Peruvian affairs. 
 
 The government now felt desirous that the Co- 
 lombian troops should quit Peru altogether. The 
 principal difficulty in effecting this arose from want 
 of money, as it was necessary to pay them all ar- 
 rears before they could be embarked. After in- 
 finite exertions, two hundred thousand dollars were 
 scraped together. Three-fourths were distributed 
 amongst the troops, and the remainder employed to 
 defray the expenses of conveying them by sea to
 
 CHAP. XXXII. COLOMBIANS LEAVE PERU. 355 
 
 Guayaquil, to which place they all sailed with Colonel 
 Bustamarite, in March, 1827. It was supposed that 
 Bustamante's intention was to annex Guayaquil to 
 Peru. The Colombians were unpopular there, and, 
 as far as the inclinations of the people were concerned, 
 they were decidedly in favour of this measure. But 
 the real interests of Guayaquil are indicated by its 
 geographical position. So long as Quito, and the ad- 
 jacent provinces, containing altogether a population 
 of eight hundred thousand souls, shall form part of 
 the Colombian territory, Guayaquil would be their 
 general entrepot. Belonging to Peru, it would dwindle 
 down into the naval station of a country possessing 
 only a few ships ; and in this case rival ports would 
 be established on the coast of Quito, or Choco : and 
 therefore so long as Quito forms a part of the Colom- 
 bian union, Guayaquil ought to be a Colombian port. 
 
 After the revolt of the 26th of January, the people 
 throughout Peru declared, almost unanimously, that 
 the Bolivian code had been forced upon them, and 
 that the election of Bolivar as president for life, as 
 well as the adoption of the code, was illegal, in- 
 asmuch as the electoral colleges had not powers to 
 decide upon questions of that nature; it being the 
 province of a general congress alone, to determine 
 upon the form of government by which the country 
 should be ruled. 
 
 Orders were issued for the election of deputies 
 for a new congress, which assembled at Lima on 
 the 4th of June. General La Mar was elected pre- 
 sident of the republic, and Don Manuel Salazar y
 
 356 GENERAL LA MAR CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 Baquijano vice-president. Thelatter acted as pre- 
 sident until the arrival of La Mar from Guayaquil in 
 August. 
 
 La Mar, a native of Guayaquil, was educated in 
 Spain. In 1793, he served, with credit, as a lieu- 
 tenant of the Sabaya regiment, in the campaign of 
 Roussillon. In 1808, he (as Major La Mar) was 
 one of the heroic defenders of Saragossa, where 
 he was wounded. He afterwards commanded a gre- 
 nadier column in the province of Valencia, where he 
 acquired great credit with the army, and popularity 
 with the inhabitants. When in hospital at Tudela, 
 in consequence of severe wounds, he was included in 
 the capitulation of General Blake's army, and was 
 conveyed to France. He always refused to give his 
 parole, but it was not until 1813 that he eluded the 
 vigilance of his guard at Beaune, and escaped to 
 Madrid. In 1814, he was advanced to the rank of 
 brigadier, and in 1816 set out for Lima, with the ap- 
 pointment of inspector-general of the army in Peru. 
 After capitulating at Callao, he sent in his resignation 
 to the viceroy. His subsequent services in the cause 
 of his native country have been detailed. President 
 La Mar is a man of cultivated mind, of mild, per- 
 suasive, and refined manners; he is much beloved, 
 and highly respected; and has no personal and very 
 few political enemies. Perhaps the only defect in 
 his political character is the trait of occasional in- 
 decision. He is fifty years of age ; and his person 
 and countenance are good. He has lately had the 
 misfortune to lose a most amiable wife, a sister to
 
 CHAP. XXXII. ELECTED PRESIDENT. 357 
 
 His Excellency Senor Don Vicente Rocafuerte *, the 
 Mexican envoy at the court of London. 
 
 The presidency of La Mar has been chequered by 
 events less favourable than might have been expected. 
 Peru and Colombia have risen in arms against each 
 other. An encroaching spirit of ambition on the 
 one side, and a forgetfulness of services rendered on 
 the other, have produced hostilities, in the prose- 
 cution of which neither country can by possibility 
 gain any thing, not even barren honour. 
 
 Gratitude is a burden which sits as uneasily upon 
 nations as upon individuals, and seems to be still more 
 readily thrown aside. During the course of the revo- 
 lutions, every section of South America hasbeen aided, 
 directly or indirectly, by one or more of its neigh- 
 bours ; but not one of them seems anxious to perpe- 
 tuate the remembrance of such assistance. Chile, 
 in celebrating her own efforts, dwells not upon the 
 circumstance of the battle ofChacabuco having been 
 gained by Argentine bayonets. Colombia carefully 
 abstains from acknowledging the timely assistance 
 she received from Peru in the signal triumph of 
 Pinchincha; while Peru, in turn, affects to forget 
 the still more extensive succours furnished by Co- 
 lombia on the fields of Junin and Ayacucho. Thus 
 it is with all nations. The Spaniards boast of having 
 expelled the French from the Peninsula, without 
 
 * This highly-respected gentleman has conducted the affairs of his government 
 in a manner which reflects great credit upon his diplomatic talents, while his probity 
 in delicate and difficult loan transactions is not only unsuspected by those most 
 intimately versed in the complicated details, but is placed beyond the shadow of 
 a doubt in the minds of those at all familiar with those scourges of Spanish 
 America. This minister lives in the unostentatious style of a republican ; but his 
 amiable manners, and well informed mind, render him an ornament of the best 
 society in London and Paris, where he is well known and equally esteemed.
 
 358 BOLIVAR. CHAP, xxxii. 
 
 noticing the British army as partners in their glory. 
 Russia ascribes to her own omnipotence the over- 
 throw of Napoleon at Moscow ; but is silent as to 
 the British subsidies which enabled a million of men 
 in arms to act against the veteran remnant of that 
 host which had been defeated by the elements. The 
 Prussian gazettes, after the battle of Waterloo, speak 
 as little of the Duke of Wellington as of the Island 
 t>f Santa Helena j while a reader of Belgian accounts 
 would hardly suppose the English had participated 
 in an event which hurled the great and mighty em- 
 peror from his throne, and chained him to an Atlantic 
 rock. 
 
 There is, however, something to be adduced in 
 palliation of the conduct of Peru. Until the hero 
 who had liberated Venezuela, New Granada, and 
 Quito, fell into the weakness of declining the addi- 
 tional glory of quitting liberated Peru without carry- 
 ing away, as he had promised, " even a grain of 
 sand," the Peruvians overwhelmed him with demon- 
 strations of gratitude, poured out treasures at his 
 feet, and addressed him in language unsuitable to 
 any being below the Deity ; but when it was evident 
 that the Colombians were about to act the same part 
 which the Saxons once acted in England, discordant 
 feelings were excited, animosities arose, a thousand 
 irritating insults were offered on both sides, which, 
 in the end, produced violent and mutual hatred. 
 
 Bolivar thought that he could govern the Peru- 
 vians better than they could govern themselves, but 
 they did not concur in this opinion j at any rate, 
 they were determined to try the experiment. The
 
 CHAP. XXXII. BOLIVAtt. 
 
 presence of a Colombian army restrained, for a while, 
 the genuine expression of Peruvian feeling. The 
 influence of its chief attracted around him men pos- 
 sessing talents above mediocrity, all equally forward 
 in worshipping the rising sun, but who turned and 
 stung their benefactor the moment he had passed 
 the zenith of his power. Bolivar was completely de- 
 ceived as to the true state of public feeling, by the 
 misrepresentations of interested sycophants, possess- 
 ing or aspiring to office, and, though republicans, 
 ambitious even of titles. 
 
 Bolivar was not personally popular, and the conti- 
 nued presence of his troops gave rise to jealousies 
 and suspicions which led to unmixed abhorrence ; but 
 it was not until some time after Bolivar had left the 
 country, that the eruption of the political volcano 
 burst forth, and Colombian influence was terminated 
 by the conspiracy of Bustamante. The Bolivian 
 constitution was disdainfully flung aside; Peru be- 
 came free to choose her own president, and La 
 Mar was elevated to that office. The nomination of 
 a person of his high character gave universal satis- 
 faction, and it was hailed by all as a peculiarly auspi- 
 cious event. La Mar's obvious policy was to reduce 
 the standing army ; to keep up a small squadron in the 
 most efficient state; to provide liberally for the re- 
 tired veteran officers and soldiers ; to reorganize the 
 custom-house; and to fix public credit upon a firm 
 foundation, by providing for the gradual liquidation of 
 public debt, and by preventing the recurrence of per- 
 nicious loans. An honest and economical expenditure 
 would enable Peru to put forth, whenever called
 
 360 PERU. CHAP. xxxn. 
 
 for, her vast defensive capabilities, and to set an 
 invading force at defiance. Unfortunately, La Mar, 
 led away by his wishes to conciliate all parties, has 
 lent too ready an ear to the noisy declamations of 
 learned orators, who, though especially careful of 
 their own persons when an enemy is close at hand, 
 are the foremost to excite others to a show of hos- 
 tility when danger is far distant. He also pa- 
 tronised many military officers whom it would have 
 been more politic to have discharged on handsome 
 retired allowances. Instead of reducing the standing 
 army to below 2000 men, La Mar unwisely aug- 
 mented it to 12,000, a number which absorbs the 
 revenue, and prevents its being applied to useful 
 purposes. This has opened the door to oppression 
 and extortion of all kinds. The soldiery are ill paid; 
 the people murmur; and it is much to be feared that 
 La Mar will be obliged to retire without conferring 
 on the Peruvians those benefits which they had a 
 right to expect from his talents and his virtues. 
 
 With regard to the menaces of Colombia, the 
 Peruvians might have remained perfectly at ease. 
 Instead of being alarmed by the false expectation 
 of an immediate invasion, they ought to have con- 
 sidered that Bolivar had too much to attend to in his 
 own country, to be able to carry his threats into exe- 
 cution. Harassed by internal division and continual 
 conspiracies, the Liberator could not place himself 
 at the head of an invading army, on the Peruvian 
 frontier, without exposing Colombia to revolt and 
 anarchy ; or even had a large force invaded Peru 
 from the side of Quito, the desert of Sechura, fifty
 
 CHAP. XXXII. PERU. 861 
 
 leagues in length, would alone have been suffi- 
 cient to dimmish their numbers so much, as to be 
 equivalent to the loss of a battle. The farther the 
 hostile remnant advanced, the more certain would 
 be its destruction. A few hundred montoneros, pro- 
 perly directed, would be sufficient to cut off all sup- 
 plies ; for the hatred of the Peruvians to the Co- 
 lombians is as great, and perhaps more unanimous, 
 than that which they once entertained for the Spa- 
 niards. As Peru has a very decided naval superiority 
 over Colombia in the Pacific, the sea would be alto- 
 gether unavailable to the latter, while the former 
 would possess every means of transporting her de- 
 tachments wherever circumstances might require. 
 Colombia labours under the additional disadvantage 
 
 O 
 
 of placing in jeopardy the adhesion of Quito and 
 Guayaquil. The manners, customs, and inclinations 
 of the inhabitants of these provinces are more ana- 
 logous to those of Peru ; and though, perhaps, many 
 may not feel warmly disposed towards a junction with 
 that country, yet they are nevertheless decidedly anti- 
 Colombian. On the other hand, this war may, for 
 a time, have the effect of giving additional stability 
 to Bolivar's power in Colombia ; as, in consequence of 
 the extreme violence of the Peruvian declarations, 
 and the abuse which they have heaped upon the Co- 
 lombians, the war has become very popular with the 
 latter. Their attention is, therefore, withdrawn from 
 their internal government, and their energy is di- 
 rected to the prosecution of the new contest; but 
 this does not in any way affect the question as to the 
 ultimate secession of Guayaquil and Quito. Whether
 
 UPPER PERU. CHAP. xxxn. 
 
 the Peruvians had declared war or not, it is in 
 the nature of things to expect that these provinces 
 will eventually separate from Colombia. The pro- 
 vince of Pasto, which is to the north of Quito, is 
 occupied by a race of Indians, who, brave, warlike, 
 and untameable as the Araucaunians, have always 
 been inimical to the government of Bogota, to which 
 they have been a constant source of disquietude ; and 
 would, in case of the defection of Quito, become a 
 formidable barrier against the Colombians. The 
 river Guanambu appears to be the natural boundary 
 of Colombia on the south. 
 
 Although the government of Bolivia has under- 
 gone a violent change, the condition of the people 
 in that republic has been certainly ameliorated. The 
 just views and indefatigable zeal of General Sucre 
 have not been adequate to the preservation of the Bo- 
 livian constitution, nor does it appear that the Upper 
 Peruvians have substituted any less objectionable form 
 of government. The code which the Liberator sent 
 forth, as the idol of his political dreams, has hitherto 
 found no congenial soil, and wherever planted it has 
 withered before taking root. It is to be regretted, that 
 Bolivar, who has acquired so much glory, and whose 
 mind is endowed with so much perseverance, decision, 
 and intelligence, should be wanting in qualities calcu- 
 lated to produce unanimity amongst the several people 
 liberated by his exertions and genius. It appears 
 that his talents are better fitted to shine in adversity 
 than to give consistency to the advantages resulting 
 from his successes. But he ought not to be deprived 
 of the glory which fairly belongs to him. The South
 
 CHAP. XXXII. UPPER PERU. 
 
 Americans should recollect the immense services he 
 has rendered ; whilst the rest of the world should 
 consider, how natural and how common it is for 
 human vanity to be misled, after a man has raised 
 himself to so towering an elevation. Few have re- 
 ceived so copious a share of adulation, and it would 
 have been almost miraculous had Bolivar been alto- 
 ther proof against it. Those who are most prone to 
 censure him would probably have grown dizzy long 
 before they had attained to such an eminence. 
 
 No sooner had the Bolivians began to experience 
 the benefits of emancipation, than a strong party, 
 hostile to Colombian influence, arose. Their pride 
 was mortified by the presence of foreign troops, and 
 they determined to disencumber themselves of 
 what they began to consider their new masters. 
 With this view, some of them addressed the consti- 
 tuted authorities in Peru, inviting the latter to assist 
 them in shaking off the Colombian yoke. Although 
 Sucre had been chosen President of Bolivia by 
 the spontaneous voice of the people, legitimately 
 expressed by congress, and although his pro- 
 posal to retain two thousand Colombian troops for 
 two years was also assented to by that same congress, 
 still many circumstances arose which induced a desire, 
 on the part of the Bolivians, to accelerate the depar- 
 ture of their liberators. The violent expulsion of the 
 Colombians was a measure which the Bolivians might 
 have undertaken at their own risk, but in which the 
 government of Lima had no more right to interfere, 
 than Austria had with the internal concerns of Naples, 
 France with those of Spain, or England with those 
 of Portugal at the present moment. The unwise
 
 364 UPPER PERU. CHAP, xxxii. 
 
 measure of sending a force, under Gamarra, to assist 
 the malcontents of Bolivia, reflects disgrace upon the 
 government of Lima, and will doubtless produce 
 some very embarrassing reactions. Even if this ex- 
 pedition did accelerate the downfall of Sucre, it is 
 certain that for a time it placed the cause it intended 
 to support in jeopardy ; for many of the Bolivians, 
 upon hearing the advance of the Peruvian troops 
 under Gamarra, began to fear that they were only 
 about to change masters, and that the one they already 
 had might possibly be better than a new one : besides 
 which, the address to the government at Lima had 
 emanated from a comparatively small party of the 
 Bolivians, most of whom had some personal motives 
 for their dislike to the Colombians. 
 
 Sucre made a gallant defence, and even after re- 
 ceiving a dangerous wound in the arm, he persevered 
 with redoubled energy. In contending for his rights, 
 he ceded his ground by inches, until, abandoned and 
 overpowered, he capitulated, and embarked for his 
 own country. Thus fell the conqueror of Ayacucho ; 
 but his descent from power, though forming a cu- 
 rious commentary on his title of Presidente Vitalicio, 
 was marked by a dignity of conduct worthy of his 
 elevated character. The following letter, which he 
 wrote on quitting the shores of Peru, is creditable to 
 the feelings and moderation of General Sucre : 
 
 " On board the ship Porcupine, under sail off Callao, 
 the 10th of September, 1828. 
 
 " TO THE PRESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC. 
 
 " MOST EXCELLENT SIR, The negotiators of 
 the Bolivian government offered, on my part, to the
 
 CHAP, xxxil. CORRESPONDENCE. 365 
 
 general commanding the Peruvian army, that, on 
 my voyage to Guayaquil, I should touch here for 
 the purpose of tendering my good offices with re- 
 spect to a settlement of the differences between the 
 Peruvian and Colombian governments. Although 
 events in that country have so much changed, 
 that I might consider myself as exonerated from this 
 promise, I have thought it expedient to fulfil the 
 same, opposing to personal rancour an act of gene- 
 rosity ; and, fulfilling my word, I have declined the 
 opportunities which I had at Cobija and Arica, to 
 proceed directly to Guayaquil. 
 
 " Being ignorant of the present state of affairs 
 between Colombia and Peru, I cannot say whether 
 this step of mine will be of any avail, or whether it 
 will be well or ill thought of. Situated as I am, I 
 only wish to manifest my anxious and particular 
 wishes for peace between the people of America, 
 being convinced that war ever entails public cala- 
 mities, especially in our devastated country. 
 
 " I am destitute of any knowledge as to the ex- 
 isting relations between Colombia and Peru, and I am 
 ignorant if the interests or honour of either of the 
 two people render the war unavoidable. Without 
 examining the rights and duties that may exist for 
 bringing it to a head, as I have been accused of being 
 one of the causes or agents of the rupture, I must, 
 out of respect for my reputation, individually refute 
 this calumny, and add to my present step the conduct 
 which I have pursued towards Peru since the year 
 1827, which sufficiently proves my anxiety that peace 
 should not be interrupted.
 
 CORRESPONDENCE. CHAP, xxxir. 
 
 " If- the Peruvian government accepts my offers 
 for reconciliation with Colombia, I shall with pleasure 
 receive any commission for preserving the tranquillity 
 of that republic ; and instructions to that effect may 
 be sent on board to me, which I promise honourably 
 to comply with. But if, on the contrary, my offer 
 should prove unwelcome, as being too late, and be- 
 cause the honour and interest of one of these nations 
 require that war should immediately commence, I 
 shall likewise have defeated this calumny, and excul- 
 pated myself before all America from any responsi- 
 bility of the evils which either of them may suffer j 
 and show that my proceedings are not guided by 
 personal resentment and revenge, which I wholly 
 and heartily renounce whenever the public good is 
 in question, and which, however just they may be, I 
 always postpone to the happiness of the people to 
 whom I have ever devoted my services. God grant 
 that I may not be revenged by events, and the struggle 
 of pretensions between the very persons that have 
 offended me, in order that the people may not fall 
 the victims. 
 
 " Having determined not to go on shore, and to 
 receive on board your Excellency's answer, I beg to 
 have it speedily ; for, although willing to make every 
 sacrifice for the public welfare, my health requires 
 my speedy arrival at Quito, to complete my cure. 
 Therefore, if the Peruvian government should deem 
 my pacific overtures useless or troublesome, it will 
 condescend, by way of reciprocity of my good faith 
 and sincerity, to grant me a small vessel, to carry me, 
 at my own expense, to Guayaquil, and proceed on
 
 CHAP. XXXII. NATIONAL IMP11OVEMENT. 3(t7 
 
 her voyage this very day, if possible. God preserve 
 your Excellency. 
 
 " The Aide-de-Camp, 
 
 " JOSE ECCLESIASTICO ANDRADE. 
 " For His Excellency the Marshal of Ayacucho." 
 
 The future vicissitudes of the Bolivian and other 
 South American governments are questions of minor 
 importance, provided the people become progressively 
 more wealthy, more enlightened, more free, and con- 
 sequently more happy. 
 
 In taking leave of Peru, it is satisfactory to observe, 
 that, since the termination of the war of independ- 
 ence, the march of improvement has been uninter- 
 rupted, and proceeds with accelerated pace. The 
 greater part of those who obsequiously fawned to 
 power, and changed their principles whenever apo- 
 stacy led to the possession of rank and riches, or the 
 hope of either, now court retirement from the 
 public gaze. Their treacheries and intrigues are 
 beginning to be well known. The future historian 
 may perhaps consign a few contemptible names to in- 
 famy. For the present, the remorse arising from 
 their own feelings is a sufficient punishment. The 
 cultivation of the mind is assiduously attended to. 
 Besides several youths now in England for educa- 
 tion, at the expense of the Peruvian government, many 
 of the principal families of Lima, Cuzco, Arequipa, 
 &c., send their sons to England, France, or North 
 America. Schools are formed for the instruction of 
 children of the humbler classes. One upon the Lan- 
 casterian system was established in Lima by Mr.
 
 368 AFFAIRS OF CHILE. CHAP, xxxn, 
 
 Thompson, and is now conducted by Don Jos6 Mo- 
 rales, a young Peruvian, regularly instructed in 
 London with that view. It is patronised by the 
 government, and the ministers occasionally attend 
 the examinations. At the beginning of 1828, above 
 three hundred scholars had been placed by their 
 parents on this establishment. Books are eagerly 
 sought after ; and it is fortunate that the correct 
 judgment and enterprising spirit of Mr. Ackermann 
 have induced him to cause to be translated, for the 
 Spanish American market, practical works, which are 
 likely to be generally useful. Agricultural property 
 increases in value, and notwithstanding the quarrel 
 with Colombia, the general prospect affords just 
 grounds to hope, that the blood which has drenched 
 the soil of South America has not been shed in 
 vain. 
 
 The affairs of Chile, which occupied a prominent 
 share of our earlier pages, now demand a retrospective 
 glance. 
 
 Towards the end of the year 1818, the Supreme 
 Director, General O'Higgins, named the members of 
 a committee to draw up a provisional constitution, 
 which was done, and sworn to, within a few days of its 
 promulgation. But as this provisional constitution 
 was merely a string of ill-assorted regulations, it fell 
 very far short of satisfying the just expectations of 
 the people. A senate, composed of five individuals, 
 was named by the Director. Its powers were so 
 undefined, and its influence so equivocal, that it 
 tended rather to strengthen and support the di- 
 rectorial powers, than to act as a counterbalance to 
 them.
 
 CHAP. XXXII. AFFAIRS OF CHILE. 
 
 In 1822, O'Higgins convoked a preparatory con- 
 vention, to determine the basis of a constituent 
 congress. The members of the convention were 
 elected by the municipalities ; but under such direct 
 and discreditable interference on the part of the 
 government, as to excite general detestation. This 
 was increased by the convention arrogating to itself 
 the attributes of a general constituent congress, and 
 by the minister of finance, Don Jos6 Antonio llo- 
 drigues Aldea, endeavouring to intimidate those who 
 opposed this unconstitutional assumption of power. 
 
 The Chilenos, enraged at perceiving a really ab- 
 solute government supported in its arbitrary mea- 
 sures by what ought to have been a constitutional 
 check, had recourse to the only means left to 
 them. A general rising of the people of the pro- 
 vinces was followed by a rising of the inhabitants 
 of the capital, in January, 1823. The minister, 
 Rodrigues, who had continued attached to the roy- 
 alist cause until a late period, hated for his tyran- 
 nical proceedings, and shameful peculation in office, 
 was driven from power. Unfortunately, this man 
 was a favourite with General O'Higgins, who was, 
 in consequence, compelled to give way to public 
 opinion, by resigning the supreme directorship, and 
 by retiring to Peru. With the exception of a tour 
 made in accompanying the head-quarters of Bo- 
 livar in 1824, O'Higgins has employed himself in 
 the cultivation of a very fine estate, presented to 
 him by the Peruvian government in the time of the 
 protectorate. Thus ended the public career of one 
 of the most illustrious men of the Spanish American 
 
 VOL. II. B B
 
 370 O'HIGGINS RETIRES. CHAP. xxxn. 
 
 revolution. His valour, integrity, patriotism, disin- 
 terestedness, and his capacity, are alike deserving of 
 the highest applause j and his errors in judgment are 
 forgotten in the recollections of the goodness of his 
 heart. 
 
 On the resignation of O'Higgins, a congress was 
 convened, and General Freyre was elected director 
 of the republic. He has not the reputation of being 
 a profound statesman ; but he is a brave soldier, and 
 one of the first acts of his directorship was to attack 
 the island of Chiloe. An expedition, consisting of 
 three or four thousand men, sailed from Talcahuano. 
 The place of disembarkation was not chosen with 
 judgment. There was a want of boldness in the 
 plan, and for that reason it failed. 
 
 A second expedition of nearly four thousand men, 
 under the same general, rendezvoused at Valdivia, 
 and sailed on the 2d January, 1826, convoyed by the 
 undermentioned ships of war: 
 
 ( Admiral Blanco. 
 
 ^, tT . . 
 
 U Hifferms, -< 
 
 (Captain Foster. 
 
 Lautaro, - - Bell. 
 
 Independencia, Cobbett*. 
 
 Galvarino, Winter. 
 
 Chacabuco, Postigo. 
 
 Aquiles, - Worster. 
 
 A landing was effected on the 8th, at the little inlet 
 of the bay of Huechucucay, and Fort Corona was 
 
 * This officer, who served with enthusiasm and distinction in the cause of in,, 
 dependence, was unfortunately lost, with all his crew, in the frigate O'Higgins, 
 which he then commanded, and which is supposed to have foundered off Cape 
 Horn, on her way from Valparaiso to the river Plata, in 1826.
 
 CHAP. XXXII. CHILOE CAPTURED. S71 
 
 immediately taken. On the 10th the disembarkation 
 of the troops was completed. A battalion was left to 
 mask Fort Aguy, whilst a force under Colonel Aldu- 
 nate passed on, and took the battery of Balcacura. 
 On the llth Admiral Blanco shifted his flag, and, 
 leaving the O'Higgins outside, stood into the bay with 
 the rest of the squadron, which anchored off Balca- 
 cura. In capturing a gun-boat, Lieutenant Oxley, 
 of the Galvarino, was killed. 
 
 The governor, Quintanilla, with upwards of three 
 thousand royalists, took up a strong position on a 
 hill (on the south-east side of the bay), flanked on 
 the left by an impenetrable wood, and on the right 
 by the shore, and supported by three gun-boats in 
 shallow water. These were taken by the boats of 
 the squadron under Captain Bell, and turned against 
 the royalists. Their position was thus enfiladed, and 
 they retired. Freyre then advanced : some skir- 
 mishing took place ; Quintanilla capitulated ; and 
 the territory of Chile was no longer sullied by the 
 Spanish flag. 
 
 Colonel Aldunate, Majors Maruri*, Asagra*, and 
 Tupper (a native of Jersey), and Captain Bell, of the 
 navy, greatly distinguished themselves. 
 
 Some time after this important capture, Freyre re- 
 signed the office of supreme director. Admiral Blanco 
 succeeded him, but soon retired from that post, which 
 is now occupied by General Pinto, a man of liberal sen- 
 timents, and of cultivated mind. The government is 
 neither strong, nor possessed of a superabundant reve- 
 
 * These officers were conspicuous for their gallantry and excellent conduct at 
 Mirabo, and other affairs in the Puertos Intermcdios. 
 
 BB
 
 POLICY OF CHAP. XXXI T. 
 
 nue. Acts of tyranny and local oppression have, how- 
 ever, disappeared ; and Chile may be said to enjoy a 
 degree of liberty until now unknown in that part of 
 the world. With regard to the country at large, the 
 improvement is more striking and decisive. Landed 
 property has more than doubled in value. Santiago, 
 Valparaiso, and some of the larger provincial towns, 
 have made great advances in refinement, but it is to 
 be hoped that the introduction of the boasted civi- 
 lization of Europe will not drive away hospitality 
 and kind-heartedness, virtues which the Chilenos do 
 eminently possess, along with the vices bequeathed 
 by their Spanish oppressors. Chile is the Italy of 
 South America, and wants nothing but a perma- 
 nently good government, and rational freedom, to 
 make it one of the most desirable countries in the 
 world. 
 
 A question naturally arises as to what are to be 
 the future relations of Spanish America with the 
 Peninsula, 
 
 A proof of the forgiving spirit of the South Ame- 
 ricans may be perceived in the liberty which Spaniards 
 are already permitted to enjoy in Chile, Peru, and 
 Buenos Ayres, although those republics are still at 
 war with Spain. At Lima, Arequipa, Potosi, Buenos 
 Ayres, Santiago, and other places, Spaniards form no 
 inconsiderable portion of the influential part of so- 
 ciety. Spanish property, with Spanish supercargoes, 
 is freely admitted in neutral ships from neutral ports. 
 Spaniards are occasionally employed in civil offices of 
 great trust, and frequently in military commands. In 
 Bolivia, the secretary of state, Don Facundo In-
 
 CHAP. xxxn. SPAIN. 373 
 
 fantes, is a Spaniard, who left the Peninsula for the 
 purpose of joining the Viceroy La Serna, but he did 
 not arrive in Peru until after the battle of Ayacucho. 
 
 The liberality of South Americans forms a noble 
 contrast to the treatment they received from the 
 Cortes in its ultra liberal days. The Cortes, it is true, 
 passed some decrees which were as wise, mild, benefi- 
 cent, and protective, as the best laws of the Council of 
 the Indies. But, in both cases, they were merely laws 
 on paper, for the observance of them was not even at- 
 tempted to be enforced. Not only was the consti- 
 tutional government blind to the best interests of 
 Spain, in refusing justice to America, but, swayed by 
 ancient prejudices, they took active steps to prevent 
 the recognition of its independence by other nations. 
 On the 29th of November, 1821, Bardaxi, minister 
 of state for foreign affairs, addressed a remonstrance 
 to the Portuguese charg d'affaires at Madrid, upon 
 the subject of the court of Rio de Janeiro having 
 recognized the independence of Buenos Ayres. 
 
 On the 10th of May, 1822, a circular note was 
 addressed to the ministers of the Allied Powers, by 
 the secretary, Don Martinez de la Rosa, not only to 
 dissuade them from acknowledging the new states, 
 but also pointing out the danger to legitimate power 
 of such an example. 
 
 These documents, which are in the possession of a 
 gentleman now in London, unequivocally show the 
 extreme folly of the constitutionalists with regard to 
 America. 
 
 This insane policy would be incredible, if it were 
 not well known that the very country which may
 
 374 POLICY OF CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 justly boast of, perhaps, the finest peasantry in the 
 world, does, at the same time, produce an unfortu- 
 nate abundance of infatuated and short-sighted de- 
 claimers. The South Americans have more fre- 
 quently erred from mistaken mildness, than from 
 undue severity, towards the inhabitants of what 
 is, with mawkish affectation, called THE MOTHER 
 COUNTRY, but which might have been more properly 
 designated the VAMPIRE STEP-MOTHER, sucking the 
 blood of her colonial offspring. If the Spaniards, re- 
 siding amongst the patriots during the struggle for 
 independence, have sometimes met with harsh treat- 
 ment, they have generally drawn it upon themselves 
 by their restless spirit of intrigue to bring about a 
 counter-revolution. Excepting when they have 
 taken part with contending factions, or that the 
 country was in danger by the immediate proximity 
 of Spanish troops, the Spanish residents have seldom 
 been exposed even to rigid surveillance. We know, 
 indeed, of one instance of eight or nine hundred Spa- 
 niards being sent from Lima, under an escort, at an 
 hour's notice, and of their being shipped off from 
 Callao in a very hurried and brutal manner. This 
 occurred in consequence of the royalists having ob- 
 tained an important advantage at lea. They were 
 supposed to be in full advance upon the capital. It 
 was notorious that many of the Spanish residents 
 were in correspondence with the royalists, and at that 
 time strongly urged them to advance to Lima. Not- 
 withstanding the apparent necessity of expelling all 
 Spaniards from the capital, the authors of this frightful 
 exception to the general leniency of the South Ame-
 
 CHAP. XXXII. SPAIN. 375 
 
 ricans did not pass uncensured or unpunished. The 
 barbarous manner in which this precautionary mea- 
 sure was effected was loudly condemned at the time 
 by every good patriot in the army, and by the mass 
 of the inhabitants. Monteagudo, the adviser of the 
 act, was soon afterwards declared an outlaw, and 
 escaped being torn to pieces by the populace by get- 
 ting on board a ship at Callao. On his return to 
 Lima, from Quito, three or four years afterwards, he 
 fell under the stiletto of an assassin. His colleague, 
 the political apostate Torre Tagle, who was then 
 supreme delegate, perished miserably, in 1825, in 
 Callao. 
 
 The bugbear of the invasion of Mexico from the 
 Havannah has kept alive hostile feelings, and led to 
 rigorous measures, on . the part of the Mexicans. 
 Some of the Spanish constitutionalists still adhere 
 to the extravagant idea, that the re-conquest of that 
 country is not only practicable, but that it would be 
 attended with little difficulty. Let those soi-disant 
 liberates read the valuable work of Mr. Ward, late 
 British envoy at Mexico ; and if they remain still un- 
 convinced of the hopelessness of again subjugating 
 that country, then are they incorrigible and in- 
 curable. 
 
 When the North Americans uttered their first 
 cry of independence, how many of the greatest and 
 noblest characters, both within and without the 
 walls of the British Parliament how many writers, 
 of the highest rank and noblest genius, advocated 
 their cause, and stimulated their glorious exertions ! 
 But, in Spain, what pen ever wrote what voice ever
 
 37G POLICY OF 
 
 CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 pronounced the words, " Let America be independ- 
 ent ?" Flowery speeches, and conciliatory laws, were 
 occasionally made by the Cortes to gild, not to break, 
 the chains by which America was enthralled: but 
 these laws were unobserved, and the Americans were 
 still treated in a manner that would have disgraced 
 the Divan of Constantinople. 
 
 In June, 1821, Messrs. Ravenga and Echeverria 
 arrived at Madrid, as commissioners from Colombia, 
 on the express and special invitation of the then 
 existing constitutional government, for the purpose 
 of discussing and adjusting the differences between 
 Spain and Colombia. Mr. Zea, the Colombian envoy 
 to England, went to Madrid to meet the commis- 
 sioners, to assist in their deliberations. Upon the 
 arrival of these gentlemen, they had an interview of 
 mere introduction with Mr. Bardaxi. The commis- 
 sioners remained in the Spanish capital ninety days ; 
 and although they wrote repeatedly to Bardaxi, they 
 never were able to obtain a second interview with this 
 liberal minister of the liberal Spanish government. 
 At the end of this period they were much surprised to 
 receive an order to leave the capital within twenty-four 
 hours. Ravenga and Echeverria quitted Madrid on 
 the same day. Mr. Zea, who had been prefect of 
 Malaga in the reign of King Joseph, and whose 
 scientific and high literary reputation gave him con- 
 siderable influence, was permitted to remain four or 
 five days longer. 
 
 Yet, in despite of the egotistical liberalism of 
 Spain, South America magnanimously consigns her 
 wrongs to oblivion, and, guided by an enlightened
 
 CHAP, xxxii. SPAIN. 377 
 
 policy, admits those very men who were so obstinate 
 in not acknowledging her independence. To Spaniards 
 of peaceful habits, in quest of an asylum, and willing 
 to conform to the laws, South America wisely opens 
 her hospitable arms : but, against hostile Spain, the 
 States of America are as firmly closed as the gates of 
 Heaven against the fallen angels.
 
 378 MIGUEL FERNANDEZ. CHAP, xxxill. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIII. 
 
 Miguel Fernandez. Journey from Potosi. Jujuy. Salta. 
 The ladies of Salta. Doctor Redhead. General Arenales. 
 The province of Salta. General Miller presented with a grant 
 of land. Tucuman. Unceremonious change of governors. 
 Santiago del Estero. Cordova. Marshal Beresford.- General 
 Paroissien. Arrival at Buenos Ayres. 
 
 As individual instances tend to illustrate the cha- 
 racter of a people, the following particulars are given 
 relative to a young Peruvian, whom General Miller 
 left sick at Potosi. 
 
 When Miller landed at Supe in 1824, on his return 
 from Chile, he was accosted by a very fine lad, who, 
 with tears of joy, recalled himself to the recollection 
 of the general. " I am," said he, " the drummer, 
 Miguel Fernandez, who passed over to you on the 
 mountain of Puruchuco, in 1821, when you were 
 pursuing the royalists. I afterwards served as drum- 
 mer in your battalion. I became a prisoner at the 
 battle of Moquegua, and was compelled to serve 
 again with the king's troops ; but, with twenty-eight 
 of the dispersed men of General Alvarado's army, I 
 once more ran away, and we formed ourselves into a 
 montonero party in the valley of Tambo. Our inten- 
 tion was to force our way to Ocoiia, but we found 
 that you had moved nearer to Lima j and we were
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. MIGUEL FERNANDEZ. 379 
 
 hard pressed by parties sent in pursuit of us from 
 Arequipa. We were frequently obliged to disperse, 
 but we as constantly managed to reunite. As we 
 never plundered, the inhabitants favoured us in our 
 difficulties, and supplied our wants until we were 
 once more in a condition to face the godos. We 
 had many skirmishes, but we generally came well 
 off. Sometimes we carried off their cavalry horses 
 when left in pasture at night, and molested them 
 in every other way we could imagine. At length 
 a formidable party was sent to scour the valley, and 
 we could remain there no longer. We fled to Ho ; 
 took possession of a decked boat lying in the port, 
 and, without even a compass, coasted it before the 
 wind, until we had the good fortune to arrive 
 here a week ago. I am now a serjeant of mon- 
 toneros; but I will tear the three stripes from my 
 arm if you will allow me to become your servant, 
 or follow you as an orderly." The lad begged so 
 hard that his request was complied with, and he re- 
 mained in the service of Miller until the period 
 arrived for his quitting Potosi to return to England. 
 In the campaign of 1824, Miguel never lost sight of 
 his master. He distinguished himself by a coolness 
 beyond his years, particularly at Chuquibamba, and 
 other places within the royalist line, when the patriot 
 reconnoitring party was cut off, and retreat became 
 apparently hopeless. He kept close to his master at 
 the battles of Junin and Ayacucho. Miller offered 
 to make him a cadet, but he was so much attached 
 to him, that he preferred remaining as his servant. 
 He was the youngest son of a captain in the Spanish
 
 880 JUJUY. CHAP, xxxin. 
 
 service, who left a widow with a very numerous 
 family. He was vivacious, intelligent, and immove- 
 ably good-humoured. His manners were respectful, 
 and, notwithstanding his menial situation, they were 
 gentlemanly. Born in Lima, he had what is termed 
 the lip of a Limenian ; that is, he was one who could 
 sit and recount lively and amusing anecdotes from 
 morning till night. The only inconvenience in his 
 character as a servant was his being almost always 
 deeply in love, however frequently he might change 
 his quarters. 
 
 Miller having left Potosi on the 28th November, 
 after a fatiguing ride of one hundred and thirty-three 
 leagues, he reached Jujuy * on the 5th of December, 
 where he halted two nights. On the morning after 
 his arrival, he rode round the environs of the town, 
 accompanied by the governor and some of the inha- 
 bitants, who pointed out the house which General 
 La Serna once occupied, and which he caused to be 
 surrounded by breast-works. The vestiges of other 
 defensive mounds were also visible in other parts of 
 the town, and confirm what has been said in a previous 
 chapter, of the extreme difficulty of maintaining even 
 a very strong regular force in the midst of hostile 
 gauchos. Narrow paths, clumps of trees, and other 
 situations, were also pointed out as having once been 
 used by them as places of ambuscade, whence they 
 unexpectedly darted upon the royalists, and frequently 
 caused them severe losses. 
 
 The country round Jujuy is very fine, and forms a 
 
 * Jujuy is four hundred and thirty-three leagues from Buenos Ayres, and 
 five hundred and forty-one from Lima.
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. JUJUY. 381 
 
 striking contrast to the cheerless, rugged, and barren 
 aspect which prevails from Potosi to the quebrada of 
 Humaguaca, where nature assumes a verdant aspect, 
 and which continues to improve at eveiy step till you 
 arrive at Jujuy, which is about twenty leagues from 
 Humaguaca. The valley of Jujuy is like a magni- 
 ficent avenue leading to the Pampas. A contrast 
 equally striking is observable in the appearance of 
 the inhabitants. The timid Indian of Upper Peru, 
 cradled in abject slavery, is uncomplainingly sub- 
 missive, and seems hardly to belong to the family of 
 mankind. The open-countenanced gaucho, on the 
 contrary, has freedom stamped upon his brow, and an 
 air of cheerfulness and independence pervades all his 
 actions. The governor very kindly intended giving 
 Miller a ball, for the purpose of introducing him to 
 his fair townswomen, who, though somewhat reserved 
 in their manners, are generally reputed as very hand- 
 some ; but this hospitable attention was partly pre- 
 vented by heavy rains, which hindered the ladies from 
 leaving their houses. There was but one close carriage 
 in all Jujuy, and that, most unluckily for Miller, hap- 
 pened to be out of repair. Four or five ladies of the 
 neighbourhood, however, came on horseback. They 
 danced the minuet and fandango with much grace 
 and spirit. 
 
 On the following morning, Miller recommenced 
 his journey. He was aware that the Salteno mer- 
 chants resident in Potosi had written to their friends 
 in Salta, requesting them to give him the best recep- 
 tion ; and having heard on the road that the public 
 authorities had made preparations to meet him out-
 
 382 THE LADIES OF SALTA. CHAP. xxxm. 
 
 side of the town, he took care to arrive there a 
 day before he was expected. He therefore entered 
 incognito, on the evening of the 7th of December. 
 Instead of occupying a house that was getting ready 
 for him, he took up his residence with Senor Don 
 Facundo Zuviria, to whom he had been parti- 
 cularly recommended by his good friend Senor de 
 Uriburu. 
 
 A grand dinner was given on the llth. Eighty 
 ladies and gentlemen sat down around tables arranged 
 under an awning, in the open court-yard of Seiior 
 Zuviria's house. On the following day the governor 
 gave a dinner; and subsequently two splendid balls 
 were got up. 
 
 The Saltena women are graceful in their persons, 
 possess a natural elegance of manner, and combine 
 an attractive airiness with the fascinating softness, so 
 general to the ladies of South America. They walk 
 and dance with all the bewitching elasticity and 
 captivating grace of a Vestris; and, like her, many 
 of them are endowed with an exquisite taste for 
 music. The Saltenas are celebrated for making good 
 wives. Whenever the royalist forces were in pos- 
 session of the town, though it were but for a short 
 time, numbers of the officers were sure to become 
 Benedicts. The higher classes of society are noble- 
 minded, sociable, and well informed. The only 
 English resident there was Doctor Redhead, an emi- 
 nent physician. This gentleman happened to arrive 
 at Salta, in his way to Potosi, about eighteen years 
 before, and was so delighted with the place that he 
 has continued to live there ever since. He is highly
 
 CHAP, xxxin. SOUTH AMERICAN HOSPITALITY. 383 
 
 respected for his amiable manners, and great profes- 
 sional talents. Dr. Redhead does not profess to exer- 
 cise his art, but gives advice in difficult cases, for 
 which he seldom receives any other fee than general 
 admission to the tables of his friends, and a hearty 
 welcome to the produce of their farms. 
 
 Whether it be the romantic novelty of many places 
 in South America, the salubrity of the climate, the 
 free, unrestrained intercourse of the more polished 
 classes, or whether there be some undefinable charm 
 in that state of society which has not passed beyond 
 a certain point of civilization, certain it is that few 
 foreigners have resided for any length of time in 
 Chile, Peru, or in the principal towns of the Pampas, 
 without feeling an ardent desire to revisit them. 
 In this number might be named several European 
 naval officers who have served in the Pacific, and who 
 have expressed these sentiments, although they move 
 in the very highest circles of England and France. 
 Countries which have not reached the utmost pitch 
 of refinement have their peculiar attractions, as well 
 as the most highly polished nations: but, to the 
 casual resident, the former offers many advantages 
 unattainable in Europe. The virtue of hospitality, 
 exiled by luxury and refinement, exhibits itself in 
 the New World under such noble and endearing 
 forms as would almost tempt the philosopher, as well 
 as the weary traveller, to dread the approach of the 
 factitious civilization that would banish it. 
 
 In the Pampas, where a scarcity of food is unknown 
 to the poorest, that calculating avarice which, in its 
 fears for to-morrow, would look with apathy on the
 
 384 SOUTH AMERICAN MANNERS. CHAF. xxxin. 
 
 wants of the stranger, can have but a limited sway. 
 Kind offices are, therefore, more freely and disin- 
 terestedly conferred than in less abundant regions, 
 In addition to this, the dearth of society in a thinly- 
 sprinkled population renders the presence of a tra- 
 veller on their isolated haciendas a source of gratifi- 
 cation. If his appearance afford no ground for mis- 
 trust, and if his manners are not disagreeable, his 
 being a stranger is a sufficient passport to a kind and 
 hearty welcome. Whether he be rich or poor is not 
 a subject of inquiry, and makes no difference in the 
 reception. 
 
 The South Americans are gay, and fond of dancing, 
 music, and singing. There are few, whether wealthy 
 or otherwise, who are not proficients in one or other 
 of these accomplishments. In the warmer latitudes, 
 people carry on not only their usual occupations, but 
 their amusements, chiefly in the open air; and as 
 singing constitutes one of the principal sources of the 
 latter, the continued exercise of the voice harmonizes 
 and strengthens it. Perhaps no opera, in Europe, 
 could afford, to a natural and unsophisticated ear, so 
 rich a treat as that which may be enjoyed in Cuzco, 
 Arequipa, and other cities, where the ancient Peru- 
 vian airs are sung in the rich and melodious tones of 
 the natives. 
 
 The South Americans possess great intellectual 
 quickness, and a retentive memory. The following 
 may be cited as an extraordinary instance of the latter 
 faculty. An old man, a native of La Paz, in Upper 
 Peru, and of unmixed Indian blood, who kept an inn 
 at Curicavi, between Valparaiso and Santiago, could
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. SALTA. 385 
 
 repeat nearly the whole of Robertson's History of 
 Charles the Fifth, and was better acquainted with the 
 history of England than most Englishmen. He spoke 
 of Queen Boadicea, and was as familiar with the hi- 
 story of the civil wars between the houses of York 
 and Lancaster as if they had occurred in his own 
 country and in his own times. He had been brought up 
 by the Jesuits. He had made two voyages to Canton, 
 and was known by the name of " the Emperor of 
 China," in consequence of frequently amusing his 
 guests with long stories about the celestial empire. 
 
 The Peruvians have great natural talents for paint- 
 ing and sculpture. They generally produce striking 
 likenesses, but, being uninstructed in the principles 
 of these arts, their pictures have no other merit. There 
 is, however, a female figure, done in 1711 by a na- 
 tive of Quito, which is considered as one of the finest 
 paintings in a very good collection belonging to Myn- 
 heer Vandermarlin, of Brussels. This interesting 
 picture has unfortunately been defaced, by order of a 
 former proprietor, whose fastidious taste was shocked 
 by the voluptuous truth and nature of the bosom of 
 the Venus, and an ordinary artist was employed to 
 daub a covering over it. 
 
 An Indian in Arequipa carved some figures of the 
 incas, in wood, which were sent to the Emperor 
 Alexander of Russia. His imperial majesty was so 
 much pleased with them, that he sent the Order of 
 St. Anne and a snuff-box, with his portrait set in 
 diamonds, to the gentleman who employed the In- 
 dian artist. 
 
 Salta is one of the federal provinces of the republic 
 
 VOL. II. C C
 
 886 SALTA. CHAP. XXXIII. 
 
 of the Rio de la Plata. General Arenales, a native 
 of Spain, was at this time the governor. He is one 
 of the most distinguished supporters of the cause of 
 independence, in which he has received several severe 
 wounds, and is well known for the stern incorrupti- 
 bility of his character. He sailed with the liberating 
 expedition from Valparaiso, and was one of Millers 
 early friends. Although Arenales is seventy years 
 of age, he is remarkably active. He has a long scar, 
 from a sabre wound, in his cheek, which adds interest 
 to his veteran appearance. The tout ensemble of his 
 person has a striking resemblance to that of Farren, 
 in the character of Oxenstiern, in the play of the 
 " Youthful Queen," excepting that Arenales bends a 
 little under the weight of years. 
 
 The province of Salta lies between 21 and 27 of 
 south latitude. Its western part belongs to the great 
 range of the Cordilleras, and is rich in metals. In one 
 of the intervals between the low collateral branches 
 of the Andes is situated the capital. The country to 
 the eastward becomes flat, and continues so to the 
 very banks of the Bermejo and Parana. These 
 plains, called the Llanos de Manso and El Gran 
 ChacOy are peopled entirely by uncivilized Indians ; 
 for at no great distance from Oran, and farther south 
 from the river Salado, the Spanish or Creole popu- 
 lation gradually dwindles into nothing. The climate 
 varies, from frost to the heat of the tropics, in the dif- 
 ferent parts of the province, in proportion as they are 
 more or less elevated. These differences are sensibly 
 felt, even at short distances : for example, in the sum- 
 mer months, when Fahrenheit's thermometer is at
 
 CHAP. xxxm. SALTA. 387 
 
 eighty degrees in the town of Salta, the air is agree- 
 ably cool at the hacienda of San Lorenzo, distant 
 only two or three leagues; after sunset the air is so 
 chilly, that a cloak, which could not be endured in 
 the town, is almost necessary at the hacienda. The 
 country is in general healthy: the only endemical 
 disease is the ague; but this is prevalent only in 
 some of the lower districts, and yields to common 
 remedies. 
 
 The population is not exactly known ; the pro- 
 portion of one inhabitant to two square leagues may 
 be an approximate calculation. The town of Salta 
 contains about five thousand, Jujuy about two thou- 
 sand, inhabitants. Ten or twelve small villages may 
 average about a hundred and fifty each; a great pro- 
 portion is distributed in the haciendas. 
 
 The staple produce of the province is cattle. Pre- 
 vious to the revolution, from sixty to eighty thousand 
 mules, belonging chiefly to Cordova and Santa F, 
 were annually offered for sale at the fair of Salta. 
 The government at that time received a duty of one 
 dollar upon each mule sent to Peru. This was called 
 sisa, but only produced 50,000 dollars a year to the 
 revenue, a great number of mules being smuggled 
 out of the country. The owners of the estates, on 
 which the mules wintered, received a dollar a head 
 for the winter's run. From sixteen to eighteen 
 thousand head of oxen were likewise exported to 
 Peru every year : the sisa upon them was three quar- 
 ters of a dollar each. Soap, tallow, and dried beef 
 were also articles of export. The returns were usually 
 made in dollars, and money was then abundant ; 
 
 c c 2
 
 SALTA. CHAP, xxxnr. 
 
 but the country has been much impoverished by the 
 interruption, during the revolution, of so lucrative 
 a trade. 
 
 With such advantages, every other branch of in- 
 dustry was neglected. The province contains gold, 
 silver, copper, and lead mines ; but none of these are 
 attended to, with the exception of the gold mines of 
 the Rinconada, which are but superficially worked. 
 
 Perhaps the principal reason for this is the dis- 
 inclination of the gauchos to any thing like hard 
 manual labour; but when this district shall become 
 thickly peopled, its mineral riches will be no longer 
 neglected. Cotton, tobacco, wheat, barley, Indian- 
 corn, honey, and wax, are produced j cochineal is 
 found in some places, and the indigo plant is indige- 
 nous j yet of these articles, wheat, maize, cotton, and 
 tobacco alone are made particular objects of cultiva- 
 tion. Although the vine is not uncommon, wines 
 and brandies are brought from San Juan and Rioja; 
 sugar has of late years been made upon two or three 
 estates, and rice has been cultivated at Campo Santo. 
 With excellent timber of its own, Salta still depends 
 upon Tucuman for boards and household furniture. 
 
 Salta is situated a few leagues to the left of the di- 
 rect road from Buenos Ayres to Lima, by the way of 
 Potosi. A considerable quantity of hides and tallow 
 is sent to Buenos Ayres, on cars drawn by bullocks, 
 which bring European merchandise in return to 
 Salta, whence it is conveyed, by mules, to Potosi, 
 &c. It is probable that a great part of this overland 
 transport of four hundred leagues will be super- 
 seded by water carnage on the river Bermejo, which
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. TUCUMAN. 389 
 
 Begins to be navigable about sixty leagues from Jujuy 
 and seventy east of Salta. The Bermejo falls into 
 the river Paraguay below Asumpcion. 
 
 Miller remained at Salta eight days. Previous to 
 his departure, the governor, authorized by the pro- 
 vincial junta, presented him with a grant of land on 
 the right bank of the Bermejo, six leagues in length 
 and four in width, which is equal to about one hundred 
 and fifty thousand English acres. The title-deeds 
 of this donation were presented in the most flatter- 
 ing manner, and in testimony, as General Arenales 
 was pleased to say in his official letter, of the admira- 
 tion and gratitude of the Saltenos for Miller's ser- 
 vices in the cause of South American independence. 
 
 After empowering his friend Don Facundo Zuviria 
 to take formal and legal possession, and to purchase 
 cattle to turn loose upon the estate, Miller left an 
 order for a sum of money to purchase a small piece of 
 ground, in the town of Salta, to build a house upon. 
 He left that place on the 16th of December, impressed 
 with the liveliest sense of gratitude towards its worthy 
 inhabitants. He had purchased a two-wheeled car- 
 riage, built at Buenos Ayres. Vehicles of this de- 
 scription are generally drawn by three horses, each 
 ridden by a postillion. Two of these postillions went 
 on all the way to Buenos Ayres, and the third was 
 relieved at every stage, to take back the horses. He 
 reached Tucuman on the 19th, where he was most 
 hospitably received by the governor, Colonel La Ma- 
 drid, an officer who had displayed great bravery in 
 the course of the revolution. He had been but a 
 short time in office, having a few days previously
 
 TUCUMAN. CHAP. XXXIII. 
 
 deposed his predecessor, Colonel Lopez. La Madrid 
 had been commissioned by the Argentine government 
 to make a tour, in order to hasten, by his activity and 
 influence, the march of the provincial contingents 
 intended to augment the army of Uruguay, at that 
 time in observation on the Brazils. He thought this 
 a favourable opportunity to avenge the death of an 
 uncle who some years before had been governor of 
 Tucuman, and, who was deposed, and with other in- 
 dividuals, executed, by order of Lopez, who then as- 
 sumed the governorship of the province. La Madrid 
 collected a party of gauchos, and an action was fought 
 within a league of the city, in which Lopez was de- 
 feated, and took shelter in Salta. This irregularity 
 was overlooked, on account of the support which La 
 Madrid afforded to the general government. He 
 has since then been deposed by a rival party, and was 
 severely wounded in a hard contested gaucho battle. 
 Had he been taken prisoner, he would have suffered 
 the fate of his uncle ; but he escaped, and, like his 
 predecessor Lopez, took refuge in Salta. 
 
 Tucuman, capital of the province of the same 
 name, is a straggling city, situated in 27 south lati- 
 tude. The houses in general are of an inferior de- 
 scription. It occupies a distinguished place in the 
 history of the country. It was here that Belgrano 
 defeated Don Pio Tristan j and it was here that the 
 first Argentine congress assembled, and issued its 
 declaration of independence, and its celebrated ma- 
 nifesto in 1816. The province is fertile, producing 
 rice of a superior quality, Indian corn, tobacco, 
 oranges, water melons, melons, and camotes of an
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. SANTIAGO DEL ESTEttO. 391 
 
 extraordinary size. The dairies of the province are 
 also famed for the goodness of their cheese, which is 
 considered equal to Parmesan. The country is well 
 wooded and watered, and, having much of hill and 
 dale, the scenery is frequently beautiful. 
 
 On the 21st of December, Miller left Tucuman, 
 and on the 22d reached Santiago del Estero, the 
 capital of the province of the same name. The town 
 contains about 3000 inhabitants ; in the whole pro- 
 vince there may be 50,000. It is very extensive ; 
 the soil is exceedingly fertile, and wheat produces 
 about seventy fold. It is, as in most other parts of 
 South America, sown, in a random sort of manner, 
 on land that has been slightly scratched, without its 
 ever being thought worth while to clear it of the 
 bushes or trees which may happen to be upon it. 
 Weeding is never thought of. The corn is mowed 
 when ripe, and trodden out by mares or oxen. The 
 English manner of ploughing has been attempted in 
 some parts of the country, but it has been found that 
 it will not answer. Europeans often, on their first 
 arrival, show too great a zeal to introduce the methods 
 of their own countries; but a short trial soon con- 
 vinces them that their wisest way is to follow the 
 system of the natives, which it may be well to im- 
 prove upon, but not to supersede altogether. Agri- 
 cultural, as well as mining and other improvements, 
 must be introduced gradually, in order to become 
 generally beneficial. Europeans must condescend to 
 learn a little from the natives, if they wish to succeed 
 in teaching them a great deal. The South Americans 
 are not free from religious bigotry, but it is of a
 
 392 SANTIAGO DEL ESTERO. CHAP. XXXIII. 
 
 milder character than that which disgraces older 
 countries. They seldom attempt to fathom the re- 
 ligious sentiments of a foreigner, nor do they make 
 a display of their own. Neither -are they moved to 
 angry feelings on this head, unless roused by the in- 
 sulting comparison of some indiscreet enthusiast, who 
 is perhaps the object of their kindest hospitality. 
 The agricultural classes of South America are also 
 less wedded to the customs of their forefathers than 
 the corresponding classes in Europe. The South 
 Americans are eager to learn, and easily led on from 
 improvement to improvement ; but no people like to 
 be driven, much less by persons totally ignorant of 
 localities. 
 
 If an agricultural board had begun to execute 
 the designs, which were so beautifully got up in Lon- 
 don, of magnificent cities and rural villages with 
 poetical names, plans of churches, villas, ornamental 
 cottages, lodges, park-gates, &c. the gaucho would 
 not have been ill-natured enough to have asked, 
 where were the madhouses for the residences of 
 the directors ? but he would have shrugged up his 
 shoulders most significantly at the idea of expending 
 enormous sums in constructing fairy palaces upon 
 the Pampas. However, although attempts on such 
 a scale must fail, small well regulated colonies would 
 confer incalculable benefit on the country, and be 
 productive to all the parties concerned. 
 
 The majority of the inhabitants of the province of 
 Santiago del Estero speak the Quichua only. As 
 this language ceases to be spoken some leagues to the 
 north of Jujuy, it furnishes a curious living proof
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. CORDOVA. 303 
 
 that the empire of the Incas must have extended to 
 the southern boundary of the province of Tucuman, 
 to which Santiago del Estero belonged in those days. 
 
 On the 23d, Miller set out from Santiago del Es- 
 tero, and on the 26th reached Cordova. The Seiior 
 Don Jos6 Maria Fragueiro, a gentleman of great 
 landed property, and also a wealthy merchant, had 
 provided apartments for him in his own house. From 
 the numerous branches of the Fragueiro family, Miller 
 received the kindest attention, as also from the go- 
 vernor, General Bustos. Cordova, situated 31 15' 
 south latitude, is perhaps the prettiest city in South 
 America. The streets are good, and the houses 
 large, commodious, and furnished in good taste. The 
 public promenade is well laid out, and is a great or- 
 nament to the town. It occupies a piece of rising 
 ground, which is encircled by avenues of stately trees. 
 In the centre is a large sheet of water, in the middle 
 of which is an island, just large enough to serve as 
 the foundation for a fancifully constructed temple. 
 The plaza is a very fine square : its cathedral and 
 some of the churches are handsome buildings. It is 
 the seat of an university. It has numerous convents, 
 and was the head-quarters of the Jesuits, who were 
 the founders of every establishment deserving of no- 
 tice in this part of the country. The place still swarms 
 with monks, who retain more influence there than 
 in most other parts of South America. 
 
 The day after Miller's arrival, he was visited, agree- 
 ably to the forms of South American etiquette, by 
 deputations from the secular clergy and the monastic 
 orders. After the usual compliments had been ex-
 
 394 MONASTIC INQUIRY. CHAP, xxxni. 
 
 changed, and most of the company had taken leave, 
 the prior, who had headed the monastic deputation, 
 returned, and requested a private conference. He 
 said, his object was, in the first place, to express his 
 admiration of the British generally, and, in the 
 second, to satisfy his mind relative to an author who 
 deserved to be canonized for one of the best and 
 ablest works that had ever seen daylight. It had 
 been translated into Spanish, and read at least half 
 a dozen times by every good Christian in Cordova. 
 The reverend prior seemed to take it for granted 
 that this celebrated writer could not but be person- 
 ally known to Miller, who was therefore appealed 
 to, to settle a dispute which had arisen in the mo- 
 nasteries as to whether he was of English or Irish 
 origin. The latter was believed until an attache to one 
 of the mining establishments had said, when passing 
 through Cordova on his way to Potosi, that the writer 
 in question was an Englishman. This produced a 
 sort of schism; but the majority still clung to the 
 opinion, that Ireland alone could have produced so 
 shining and saintly a pillar of orthodoxy in these de- 
 generate times. Miller, very much at a loss for an 
 answer to the prior's long and animated harangue, 
 was at last relieved from the suspense arising from 
 his utter ignorance of the subject, by the prior's 
 drawing a book from his gown sleeve with great cere- 
 mony, and, making the sign of the cross, opening it 
 with tokens of profound veneration. Then handing it 
 to the general, and, pointing to the name at the bot- 
 tom of the title page, he said, triumphantly, " Is he 
 not an Irishman ?" The book was La Historia de la
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. A SAINTLY BISHOP. 395 
 
 Reformation, por DON GUILLERMO COBBETT." The 
 point in dispute was finally settled by the general's 
 telling the prior that the author was an Englishman, 
 and that in England there were some few good 
 Christians as well as in Ireland. 
 
 As this will be the last time the clergy or monastic 
 orders will be alluded to, we shall here introduce an 
 anecdote or two, to show the manner in which the 
 South American patriots have been treated by some 
 who have possessed the character of sanctity. 
 
 The bishop of Arequipa, who died in January, 
 1818, enjoyed, whilst living, the reputation of a saint. 
 His unspotted life could only be equalled by his 
 excessive charity towards hardened and profligate 
 sinners. When he was once told that a clergyman 
 pursued infamously lewd courses, the bishop mildly 
 answered, " Let him petition for mercy." At another 
 time he was told that another clergyman had uttered 
 the most horrid blasphemies : this immovably placid 
 saint observed, " Unhappy man! let him bow himself 
 before the throne of grace, and implore for the inter- 
 cession of the blessed, who are continually singing 
 hosannahs in the presence of the Most High;" and 
 there it ended. But if he were told that a clergyman 
 was a patriot, hell was too good a place for the wretch, 
 in the opinion of the righteous bishop. Some patriots 
 very gravely assert, that when the body of the bishop 
 was opened, the surgeons discovered that he had no 
 heart, but that something in that shape was found, 
 and was composed of a substance just like charcoal. 
 Miller saw a pastoral circular, from Goyeneche, suc- 
 cessor to the beforementioned saint, enjoining the
 
 396 THE POPE OF ROME. CHAP, xxxiii. 
 
 clergy of his diocese to refuse absolution to the dying, 
 unless they previously abjured patriotic principles. 
 
 A cedula of the King of Spain, promulgated by 
 the Council of the Indies on the 4th of February, 
 1825, and addressed to the archbishops and bishops 
 of both Americas, and of the Philippine Islands, 
 imbodied an enciclica, or papal rescript, dated 24th 
 September, 1824, sealed with the apostolic seal, 
 signed by the late pontiff Leo XII., and counter- 
 signed by Cardinal Albano. Alluding to the Spanish 
 American revolution, his holiness thus addressed the 
 bench of bishops : " We flatter ourself that a subject 
 of such grave importance will, through your influence, 
 and the aid of divine Providence, have that happy 
 and speedy result that we promise ourself, provided 
 you dedicate yourselves to make manifest to your 
 flocks the august and distinguished qualities which 
 characterize our very beloved son Ferdinand, catholic 
 king of the Spains, whose sublime and substantial 
 virtues outshine the splendour of his greatness * * 
 and if with due zeal you expound, for the consi- 
 deration of all, the illustrious and unapproachable 
 merits of Spaniards resident in Europe, who have 
 proved their ever-constant loyalty by sacrificing their 
 interests or their lives, out of love for, and in defence 
 of, legitimate power. * * * " 
 
 His holiness, however, had the worldly wisdom 
 to alter his tone after the American governments 
 notified to him that, unless he should think proper 
 to appoint archbishops and bishops to the various 
 vacant sees, they would immediately proceed to do so 
 themselves, independently of papal authority. The
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. SANTIAGO DEL KSTERO. 397 
 
 republicans of South America forthwith became his 
 holiness's " most beloved and delectable children in 
 Christ ;" and their worthy plenipotentiary at Rome, 
 Seiior de Tejada, deservedly enjoyed the favour and 
 consideration of the sovereign pontiff. 
 
 Tucuman, Santiago del Estero, and Cordova, are 
 all bounded on the east by the Grand Chaco, the 
 country of the Abipones, through which the noble 
 and navigable river of the Bermejo runs, previous to 
 its junction with the Paraguay. The grand Chaco 
 once contained two millions of aborigines. There 
 were, according to Dobrizhofer, seventy-three large 
 towns. The Spaniards formed several establishments, 
 but their cruelties occasioned the natives to rise and 
 destroy them. The mamelucos, as the Brazilian 
 marauders were called, made frequent and destruc- 
 tive incursions, and burnt their towns and villages. 
 The inhabitants of the Grand Chaco are now very 
 much reduced in number, but they still retain their 
 independence. Between the Bermejo and Pilcomayo 
 are what are called " foot Indians," who never mount 
 a horse. This is ascribed to their timidity, but 
 perhaps it may be traced to a deep policy, which, by 
 keeping their territory destitute of horses, prevents 
 the whites or Creoles from invading a country which, 
 on that account, is an undesirable conquest j besides 
 which, a great part of the country is covered with 
 wood, and the herds of cattle are by no means nu- 
 merous. 
 
 A great difference was observable in the provincial 
 governments. That of Salta was a very favourable 
 specimen of a mild democracy. That of Tucuman
 
 398 SANTIAGO DEL ESTE11O. CHAP. XXXIII. 
 
 was nominally democratic, but the influence of the 
 governor, and his distaste to any species of legislative 
 control, rendered him, in effect, absolute. 
 
 At Cordova a strong spirit of opposition existed, 
 particularly in the mercantile class ; but the governor, 
 who protected the church, was in turn supported by 
 ecclesiastical and monastic influence. Besides this, he 
 had two thousand well appointed troops. The pro- 
 vincial junta was powerless, and it was a matter of 
 no small danger to carry opposition beyond a certain 
 point. 
 
 The governor of Santiago del Estero was avow- 
 edly absolute. He never even professed to consider 
 
 t 
 
 himself accountable for the expenditure of the taxes; 
 but as these were confined to a sort of custom-house 
 duty on merchandise passing through the province, 
 the gauchos were perfectly satisfied with his admini- 
 stration. Indeed, these people seldom trouble them- 
 selves about forms of government, so long as their 
 individual liberty and property are not infringed. 
 There was no provincial junta; the only public of- 
 ficer, besides the governor, was his secretary. In 
 1824, the former very narrowly escaped assassina- 
 tion by a Frenchman, who, having been tried and 
 publicly whipped for coining and uttering counter- 
 feit money, determined, in revenge, to take the life 
 of the governor. A few nights after undergoing his 
 punishment, the Frenchman entered the house unper- 
 ceived, and crept softly to that which he imagined to 
 be the governor's bed-room. Here he found a person 
 asleep, and, drawing forth a pistol, instantly shot him 
 dead. The assassin had mistaken his victim : it was
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. SANTIAGO DEL ESTERO. 899 
 
 the secretary. The Frenchman fled, but was after- 
 wards taken, and executed for the murder. He 
 displayed great courage in his last moments; de- 
 claring he should have died perfectly happy, had he 
 but succeeded in killing the object of his hatred. 
 
 Miller arrived at Santiago del Estero about noon, 
 and was warmly welcomed by the governor. A bath 
 was got ready, and a plentiful dinner served up at 
 two o'clock ; after which the whole party retired 
 to sleep the siesta. At six in the evening, they 
 took a ride round the town and environs. During 
 this, active messengers from the governor were em- 
 ployed in conveying his mandate to the ladies, re- 
 quiring their company in the evening, and a snug 
 little ball was got up, and followed by an excellent 
 supper. Amongst those who sat down at the go- 
 vernor's table was an Englishman, who had resided 
 for many years in that part of the world. He had 
 been a surgeon, but was now a merchant. He en- 
 joyed the full confidence, and was supposed to be 
 the sole adviser, of the governor, who professed the 
 utmost partiality towards Englishmen. He said 
 he had two men in his escort who formerly belonged 
 to the English army, who were faithful fellows, and 
 could ride like gauchos, but were a little given to 
 tippling. General Beresford's name was often men- 
 tioned on this line of road. The natives inquired 
 particularly if " el guapo Beresfor" was still living. 
 They all concurred in acknowledging that he first 
 taught them to be soldiers, and asked many questions 
 as to his career after he had left that country. 
 
 From Cordova the road was like one continued 
 bowling-green. The postmasters were every where
 
 400 GENERAL PAROISSIEN. CHAP. XXXIII. 
 
 most attentive to the orders of the governor, to give 
 their best horses, and have them in readiness. The 
 pace Miller travelled at, averaged about fifteen miles 
 an hour, and on one day, from sunrise to sunset, he 
 posted it in this way fifty-two leagues. It was fre- 
 quently necessary to throw water upon the wheels of 
 the carriage, to prevent ignition. 
 
 When he arrived within one hundred leagues of 
 Buenos Ayres, the postillions were alarmed by the 
 appearance of an immense cloud of dust, which rose, 
 towards evening, a few miles before them on the road. 
 They said it must be caused by some horde of In- 
 dian savages, that occasionally made incursions into 
 this part of the country, and that, they knew, never 
 gave quarter to male travellers who fell into their 
 hands. The postillions evidently felt an inclination to 
 wheel about, and make a run of it ; but the horses 
 were fagged, and the cloud of dust approaching fast, 
 there appeared no hope of escape. The alarm, how- 
 ever, subsided, on the appearance of a tilted carriage, 
 something like an English ammunition waggon. 
 This was followed by other carriages and horsemen. 
 When they came up, Miller was most agreeably sur- 
 prised by hearing his own name uttered in the well- 
 known voice of his friend and countryman, General 
 Paroissien, who was on his road from Buenos Ayres 
 to Potosi, to take possession of mines which had been 
 purchased by a company in London. He travelled 
 en prince. Sir Edmund Temple accompanied him 
 as secretary ; under secretaries and attaches swelled 
 out the train. 
 
 Paroissien entered the patriot service at the very 
 commencement of the revolution. He was present at
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. GENERAL PAROISSIEN. 401 
 
 Hauqui, and other early battles in Upper Peru. He was 
 chief of the medical staff of the army of the Andes 
 until 1820, when he was appointed aide-de-camp, with 
 the rank of eolonel, to General San Martin. After the 
 patriots entered Lima, he was promoted to the rank of 
 general of brigade, and sent with the Senor Don Juan 
 Garcia del Rio on a mission to Europe. Having been 
 relieved from the duties of their mission, they turned 
 their attention to mining associations, and became 
 directors of the Potosi company formed in London. 
 Paroissien went out to Peru as commissioner. He 
 died in 1827, n his passage from Arica to Valpa- 
 raiso. He possessed a great store of general informa- 
 tion, and his companionable and amiable manners 
 made him universally esteemed. 
 
 Miller reached Buenos Ayres on the 6th' of Ja- 
 nuary, 1826. It was on that very day, eight years 
 before, that he had set out from that city to join the 
 army of the Andes in Chile. It would be difficult 
 to describe his pleasurable feelings on this occasion. 
 It was a delightful morning, and the bustle caused 
 by the crowd of carriages, waggons, horses, mules, 
 market people and inhabitants, which increased, as he 
 advanced, formed a pleasing contrast with the solitary 
 pampas he had just left behind. The marks of 
 growing improvement and wealth presented them- 
 selves at every step; every thing, in fact, bore to 
 him the most enlivening and exhilarating appear- 
 ance. These, together with the idea of embracing 
 in a few minutes many early and sincere friends 
 whom he had not seen for so many years, created a 
 feeling of happiness bordering almost on ecstacy. 
 
 VOL. II.
 
 402 IIEIGN OF ANARCHY. CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXIV. 
 
 Retrospect. Buenos Ayres. Anarchy. Rodriguez. Provin- 
 cial junta. Improvements. Banda Oriental. Lavalleja. 
 Congress. War with the Brazils. Rivadavia. Las Heras. 
 Brown. Alvear. Policy of the emperor. Garcia. Dorrego. 
 
 HAVING in the first volume represented the affairs 
 of the Argentine republic to have been, at the close 
 of the year 1820, in a state of the wildest disorder, 
 they have since been referred to but seldom. The 
 arrival of Miller at Buenos Ayres now furnishes 
 an opportunity of making some remarks upon that 
 subject. 
 
 To enumerate the factions which successively got 
 the upper hand at Buenos Ayres, or to describe their 
 various intrigues to maintain themselves in power, 
 would be to draw a most disgusting picture of the 
 reign of anarchy. Numerous successive governors 
 seized upon office, and retained it but for a few weeks, 
 and in some instances for a still shorter period. These 
 rapid changes were generally preceded by sanguinary 
 struggles, arid followed by banishments and proscrip- 
 tions; but in no instance was confiscation of property 
 resorted to; so far had public opinion wrought an 
 improvement. 
 
 During the period which elapsed between the latter 
 part of the year 1819 and the commencement of 
 1821, the whole of the provinces severally withdrew 
 their allegiance from the central government, till then
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. GOVERNOR RODRIGUEZ. 403 
 
 established in the metropolis. Thenceforward each 
 province governed itself independently of the rest. 
 In several of them contentions and disturbances arose, 
 forming a counterpart to the transactions of the 
 capital. 
 
 So difficult was it, at one time, for the inhabitants 
 to know who was, or who was not, at the head of 
 affairs, that Judge Prevost, an agent from the United 
 States, a jocose sort of gentleman, used every morning 
 before breakfast to look over the balcony of his house, 
 and calling out to the first person passing would in- 
 quire, "Who governs to-day?" He was once answered 
 " Quien sabe?" (who can tell?) He thought this so 
 good a joke that he often repeated it to his friends, 
 and it always excited a good deal of laughter, until, 
 reaching the ears of an ephemeral governor, who was 
 more than usually sensitive to sarcasm, the worthy 
 judge was obliged very unceremoniously, and at four 
 hours' notice, to ship himself off for Chile, in the 
 Enterprise, belonging to Mr. Samuel Haigh, who 
 went round Cape Horn in the same vessel. 
 
 This series of continual changes was at length 
 terminated by the appointment of Colonel Don Mar- 
 tin Rodriguez, a rich landed proprietor, a man of 
 considerable energy and determination, and very po- 
 pular with the inhabitants, particularly the gauchos. 
 He was of an unambitious character, and displayed 
 much good sense in directing the power with which 
 he was invested, to the formation of a settled admi- 
 nistration. The people, wearied out by the harassing 
 effects of varied misrule, seconded the efforts of Ro- 
 
 D D 2
 
 PROVINCIAL JUNTA. CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 driguez, and gave effect to his patriotic intentions, 
 He evinced the soundest discrimination in the choice 
 of his colleagues, who, having been absent from the 
 scene of anarchy, or out of the country for some time 
 previously, were altogether unconnected with the in- 
 trigues that had so long distracted the republic. Don 
 Bernardino Rivadavia was appointed secretary for 
 foreign and home affairs, and became the soul of the 
 new government. Don Francisco Cruz was made 
 secretary for the war department, and Don Manuel 
 Garcia, secretary of finance. 
 
 Notwithstanding the secession of the provinces, the 
 government of Buenos Ayres was by tacit consent, 
 the only channel through which negotiations with 
 foreign powers were carried on. All foreign agents 
 and consuls resided in that capital. 
 
 One of the first acts of the new administration was 
 the formation of a constituent provincial junta of 
 thirteen members. Four represented the city, and 
 nine the province. Talents, good sense, and en- 
 lightened judgment, distinguished the proceedings of 
 this body. Gomez, Aguerro, Frias, and others, spoke 
 with the eloquence of Roman or British senators, 
 and regular reports of their debates were printed 
 and circulated throughout the provinces, where they 
 were read with great avidity. 
 
 On the recommendation of the executive, which 
 was empowered to propose laws, the junta passed de- 
 crees, which were not merely printed and promul- 
 gated, but ACTUALLY CARRIED INTO EFFECT: 
 
 For the inviolability of persons and property.
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. WISE LAWS. 405 
 
 Oblivion of past political offences. 
 
 Religious toleration. 
 
 Extinction of the monastic orders. 
 
 The liberty of the press. 
 
 The administration of justice was rendered more 
 pure. 
 
 The utmost attention was paid to the education of 
 the rising generation. An university was erected, 
 and one hundred students, from the provinces which 
 had seceded, were kept on the establishment at the 
 expense of Buenos Ayres. 
 
 Many schools were established in the capital, and 
 several in the province. 
 
 Fifty or sixty youths of the first families were sent 
 to England, France, or the United States, for educa- 
 tion. This number is rather upon the increase. 
 
 The public library founded by Moreno was fre- 
 quently enriched by donations. 
 
 A bank was established, which contributed greatly 
 to sustain public credit. The whole of its expenses 
 were defrayed by the profits arising from the dis- 
 counting of bills. The directors were chosen from 
 amongst the native merchants and British residents, 
 who, for the most part, had acquired the privileges 
 of citizens. The very able secretary, Don Santiago 
 Wilde, was an Englishman. 
 
 A savings bank was also introduced, and it was 
 well supported. 
 
 The few charitable institutions of Buenos Ayres 
 became objects of public attention, and vaccination 
 was very generally introduced.
 
 406 WISE LAWS. CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 Scientific associations and harmonic clubs were 
 formed and well attended. A civic police was or- 
 ganized, and put in a most efficient state, not only in 
 the city, but in several of the provinces. The foreign 
 residents, alive to the welfare of philanthropic institu- 
 tions, took the lead in the formation of a Lancasterian 
 school. The highly talented Dona Mariquita de 
 Thompson, Doila Mercedes de Riglos, and other 
 respectable Buenos Ayrean ladies, as well as gentle- 
 men, gave their powerful assistance, and the esta- 
 blishment, which became very popular, was speedily 
 put upon the best possible footing. 
 
 Buenos Ayres cannot be justly accused of having 
 willingly remained a tame spectator of the concluding 
 campaigns of the war in Peru. That state had as- 
 sisted the inhabitants of Chile in shaking off their 
 dependence upon Spain; and both had conjointly 
 laid the foundation for the liberation of Peru. But 
 these costly efforts had exhausted the resources of 
 Buenos Ayres, and, together with civil discord, had 
 reduced the republic to a single province. She had 
 therefore no longer the power, had she possessed the 
 will, to continue to assist Peru in fighting the battles 
 of independence. Under these circumstances, she 
 wisely confined her attention to the amelioration of 
 her own internal affairs. Her ministers aspired to 
 the durable glory of establishing a government worthy 
 of being imitated by every other section of South 
 America, and they succeeded. 
 
 In pursuance of a very judicious plan of retrench- 
 ment, the army was reduced to a few hundred re-
 
 CHAP, xxxiv. PROSPERITY OF BUENOS AYRES. 407 
 
 gulars, which, with the militia, were put upon a 
 respectable footing, in order to provide against the 
 incursions of the Indians *. 
 
 Such officers as were unemployed, and who had 
 served either at home or in Chile and Peru, received 
 a very handsome retired allowance. 
 
 Privateering was put a stop to ; and only a few 
 gun-boats remained in commission, which were kept 
 in the roadstead of Buenos Ayres. 
 
 A new impulse was given to commerce ; the 
 custom-house was re-modelled ; smuggling was most 
 effectually prevented ; and activity, zeal, and honesty, 
 until then very far from general, pervaded this as well 
 as every other public department. 
 
 Government, consulting its own dignity, declined 
 to communicate with commanders of foreign vessels, 
 or with other persons, however duly authorized, un- 
 less the communication was made agreeably to the 
 forms observed in the intercourse between inde- 
 pendent nations. 
 
 Rodriguez having served three years, the period 
 prescribed by the provincial junta, General Don 
 Gregorio de las Heras was duly elected his suc- 
 cessor. About the same time Rivadavia came to 
 England ; but the same excellent system of govern- 
 
 During the period of anarchy, the Indians had become very formidable to 
 Buenos Ayres, and to the Creole population in general throughout the Pampas ; 
 they had so much increased in numbers and audacity, that the patriot cavalry 
 parties sent to repel their incursions were often put to a disgraceful flight. Cap- 
 tarn, now Colonel, Rauch, a very brave German, put a stop to these irruptions 
 by adopting the plan of forming his men on foot into hollow squares, with their 
 horses in the centre. By keeping up a well-directed fire on the assailants, they 
 were always repulsed ; upon which his troops, remounting their horses, pursued 
 the fugitives at an advantage with great slaughter. The brave and intrepid 
 Rauch has since proceeded to attack these Indians in their own territory, and 
 has so intimidated them as completely to put a stop to their inroads.
 
 408 THE REVENUE. CHAP. XXXIV. 
 
 ment was continued. The republic, rising in re- 
 spectability, was successively recognised by Portugal, 
 the United States, and Great Britain. The pro- 
 vinces, which, as before stated, had separated from 
 the metropolis, perceiving the beneficial results arising 
 from good government, began to manifest a desire of 
 re-connecting themselves with Buenos Ayres; but 
 although this feeling was in consonance with the 
 wishes of the government, which probably encouraged 
 it, it still very properly abstained from any official act 
 that could be construed into an anxiety to recover 
 its former supremacy. In a short time the provinces 
 spontaneously expressed their willingness to send de- 
 puties to represent them in a general congress, which 
 they proposed should be held at Buenos Ayres. 
 
 The congress being installed on the 16th of De- 
 cember, 1824, it was determined that for every 7500 
 inhabitants a deputy should be returned, and conse- 
 quently the number was materially increased. Each 
 deputy received two thousand dollars annually, ex- 
 clusive of his travelling allowances. 
 
 The revenue was so well administered that it not 
 only covered the ordinary expenditure, but also paid 
 the interest of the loan raised in England. The 
 following translation of an official return shows the 
 increase of the net revenue of the province of Buenos 
 Ayres for the following years : 
 
 Dollars. 
 
 1822 , . . . 2,052,924 
 
 1823 . 2,367,912 
 
 1824 . . . . 2,588,784 
 
 1825 . . . 2,633,148
 
 CHAP, xxxiv. WAK WITH THE BRAZILS. 409 
 
 As a further proof of increasing prosperity, the 
 following number of houses were built in the course 
 of four years, viz. 
 
 In Town. Country. Total. 
 
 1822 . . . 144 12 156 
 
 1823 . . . 113 26 139 
 
 1824 . . . 165 57 222 
 
 1825 '. . . 161 38 199 
 
 583 133 716 
 
 Some of the streets of Buenos Ayres were formerly 
 impassable, for days together, during the rainy season, 
 even on horseback ; a few only of the principal ones 
 being paved ; however, between the years 1822 and 
 1825, a length of street of more than two leagues, 
 and about forty feet in width, was paved. 
 
 In 1817, the city of Buenos Ayres did not con- 
 tain above sixty thousand inhabitants. In 1826, 
 the population had augmented to one hundred 
 thousand. 
 
 It was t this prosperous period that war broke 
 out between the Buenos Ayrean republic and the 
 Brazils. In Chapter III. it is stated that the Bra- 
 zilians, in January, 1817, took possession of the 
 Banda Oriental, under pretence of putting down 
 anarchy, and to prevent the contagion spreading to 
 the Brazils. The Buenos Ayreans, unable to repress 
 the irruption of the Portuguese, did not oppose the 
 occupation j but stipulated, as the condition of non- 
 interference, that, as soon as provincial dissensions
 
 410 BANDA ORIENTAL. CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 should cease, and Buenos Ayres should possess a 
 regular and stable government, not likely to excite 
 the alarm of its neighbour, the Portuguese should 
 retire from the Banda Oriental. This condition was 
 agreed to by the court of Rio Janeiro, and the Por- 
 tuguese continued in possession, molested only by 
 various provincial guerrilla parties, which were never 
 entirely put down. 
 
 During the administration of Rodriguez, the 
 Buenos Ayreaps demanded the evacuation of the 
 Banda Oriental, in conformity to the agreement be- 
 tween the two powers. In consequence of these 
 demands, King John VI. ordered General Lecor, 
 governor of Monte Video, to assemble the principal 
 inhabitants of the district in dispute, for the purpose 
 of ascertaining whether they would prefer being 
 united to the Brazils, or being re-incorporated with 
 Buenos Ayres. This was an infraction of the agree- 
 ment ; but it was fair when compared with the manner 
 in which the order was executed, and the subsequent 
 conduct of the Emperor Don Pedro. 
 
 I^ecor, who had married a young and very beauti- 
 ful lady of Monte Video, having perhaps a per- 
 sonal irjterest in remaining there, made up a junta 
 to suit his own views, and obtained from them a de- 
 claration that the general wish was to continue 
 under the dominion of his Most Faithful Majesty. 
 Pinheyro, the minister of John VI., informed, through 
 other channels, of the real sentiments of the Orien- 
 taleSy wrote to Lecor, telling him that he had dis- 
 obeyed the orders of the king, and that a new as-
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. BANDA ORIENTAL. 411 
 
 sembly of the people must be convened to ascertain 
 their free and unbiassed opinion *. Before this 
 order could be carried into execution, the king sailed 
 from Rio Janeiro for Lisbon ; and the emperor, his 
 son and successor, turned a deaf ear to every subse- 
 quent remonstrance. 
 
 The Orientates, observing the growing prosperity 
 of Buenos Ayres, repeatedly signified their wishes to 
 re-unite themselves with that province ; while the 
 Argentines themselves could not behold with indif- 
 ference the key of the Rio de la Plata in the hands 
 of the Brazils. They again reminded the court of 
 Rio Janeiro of the condition upon which the Portu- 
 guese troops had been permitted to take and retain 
 possession of the Banda Oriental ; but received for 
 answer, that the Orientates had expressed their 
 wishes, and therefore should not be abandoned. 
 
 The Buenos Ayrean government clearly foresaw 
 the disastrous consequences of a war; but it was 
 borne along by the irresistible torrent of public opi- 
 nion, loudly, energetically, and unanimously ex- 
 pressed. To have attempted to stem that torrent 
 would have produced the immediate dissolution of 
 the administration, without preventing the war. 
 
 In 1825, Don Juan Lavalleja, a native of the Banda 
 Oriental, and who had long served with distinction 
 under the brave Artigas, collected a party of thirty- 
 two trusty comrades, principally Orientates, and 
 
 * This fair and honourable proceeding of the liberal and enlightened Portu- 
 guese minister, Pinheyro, is further seen in his release of the Orientates con- 
 fined as prisoners of war on the island of Cobras, in the harbour of Rio Janeiro. 
 Amongst seventy or eighty, so set at liberty, were Lavalleja, and a brother of 
 Artigas.
 
 BANDA ORIENTAL. CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 crossed the Plata in an open launch. They disem- 
 barked at midnight on the left bank of the river, 
 and, carrying their saddles and bridles with them, 
 proceeded to a hacienda well known to them, and 
 procured horses. Without losing a moment of time, 
 they advanced to a place called El Rincon de las 
 Gallinas, and, in the night of the 24th September, 
 fell unawares upon a strong Brazilian detachment. 
 This party was commanded by Don Fructose Rivera, 
 an Oriental by birth, but who was now in the Bra- 
 zilian service. He instantly changed sides; and, 
 with his assistance, Lavalleja, reinforced at every 
 step, was enabled to surprise other strong parties of 
 imperialists. By this time the news of Lavalleja's 
 arrival spread like wildfire through the province, 
 and he shortly found himself at the head of two 
 thousand gauchos. The Orientales rose en masse ; 
 and the imperialists withdrew to Monte Video and 
 Colonia, the only two fortresses in the province. 
 Two thousand well appointed Brazilian cavalry were 
 sent out from Monte Video under the orders of 
 Colonel Ventos Gonzales, an officer of reputation, 
 and who, on setting out, promised to annihilate La- 
 valleja. On the 12th of October, the hostile parties 
 came within sight of each other at La Cuchilla de 
 Sttrandi. The Brazilians were well armed, well dis- 
 ciplined, and advanced in the steadiest order. The 
 gauchos had only lances and swords : they being 
 anxious to be led on, made a great noise; but La- 
 valleja, perceiving that the enemy advanced with 
 their carbines in their hands, ordered his men not to 
 move until the imperialists should have fired, which
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. GENERAL LAS HERAS. 413 
 
 was to be the signal for them to charge. About 
 sixty of the gauchos were killed by the volley ; but 
 the rest rushed on before the Brazilians could draw 
 their swords. With the exception of about two 
 hundred, who escaped, the whole of the Fidalgo 
 party, as they were called, were killed or taken pri- 
 soners. Lavalleja became governor of the Banda 
 Oriental. He convoked a provincial junta, which 
 declared it to be the general wish of the Orientates 
 to incorporate themselves with Buenos Ayres; and 
 on the 25th October, 1825, this province was ad- 
 mitted into the Argentine federation. Lavalleja was 
 made brigadier-general. 
 
 On the 10th December, 1825, the emperor declared 
 war. The Buenos Ayrean declaration followed, on 
 the 8d of January, 1826. 
 
 Don Bernardino Rivadavia returned from Europe 
 in December, 1825, being the bearer of the ratified 
 treaty of commerce and amity between Great Britain 
 and the provinces of the Rio de la Plata. He was 
 elected president of the republic on the 7 tn of Fe- 
 bruary, 1826. He appointed Don Julian Segunda 
 de Aguerro, secretary for the home department; 
 General Don Francisco de la Cruz, secretary for 
 foreign affairs, in the room of Don Manuel Garcia, 
 who had declined accepting office; General Don 
 Carlos Alvear, secretary at war; and Don Salvador 
 Maria Carril, secretary of finance. 
 
 The provincial junta formed during the governor- 
 ship of Rodriguez dissolved itself, and the affairs of 
 the province were placed under the immediate direc- 
 tion of the president of the republic. Accordingly,
 
 ADMIRAL BUOWN. CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 General Las Heras, the successor of Rodriguez, 
 vacated his seat. He immediately retired to Chile, 
 chagrined, it was said, at not being re-elected, and 
 somewhat disgusted at the supercilious and pompous 
 manner with which Rivadavia treated him. Las 
 Heras is one of the earliest and bravest defenders of 
 the republic. To a soldier-like frankness and firm- 
 ness, and to the most upright conduct in office, he 
 united a scrupulous deference to the legislative body. 
 He signalized himself in the field, while Rivadavia 
 was moving at his ease from one European capital to 
 another, and where, perhaps, he might have remained 
 in comparative obscurity, but for the gallantry of Las 
 Heras at Cancharayada. 
 
 The provinces entered into the spirit of the war, 
 and furnished their contingents with great readiness. 
 
 The gallant Captain Brown, who so highly di- 
 stinguished himself in the taking of Monte Video in 
 1814, was now made admiral, and appointed to com- 
 mand the Buenos Ayrean flotilla, recently augmented 
 by some small vessels of war. A number of unem- 
 ployed seamen, of all nations, who generally abound 
 in the principal sea-ports of South America, eagerly 
 flocked on board the flotilla. Influenced by the same 
 feeling, many British residents, established in small 
 shops, gave up a thriving trade to serve as volunteers 
 under the intrepid Brown. Even many of the settlers 
 sent out from England by Mr. Barber Beaumont re- 
 linquished their agricultural prospects, and entered 
 the service with enthusiasm. 
 
 The admiral performed many brilliant exploits 
 against very superior forces in the outer roads of
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. ADMIRAL BROWN. 415 
 
 Buenos Ayres, as well as off Monte Video, and several 
 other parts of the river. 
 
 In the contemplation of an approaching rupture, 
 an army of observation had been formed on the right 
 bank of the Uruguay. General Alvear, having re- 
 turned from his mission in Upper Peru, was named 
 general-in-chief*. The army consisted of about 
 seven thousand five hundred regulars, besides about 
 three thousand armed gauchos and militia, who were 
 with Lavalleja and other chiefs. The Buenos Ayreans 
 gained the battle of Ituzaingo on the 20th of Febru- 
 ary, 182y. The war continued. A change took place 
 in the government; commerce was crippled; and 
 public credit shaken. Foreign merchants, and 
 some wealthy natives who had speculated in govern- 
 ment securities, suffered most severely. But with 
 these exceptions, the war was as popular as ever. 
 The victory of Ituzaingo and the brilliant efforts of 
 the gallant Admiral Brown were alike the theme of 
 their constant exultation. War suits the taste of the 
 restless gaucho, who could now procure his favourite 
 dish of came con cuero as easily as in former days. 
 The Mendozinos, and the inhabitants of other pro- 
 vinces producing wines and brandy, were no longer 
 
 * Alvear, when a boy, was conveyed from Buenos Ayres to Europe in one of 
 the four Spanish frigates captured by the British, previous to the declaration of 
 war in 1804. The day before the action took place, Alvear went with his fa- 
 ther on board another frigate, intending to return to their own ship, but before 
 they did so the engagement commenced, and in the course of it, the frigate 'they 
 had quitted blew up, when, with the exception of the father and son, every mem- 
 ber of the family perished. During his residence in the Peninsula, young Alvear 
 married a beautiful and accomplished Spanish lady, whom he took to Buenos 
 Ayres in 1812. At the age of twenty-four, he was supreme director of the Ar. 
 gentine republic ; but he soon lost the favour of the people. He is a man of 
 remarkably quick, clear, and keen intellect ; and although his education was 
 neglected, he possesses the powers of eloquence in an eminent degree. His man- 
 ners are frank, refined, and gentlemanly. He is highly popular with the army.
 
 416 EMPEROR OF BRAZIL. CHAP, xxxiv, 
 
 undersold by the French; and although the govern- 
 ment and the principal inhabitants of Buenos Ayres 
 would gladly have made peace, yet no treaty could be 
 carried into full effect if it did not stipulate for the 
 union of the Banda Oriental with Buenos Ayres, 
 or, at least, for its absolute independence. 
 
 The pertinacity of the Emperor could be accounted 
 for only on the supposition that he had been grossly 
 deceived with regard to the real sentiments of the 
 inhabitants of the Banda Oriental ; and that, having 
 incautiously expressed his determination, he was likely 
 to attempt to retain the province, not only at a price 
 far above its value, but at the risk of some re-actions 
 that might render it a dearly purchased prize. Don 
 Pedro is a very fine young man, generous and high- 
 spirited j but perhaps his character would be seen to 
 more advantage as King of Portugal than as Emperor 
 of the Brazils j and it was not likely that he would 
 condescend to receive a lesson from any other hand 
 than that of dear-bought experience. One of his mi- 
 nisters made a faithful statement of the affairs of the 
 Banda Oriental, in which he proved the impolicy 
 of persevering in a war which had already absorbed 
 a great portion of the resources of the empire. The 
 minister was turned out of office, and it is not to be 
 supposed that his majesty was often troubled with 
 any opinions on a subject displeasing to the imperial 
 ear. 
 
 By looking at the map, the river Plata seems to form 
 a very excellent natural boundary to the Brazilian 
 territory on the south ; but the former south-western 
 frontier is a far better one, for many reasons. Be-
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. NATIONAL BOUNDARY. 417 
 
 twecn it and the Banda Oriental is a breadth of 
 country nearly desert, and very thinly peopled. On 
 that side, Brazil offers no temptations to an invading 
 force ; whereas to extend the Brazilian empire, to the 
 Plata and Uruguay, would be to invite attacks, those 
 rivers affording so many facilities to hostile enterprise. 
 Brazils and Buenos Ayres, brought into close con- 
 tact, would possess the power of doing each other in- 
 finite mischief. In such case, who, on the one hand, 
 would answer for the commercial prosperity of Buenos 
 Ayres ? or, on the other, for the stability of the im- 
 perial throne? 
 
 Notwithstanding the disinclination of the Buenos 
 Ayrean population to peace, Rivadavia suffered him- 
 self to be persuaded by the British embassy, or rather 
 circumstances obliged him, to send Dr. Don Manuel 
 Garcia to Rio Janeiro to negotiate a treaty. In doing 
 this, the learned doctor exceeded his instructions, and 
 took upon himself to cede the Banda Oriental to the 
 Brazils. The treaty was rejected by Rivadavia, and 
 the rejection was approved by congress. The attempt 
 to make peace on such terms inflamed the discontents 
 which had been produced by the effects of the war. 
 Rivadavia was blamed for the unaccountable conduct 
 of Garcia, and lost ground in the public feeling, from 
 that reason, as well as from the unpopularity of his 
 manners. But the intrigues of the party of Garcia, 
 who, it is said, was countenanced by the British mini- 
 ster, tended, more than any other cause, to produce dis- 
 content, and Rivadavia resigned, together with all his 
 ministers. The congress was dissolved, and each of the 
 provinces of the Rio de la Plata again governed itself, 
 
 VOL. II. E E
 
 418 DON BERNARDINO CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 independent of the rest. In transactions with foreign 
 powers, the government of the province of Buenos 
 Ayres still represented the others, and they on the 
 other hand furnished voluntary contingents, to assist 
 in carrying on the war against Brazil. The patriot 
 army was commanded by the brave General Lavalleja. 
 
 General Dorrego was the next governor of the 
 province and city of Buenos Ayres. He is active, 
 brave, clever, vivacious, and kind-hearted, but he is 
 also of a hasty disposition. Did he but possess as 
 much stability of character, and prudence of conduct, 
 as he has courage and talent, he would be one of the 
 first men of the republic. 
 
 Although Rivadavia is now living in retirement, 
 at his country house, near Buenos Ayres, it is not 
 unlikely that his useful talents will again place him 
 in a situation to give his country the benefit of his 
 experience; on which account the following parti- 
 culars are added. 
 
 Don Bernardino Rivadavia was educated at the 
 college of San Carlos, in his native city of Buenos 
 Ayres. He was intended for the law, but never prac- 
 tised it. He married the daughter of the late Don 
 Joaquin Pino, formerly viceroy of Buenos Ayres. In 
 September, 1811, Rivadavia was appointed secretary 
 to the junta of the revolutionary government. He 
 w.as sent to England with General Belgrano, for the 
 purpose of effecting a reconciliation with Spain. Riva- 
 davia proceeded to Madrid ; but not succeeding in 
 the object of his journey there, he went to Paris, 
 where he resided for some time, and then came to 
 London, He returned to Buenos Ayres, and was
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. 1UVADAVIA. 419 
 
 appointed secretary of state under the governor, Ro- 
 driguez. His important services are best seen in the 
 detail given of his administration. In Rivadavia 
 there is an affectation of superiority, and a hauteur 
 exceedingly repulsive ; but these are counterbalanced 
 by a strength and capaciousness of mind, combined 
 with a high degree of political courage, which places 
 him far above every other South American who has 
 yet appeared in the character of a statesman. He is 
 as generally disliked personally as he is admired po- 
 litically, and possesses as few personal friends as he 
 does political enemies. His private character displays 
 great purity of conduct, and those who are well ac- 
 quainted with him say that even his haughty and for- 
 bidding manners gradually wear off' on acquaintance; 
 and that, when some progress has been made in his 
 confidence, he is found to possess a rare union of 
 mildness and energy, an ardent love of his country, 
 a total absence of vindictive spirit, and the warmest 
 attachment to his friends. 
 
 Having given an outline of the revolution, some- 
 thing perhaps should be said on the superior ad- 
 vantages which the Argentine republic possesses, in 
 its geographical position ; in the fertility of its soil ; 
 in the number and extent of its navigable rivers ; in 
 the benignity of its climate, and in the capabilities of 
 its inhabitants. 
 
 The coast, which extends southward from Cape 
 Santa Maria, in 33 south latitude, presents several 
 bays, where good ports might be established : but the 
 only point on the Atlantic occupied by the Argen- 
 tines is that near the mouth of the Rio Negro, where 
 
 E E2
 
 420 ADVANTAGES OF THE PROVINCES CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 a small colony has been formed, and a fort built, 
 which serves as a rendezvous for privateers. The 
 Brazilians made an unsuccessful attack upon this set- 
 tlement, when their whole expedition, consisting of 
 four vessels and seven hundred men, was captured; 
 most of the men were either admitted into the ser- 
 vice, or allowed to remain as colonists. Southward 
 of the Rio Negro is the country occupied by the Pa- 
 tagonians, who are not remarkable for loftiness of 
 stature, as some of the earlier navigators have as- 
 serted. 
 
 The provinces of the Rio de la Plata possess incal- 
 culable advantages. Buenos Ay res and Monte Video, 
 the keys of the river Plata, and of considerable im- 
 portance even at this moment, will become infinitely 
 more valuable in the course of a few years. By means 
 of the Uruguay, Parana, Bermejo, Pilcomayo, Para- 
 guay, and other great rivers, that send their waters 
 to the "sea-like Plata," inland navigation can be car- 
 ried on in almost every direction, even to some of the 
 provinces lying at the very base of the Andes. In 
 many parts of the Pampas, vegetation is so vigorous 
 and rapid, that nothing seems to be wanting but in- 
 dustry, and the fostering security of peace, to render 
 them equal in productiveness to any part of the world. 
 In the province of San Juan, wheat yields a hundred- 
 fold; Tucuman, San Juan, and Paraguay, produce 
 timber of excellent quality; Mendoza, wines, brandy, 
 and dried fruits; while the staple commodities, hides, 
 tallow, jerked beef, horses and mules, are common to 
 all the provinces, as well as minor articles of export, 
 such as tiger skins, horns, ostrich feathers, otter skins,
 
 CHAP, xxxiv. OF THE RIO DE LA PLATA. 421 
 
 &c. The temperature, generally speaking, may be 
 compared to that of the south of Europe. The atmo- 
 sphere is so clear, that in 1819 and 1824 the planet 
 Venus was visible to the naked eye at noon-day. The 
 Pampas are however occasionally subject to violent 
 storms of thunder and lightning, accompanied by 
 heavy rains. In some years, clouds of locusts arise 
 from the Brazilian frontier, and fly towards the 
 Andes, destroying vegetation wherever they alight. 
 These destructive insects are a serious annoyance to 
 the traveller. Sometimes they are in such numbers 
 that, during a journey of several days, the air appears 
 every where completely filled with them. The ground 
 is also occasionally covered by them, and as they rise 
 from it, on the traveller's approach, his face and eyes 
 are frequently struck with violence by the locusts as 
 they fly against him. 
 
 The Creole population of the provinces of the Rio 
 de la Plata is principally of Andalusian parentage. 
 The extreme vivacity of their imagination sufficiently 
 bespeaks their descent. The educated people display 
 a shrewdness and superiority of talent ; and the most 
 illiterate gaucho often makes a repartee as full of 
 point as the sharpest sayings of his Andalusian ances- 
 tors, and possesses as much broad and naive humour 
 as any of the sons of Erin. Amongst the native dra- 
 matic productions is a farce called the Gaucho; writ- 
 ten, it is true, in inelegant Spanish ; but the dialogue 
 sparkles with such flashes of genuine wit and discri- 
 minating humour, that if the Buenos Ayreans pos- 
 sessed a Listen or a Mathews, the untutored genius 
 of the Creolean Aristophanes would not be hidden in
 
 CREOLEAN GENIUS. CHAP, xxxiv. 
 
 obscurity. The rapid advances made by the Argen- 
 tines in civilization have been ascribed principally to 
 their unrestricted commerce with the British and other 
 nations. A still closer intercourse has existed for ages, 
 between England and Portugal, and yet Lisbon is not 
 generally allowed to be much farther advanced in re- 
 finement than other great European cities. It is per- 
 haps therefore morejust to attribute Buenos Ay rean im- 
 provement to the amiability and intellectual quickness 
 of the South American, who is also more free from 
 religious and political bigotry than the inhabitants of 
 most of the countries of Europe. With so many noble 
 traits, we may readily excuse the gasconading vein 
 which frequently characterizes the Buenos Ayrean, 
 but which will doubtless wear off, when experience 
 shall teach them that it is bad taste to indulge in so 
 unbecoming and useless a propensity.
 
 (HAP. xxxv. Mil. MACKINLAY. 
 
 CHAPTER XXXV. 
 
 Buenos Ayres. Scotch colony. Miller embarks. Monte Video. 
 General Lecor. Rio Janeiro. Dr. Corbacho. Don Lucas 
 Cotera. Emperor. Slave trade. Bahia. Pernambuco. 
 Dr. Doii Tadeo Garate. Conclusion. 
 
 ON reaching Buenos Ayres, General Miller was 
 greatly disappointed and grieved to learn that his 
 worthy friend, Mr. Mackinlay, had left the city on 
 account of ill health. He soon, however, returned ; 
 but the hand of death was visibly upon him, and in 
 a few weeks, Miller had to mourn the loss of a ge- 
 nerous-hearted and excellent friend. His amiable 
 widow has since returned to Europe, and is now re- 
 siding in Paris. Mr. W. Parish Robertson, who 
 had married the eldest daughter of Mr. Mackinlay, 
 conducted Miller to his own hospitable residence, 
 where he remained during his stay in Buenos Ayres. 
 
 Miller spent six weeks in the delightful occupation 
 of renewing friendships, formed on his first arrival in 
 that country, and during the course of the war. Some 
 old companions in arms had long before returned 
 to Buenos Ayres. Amongst the latter, he had the 
 satisfaction to find at the head of the executive go- 
 vernment General Las Heras, to whom he was in- 
 debted for the first public favour which he received 
 after joining the army of the Andes. During the 
 retreat from Cancharayada (1818), Las Heras, im- 
 mediately upon coming up with General San Martin
 
 424 COLONEL BRANDSEN. CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 at San Fernando, strongly recommended " the 
 foreign captain," for he did not then know Miller's 
 name, to the notice of the general-in-chief. This led 
 to his subsequent promotion to the rank of major. 
 
 Colonel Don Juan Apostol Martinez, who will be 
 remembered for his irreverent antipathy to cowled 
 friars, Colonels Lavalle, Brandsen, and Olasabal, 
 General Don Enrique Martinez, Miller's former 
 colonel, and many other intimate friends, were also 
 in Buenos Ayres at this time, and their society 
 added greatly to the pleasure of his return. One 
 morning after breakfast he was surprised by a call 
 from his old acquaintance Major La Tapia, now 
 lieutenant-colonel. He said that, " having heard of 
 the war between Buenos Ayres and the Brazils, and 
 there being no more godos on the other side of the 
 Andes to fight against, he had obtained leave to offer 
 his services to Buenos Ayres ; for," added he, " I 
 consider the Brazilians as first cousins to the Spa- 
 niards, and hate them accordingly :" then clapping 
 his hands, and his eyes sparkling with enthusiasm, he 
 continued, " and I long to have a slap at them!" 
 
 Brandsen had been obliged by Bolivar to quit 
 Peru, in consequence of his having taken part with 
 the Riva-Aguero faction in 1823. Upon this he 
 went to Chile, and from thence, on the breaking out 
 of the war, to Buenos Ayres, where his services were 
 gladly accepted. He was one of the best cavalry 
 officers in the liberating army, and was afterwards 
 killed while fighting by the side of his friend Lavalle, 
 who commanded the cavalry at the battle of Ituzaingo. 
 Brandsen, a native of Paris, was a well-educated man,
 
 CHAP. XXXV. DON ANDRKS HIDALGO. 425 
 
 enthusiastic in the cause of freedom, and was sincerely 
 esteemed for his amiable conduct and gentlemanly 
 manners. He left a widow, a Peruvian lady, and two 
 or three young children. 
 
 Lavalle was promoted to the rank of general for 
 his conduct in the battle of Ituzaingo. He was 
 afterwards severely wounded in a skirmish with the 
 Brazilians. 
 
 The foreign officers who served in the army of the 
 Andes, Chile, and Peru, were principally British, 
 French, Germans, and North Americans. But, in 
 spite of this mixture of nations, the very best under- 
 standing always existed amongst them. There were 
 never more than about twenty serving at the same 
 time, and between the years 1817 and 1825, the total 
 number who had served did not exceed forty-eight. 
 Of these, eighteen have been killed, or lost at sea. 
 Of the survivors, twelve had been wounded. 
 
 While Miller remained at Buenos Ayres, the 
 granaderos & caballo entered the city. Out of six 
 hundred men, only seven were remaining of those 
 originally raised by San Martin, when he formed the 
 regiment in 1812. 
 
 A few days after Miller's arrival, he called upon 
 Don Andres Hidalgo, whom Miller accompanied to 
 the Pampas, on the borders of Patagonia, in 1817. 
 Don Andres was now building a large house in the 
 city, having cleared ninety thousand dollars by the 
 sale of the estancia of Mariancul, the same at which 
 he had entertained his friends, and which then was 
 not, at the most, worth more than a twentieth part 
 of that sum.
 
 426 SCOTCH COLONY. CHAP. xxxv. 
 
 From his early friend, Don Miguel Riglos, he 
 experienced the kindest attention, as well as from 
 Colonel Escalada, and Don Jose" Maria Nadal. The 
 British merchants resident at Buenos Ayres gave a 
 dinner at Faunch's hotel, to welcome Miller on his 
 return. At the time the party was assembled, an 
 action commenced between the Buenos Ayrean flo- 
 tilla and the Brazilian squadron in the outer roads, 
 and dinner was postponed, that the party might 
 witness the fight from the azotea, or flat roof, of the 
 hotel. The firing continued for some time; Brown 
 conducted his little flotilla in the most gallant style, 
 and beat off the imperialists with considerable loss. 
 By the time the cloth was removed, an account was 
 brought on shore of the result of the action, and the 
 intrepid admiral's health was drank with loud huzzas. 
 
 Five leagues south of Buenos Ayres is Monte 
 Grande, a very extensive wood of peach-trees, planted 
 ten years before by Mr. Barton. Near this, a Scotch 
 colony, of about a hundred individuals, sent out by 
 Mr. John' Parish Robertson and Mr. Thomas Kinder, 
 were settled, on five farms. Miller accompanied the 
 Reverend Mr. Armstrong, who went there to baptize 
 a dozen or fifteen children, born subsequently to the 
 arrival of the settlers. A grand christening dinner 
 was given, at which every colonist sat down, and a 
 merrier party has seldom assembled. The colony is 
 also, in other respects, in a very thriving condition. 
 It is now under the immediate superintendence of 
 Mr. John Parish Robertson, whose talents, local 
 knowledge, and disposition, qualify him to become 
 the William Penn of the Pampas.
 
 CHAP. XXXV. MILLER DEPARTS FOR ENGLAND 
 
 On the 14th March, 1826, Miller embarked for 
 England. He was accompanied to the beach by a 
 number of his personal friends. Upon taking leave 
 of them, he was quite overcome by his feelings. The 
 recollection of the many vicissitudes which he had 
 encountered since his landing upon the same spot, 
 eight years before, an isolated stranger, a mere vo- 
 lunteer in the cause of independence; the scenes 
 which he had gone through, so important, so novel, 
 and so exciting; the success which had attended 
 his career, and the numerous friendships which had 
 been cemented by the most binding of all ties, identity 
 of cause and feeling ; the separation from a country 
 in which he had acquired a name, and to which he 
 owed so much; all rushed at once upon his mind, 
 and deprived him of the power of going through 
 the painful ordeal of a farewell. To add to his em- 
 barrassment, two men, who had served with him in 
 Chile and Peru during the whole of his campaigns, 
 one of whom, Pedro Valenzuela, was the identical 
 soldier who carried him off wounded from the field at 
 Pisco ; the other, a faithful and affectionate African * ; 
 these two men had come to the beach for the pur- 
 pose of witnessing his embarkation; but such was the 
 emotion that overpowered them, that neither could 
 
 * Ybanes was the son of an African prince, and was about sixteen years of 
 age when he was carried off, and sold as a slave at Buenos Ay res. A few years 
 after this he was made a soldier, and thus became entitled to his freedom. He 
 was one of the small part who accompanied General San Martin to Mendoza in 
 1816. General Miller took Ybanes from the grenadier company of the battalion 
 No. 8. of the army of the Andes, and employed him for nearly seven years. He 
 had gained five medals for distinguished acts of bravery in the field. As a servant, 
 he was steady, assiduous, and punctiliously honest. He often said that the highest 
 object of his ambition was to accompany his master, so long as he remained in the 
 country, and then to become a pulpcro, or little shopkeeper, in Buenos Ayres. 
 Fortune gratified his wishes, and his faithful servant is now comfortably esta- 
 blished in his favourite city.
 
 428 MONTE VIDEO. CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 utter a word. They embraced the General, and 
 burst into tears. 
 
 By a singular coincidence, Mr. William Jackson, 
 an English merchant, well known for his goodness of 
 heart and excellence of character, who left Eng- 
 land in the same vessel with Miller, in 1817, was 
 now a passenger on board the packet in which he 
 left Buenos Ayres. In proceeding down the river, 
 the packet touched, as usual, at Monte Video. 
 Miller landed there, rather contrary to the kind cau- 
 tions of Captain Sir John Sinclair, commanding H. 
 M. S. Doris. He was, however, treated by the Bra- 
 zilian General Lecor, and his young and beautiful 
 wife, with polite attention. 
 
 The garrison of Monte Video consisted of four or 
 five thousand men, all exceedingly well disciplined, 
 and in a very efficient state. Nevertheless, a few 
 gaucho parties, hovering in the neighbourhood, were 
 sufficient to keep the garrison within the walls. 
 Many of the Oriental chiefs had families residing in 
 Monte Video. To save them from the sufferings of 
 famine, and to raise money at the same time, they 
 permitted the introduction of cattle, and other sup- 
 plies, on the imperialists paying a certain tax. This 
 fact shows with sufficient clearness the real sentiments 
 of the Orientales, and the slippery tenure by which 
 the Emperor holds the Banda Oriental. To describe 
 the measures adopted by the gauchos to shut up the 
 imperialists within the walls of Colon ia and Monte 
 Video, would be to repeat what has been already said 
 of gaucho warfare. The policy of Lecor, in promot- 
 ing intermarriages, has produced an effect exactly the
 
 CHAP. XXXV. RIO JANEIRO. 429 
 
 reverse of that intended. The native wives soon made 
 proselytes of their husbands, who, whether officers or 
 private soldiers, became objects of distrust with the 
 government of Rio Janeiro. A want of confidence 
 was shown even towards Lecor, who is a most worthy 
 man ; and he would probably have been removed, 
 if the Emperor could have found a successor of equal 
 talent and merit. 
 
 Captain de la Susse, of the French navy, an ex- 
 ceedingly clever and agreeable man, whose acquaint- 
 ance Miller had the happiness to make at Buenos 
 Ay res, came in the same packet, and was on his re- 
 turn to Europe from a political mission in Chile. 
 He introduced Miller to Captain Mamignau of the 
 French brig of war Le Cygne, who very courteously 
 invited him to take a passage on board his vessel to 
 Rio Janeiro, which he accepted, as he was desirous of 
 seeing that city on his way home. They sailed on the 
 21st of March, and arrived at Rio Janeiro on the 29th, 
 having made as pleasant a voyage as fine weather, a good 
 table, and the excellent society of many gentlemanly and 
 attentive French officers, could render it. The ship's 
 company were nearly all natives of St. Maloes, and 
 were in a state of discipline which reflected great 
 credit upon the excellent commander and his officers. 
 Miller remained six weeks in the Brazilian capital, 
 and was hospitably entertained at the house of his 
 friends Mr. and Mrs. Le Breton. He received, also, 
 the most polite attention from Sir Charles Stuart, and 
 from Mr. (now Sir Henry) Chamberlayne, the British 
 charge d'affaires. 
 
 On the day after Miller's arrival at Rio
 
 430 DR. CORBACHO. CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 Janeiro, he had the pleasure of meeting his valued 
 friend, Dr. Corbacho. This gentleman, who pos- 
 sesses considerable poetical talent, and is celebrated for 
 an early display of patriotism, was secretary to General 
 Otero, prefect of Arequipa, shortly after the battle 
 of Ayacucho ; but it having been reported that he 
 had spoken disrespectfully of the Colombians, he 
 was one night torn from his family, and, without 
 even the shadow of a trial, sent on board a ship de- 
 stined to convey a number of Spaniards to Cadiz, in 
 pursuance of the capitulation. Corbacho stated, 
 with tears in his eyes, that what he felt most cut- 
 tingly, was the being pent up in a vessel crowded 
 with persons who had always been his avowed ene- 
 mies. During the voyage, they never ceased to 
 taunt him with being a patriot ; and he must have 
 sunk under this continued persecution, but for the 
 interposition of two or three individuals, who gene- 
 rously espoused his quarrel, and screened him, as 
 much as they could, from the revilings of their nar- 
 row-minded countrymen. Fortunately for Corbacho, 
 the vessel was obliged to put into Rio Janeiro, where 
 he was enabled to escape from his tormentors. 
 When he set foot on shore he was without a farthing 
 in his pocket, and had not, as he imagined, a single 
 friend in the Brazils ; but, to his great astonish- 
 ment and boundless joy, within a few hours of his 
 landing, he accidentally met an old friend, Don Lucas 
 Cote'ra, a wealthy and honourable Spanish merchant, 
 who had resided for many years in Peru, and whose 
 character for liberality, whether to patriots or roy- 
 alists, is universally known. Cote'ra had retired
 
 CHAP. XXXV. COLONEL SCENES. 431 
 
 from Peru in consequence of the reverses of the roy- 
 alists ; and although his fortune had been severely 
 shattered, still, with the remnant of it, he entirely 
 supported Corbacho, and upwards of twenty penny- 
 less exiles, both Spanish and Peruvian, for which 
 purpose he had taken a spacious house, where they 
 all resided. Miller frequently visited this interest- 
 ing party, where he was always welcomed with the 
 warmest expressions of regard. Amongst them 
 was the distinguished Spaniard, Colonel Scenes, who, 
 in consequence of being a determined constitutional- 
 ist, was unable to return to Spain ; but whose puncti- 
 lious feelings prevented him from accepting service 
 in the Peruvian army, against which he had fought 
 with perseverance and ability. At the time Pe- 
 zuela was deposed, Scenes was despatched to Spain, 
 as the representative of the new viceroy, La Serna. 
 On his arrival, he found the constitutional go- 
 vernment established, with which he immediately 
 sided, and was appointed to an important military 
 command. Upon the downfal of the constitution, in 
 1823, Soenes was placed on the list of the pro- 
 scribed, and obliged to fly. Desirous of rejoining 
 La Serna, he embarked for Rio Janeiro, where, 
 learning that the whole of the coast of the Pacific 
 was in the hands of the patriots, he undertook the 
 journey by land, and traversed the immense empire 
 of the Brazils. Just before he reached the Peruvian 
 frontier, he had not only the mortification to hear of 
 the battle of Ayacucho, but also to learn that the in-, 
 tervening districts of Upper Peru were occupied by 
 his rancorous enemy, Olaneta. Unwilling to retrace
 
 432 RIO JANEIRO. CHAP. xxxv. 
 
 his steps, he remained in the province of Mato- 
 grosso until the death of Olaiieta, when he proceeded 
 to the patriot head-quarters, and was allowed to con- 
 sider himself as included in the capitulation : he 
 again quitted the country by sea, and came back to 
 Rio Janeiro. General Miller strongly recommended 
 these exiles to return immediately to Peru, assuring 
 Corbacho that Colombian influence was on the wane, 
 and that he need not be under any apprehensions 
 for his personal safety. Miller furnished him with 
 letters, strongly recommending him to the consider- 
 ation and protection of General La Mar, who, it is 
 satisfactory to add, upon being re-elected to the 
 presidency, appointed Dr. Corbacho one of the mini- 
 sters of the departmental courts of justice at Are- 
 quipa. 
 
 Miller had passed a few days in Rio Janeiro, 
 when the Emperor returned from Bahia, where he 
 had been to repress the efforts of faction. His ma- 
 jesty went in procession from the landing-place to 
 the palace, accompanied by the Empress, the Prin- 
 cess Maria da Gloria, and a long train of courtiers, 
 nobility, and naval and military officers. There were 
 more general officers than could be required for an 
 army of 100,000 men; and these were bedizened 
 with more decorations than all the French generals 
 who accompanied Napoleon in his last campaigns. 
 And yet, from this multitude, the Emperor could 
 not, it was said, select one efficient commander for 
 the southern or northern provinces*. The regular 
 
 * In the month of August, 1828, peace was happily concluded between the 
 Brn?ils and Buenos Ayres. The Emperor has had the good sense to see, that
 
 CHAP. XXXV. FOREIGN SEAMEN. 433 
 
 forces in the capital amounted to about 3500 men. 
 About a third of this number was composed of Au- 
 strians, Swiss, and other foreigners, who, though sent 
 from their own countries in the character of settlers, 
 had been compelled to serve in the army. Upon these 
 no great reliance could be placed. The regular 
 army, not in the capital, might amount to ten or 
 twelve thousand. There was a remarkable difference 
 between the foreign seamen in the service of the 
 Argentine republic and those in that of the Em- 
 peror. The former were enthusiastic, and eager 
 to engage ; whilst the latter showed an indifference 
 to the cause for which they served, and were discon- 
 tented, although better and more regularly paid than 
 the republicans. A militia force in every province 
 of the empire was assembled periodically, and in- 
 tended only for local defence, or to guard against 
 risings of the black population. 
 
 In Brazil the slave trade is seen in some of its most 
 revolting aspects ; for there the general treatment of 
 negro slaves is barbarous in the extreme. About 
 thirty thousand are annually imported into Rio Ja- 
 neiro alone, and perhaps an equal number in the 
 ther ports of the empire. One of the many abhor- 
 
 nt circumstances attending this nefarious traffic is, 
 hat, upon a vessel's arriving near the port, such 
 
 ie interests of his country required that he should discontinue a war, which, 
 om the commencement, was unjust ; and had not only exhausted the finances 
 ' his empire, but had spread discontent and disaffection throughout the pro- 
 nces, from the cruel manner in which the raising levies for the army was con- 
 lucted. Perhaps the state of his affairs in Europe may have had some little in- 
 luence in hastening Don Pedro's decision on this subject. The Brazils possess 
 nense natural resources, all they require is a wise and vigorous development, 
 this they may expect at the hands of Don Pedro, who has already, and of 
 own free will, given them a constitutional government, and whose liberal 
 (rind appears to be constantly studious for the welfare of his people. 
 
 VOL. II. FF
 
 434 SLAVE SHIPS. CHAP. xxxv. 
 
 slaves, as appear to be in an irrecoverable state of dis- 
 ease, are frequently thrown into the sea ! This is done 
 merely to evade the payment of the custom-house 
 duty, which is levied upon every slave brought into 
 port. Instances have occurred of their being picked 
 up alive by coasting vessels ! 
 
 Fourteen or fifteen slave ships, with full cargoes, 
 arrived at Rio Janeiro during the six weeks that 
 Miller remained there. One morning that he hap- 
 pened to breakfast on board a Brazilian frigate, the 
 commander, Captain Sheppard, kindly lent him a 
 boat to visit a slaver, of 320 tons, which had come 
 into port the preceding night. The master, sup- 
 posing him to be in the imperial service, was ex- 
 tremely attentive, and very readily answered every 
 inquiry. He said the homeward-bound passage had 
 been tolerably fortunate, only seventy-two deaths 
 having occurred in the cargo ; and that, although 
 thirty of the sick were then in an unsaleable plight, 
 the owners might calculate upon sending into the 
 market four hundred sound and well-grown Africans; 
 a number that would yield a handsome profit. 
 
 After some further conversation, Miller requested 
 permission to see the 'tween decks, upon which the 
 master accompanied him below, and pointed out the 
 manner of securing his cargo, which was by shackling 
 each negro by one leg to an iron bar running a mid- 
 ships from stem to stern, so as to form a double row, 
 lying feet to feet. The air was so oppressively nau- 
 seating, that Miller could not remain below for more 
 than two minutes. There was hardly a slave in the 
 whole number who was free from festering sores, pro-
 
 CHAP. XXXV. SLAVE BAZAAR. 
 
 duced by constant friction from lying on the hard and 
 unwashed decks. Some of them were bruised so dread- 
 fully, that it was wonderful that they continued to 
 exist. Their emaciated appearance might have led 
 to the supposition that they had been nearly starved 
 during the passage, did not the varied miseries to 
 which they were subjected, sufficiently account for 
 their fleshless forms. A great number of them were 
 now upon deck, and clad in long woollen shirts, in 
 order to be sent to the warehouses on shore. Miller, 
 heartily sick of this disgusting scene, took leave of 
 the master ; but, unable to control the indignation 
 he felt, he inveighed with great bitterness against all 
 wretches concerned in so iniquitous a traffic, letting 
 him know at the same time that he was not in the 
 service of the Emperor. The master, though at first 
 taken aback by the violence of the General's invectives, 
 soon recovered himself, and retorted in the most 
 insolent terms of defiance, abusing the English for 
 meddling in what he styled the legitimate commerce 
 of Brazil. The state of the vessel was such as can- 
 not be described, and the fetid effluvia, arising from 
 it, offended the senses on approaching her within fifty 
 yards. Although Miller took a warm bath imme- 
 diately upon getting on shore, the stench of the slave 
 ship haunted his nostrils for many days. 
 
 There is a long narrow street in Rio Janeiro ex- 
 clusively appropriated to the negro stores. It is, in 
 fact, the slave-bazaar. The fronts of the shops are 
 open, and the objects for sale are seated on benches, 
 where, strange to say, they often pass their time in 
 singing. People wishing to become purchasers lounge
 
 436 MILLER SAILS FOR ENGLAND. CHAP. xxxv. 
 
 up and down until they see a subject likely to suit 
 their purpose. Miller one day put on a broad- 
 brimmed straw hat, and walked into several of the 
 stores, as if with a view of making a purchase. The 
 slave venders came forward with eagerness to show 
 off their stock, making their bipeds move about in 
 every way best calculated to display their good points, 
 and in much the same manner that a jockey does in 
 showing off a horse. Those who appeared to be 
 drowsy were made to bite a piece of ginger, or take 
 a pinch of snuff. If these excitements did not prove 
 sufficient to give them an air of briskness, they were 
 wakened up by a pull of the ear, or a slap on the 
 face, which made them look about them. Miller 
 was so inquisitive, and his observations were so un- 
 like those of a bonajide purchaser, that the dealers 
 soon began to suspect he did not intend to be 
 a customer. One of them being in consequence 
 rather pert in his replies, Miller once more allowed 
 his indignation to get the better of his judgment, 
 and he abused the fellow in terms more violent, if 
 possible, than those he had addressed to the master 
 of the slave ship. He had some difficulty to avoid 
 getting into a very serious squabble, as many of the 
 other dealers came out and joined in the yell now 
 raised against him. As he passed along the street, 
 it was like running the gauntlet; for he was saluted 
 by vituperations on all sides, and it was perhaps only 
 by preserving a menacing attitude in his retreat that 
 he prevented something more than a mere war of 
 words. They dwelt with marked emphasis on the 
 officious English, who, instead of attending to their
 
 CHAP. XXXV. DON TADEO GARATE. 437 
 
 own affairs, would not, they said, allow other people 
 to gain an honest livelihood. 
 
 Miller left Rio Janeiro, in the Marchioness of Sa- 
 lisbury packet, for England, They touched at Bahia 
 and Pernambuco, both very fine and opulent cities, 
 founded by the Dutch, and which bear testimony to 
 the industry and ingenuity of that persevering people. 
 The spacious streets, and the manner in which the 
 old town of Pernambuco was built by the Dutch, is 
 clear evidence of the superiority of their taste over 
 that of the Portuguese, which is well contrasted by 
 a division which has been added to the city by the 
 latter. Miller dined with the governor, who politely 
 furnished him with horses and an orderly, that he 
 might visit the convent of San Francisco, at Olinda, 
 the easternmost point of land in South America. 
 This convent is celebrated for the richness of its 
 ceilings, which are in the Moorish style of workman- 
 ship ; it was founded previous to the taking of Per- 
 nambuco by the Dutch, in 162,5. In 1630 they 
 abandoned the port, filling up the entrance across 
 the bar, or reef. The friars at the convent are ex- 
 tremely obliging to visitors. 
 
 Amongst the passengers on board the packet was 
 Don Tadeo Garate, the last royalist governor of the 
 department of Puno, and the immediate predecessor 
 of Miller, who was the first appointed by the patriots. 
 It was singular that these two individuals should have 
 been brought together as messmates on board the 
 same vessel. 
 
 Garate, who has before been mentioned in these 
 memoirs, is a native of La Paz, or Chuquiago as it
 
 438 DON TADEO GAKATE. CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 is called by the aborigines. He is about fifty years 
 of age, of middle stature, though rather taller than 
 the generality of the Cholos, or mixed Indian race, 
 to which he belongs. He stoops considerably; his 
 eyes are dark, and small, like those of a Chinese ; 
 his hair is black, coarse, and shining ; but, like most 
 Indians, he has little beard ; the general expression of 
 his countenance is of a most sinister description. He 
 was educated in the college of San Antonio, at Cuzco, 
 and was so remarkable for close application to his 
 studies, that he was called " el Cholito aplicado," or 
 "the hard-working little Indian." Becoming an 
 advocate, Garate displayed great professional acute- 
 ness, vigour of imagination, and an easy style of 
 oratory; which obtained him numerous clients, and 
 enabled him to live in a very independent manner. 
 He soon evinced an ambitious and ostentatious spirit, 
 wore hair powder, and affected, in his dress, colours 
 not usually worn at Cuzco. As a literary character, 
 he was a constant visitor at the palace of the bishop, 
 to whom he afterwards became secretary, and even- 
 tually so great a favourite, that the bishop acted only 
 by his advice. In dispensing episcopal patronage, 
 the new secretary displayed, to those who were his 
 suitors, the greatest haughtiness of disposition. He 
 was next appointed sub-delegate of Chucuito, and 
 afterwards elected a deputy to serve in the cortes of 
 Spain, to which, soon after his arrival in the Penin- 
 sula, he was chosen secretary. He was the author 
 of the famous address to Ferdinand VII., which 
 gained for those who signed it the party sobriquet 
 of" Persians." He acted also as a spy upon the other
 
 ( HAl'. xxxv. DON TADEO GAHATE. 439 
 
 American deputies, and the servility of Garate was 
 rewarded by the king with the valuable appointment 
 of governor of Puno ; upon which he returned to 
 Peru. 
 
 It would appear that the mind and disposition of 
 Garate had been wrongly directed, or perverted, at 
 the commencement of his career, by monkish bigotry 
 and scholastic prejudices. All his actions, his man- 
 ners, and his very looks, indicated that he was a 
 stranger to every liberal or manly feeling. He is a 
 melancholy instance of the demoralizing effects of 
 habitual servility. Accustomed from his youth to 
 cringe and fawn, whoever was in power was certain of 
 his support. He was alternately the humble slave of 
 Pezuela, of La Serna, and of Olaneta, and to each 
 he was an active, able, and willing instrument in the 
 execution of oppressive measures. In some respects 
 he was always consistent ; he never professed to be 
 a patriot, and he never ceased to persecute his coun- 
 trymen. At length, contemned by all parties, he was 
 now a wanderer towards Spain, his only hope being 
 in the favour of Ferdinand. He had left at Cuzco a 
 most amiable wife, and a very charming daughter. As 
 Garate did not speak English or French, Miller, com- 
 miserating his situation, often conversed with him, 
 and desired his servant Jos, a Spaniard, to wait upon 
 Garate. They were therefore tolerably sociable, until 
 one day a discussion arose at table as to the character 
 of the Irish peasantry, and in which Miller had to 
 combat the arguments of nearly all his fellow passen- 
 gers. Although Garate could not distinctly under- 
 stand the whole of the question, he clearly perceived
 
 440 DON TADEO GARATE. CHAP, xxxv 
 
 that his patriot opponent was in the minority ; upon 
 which his natural propensity to side with the strongest 
 irresistibly broke forth. He did not merely confine 
 himself to the point in debate, but said that Miller, 
 being an insurgent himself, was a fit advocate 
 for what he called " the insurgents of Ireland." 
 Warmed by his subject, and encouraged by an ap- 
 pearance of support from the party whose cause he 
 seconded, he went on boastingly to say, " that the 
 time would soon arrive when he should return to 
 Peru, with thousands of the king's troops, and have 
 it in his power to gratify his dearest wish, the ex- 
 termination of all rebels and traitors." During his 
 furious harangue, Garate was a fit study for a painter. 
 Malignity, envy, rage, revenge, and insolence, were 
 severally depicted in his countenance. In considera- 
 tion of his forlorn situation, Miller allowed him to 
 go extraordinary lengths ; but finding that his forbear- 
 ance only increased the other's virulence, he thought 
 it time to arrest his oratory, by giving him a mild 
 but determined hint, that if he proceeded one step 
 farther, nothing should save him from that species of 
 castigation to which his scurrility had already so 
 richly entitled him. Garate became instantly speech- 
 less, and slunk away. After this they were never 
 cordial, although they still occasionally entered into 
 conversation. 
 
 Garate was constantly complaining of his poverty, 
 and described himself to be an utterly ruined man. 
 He protested, by all that was sacred, that a forced 
 contribution of twenty thousand dollars, which Bo- 
 livar had levied upon him at Arequipa, had swept
 
 CHAP. xxxv. DON TADEO CURATE. 441 
 
 away his last rial. Indeed, so circumstantially did he 
 appear to prove all this, that Miller at last began to 
 credit the story, although facts which he had been 
 made acquainted with, when prefect of Puno, were 
 in direct opposition to it. 
 
 After landing at Falmouth, Miller was surprised 
 by his servant Josh's requesting permission to return 
 to the packet, to see Don Tadeo Garate, who was 
 represented to be in some serious dilemma. It turned 
 out that Jos6 and Don Tadeo had already made 
 two trips, and that on both occasions they had 
 crammed their pockets with doubloons, the property 
 of the latter. While Garate was on shore the second 
 time, the steward of the packet accidentally dis- 
 covered some bars of gold stowed away under Garate's 
 mattress, which he took and carefully locked up, re- 
 porting the circumstance to the commander. When 
 Don Tadeo returned on board, he immediately missed 
 his treasure, and not speaking a word of English, he 
 was unable to make any inquiries after it. He be- 
 came almost frantic, and paced the deck in an agony 
 of despair. Jose was sent for, the whole of the 
 circumstances were explained to Miller, who ar- 
 ranged the matter for Garate. As the latter had 
 artfully concealed the property to evade the pay- 
 ment of the freight, the captain refused to give it up 
 until the regulated per centage should be paid. 
 Garate was obliged to accede to these terms, and the 
 treasure was restored to him. It amounted in value 
 to upwards of thirty thousand dollars. Garate was 
 lately living in Paris. 
 
 Miller landed at Falmouth on the 6th of July,
 
 442 CONCLUSION. CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 1826, being eight years and eleven months after his 
 departure from the Downs. 
 
 Miller has been received by his friends, neigh- 
 bours, and countrymen, in the kindest possible man- 
 ner. The corporation of Canterbury has conferred 
 upon him the freedom of that ancient city. The 
 United Service, and the Travellers' Club, elected him 
 an honorary member. At Milan he was entertained 
 with the utmost courtesy by some generals and 
 other officers of the Austrian army, and he has been 
 treated with marked attention in Paris, Florence* 
 Rome, Amsterdam, Brussels, and other parts of the 
 continent of Europe, where he has had an oppor- 
 tunity of creating many friends to the cause of South 
 American independence. 
 
 We shall close this work with an extract from a letter 
 to the author, written in 1826 by a British naval 
 officer who has served on the South American station. 
 
 " Such," says this distinguished officer, " has been 
 the career of a young man, who, fired by the love of 
 liberty, embarked in the struggle for the independ- 
 ence of nations; and who, unsupported by connexion 
 or interest, and steering a steady course through the 
 storms of war and commotions of faction, has raised 
 himself, by his own merit, to the highest rank in the 
 army ; obtained every honorary distinction ; filled 
 important civil situations; and, covered with honour* 
 able wounds, has now revisited his native country 
 with a character of perfect disinterestedness, and a 
 conscience void of reproach; and whom, to borrow 
 an expression of General Bolivar, South America 
 will always claim as one of her most glorious sons.' "
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 (G.) 
 
 (Page 30.) 
 An intercepted Letter from General Canterac. 
 
 " THE enemy, despairing of being able to obtain any advan- 
 tage from their ill-organized expedition, continue in the most 
 miserable condition, with a dreadful mortality, in Arica, having 
 detached part of their force, consisting of about 800 men, with 
 Colonel Miller, evidently for the purpose of collecting provisions 
 and resources for Alvarado's dispirited troops, which are kept in 
 check by Brigadier Valdes, who occupies Tacna, and the neigh- 
 bouring quebradas; and as the said general leaves them nothing 
 along the whole line of coast that can be of service to them, they 
 have been reduced to a state of the greatest weakness and distress. 
 On these grounds, it is presumed they will abandon Arica, and 
 descend along the coast, for the purpose of ascertaining whether 
 Miller can render them any assistance. Of Miller's troops, there 
 disembarked at Quilca, and marched on to Camana, 200 men ; and 
 it is said that as many more were about to disembark at the Plan- 
 chada of Ocofia : and so soon as this takes place, or that the troops 
 at Camana proceed along the coast, it is of the utmost importance 
 to leave the whole of it without supplies of any sort : for which pur- 
 pose it is indispensable that all the cattle, horses, provisions, &c. 
 should be collected in one point ; and the moment the vessels ap- 
 pear in sight, or that any attempt is made to march by land from 
 Ocona, you will be pleased to retreat with all the supplies, &c. to 
 this side of the Cordillera ; as it is possible the enemy may resolve 
 to penetrate in this direction towards the Sierra, in which event 
 their destruction is inevitable. To the commanding officer of the 
 battalion of cazadores I give instructions in the accompanying
 
 444 APPENDIX H. 
 
 despatch, to hold himself at your disposal, so as immediately to 
 march to Acari with the corps under his command, that he may 
 assist in carrying away every thing, and check the advance of the 
 enemy. You will therefore take care to furnish him with horses, 
 mules, &c. such as can be got in that neighbourhood, for mounting 
 one or two companies, who will be more useful in rendering the 
 service required. 
 
 " You will have to exercise great vigilance and extraordinary 
 activity on every part of the coast; bearing in mind, that the 
 weak and distressed condition of the enemy is entirely to be attri- 
 buted to the efficient and energetic dispositions made by Briga- 
 dier Valdes along the whole line of coast of Arequipa; and I 
 promise myself your exertions will be attended with equal success. 
 
 " Advices, in duplicate, or triplicate if necessary, relating to 
 all matters, but principally to the appearance of vessels off the 
 coast, disembarkation of troops, and their movements, you will 
 of course forward from time to time, by persons in whom full 
 confidence can be placed, and well mounted, addressed to his 
 excellency the viceroy, if direct; to Brigadier Loriga, by Cor- 
 dova ; to the commandant-general of the central division ; and to 
 me, through the military governor of Chuquibamba ; attending to 
 this object with all your well known zeal and decision, as upon 
 these advices the success of our operations must mainly depend. 
 
 " God preserve you many years. 
 " Head-quarters, Puno, 31st December, 1822. 
 
 (Signed) " JOSE CANTERAC." 
 
 " To Colonel D. Juan Ant. de Olachea, commanding 
 on the coast." 
 
 (H.) 
 
 (Page 42.) 
 
 An intercepted circular Letter addressed to Colonel Olachea, 
 from Colonel Carratald. 
 
 " I repeat to you, that Miller's expedition consists of one 
 vessel, and that only 100 infantry have disembarked: it is there-
 
 APPENDIX I. 445 
 
 fore very easy to defeat him, should he advance along the coast, 
 by uniting the different corps that protect those districts, which 
 you will accordingly arrange with the officers in command. 
 
 " God preserve you many years. 
 " Arequipa, 19th January, 1823. 
 
 (Signed) JOSfc CARRATALA. 
 
 " To Colonel D. Juan Ant. Olachea." 
 
 A fictitious Letter sent instead of the foregoing. 
 
 " I have to inform you that Miller's expedition has been 
 reinforced by 600 blacks of the battalion No. 4. It will therefore 
 be incumbent to take all necessary steps for preventing any 
 disaster. 
 
 " I have also to state that it has come to my knowledge that 
 the said officer is endeavouring to seduce the soldiers of your 
 party; and that he is in secret communication with some of the 
 officers. You will be pleased to be vigilant, and punish offenders 
 with the utmost rigour of the law. 
 
 " God preserve you many years. 
 " Arequipa, 20th January, 1823. 
 
 (Signed) "JOSfe CARRATALA. 
 
 To Colonel D. Juan Ant. Olachea." 
 
 (Page 42.) 
 
 Letter from Manzanedo to the Alcalde of Pullo. 
 " ' Battalion of Coracora. 
 
 " ( It is of the greatest consequence that the fair of Chaipi, 
 usually held on Candlemas-day, should not be allowed to take 
 place, on account of the disadvantages that may result from the 
 assemblage of so many persons; and especially of those arriving 
 with numbers of horses and loaded mules, which is exactly what 
 the enemy most stand in need of, and which they use every en- 
 deavour to obtain. I understand that they have landed at Atico,
 
 446 APPENDIX I. 
 
 and their views being, of course, upon Carabeli, Chaparra, Chala, 
 and Yauca, and thence towards these heights, it is therefore ne- 
 cessary, that, immediately on receiving this order, the merchants 
 who have gone on to Chaipi, should be desired to withdraw, with 
 all their property and animals, from the parish of Chaipi, towards 
 the town of Coracora, as well as those who may have arrived with 
 you, and not to permit them to advance a single step, upon any 
 pretence whatever, and this under the severest penalty. You 
 will be held responsible for the slightest deviation in the execu- 
 tion of this order, relying upon your well-known zeal for its strict 
 fulfilment ; and if, by any omission, the passage of any traders 
 should be allowed, and they should have the misfortune to be 
 surprised by any party of the enemy, that your neglect will be 
 visited with the rigour of the laws of war. You will advise me 
 without loss of time of having received this order, and you will 
 give it all the effect which I natter myself you will, from your 
 devotion to the national cause, from which a general good would 
 result to all the inhabitants of this district. 
 " ' God preserve you many years. 
 
 " ' MANUEL DE MANZANEDO. 
 " ' Coracora, Jan. 29, 1823. 
 
 " ' To Don Bernardino Chaves, constitutional 
 alcalde of the parish of Pullo.' 
 
 " I have transcribed thus much, which has just been sent to 
 me by Colonel Don Manuel Manzanedo ; and being informed of 
 it, you will execute what he orders, and acknowledge receipt of 
 it to me. 
 
 " God preserve you many years. 
 
 " BERN. CHAVES. 
 
 " Pullo, Jan. 30, 1823; nine o'clock in the morning of this day. 
 " To the constitutional alcalde of Chaipi, 
 Don Bern. Rodriguez. 
 
 " P. S. For the more speedy execution of what is herein con- 
 tained, you must endeavour to procure the assistance of the mili- 
 tary power, and of the worthy inhabitants of your parish."
 
 APPENDIX K. 447 
 
 (Page 43.) 
 
 Letter from Colonel Manzanedo to Colonel Barrandalla. 
 
 " Under this date, I have transmitted to his excellency, the 
 Viceroy of the kingdom, the following report : 
 ' Most excellent Sir, 
 
 ' A confidential spy has informed me, under date of the 27th 
 ultimo, as follows : ' I beg to inform you, that the Englishman, 
 Miller, has landed at this port, and brings two vessels : to-morrow 
 he will disembark the battalion of negroes, amounting to 600, 
 with the intention, as I am informed, of proceeding to Coracora. 
 From lea they write, that the chief, Brandsen, had entered there, 
 after our troops had retreated. From Acari they state, that they 
 have already 250 hussars, and that they will reach this place in 
 two days. The Peruvian legion, which is the battalion that 
 belongs to this Englishman, is in garrisons from Ocona to Atico, 
 where there are about 600 in readiness to march also upon Cora- 
 cora/ I transcribe this to your excellency, for your more exact 
 information ; and although this intelligence appears to me very 
 exaggerated, I have increased the number of spies, to obtain exact 
 information as to the real force of the enemy, and have instructed 
 the subdelegado of the district to observe his flank from the capital 
 to Carabeli, and to withdraw, as speedily as possible, whatever 
 cattle and animals of every description that may be on the heights 
 in that part, as I am now doing towards the north, from Chaipi, 
 Pullo, and all the country thereabouts, where I have sixty men 
 under confidential officers. The day before yesterday my second 
 in command returned from the hills of Carabeli with the three 
 companies under his orders, after having ascertained that there 
 was in Carabeli only a party of one captain and twenty-five men, 
 mounted, who fled the moment they heard of the approach of our 
 troops ; but they returned, and re-occupied that place so soon as 
 they heard that our three companies had withdrawn. As the sub- 
 delegate of Lucanas has not said any thing to me of the central 
 division which occupied lea having retreated, I suppose this in-
 
 448 APPENDIX K. 
 
 telligence must be false, as they must have known it from Palpa 
 or Nasca, and independently of the intelligence which the com- 
 mandant of the former place would, no doubt, have sent, on 
 seeing himself obliged to make a retrograde movement. A spy 
 has this moment arrived, and he assures me, that the enemy had 
 penetrated inwards from Atiquipa to Quebrada de Chala, to the 
 number of 450; besides several parties which have spread in 
 different directions, and which ought to arrive to-day at the vil- 
 lage of Chaipi, in the vicinity of which are the sixty men of my 
 battalion, and respecting which the said spy spoke to the captain, 
 informing him of these occurrences. I expect every moment to 
 receive fresh intelligence, which I will communicate to your 
 excellency, if it is worth consideration, and forward this to you in 
 duplicate, through the military commandant of Andaguaylas, and 
 the subdelegate Luna. I also send this to him, and to the mili- 
 tary commandant of Chuquibamba. The same step was taken with 
 the subdelegate Lucanas, and the commandant-general of the 
 central division, Brigadier-general Loriga, and the chiefs of Huan- 
 cabeliva and Guamanga. I must advise your excellency, that, 
 up to this date, the cartridges and other articles sent by Anda- 
 guaylas to the subdivision of Lucanas, have not arrived, and I have 
 only received three boxes of Spanish cartridges, very much da- 
 maged, which have been sent me by the subdelegate Luna.' 
 
 " I copy the above for your information, in order that you may 
 regulate your steps accordingly, and shall continue to keep you 
 advised of whatever may occur.' 
 
 " God preserve you many years. 
 
 " MANUEL DE MANZANEDO. 
 " Coracora, Feb. 1, 1823. 
 
 " To Don Tomas Barrandalla, commandant-general of 
 the central division at lea. 
 
 " P. S. It is confirmed that Miller's division has been re- 
 inforced with 600 negroes of the regiment No. 4, and that the 
 main body remains posted in Atiquipa, and its vicinity, in- 
 dependent of scattered detachments."
 
 APPENDIX L. 449 
 
 (L.) 
 
 (Page 46.) 
 Letter from Colonel Miller tu Colonel Brandsen. 
 
 " Acari, 23d February, 1823. 
 " Sir, 
 
 " I have 300 head of oxen, and about 200 horses and mules at 
 the distance of half a dozen leagues from this. They will march for 
 lea the moment you think it worth your while to attack el Sr. 
 Barrandalla, who is trembling with 340 men in the vicinity of 
 Molinos. Unless, indeed, you advance to lea, all the cattle will 
 undoubtedly be lost, as well as other advantages of a much more 
 important nature. 
 
 " The enemy has entered Carabeli, but he is timid and afraid 
 to attack me. Manzanedo cannot persuade himself but that I 
 have at least two battalions. 
 
 " In Lucanas Aballe has not more than thirty men, but this 
 old gentleman is more active than the rest, and he finds out 
 more particulars relative to my operations and force than any of 
 the rest. Much might be done if you would advance in this 
 direction. If you lose time, disagreeable may be the consequences. 
 " There is nothing to be feared from Carratala ; even provided 
 he has left Arequipa for Chuquibamba, he will be detained by the 
 rivers, for I have had two important bridges and many balsas 
 destroyed. If I had only fifty cavalry, the whole battalion of 
 cazadores (600) would have been mine long ago. 
 
 " Captain Valdivia and twelve soldiers of my regiment, accom- 
 panied by some people of the country as volunteers, made an 
 incursion to Palpa, and on the 21st put to flight Colonel Olachea, 
 whom they fell in with near Nasca. The latter had fifty armed 
 militia and four soldiers of the line, with an officer. Sixteen of 
 the militia were made prisoners, two of the regulars were killed, 
 and the other two, with an ensign, were also taken. Olachea 
 escaped. His baggage, as well as that of the subdelegate, Rivero, 
 fell into our hands, amongst which is very interesting corre- 
 spondence. A Spaniard, by the name of Mufioz, and an American, 
 VOL. II. G G
 
 450 APPENDIX M. 
 
 / 
 
 called Garcia (the owner of Chocovento), inhabitants of Nasca, 
 have done us much mischief. They employ spies and give Bar- 
 randalla correct information. 
 
 " Once more I repeat, that whatever may be the intention of 
 government, whatever may be your military plans, it is of the 
 very first importance that you drive Barrandalla from lea, and 
 open a communication with me, and the provinces of Parina- 
 cochas and Lucanas, whose inhabitants are all ready to rise. If 
 this be done immediately, much may be expected; if not, I 
 foresee nothing but ruination, and we shall even deserve it for 
 our apathy. What a pity that the topography of the country 
 is not better known by those who direct the movements of the 
 army! 
 
 " Send this original to the minister of war, if you please. I 
 write in English in case the letter should be intercepted, of which 
 however there is little chance, for all the communications I have 
 sent by land to Lima have been received, and I have got answers 
 by the same way. 
 
 " I have the honour to be, &c. 
 
 " W. MILLER. 
 To. Colonel Brandsen, commanding at Canete." 
 
 (M.) 
 
 (Page 326.) 
 Act of Installation of the Second Congress of Venezuela. 
 
 IN the city of St. Thomas of Angostura, on the fifteenth day of 
 the month of February, in the year of Our Lord One Thousand 
 Eight Hundred and Nineteen, ninth of the Independence of Ve- 
 nezuela, at half-past ten in the morning, were assembled, in virtue 
 of a summons of the supreme chief of the republic, Simon Bolivar, 
 in the Government Palace, for the installation of the sovereign 
 national congress, convoked by the said supreme chief on the
 
 APPENDIX M. 
 
 451 
 
 twenty-second day of October last, the deputies, of whom the 
 names are as follows, viz : 
 
 Nominated by the free part of Venezuela. 
 
 For the province of Caracas: 
 
 Doctor Juan German Koscio. 
 Doctor Luis Tomas Peraza. 
 Licentiate Jose Espafia. 
 Mr. Onofre Basalo. 
 Mr. Francisco Antonio Zea. 
 
 For the province of Barcelona : 
 
 Colonel Francisco Parejo. 
 Colonel P. Eduardo Hurtado. 
 Licentiate Diego Bautista Ur- 
 
 baneja. 
 
 Licentiate Ramon Garcia Cadiz. 
 Mr. Diego Antonio Alcala. 
 
 For the province of Cumana : 
 
 General-in-chief, Santiago Ma- 
 rino. 
 
 Brigadier-Gen. Tomas Montilla. 
 Doctor Juan Martinez. 
 Celonel Diego Vallenilla. 
 
 For the province of Barinas ; 
 Dr. Ramon Ignacio Mendez. 
 Colonel Miguel Guerrero. 
 General-of-division, R. Urda- 
 
 neta. 
 Dr. Antonio Maria Brizeno. 
 
 For the province of Quay ana: 
 Mr. Eusebio Afanador. 
 Mr. Juan Vicente Cardozo. 
 Intendant of the army, F. Pe- 
 
 nalver. 
 Brigadier- General P.L.Torres. 
 
 For the province of Marga- 
 rita : 
 
 Licentiate Gaspar Marcano. 
 Doctor Manuel Palacio. 
 Licentiate Domingo Alzura. 
 Mr. Jose de Jesus Guevara. 
 
 And although there were wanting four deputies to complete 
 the thirty, of which the congress ought to consist, the installation, 
 in virtue of the rule of convocation, by which the presence of only 
 two-thirds of the representatives is required, was proceeded in 
 with the following formalities and ceremonies : 
 
 At eleven, the firing of three cannon announced the coming of 
 the supreme chief, accompanied by his staff, the governor of the 
 place, the commandant of the province, and all the chiefs and 
 officers in this city. The deputies went out to receive his excelr 
 lency without the gates of the palace, and, conducting him to the 
 hall set apart for their sittings, placed him in the chair under the 
 
 G G 2
 
 452 APPENDIX M. 
 
 national canopy. The concourse of citizens and foreigners of di- 
 stinction was immense. 
 
 The supreme chief opened the session with reading a long 
 speech, the chief object of which was to explain the fundamental 
 principles of the project of a constitution he presented to the 
 congress, and to show that it was the best adapted to our country. 
 He spoke very briefly of his own administration under the most 
 difficult circumstances, intimating that the secretaries of state 
 would give an account of their respective departments, and exhibit 
 the documents necessary for illustrating the real and actual state 
 of the republic, and only enlarged when recommending to the 
 congress the confirmation of the liberty granted to the slaves, 
 without any restriction whatever, the institution of the Order of 
 Liberators, and the law for the division of the national property 
 amongst the defenders of the country, as the only reward for their 
 heroic services. He likewise charged the congress in the most 
 particular manner to turn its serious attention to the funding of 
 the national debt, and providing means for its speedy extinction, 
 as was due in gratitude, justice, and honour. 
 
 On his speech being ended, he added, " The congress of Ve- 
 nezuela is installed. In it from this moment is centred the na- 
 tional sovereignty : my sword (grasping it) and those of my il- 
 lustrious fellows in arms are ever ready to maintain its august 
 authority. God save the Congress of Venezuela !" At this ex- 
 pression, several times repeated by the crowd, a salute of artillery 
 was fired. 
 
 The supreme chief then invited the congress to proceed to the 
 election of an interim president, that he might deliver up to him 
 his command. The deputy, Francisco Antonio Zea, having been 
 elected by acclamation, his excellency took the oath on the Holy 
 Evangelists, and in which he was followed by all the members, 
 one by one. When his excellency had taken the oath, he placed 
 the president in the chair which he had himself occupied under 
 the canopy, and, addressing the military, said, " Generals, chiefs, 
 and officers, my fellows in arms, we are nothing more than 
 simple citizens until the sovereign congress condescend to employ 
 us in the classes and ranks agreeable to them: reckoning on your 
 submission, I am about to give them, in your names and my own,
 
 APPENDIX M. 453 
 
 the most manifest proof of our obedience, by delivering up the 
 command intrusted to me." On saying which, he approached 
 the president of the congress, and presenting his staff of office, 
 continued : " I return to the republic the general's staff intrusted 
 to me. To serve in whatever rank or class the congress may place 
 me cannot but be honourable. In it I shall give an example of 
 that subordination and blind obedience which ought to characterize 
 every soldier of the republic." The president, addressing the 
 congress, said, " The confirmation of all the ranks and offices con- 
 ferred by his excellency General Simon Bolivar, during his 
 command, does not appear to admit of any discussion : I, however, 
 request the express approval of the congress for declaring it. Is 
 the congress of opinion, that the ranks and offices conferred by 
 his excellency General Simon Bolivar, as supreme chief of the 
 republic, be confirmed?" All the deputies, standing up, answered 
 Yes, and the president continued: " The sovereign congress of the 
 republic confirms, in the person of his excellency the Captain-gene- 
 ral Simon Bolivar, all the ranks and offices conferred by him during 
 his government ;" and, returning him the staff, placed him in the 
 seat on his right. After a silence of some moments, the president 
 spoke as follows : 
 
 " All nations and all empires were in their infancy feeble and 
 little, like man himself, to whom they owe their origin. Those 
 great cities which still inflame the imagination, Memphis, Pal- 
 myra, Thebes, Alexandria, Tyre, the capital even of Belus and 
 Semiramis, and thou also, proud Rome, mistress of the universe, 
 were nothing more at their commencement than diminutive and 
 miserable hamlets. It was not in the Capitol, nor in the palace 
 of Agrippa nor of Trajan, but it was in a lowly hut, under a 
 thatched roof, that .Romulus, rudely clad, traced the capital of 
 the world, and laid the foundations of his mighty empire. Nothing 
 shone conspicuous but his genius ; there was nothing great but 
 himself. It is not by the lustre nor by the magnificence of our 
 installation, but by the immense means bestowed on us by nature, 
 and by the immense plans which you will form for availing our- 
 selves of them, that the future grandeur and power of our re- 
 public should be measured. The artless splendour of the noble 
 act of patriotism of which General Bolivar has just given so
 
 APPENDIX M. 
 
 illustrious and so memorable an example, stamps on this solem- 
 nity a character of antiquity, and is a presage of the lofty de- 
 stinies of our country. Neither Rome nor Athens, nor even Sparta, 
 in the purest days of heroism and public virtue, ever presented 
 so sublime and so interesting a scene. The imagination rises in 
 contemplating it, ages and distances disappear, and we think 
 ourselves contemporary with the Aristides, the Phocions, the 
 Camillus, and the Epaminondas of other days. The same phil- 
 anthropy and the same liberal sentiments which united to the 
 republican chiefs of high antiquity those beneficent emperors, 
 Vespasian, Titus, Trajan, and Marcus Aurelius, who so worthily 
 trod the same path, will to-day place amongst them this modest 
 general, and with them he will shine in history, and receive the 
 benedictions of posterity. It is not now that the sublime trait 
 of patriotic virtue, which we have witnessed and admire, can be 
 duly appreciated ; when our institutions will have had the sanction 
 of time, when every thing weak, and every thing little in our 
 days, passions, interests, and vanities, will have disappeared, and 
 great deeds and great men alone remain, then the abdication of 
 General Bolivar will receive all the justice it so richly merits, 
 and his name will be mentioned with pride in Venezuela, and 
 with veneration throughout the universe. Forgetting every thing 
 he has achieved for the establishment of our liberties eight 
 years of afflictions and dangers the sacrifice of his fortune and 
 repose indescribable fatigues and hardships exertions of which 
 scarcely a similar example can be quoted from history that 
 constant proof against every reverse that invincible firmness, in 
 never despairing of the salvation of our country, even when he 
 saw her subjugated, and he destitute and alone ; forgetting, I say, 
 so many claims to immortality, to fix his attention only on what 
 we have seen and admired. If he had renounced the supreme 
 authority, when it presented nothing but troubles and dangers, 
 when it brought on his head insults and calumnies, and when it 
 appeared nothing more than an empty name, although it would 
 not have been praiseworthy, it would at least have been prudent : 
 but to do it at the very moment when the authority begins to 
 enjoy some attractions in the eyes of ambition, and when every 
 thing forebodes a speedy and fortunate issue to our desires, and
 
 APPENDIX M. 455 
 
 to do it of himself, and from the pure love of liberty, is a deed so 
 heroic and so splendid, that I doubt whether it ever had an equal, 
 and despair of its ever being imitated. But what ! shall we 
 allow General Bolivar to rise so much above his fellow-citizens 
 as to oppress them with his glory, and not at least endeavour to 
 compete with him in noble and patriotic sentiments, by not per- 
 mitting him to quit the precincts of this august assembly without 
 re-investing him with that same authority which he had re- 
 linquished in order to maintain liberty inviolable, but which was 
 in fact the way to risk it?" " No, no," replied General Bolivar 
 with energy, " never, never will I take upon me again an au- 
 thority which from my heart I have renounced for ever on prin- 
 ciple and sentiment." He continued explaining the dangers 
 which liberty would be exposed to, by continuing for a length of 
 time the same man in possession of the chief authority. He showed 
 the necessity of guarding against the views of every ambitious 
 person, and even against his own, as he could not be sure of 
 always acting and thinking in the same way ; and finished his 
 speech with protesting, in the strongest and most decisive tone, 
 that not in any case, nor on any consideration, would he ever accept 
 an authority which he had so sincerely and so cordially renounced, 
 in order to secure to his country the blessings of liberty. His 
 reply being ended, he begged permission to retire, to which the 
 president acceded, and appointed a deputation of ten members to 
 conduct him. 
 
 A discussion then took place in the congress about the nomi- 
 nation of an interim president of the republic ; but several dif- 
 ficulties arising in the election, it was agreed that General 
 Bolivar should exercise that power for twenty-four, or, at most, 
 for eight and forty hours ; and a deputation, with General Ma- 
 rino at their head, was sent to communicate the resolution. 
 General Bolivar replied, that it was only in consideration of the 
 urgency of the case that he accepted the charge, and on the 
 precise condition that it should only be for the time fixed. 
 
 This important business being disposed of, and the day far 
 advanced, the sovereign congress resolved to meet the following 
 morning, at half-past nine, and in a body, accompanied by the 
 executive power, the staff, the generals, chiefs and officers of the
 
 456 APPENDIX M. 
 
 army and place, to proceed to the holy cathedral church, and 
 return thanks to Almighty God for his mercies, in having granted 
 the happy re-assembling of the national representation, to fix the 
 lot of the republic, by giving it a free constitution, capable of 
 raising it to the height of glory destined by nature. 
 
 The president declared the sitting of the installation of the 
 sovereign congress of Venezuela ended, and that the act should be 
 signed by all the deputies and the supreme chief, who had this 
 day laid down his authority, and that it be countersigned by the 
 secretary appointed ad interim for that purpose. 
 
 Simon Bolivar. 
 Francisco Antonio Zea. 
 Juan German Roscio. 
 Luis Tomas Peraza. 
 Jose Espana. 
 Onofre Basalo. 
 Francisco Parejo. 
 Eduardo Hurtado. 
 Ramon Garcia Cadiz. 
 Diego Antonio Alcala. 
 Santiago Marino. 
 Tomas Montilla. 
 Juan Martinez. 
 
 Diego Vallenilla. 
 Ramon Ignacio Mendez. 
 Miguel Guerrero. 
 Rafael Urdaneta. 
 Antonio Maria Brizelio. 
 Eusebio Afanador. 
 Juan Vicente Cardozo. 
 Fernando Penalver. 
 Pedro Leon Torres. 
 Gaspar Marcano. 
 Manuel Palacio. 
 Domingo Alzura. 
 Jose de Jesus Guevara. 
 
 Deputy- Secretary cul interim, DIEGO BAUTISTA URBANKJA. 
 
 Palace of the national congress in Angostura, 17th February, 
 1819. To be passed to the supreme executive power, for its 
 publication and circulation. 
 
 FRANCISCO ANTONIO ZEA, President. 
 
 DIEGO BAUTISTA URBANEJA, Secretary. 
 
 Government Palace, 18th February, 1819. To be published, 
 printed, and communicated to the chiefs of the free provinces, 
 and the municipalities. 
 
 SIMON' BOLIVAR. 
 PEDRO B. MENDEZ, Secretary of State.
 
 APPENDIX M. 457 
 
 Speech of General Bolivar to the Congress of Venezuela. 
 GENTLEMEN, 
 
 I account myself one of the beings most favoured by divine 
 Providence, in having the honour of re-uniting the representatives 
 of Venezuela in this august congress ; the only source of legi- 
 timate authority, the deposit of the sovereign will, and the arbiter 
 of the nation's fate. 
 
 In delivering back to the representatives of the people the 
 supreme power intrusted to me, I satisfy the desires of my own 
 heart, and calm the wishes of my fellow-citizens and of future 
 generations, who hope every thing from your wisdom, rectitude, 
 and prudence. In fulfilling this delightful duty, I free myself 
 from the boundless authority which oppresses me, and also from 
 the unlimited responsibility which weighs on my feeble hands. 
 
 An imperative necessity, united to a strongly expressed desire 
 on the part of the people, could have alone induced me to assume 
 the dreadful and dangerous charge of dictator, supreme chief of the 
 republic. Now, however, I respire in returning the authority, 
 which, with so great risk, difficulty, and toil, I have maintained 
 amidst as horrible calamities as ever afflicted a social body. 
 
 In the epoch during which I presided over the republic, it was 
 not merely a political storm that raged, in a sanguinary war, in a 
 time of popular anarchy ; but the tempest of the desert, a whirl- 
 wind of every disorganized element, the bursting of an infernal 
 torrent, that overwhelmed the land of Venezuela. A man ! and 
 such a man as I am ! what bounds, what resistance, could he op- 
 pose to such furious devastation ? Amidst that sea of woes and 
 afflictions, I was nothing more than the miserable sport of the 
 revolutionary hurricane, driven to and fro like the wild bird of 
 the ocean. I could do neither good nor evil; an irresistible 
 power, above all human control, directed the march of our 
 fortunes ; and for me to pretend to have been the prime mover of 
 the events which have taken place would be unjust, and would 
 be attaching to myself an importance I do not merit. Do you 
 desire to know the sources from which those occurrences took 
 their rise, and the origin of our present situation ? Consult the
 
 458 APPENDIX M. 
 
 annals of Spain, of America, and of Venezuela ; examine the 
 laws of the Indies, the conduct of your ancient governors., the in- 
 fluence of religion, and of foreign dominion ; observe the first acts 
 of the republican government, the ferocity of our enemies, and 
 the national character. I again repeat, that I cannot consider 
 myself more than the mere instrument of the great causes which 
 have acted on our country. My life, my conduct, and all my 
 actions, public and private, are however before the people ; and, 
 representatives, it is your duty to judge them. I submit to your 
 impartial decision the manner in which I have executed my 
 command, and nothing will I add to excuse I have already said 
 enough as an apology. Should I merit your approbation, I shall 
 have acquired the sublime title of a good citizen, preferred by me 
 to that of Liberator, bestowed on me by Venezuela, to that of 
 Pacificator, given by Cundinamarca, and to all others the universe 
 could confer. 
 
 Legislators ! I deposit in your hands the supreme command of 
 Venezuela, and it is now your high duty to consecrate yourselves 
 to the felicity of the republic. In your hands rests the balance of 
 our destiny, and the means of our glory. You will confirm the 
 decrees which establish our liberty. 
 
 The supreme chief of the republic is, at this moment, nothing 
 more than a simple citizen ; and such he wishes to remain until 
 his latest hour. He will, however, serve with the armies of 
 Venezuela as long as an army treads her soil. 
 
 Our country contains within her bosom many deserving sons 
 capable of directing her. Talents, virtue, experience, and what- 
 ever is requisite for the good government of free men, are the 
 patrimony, both of many who represent the people in this august 
 assembly, and of others without its walls. Citizens are to be found, 
 who, at all times, have given proofs of their valour in encountering 
 dangers, of their prudence in eschewing them, and in short of the 
 art of governing themselves, and governing others. These illus- 
 trious personages do undoubtedly merit the suffrages of the 
 congress, and to receive in charge that government which I, with 
 so much cordiality and sincerity, have just renounced for ever. 
 
 The continuation of authority in the same individual has fre- 
 quently proved the termination of democratical governments.
 
 APPENDIX M. 459 
 
 Repented elections are essential in popular systems ; for nothing 
 is so dangerous as to suffer power to remain a long time vested in 
 one citizen ; the people accustomed to obey, and he to command, 
 give rise to usurpation and tyranny. A strict jealousy is the 
 guarantee of republican liberty ; and the citizens of Venezuela 
 ought to fear, with the greatest justice, that the same magistrate, 
 who has governed them for a length of time, may do so for ever. 
 
 I trust that, from this my act of adherence to the liberty of my 
 country, I may aspire to the glory of being reckoned one of her 
 most faithful lovers. 
 
 Permit me, sirs, with the frankness of a true republican, to lay 
 before you a respectful outline of the project of a constitution, 
 which I take the liberty of offering, in testimony of the sincerity 
 and candour of my sentiments. As the safety of all is concerned, 
 I venture to believe that I possess a right of being heard by the 
 representatives of the people. I am well aware that your wisdom 
 has no need of counsellors, and I am moreover aware that my 
 project may appear erroneous and impracticable ; but, sirs, accept 
 Avith kindness this work, which is, I do assure you, rather a tri- 
 bute of my sincere submission to the congress than the production 
 of presumptuous levity. Your installation moreover constituting 
 the creation of a political body, and, as may be said, even the 
 creation of a whole community, surrounded by all the inconve- 
 niencies which the most singular and difficult situation can present, 
 the cry of one citizen may, perhaps, point out the presence of 
 hidden danger. 
 
 Casting a glance on the past, we shall see what is the basis of 
 the republic of Venezuela. 
 
 The separation of America from the Spanish monarchy re- 
 sembles the state of the Roman empire, when that enormous mass 
 fell to pieces in the midst of the ancient world. Every dismember- 
 ment then formed an independent nation, conformable to its situ- 
 ation and interests; but with the difference, that those associations 
 returned to their original principle. We do not retain vestiges 
 of what we were in other times ; we are not Europeans, we are not 
 Indians ; but a middle race, betwixt the aborigines and the Spa- 
 niards. Americans by birth, and Europeans in rights, we are placed 
 in the extraordinary predicament of disputing with the natives
 
 460 APPENDIX M. 
 
 our privilege of possession, and of maintaining ourselves in the 
 country which gave us birth, against the efforts of the original 
 invaders ; and thus our situation is the more extraordinary and 
 complicated. 
 
 Our lot, moreover, has ever been purely passive ; our .political 
 existence has ever been nugatory ; and we, therefore, encounter 
 greater difficulties in establishing our liberties, having hitherto 
 been in & lower degree of degradation than even servitude, and 
 being not only robbed of our freedom, but not suffering an active 
 and domineering tyranny, which would have excited feelings of 
 indignation. 
 
 Permit me to explain this paradox. In the exercise of au- 
 thorized absolute power there are no limits ; the will of the despot 
 is the supreme law, arbitrarily executed by inferiors who parti- 
 cipate in the organized oppression in proportion to the authority 
 they hold; being intrusted with all functions, civil, political, 
 military, and religious. America received all from Spain, was 
 without the practice and exercise of an active tyranny, and was 
 not permitted to share in the administration of her domestic con- 
 cerns and interior arrangements. 
 
 This abject state of depression rendered it impossible for us to 
 be acquainted with the course of public affairs, and as little did 
 we enjoy the personal consequence and respect which the show 
 of authority commands in the eyes of the people, and which is of 
 such importance in great revolutions. I say again, that we were 
 abstracted and absent from the world in every thing having a 
 reference to the science of government. The people of America, 
 bound with the triple yoke of ignorance, tyranny, and vice, could 
 not acquire either knowledge, power, or virtue. 
 
 Pupils of such pernicious masters, the lessons we received, 
 and the examples we followed, were the most destructive. We 
 were governed more by deceit and treachery than by force, and 
 were degraded more by vice than by superstition. Slavery is the 
 daughter of darkness, and an ignorant person is generally the 
 blind instrument of his own ruin ; ambition and intrigue take 
 advantage of the credulity and inexperience of men totally unac- 
 quainted with every principle of political and civil economy ; the 
 uninformed adopt as realities what are mere illusions; they mistake
 
 APPENDIX M. 4(J1 
 
 licentiousness for liberty, treachery for patriotism, and revenge 
 for justice. 
 
 A corrupt people, should it gain its liberty, soon loses it again ; 
 for in vain are the lights of experience exercised in showing that 
 happiness consists in the practice of virtue, and that the govern- 
 ment of laws is more powerful than that of tyrants, because they 
 are more inflexible, and all ought to submit to their wholesome 
 severity; that good morals, and not force, constitute the pillars of 
 the law, and that the exercise of justice is the exercise of liberty. 
 
 Thus, legislators, your undertaking is so much the more labo- 
 rious, as you have to do with men corrupted by the illusions of 
 error, and by noxious incitements. Liberty, says Rousseau, is a 
 succulent food, but difficult of digestion. Our weak and feeble 
 fellow-citizens will have to increase in strength of mind in a very 
 great degree, before they get the length of being able to digest the 
 wholesome aliment of freedom. With members benumbed by 
 fetters, and eyesight weakened by the darkness of dungeons, are 
 they capable of marching with firm steps towards the august 
 temple of Liberty ? Are they capable of supporting its splendid 
 rays, or breathing freely the pure ether that reigns there? 
 
 Legislators! Consider well the object of your election; bear 
 ever in mind that you are about to form fundamental regulations 
 for an incipient people, which, if you proportionate the basis of 
 the structure to what may be expected, may rise to that pitch of 
 elevation pointed out by nature. If the tutelary genius of Vene- 
 zuela does not direct your choice, and inspire you with the pru- 
 dence and expertness necessary for selecting the nature and form 
 of government you are about to adopt for the happiness of the 
 people, if you do not fix aright, depend on it, slavery will be the 
 result. 
 
 The records of other days present us with an immense variety 
 of governments. Bring to your recollection the nations which 
 have figured most conspicuously in the history of the world, and 
 with affliction will you remark that almost the whole earth has 
 been, and is, the victim of its governments. You will find many 
 systems for governing men, but most for oppressing them ; and had 
 not the custom of seeing the human race led by the pastors of the 
 people diminished the horror of so revolting a spectacle, we should
 
 462 APPENDIX M. 
 
 be shocked in observing our docile species feeding on the surface 
 of the globe, like the cattle of the field, destined for the use of 
 their cruel masters. Nature certainly endows us at our birth 
 with an inclination to liberty; but, whether arising from sloth, or 
 some other source, it is a positive fact, that she remains still and 
 quiet under the trammels which may be imposed on her. In con- 
 templating her in this state of prostitution, it would appear that 
 we have reason to be persuaded, that the majority of mankind 
 considers as true that humiliating maxim, that it is more difficult 
 to maintain the equilibrium of liberty than to sustain the weight 
 of tyranny. Would to God that this maxim, so contrary to nature, 
 were false! Would to God that this maxim had not been sanc- 
 tioned by the indolence of mankind with respect to their most 
 sacred rights ! 
 
 Many ancient and modern nations have shaken off oppression, 
 but few of them have known how to enjoy a few precious moments 
 of freedom. Very soon have they returned to their former political 
 vices; for the people more frequently than the government bring 
 on tyranny. The habit of submission renders them insensible to 
 the charms of honour and national prosperity, and leads them to 
 regard with insensibility the glory of being free under the pro- 
 tection of laws dictated by their own will. The history of the 
 world proclaims this dreadful truth. 
 
 Democracy, in my opinion, is alone susceptible of complete 
 liberty; but what democratical government ever united at the 
 same time power, prosperity, and permanency? and, on the con- 
 trary, have we not seen aristocracy and monarchy establish great 
 and powerful empires for ages and ages ? What government is 
 more ancient than that of China ? What republic has exceeded 
 in duration those of Sparta and Venice ? Did not the Roman 
 empire conquer the world ? Did not monarchy exist in France 
 for fourteen centuries ? What state is more powerful than Great 
 Britain ? The governments, however, of those nations were either 
 aristocratical or monarchical. 
 
 Notwithstanding such painful "reflections, my mind is filled 
 with joy at the great progress made by our republic in its glorious 
 career; loving what is useful, animated by what is just, and 
 aspiring to what is perfect. Venezuela, on separating from Spain, 

 
 APPENDIX M. 463 
 
 recovered her independence and liberty, her equality and her 
 national sovereignty. Constituting herself into a democratical 
 republic, she proscribed monarchy, distinctions, nobility, charters, 
 and privileges: she declared the rights of man, the liberty of 
 acting, thinking, speaking, and writing. Those facts, so emi- 
 nently liberal, cannot be sufficiently admired for the purity which 
 gave them birth. The first congress of Venezuela fixed in 
 indelible characters in the annals of our legislation, the majesty of 
 the people as properly expressed in the social act as the fittest to 
 form the happiness of the nation. Every feeling of my mind is 
 required to appreciate duly the supereminent good contained in 
 that immortal code of our rights and laws. But, at the same time, 
 how shall I express myself? Shall I dare to profane with my 
 censure the sacred tables of our laws ? There are sentiments 
 which cannot remain quiet in the breast of the man that loves his 
 country, and which, however attempted to be concealed, agitate 
 by their violence, and which an imperious force obliges him to 
 disclose. It grieves me to think that the government of Vene- 
 zuela requires reform ; and, although many illustrious citizens 
 think as I do, all do not possess sufficient boldness to state pub- 
 licly their opinion in favour of the adoption of new principles; 
 and this consideration has led me to be the first in introducing a 
 subject of the greatest importance, although, in doing so, there 
 is an excessive audacity, in pretending to give advice to the coun- 
 sellors of the nation. 
 
 The more I admire the excellency of the federal constitution of 
 Venezuela, the more am I convinced of the impossibility of apply- 
 ing it to our situation, and, according to my way of thinking, it is 
 a miracle that its model in North America has existed with so 
 much prosperity, and not been thrown into confusion on the first 
 appearance of danger or embarrassment. Notwithstanding which, 
 that people is a singular example of political virtue and moral 
 rectitude ; liberty has been its cradle, it has grown up in liberty, 
 and is maintained by pure liberty. I will add, that that people is 
 unique in the history of the human race, and repeat that it is a 
 prodigy that a system, so weak and complicated as the federal 
 should have existed under so difficult and delicate circumstances 
 as those which have occurred. However, whatever the case may
 
 46* APPEN 7 DIX M. 
 
 be as to the government, I must say of the American people, that 
 the idea never entered my mind of assimilating the situation and 
 nature of two nations so distinct as the Anglo and Spanish Ame- 
 rican. Would it not be extremely difficult to apply to Spain the 
 political, civil, and religious code of Great Britain ? It would be 
 even more difficult to adopt in Venezuela the laws of North 
 America. Does not the Spirit of Laws say, that laws ought to be 
 suited to the people making them, and that it is a very great 
 chance that those of one nation will suit another? That the 
 laws ought to bear relation to the physical state of the country, 
 to its climate, to the quality of its soil, to its situation, to its ex- 
 tent, and to the manner of life of its inhabitants; having reference 
 to the degree of liberty the constitution can support, to the reli- 
 gion of the people, to their inclinations, riches, number, commerce, 
 customs, and morals. 
 
 I now present the code which, according to my way of thinking, 
 we ought to adopt. 
 
 The constitution of Venezuela, although founded on the most 
 perfect principles, differed widely from that of America in an 
 essential point, and without doubt the most important. The 
 congress of Venezuela, like that of America, participates in some 
 of the attributes of the executive power. But we go further, and 
 subdivide it by committing it to a collective body, and are conse- 
 quently subject to the inconvenience of making the existence of 
 the government periodical, of suspending and of dissolving it 
 whenever the members separate. Our triumvirate is void, as 
 one may say, of unity, duration, and personal responsibility; it 
 is at times destitute of action, it is without perpetual life, real 
 uniformity, and immediate responsibility; and a government 
 which does not possess continuance may be denominated a nullity. 
 Although the powers of the president of the United States are 
 limited by excessive restrictions, he exercises by himself alone all 
 the functions of authority granted him by the constitution ; and 
 there can be no doubt that his administration must be more uni- 
 form, constant, and truly proper, than that of a power divided 
 amongst various individuals, the composition of which cannot but 
 be monstrous. 
 
 The judicial power in Venezuela is similar to that in America;
 
 APPENDIX M. 465 
 
 indefinite in duration, temporary and not perpetual, and it enjoys 
 all the independence necessary. 
 
 The first congress, in its federal constitution, consulted rather 
 the spirits of the different provinces than the solid idea of esta- 
 blishing an indivisible and concentrated republic. There sat our 
 legislators, under the influence of provincials, carried away with 
 the dazzling appearance of the happiness of North America, 
 thinking that the blessings she enjoyed were owing exclusively to 
 the form of government, and not to the character of the people. 
 And, in fact, the example of the United States, with its pro- 
 gressive prosperity, was too nattering not to have been followed. 
 Who could resist the glorious attraction of the full and absolute 
 enjoyment of sovereignty, independence, and liberty? Who 
 could resist the admiration and esteem inspired by an intelligent 
 government, which unites at the same moment public and private 
 rights, which forms by general consent the supreme law of indi- 
 viduals ? Who can resist the dominion of a beneficent govern- 
 ment, which, with an able, active, and powerful hand, directs, at 
 all times and in all cases, all its efforts towards that social per- 
 fection which ought to be the end of all human institutions ? 
 However beautiful this magnificent federative system might ap- 
 pear, and in fact be, Venezuela could not enjoy it immediately 
 on shaking off her chains ; we were not prepared for so great a 
 good : good as well as evil causes death when sudden and exces- 
 sive; our moral constitution did not yet possess the benefits of a 
 government completely representative, and which is so sublime 
 when it can be adopted by a republic of saints. 
 
 Representatives of the People ! You are convened to confirm 
 or repeal whatever may appear to you proper to be preserved, 
 reformed, or expunged, in our social compact. It is your duty to 
 correct the work of our first legislators, and I would say, that to 
 you it belongs to cover a portion of the beauties contained in our 
 political code ; for all hearts are not formed for admiring every 
 beauty, nor all eyes capable of supporting the celestial blaze of 
 perfection. The book of the apostles, the doctrine of Jesus, the 
 divine writings, sent by a gracious Providence to better mankind, 
 so sublime and so holy, would kindle an ocean of flame at Con- 
 VOL. II. H II
 
 466 APPENDIX M. 
 
 stantinople, and the whole of Asia would fiercely burn, were the 
 book of peace to be imposed at once as the code of religion, laws, 
 and customs. 
 
 Permit me to call the attention of the congress to a matter 
 which may be of vital importance. Bear in mind that our popu- 
 lation is neither European nor American, but is rather a compound 
 of African and American than of European origin; because even 
 Spain herself is not strictly European, from her African blood, 
 institutions, and character. It is impossible to point out with 
 propriety to what human family we belong. The greater part of 
 the aborigines have been annihilated, the European has mixed 
 with the American and with the African, and the latter has 
 mixed also with the Indian and the European. All children of 
 the same mother, our fathers various in origin .and in blood, are 
 strangers, and differ all in figure and form from each other. 
 
 All the citizens of Venezuela enjoy by the constitution a 
 political equality ; and if that equality had not been a dogma in 
 Athens, in France, and in America, we ought to confirm the prin- 
 ciple, in order to correct the difference which may apparently 
 exist. Legislators! my opinion is, that the fundamental principle 
 of our system depends immediately and solely on equality being 
 established and practised in Venezuela. That men are all born 
 with equal rights to the benefits of society, has been sanctioned 
 by almost all the sages of every age; as has also, that all men are 
 not born with equal capacities for the attainment of every rank; 
 as all ought to practise virtue, and all do not so; all ought to be 
 brave, and all are not so ; all ought to possess talents, and all do 
 not. From this arises the real distinction observed amongst 
 individuals of the most liberally established society. 
 
 If the principle of political equality be generally acknowledged, 
 not less so is that of physical and moral inequality. It would be 
 an illusion, an absurdity, to suppose the contrary. Nature makes 
 men unequal in genius, temperament, strength, and character. 
 Laws correct that difference, by placing the individual in society, 
 where education, industry, arts, sciences, and virtues, give a fic- 
 titious equality properly called political and social. The union of 
 all classes in one state is eminently beneficial, and in which di-
 
 APPENDIX M. 4G7 
 
 vcrsity is multiplied in proportion to the propagation of the 
 species. By it alone has discord been torn up by the roots, and 
 many jealousies, follies, and prejudices avoided. 
 
 Our diversity of origin requires a most powerful pulse, and a 
 delicate manner for managing so heterogeneous a body ;-as its com- 
 plicated composition may be dislocated, divided, and dissolved by 
 the slightest change. 
 
 The most perfect system of government is that which produces 
 the greatest degree of happiness, of social security, and political 
 stability. 
 
 By the laws dictated by the first congress, we have reason to 
 hope that felicity will be the portion of Venezuela ; and from 
 you we may flatter ourselves that security and stability will render 
 that felicity perpetual. 
 
 To you it belongs to resolve the problem, in what manner, after 
 having broken the fetters of our former oppressors, we may ac- 
 complish the wonderful feat of preventing the remains of our 
 grievous chains being turned into the arms of licentiousness. 
 The relics of Spanish dominion will continue a long time before 
 we can completely destroy them ; our atmosphere is impregnated 
 with the contagion of despotism, and neither the flame of war, 
 nor the specific of our salutary laws, has purified the air we 
 breathe. Our hands are indeed free, but our hearts are still suf- 
 fering from the effects of servitude. Man, in losing his liberty, 
 says Homer, loses half his spirit. 
 
 A republican government has been, is, and ought to be, that of 
 Venezuela ; its basis ought to be the sovereignty of the people, 
 the division of power, civil liberty, the prohibition of slavery, 
 and the abolition of monarchy and privileges. We want equality, 
 for recasting, as one may say, men, political opinions, and public 
 customs. Throwing our sight over the vast field we have to 
 examine, let us fix our attention on the dangers we ought to 
 avoid, and let history guide us in our career. 
 
 Athens presents us with the most brilliant example of an ab- 
 solute democracy, and at the same time is a melancholy proof of 
 the extreme weakness of that kind of government. The wisest 
 legislator of Greece did not see his republic last ten years, and 
 underwent the humiliation of acknowledging the insufficiency of 
 
 H H 2
 
 468 APPENDIX M. 
 
 an absolute democracy for governing any kind of society, not even 
 the most cultivated, moral, and limited, because it shines only 
 with flashes of liberty. Let us acknowledge then that Solon has 
 undeceived the world, and shown how difficult it is to govern 
 men by simple laws. 
 
 The republic of Sparta, which appeared a chimerical invention, 
 produced more real effects than the ingenious work of Solon: 
 glory, virtue, morality, and consequently national happiness, were 
 the result of the legislature of Lycurgus. Although two kings in 
 one state were like two monsters to devour it, Sparta suffered 
 but little from that double royalty, and Athens enjoyed the most 
 splendid lot under an absolute sovereignty, free elections of ma- 
 gistrates frequently renewed, mild, wise, and politic laws. Pisi- 
 stratus, an usurper and a despot, did more good to Athens than 
 her laws ; and Pericles, although an usurper likewise, was the 
 most useful citizen. 
 
 The republic of Thebes existed only during the lives of Pelo- 
 pidas and Epaminondas; for it is men, and not principles, that 
 form governments. However wise codes, systems, and statutes 
 may be, they have but little influence on society; it is virtuous, 
 patriotic, and enlightened men that constitute republics. 
 
 The Roman constitution was that which produced the greatest 
 power and fortune to any people on earth : in it there was no exact 
 distribution of power. The consuls, the senate, and the people, 
 were legislators, magistrates, and judges; they all participated in 
 all those offices. The executive, consisting of two consuls, had 
 the same inconvenience as that of Sparta, and yet, notwithstanding 
 its deformity, the republic did not suffer that mischievous dis- 
 cordance, which might be supposed inseparable from a magistracy 
 consisting of two individuals, endowed equally with the powers of 
 a monarch. A government whose sole inclination was war and 
 conquest did not appear likely to establish the happiness of the 
 people. A government monstrous in itself, and purely warlike, 
 raised Rome to the highest pitch of virtue and glory, and formed 
 of the world a Roman empire ; proving to mankind the force of 
 political virtues, and the trivial influence of institutions. 
 
 Passing from ancient to modern times, we find England and 
 France deserving general attention, and giving impressive lessons
 
 APPENDIX M. 469 
 
 in every species of government. The revolutions in those two 
 great states, like brilliant meteors., have filled the world with so 
 great a profusion of political light, that every thinking being has 
 learned what are the rights and duties of man ; in what the ex- 
 cellency of governments consists, and in what their vices; all know 
 how to appreciate the intrinsic value of the theoretical speculations 
 of modern philosophers and legislators. In short, this star in its 
 brilliant course inflamed even the apathetic Spaniards, who also, 
 entering the political whirlwind, gave ephemeral proofs of liberty, 
 and have shown their incapacity of living under the mild dominion 
 of the law, by returning, after a short blaze, to their original 
 bondage. 
 
 Legislators ! this is the proper time for repeating what the 
 eloquent Voluey says, in his dedication to the Ruins of Palmyra : 
 " To the growing people of the Spanish Indies to the generous 
 chiefs who conduct them to liberty may the errors and misfor- 
 tunes of the old world teach wisdom and happiness to the new !" 
 May they never lose themselves ; but profit by the lessons of ex- 
 perience given in the schools of Greece, of Rome, of France, of 
 England, and of America, and be instructed by them in the dif- 
 ficult science of establishing and preserving nations with proper, 
 just, legitimate, and, above all, useful laws; never forgetting that 
 the excellency of a government does not consist in its theory, 
 form, or mechanism, but in being fitted to the nature and cha- 
 racter of the people for which it was instituted. 
 
 Rome and Great Britain are the nations which have most ex- 
 celled amongst the ancients and moderns. Both were born to 
 command and be free, and yet neither had constitutions modelled 
 in liberty's most brilliant form, but solid establishments ; and on 
 that account, therefore, I recommend to you, representatives, the 
 study of the British constitution, which appears to be the one 
 destined to produce the greatest possible effect on the people 
 adopting it ; but, perfect as it may be, I am very far, at the same 
 time, from proposing a servile imitation of it. When I speak of 
 the British constitution, I refer solely to the democratical part of 
 it; and, in truth, it may be denominated a monarchy in system,, in 
 which is acknowledged the sovereignty of the people, the division
 
 470 APPKNDIX M. 
 
 and equilibrium of power, civil freedonx, liberty of conscience and 
 of the press, and every thing that is sublime in politics. A greater 
 degree of liberty cannot be enjoyed in any kind of republic, and it 
 may indeed claim a high rank in social order. I recommend that 
 constitution as the best model to those who aspire to the enjoy- 
 ments of the rights of man, and of all that political felicity com- 
 patible with our frail natures. 
 
 In nothing whatever would we change our fundamental laws, 
 were we to adopt a legislative power similar to that of the British 
 parliament. We have divided, as the Americans have done, the 
 national representation into two houses, that of the representatives 
 and the senate. The first is wisely composed ; it enjoys all the 
 privileges fitted for it, and is not susceptible of essential change; 
 as the constitution has endowed it with the origin, form, and 
 powers, required by the will of the people for being lawfully and 
 competently represented. 
 
 If the senate, in place of being elective, were hereditary, it 
 would, in my conception, be the basis, the bond, and the soul of 
 the republic, and in political storms it would possess the functions 
 of government, and would resist popular commotions. Attached 
 to the government by the powerful excitement of its own pre- 
 servation, it would ever oppose the attempts the people might 
 make against the jurisdiction and authority of their magistrates. 
 It must be confessed, that most men are ignorant of their true 
 interests, and are continually attacking them in the hands of those 
 to whom they are committed. The individual contends against the 
 general mass, and the general mass against authority ; and it is, 
 therefore, necessary that a neutral body should exist in all go- 
 vernments, to protect the injured and disarm the offender. This 
 neutral body, in order that it may be such, ought neither to derive 
 its origin from the choice of the gorernment, nor from that of the 
 people, but in such wise that it may enjoy complete independence, 
 neither fearing nor hoping any thing from either of those sources 
 of authority. An hereditary senate, as a part of the people, would 
 participate in its interests, in its opinions, and in its spirit, and 
 for that reason it is not to be presumed that an hereditary senate 
 will separate from the interests of the people, and forget its
 
 APPENDIX M. 471 
 
 legislative duties. The senators in Rome, and the peers in 
 Britain, have proved themselves the firmest pillars in the glorious 
 structure of civil and political liberty. 
 
 These senators will, for the first time, be elected by the con- 
 gress, and their successors in the senate will occupy the principal 
 attention of the government, which will cause them to be educated 
 in a college especially set apart for the instruction of those future 
 guardians and legislators of the country. They will be taught the 
 arts, the sciences, and every thing than can adorn the mind of a 
 public man ; from their earliest infancy they will be acquainted 
 with the career destined them by Providence, and from their 
 most tender years their souls will be elevated to the dignity 
 awaiting them. 
 
 In no manner whatever would the creation of an hereditary 
 senate be a violation of political equality : it is not a nobility I 
 wish to establish; because that, as has been said by a celebrated 
 republican, would be to destroy at once equality and liberty. It 
 is an office for which candidates ought to be prepared, and is also 
 an office requiring extensive knowledge, and proportionate means 
 for attaining it. 
 
 In elections, every thing ought not to be left to chance and 
 hazard; for the public is easier deceived than nature perfected by 
 art; and although it be a fact that these senators will not proceed 
 from the womb of virtue, it is equally true that they will come 
 forth endowed with a most finished education. The liberators of 
 Venezuela are moreover entitled to hold for ever a high rank in 
 the republic which is indebted to them for existence, and I do 
 believe that posterity would observe with regret the extinction of 
 the illustrious names of its first benefactors. I will say further, 
 that it is for the public interest, that it is for the national honour, 
 and that it is due from the gratitude of Venezuela, to preserve in 
 honour to the latest posterity, a race of virtuous, prudent, and 
 valiant men, who, overcoming every obstacle, have established 
 the republic at the expense of the most heroic sacrifices ; and if 
 the people of Venezuela do not applaud and rejoice at the eleva- 
 tion of its benefactors, they are unworthy to be free, and never 
 will be so. 
 
 An hereditary senate, I say again, will be the fundamental
 
 472 APPENDIX M. 
 
 basis of the legislative power, and consequently the basis of the 
 whole government. It will act equally as a counterpoise to the 
 government and the people, and will be an intermediate authority 
 to deaden the- arrows which those perpetual rivals are constantly 
 shooting at each other. 
 
 In all contests, the interposition of a third person becomes the 
 means of reconciliation; and thus will the senate of Venezuela be 
 the cement of the delicate edifice so liable to violent concussions. 
 It will be the means of calming the fury and maintaining the 
 harmony betwixt the members and the head of this political 
 body. Nothing can corrupt a legislative body invested with the 
 highest honours; dependent on itself alone, without fearing any 
 thing from the paople, or expecting any thing from the government, 
 whose only object is to repress every tendency to evil, and encourage 
 every attempt at good, and which is deeply interested in the ex- 
 istence of a society with which it shares adversity and prosperity, 
 
 It has been most justly remarked, that the British house of 
 peers is invaluable to the nation, as forming a bulwark to the 
 liberties of the people ; and I dare add, that the senate of Vene- 
 zuela will not only be a bulwark to liberty, but a help to render 
 the republic perpetual. 
 
 The executive power in Great Britain is invested with all the 
 sovereign authority fitted to it ; but it is also circumscribed by a 
 triple line of ditches, barriers, and palisades. The sovereign is 
 indeed the head of the government, but his ministers and officers 
 depend more on the laws than on his authority, because they are 
 personally responsible, and from that responsibility not even royal 
 authority can exempt them. He is commander-in-chief of the 
 army and navy, he makes peace and declares war; but it is the 
 parliament alone which votes annually the supplies. For neu- 
 tralizing his power, the person of the king is inviolable and sacred ; 
 whilst his head is left free, his hands are bound. The sovereign 
 of Britain has three formidable rivals : the cabinet, which is re- 
 sponsible to the people and to parliament ; the house of peers, 
 which protects the interests of the people, as representing the 
 nobility of which it is composed ; and the house of commons, the 
 organ of the British public : as the judges are moreover respon- 
 sible for the due fulfilment of the laws, they adhere strictly to
 
 APPENDIX M. 473 
 
 them; and the administrators of the public money, being account- 
 able not only for their own violation of duty, but even for what 
 the government may do, guard against misapplication. 
 
 The more the nature of the executive -power in Britain is 
 examined, the more will you be inclined to think it the most 
 perfect model for either a monarchy, an aristocracy, or a demo- 
 cracy. In Venezuela, let the executive power be exercised by a 
 president, appointed by the people or their representatives, and 
 we shall then have taken a long stride towards national felicity. 
 
 Whoever the citizen may be that may fill that situation, he will 
 be supported by the constitution ; authorized to do good, he cannot 
 do evil, for, submitting to the laws, his ministers will co-operate 
 with him ; and should he, on the contrary, attempt to infringe 
 them, his own ministers will leave him insulated in the midst of 
 the republic, and will even impeach him to the senate. The 
 ministers being responsible for such offences as may be committed, 
 are the persons that govern ; and it is not the least advantage of 
 the system, that those more immediately exercising the functions 
 of the executive power take an interesting and active part in the 
 deliberations of the government, and consider their duties as 
 personal. 
 
 It may happen that the president may not be a man of great 
 talents or virtues, and notwithstanding the want of those essential 
 qualities, he may still perform the duties of his situation in a satis- 
 factory manner; because, in such case, the ministry, doing every 
 thing itself, bears the burden of the state. However exorbitant 
 the authority of executive power in Great Britain may appear, it 
 would not perhaps be too great in the republic of Venezuela. 
 Here the congress has bound both the hands and heads of the 
 magistrates, and has assumed a portion of the executive functions, 
 contrary to the maxim of Montesquieu, who says, that a repre- 
 sentative body ought not to take upon itself any active principle; 
 it ought to make laws, and see those executed which it does make. 
 Nothing is so dangerous to a people as a Aveak executive ; and if 
 it has been deemed necessary to endow it with so many attributes 
 in a monarchy, how infinitely more indispensable would it be in a 
 republic ! Let us fix our attention on this difference, and we shall 
 find that the equilibrium of power ought to be distributed in two
 
 474 APPENDIX M. 
 
 ways. In a republic, the executive ought to be the strongest, 
 because every thing conspires against it ; and, on the other hand, 
 in a monarchy, the legislative ought to be the most powerful, as 
 every thing unites in favour of the sovereign. The veneration 
 which people bear for a regal magistracy is a proof of its influence 
 in augmenting the superstitious respect paid to that species of 
 authority. The splendour of the throne, crown, and purple, the 
 formidable support given by the nobility, the immense riches 
 acquired by generations of the same dynasty, and the fraternal 
 protection afforded by kings to each other, are considerable ad- 
 vantages militating in favour of royal authority, and render it 
 almost unlimited. Those very advantages are a reason why a 
 republican magistrate should be endowed with greater power than 
 that possessed by a constitutional prince. 
 
 A republican magistrate is an insulated individual in the midst 
 of society, intrusted with the duty of curbing the impetus of the 
 people towards licentiousness, and the propensity of judges and 
 administrators to an abuse of the laws. Such a one, with regard 
 to the legislative body, the senate, and the people, is a single 
 individual resisting the combined attack of the opinions, the 
 interests, and the passions of society, which, according to what 
 Carnot says, is constantly striving betwixt the desire of governing 
 and that of not being subject to any authority. He is, in short, 
 one athlete opposed to a multitude of others. The only corrective 
 to such weakness is a vigorous and suitable resistance to the op- 
 position made to the executive power by the legislative body and 
 people of a republic. If the executive do not possess the means of 
 exercising all the authority properly placed at its disposal, it be- 
 comes null, and the government expires, leaving anarchy, usurpa- 
 tion, and tyranny, as its heirs and successors. 
 
 Let the whole system of government, therefore, be strengthened, 
 and the equilibrium established in such a manner, that it cannot 
 be overturned, nor its refinement become a cause of decay. As 
 no form of government is so weak as a democracy, its con- 
 stitution ought to be as solid as possible, and its institutions 
 conducive to stability. If such be not the case, we may reckon on 
 having only a government on trial, and not a permanent system ; 
 and on having a wavering, tumultuous, and anarchical com-
 
 APPENDIX M. 475 
 
 munity, and not a social establishment, in which happiness, peace., 
 and justice reign. 
 
 Legislators ! let us not be presumptuous, but moderate in our 
 pretensions. . It is by no means likely that we can do what has 
 never yet been accomplished by any of the human race, what the 
 greatest and wisest nations have never effected. Undefined 
 liberty and absolute democracy are the rocks on which republican 
 hopes and expectations have been wrecked. 
 
 Take a view of the republics of antiquity, of those of modern 
 times, and of those rising into existence, and you will find, that 
 almost all have been frustrated in their attempts. The men, who 
 aim at legitimate institutions and social perfection, are undoubt- 
 edly deserving of every praise ; but who can say that mankind 
 possess complete wisdom, or that they practise all the virtues 
 which the union of power and justice imperatively demand? 
 Angels, and not men, can alone exist free, peaceable, and happy, 
 in the exercise of sovereign power. 
 
 Whilst the people of Venezuela exercise the rights they law- 
 fully enjoy, let us moderate the excessive pretensions which an 
 incompetent form of government might suggest, and let us give 
 up that federal system which does not suit us, let us get clear 
 of the triumvirate executive power, and concentre it in one pre- 
 sident, and let us commit to him sufficient authority to enable 
 him to resist the inconveniences arising from our recent situation, 
 from the state of warfare we have been suffering under, and 
 from the kind of foreign and domestic enemies we have had to 
 deal with, and with whom we shall still have to contend for a 
 length of time. Let the legislative power resign the attributes 
 belonging to the executive, and acquire nevertheless fresh con- 
 sistency, and fresh influence in the equilibrium of authority. Let 
 the courts of justice be -reformed by the permanency and inde- 
 pendence of the judges, by the establishment of juries, and of 
 civil and criminal codes, not dictated by antiquated nor by con- 
 quering kings, but by the voice of nature, by the cry of justice, 
 and by the genius of wisdom. 
 
 It is my anxious wish that every part of the government and 
 administration should acquire that degree of vigour, which can 
 alone sustain a due equilibrium, not simply amongst the members
 
 476 APPENDIX M. 
 
 of government, but even amongst the various ranks of which 
 society is composed. It would not signify, were the springs of a 
 political system to be relaxed, if that relaxation did not occasion 
 the dissolution of the social body, and the ruin of those associated. 
 The cries of the human race, in the fields of battle and in tumult- 
 uous assemblies, appeal to Heaven against those inconsiderate and 
 blind legislators who have thought they could with impunity 
 make trials of chimerical institutions. All the nations on earth 
 have sought after liberty, some by arms and others by laws, 
 passing alternately from anarchy to despotism, or from despotism 
 to anarchy ; but very few have been satisfied with moderate attain- 
 ments, or adopted constitutions conformable to their means, nature, 
 and circumstances. 
 
 Let us not attempt what is impossible, lest, by endeavouring 
 to rise too high in the regions of liberty, we fall into the abyss of 
 tyranny. From absolute liberty there is always a descent to ab- 
 solute power, and the medium betwixt the two extremes is supreme 
 social liberty. Abstract ideas give rise to the pernicious idea of 
 unlimited liberty. Let us so act that the power of the people be 
 restrained within the limits pointed out by reason and interest ; 
 that the national will be curbed by a just authority; and that 
 the civil and criminal legislation, analogous to our constitution, 
 govern imperatively the judicial power ; in which case an equili- 
 brium will exist, and those differences and discords avoided which 
 would embarrass the concerns of state, as well as that species of 
 complication which shackles instead of uniting society. 
 
 To form a stable government, a national feeling is required, 
 possessing an uniform inclination towards two principal points, 
 regulating public will, and limiting public authority, the bounds 
 of which are difficult to be assigned ; but it may be supposed that 
 the best rule for our direction is reciprocal restriction and con- 
 centration, so that there may be the least friction possible betwixt 
 legitimate will and legitimate power. 
 
 Love of country, laws, and magistrates, ought to be the ruling 
 passion in the breast of every republican. Venezuelans love 
 their country, but not its laws, because they are bad, and the source 
 of evil ; and as little could they respect their magistrates, as the 
 old ones were wicked, and the new ones are hardly known in the
 
 APPENDIX M. 477 
 
 career they have commenced. If a sacred respect does not exist 
 for country, laws, and constituted authorities, society is a state of 
 confusion, an abyss, and a conflict of man with man, and of body 
 with body. 
 
 To save our incipient republic from such a chaos, all our moral 
 powers will be insufficient, unless we melt the whole people down 
 into one mass ; the composition of the government is a whole, the 
 legislation is a whole, and national feeling is a whole. Unity, 
 Unity, Unity, ought to be our device. The blood of our citizens 
 is various, let us mix it to make it one ; our constitution has di- 
 vided authority, let us agree to unite it ; our laws are the sad re- 
 mains of all ancient and modern despotisms, let the monstrous 
 structure be demolished, let it fall, and, withdrawing from its 
 ruins, let us erect a temple to justice, and, under the auspices of 
 its sacred influence, let us dictate a code of Venezuelan laws. 
 Should we wish to consult records and models of legislation, 
 Great Britain, France, and North America, present us with 
 admirable ones. 
 
 Popular education ought to be the first care of the congress's 
 paternal regard. Morals and knowledge are the cardinal points 
 of a republic, and morals and knowledge are what we most want. 
 
 Let us take from Athens her Areopagus, and the guardians of 
 customs and laws ; let us take from Rome her censors and do- 
 mestic tribunals, and, forming a holy alliance of those moral insti- 
 tutions, let us renew on earth the idea of a people not contented 
 with being free and powerful, but which desires also to be virtuous. 
 
 Let us take from Sparta her austere establishments, and form 
 from those three springs a reservoir of virtue. 
 
 Let us give our republic a fourth power, with authority to pre- 
 side over the infancy and hearts of men, public spirit, good 
 habits, and republican morality. Let us constitute this Areopagus 
 to watch over the education of youth and national instruction, to 
 purify whatever may be corrupt in the republic to impeach in- 
 gratitude, egotism, lukewarmness in the country's cause, sloth, 
 and idleness, and to pass judgment on the first germs of corrup- ' 
 tion and pernicious example. 
 
 We should correct manners with moral pain, the same as the 
 law punishes crime with corporal, not only what may offend, but
 
 478 APPENDIX M. 
 
 what may ridicule ; not only what may assault, but what may 
 weaken; and not only what may violate the constitution,, but 
 whatever may infringe on public decency. 
 
 The jurisdiction of this really sacred tribunal ought to be ef- 
 fective in every thing regarding education and instruction, and 
 only deliberative as to pains and punishments; and thus its annals 
 and records, in which will be inscribed its acts and deliberations, 
 and the moral principles and actions of citizens, will be the regi- 
 sters of virtue and vice : registers which the people will consult 
 in their elections, the magistrates in their determinations, and 
 the judges in their decisions. Such an institution, however chi- 
 merical it may appear, is infinitely easier to realize, than others of 
 less utility to mankind established by some ancient and modern 
 legislators. 
 
 Legislators ! by the project of the constitution, which I re- 
 spectfully submit to your consideration, you will discover the 
 feeling by which it was dictated. 
 
 In proposing the division of our citizens into active and passive, 
 I have endeavoured to excite national prosperity by industry's two 
 great springs, labour and knowledge. Stimulated by those two 
 powerful causes, the greatest difficulties may be overcome, and 
 men made respectable and happy. 
 
 In imposing equitable and prudent restrictions on the primary 
 and electoral assemblies, the first barrier is opposed to popular 
 licentiousness, and thereby those injurious and tumultuous meet- 
 ings avoided, which at all times have given rise to prejudicial 
 consequences in the election, and which have of course been en- 
 tailed on the magistrates and the government, as the primordial 
 act is generative of either the liberty or slavery of a people. 
 
 By increasing in the balance of power the weight of the con- 
 gress, by the number of legislators and the nature of the senate, 
 a fixed basis is bestowed on this primary body of the nation, and 
 it is invested with great importance for the exercise of its sove- 
 reign functions. 
 
 In separating distinctly the executive from the legislative 
 power, it is not intended to sow division betwixt those supreme 
 authorities, but to unite them with those bonds of harmony which 
 proceed from independence.
 
 APPENDIX M. 479 
 
 In investing the executive with a power and authority much 
 exceeding what it hitherto possessed, it is by no means intended 
 to enable a despot to tyrannize over the republic, but to prevent 
 deliberative despotism becoming the immediate cause of a round 
 of despotic changes, in which anarchy would be alternately re- 
 placed by oligarchy and monocracy. 
 
 In soliciting the independence of judges, the establishment of 
 juries, and a new code, the security of civil liberty is requested, 
 the most estimable, the most equitable, the most necessary, and, 
 in one word, the only liberty, as, without it, all others are a 
 nullity. An amendment is asked of the lamentable abuses in our 
 judicature, and which derive their origin from the filthy sink of 
 Spanish legislation, collected in various ages, and from various 
 sources, equally from the productions of folly and of talent, 
 equally the fruit of good sense and of extravagance, and equally 
 the memorial of genius and of caprice. That judicial encyclopedia, 
 that monster with ten thousand heads, which has hitherto been a 
 rod of punishment to Spanish nations, is the fiercest calamity the 
 anger of Heaven ever permitted that unfortunate empire to be 
 afflicted with. 
 
 Meditating on the most efficient mode of regenerating the 
 character and habits which tyranny and war have given us, I have 
 dared to suggest a moral power, drawn from the remote ages of 
 antiquity, and those obsolete laws, which for some time maintained 
 public virtue amongst the Greeks and Romans ; and although it 
 may be considered a mere whim of fancy, it is possible, and I 
 flatter myself, that you will not altogether overlook an idea, which, 
 when meliorated by experience and knowledge, may prove of the 
 greatest efficacy. 
 
 Terrified at the disunion which has hitherto existed, and must 
 exist amongst us, from the subtle spirit characterizing the federa- 
 tive system, I have been induced to solicit you to adopt the con- 
 centration and union of all the states of Venezuela into one 
 republic, one and indivisible. A measure, in my opinion, urgent, 
 vital, and saving, and of such a nature that, without it, the fruit 
 of our regeneration would be destruction. 
 
 It is my duty, legislators, to present to you a just and faithful 
 picture of my political, civil, and military administration ; but to
 
 480 APPENDIX M. 
 
 do so would tire your valuable attention too much, and rob you" at 
 this moment of time equally precious and pressing; and the secre^ 
 taries of state will therefore give an account to the congress of 
 their various departments, and exhibit at the same time those 
 documents and records necessary to illustrate every thing, and 
 to make you thoroughly acquainted with the real and actual state 
 of the republic. 
 
 I will not notice the most momentous acts of my command, 
 although they concern most of my countrymen, and will call 
 your attention only to the last memorable revolution. Horrid, 
 atrocious, and impious slavery covered with her sable mantle the 
 land of Venezuela, and our atmosphere lowered with the dark 
 gloomy clouds of the tempest, threatening a fiery deluge. I im- 
 plored the protection of the God of nature, and at his almighty 
 word the storm was dispelled. The day-star of liberty rose, 
 slavery broke her chains, and Venezuela was surrounded with 
 new and with grateful sons, who turned the instruments of her 
 thrall and bondage into arms of freedom. Yes ! those who were 
 formerly slaves are now free, those who were formerly the ene- 
 mies of our country are now its defenders. 
 
 I leave to your sovereign authority the reform or repeal of all 
 my ordonnances, statutes, and decrees ; but I implore you to con- 
 firm the complete emancipation of the slaves, as I would beg my 
 life, or the salvation of the republic. 
 
 To exhibit the military history of Venezuela would be to bring 
 to our recollection the history of republican heroism amongst the 
 ancients; it would show that Venezuela had made as brilliant 
 sacrifices on the sacred altar of liberty. The noble hearts of our 
 generous warriors have been filled with those sublime and ho- 
 nourable feelings which have ever been attributed to the bene- 
 factors of the human race. Not fighting for power or fortune, 
 nor even glory, but for liberty alone ; the title of Liberator of the 
 republic has been their highest recompense ; having, in forming an 
 Association of those gallant heroes, instituted the Order of Libera- 
 tors of Venezuela. Legislators ! to you it belongs to confer 
 honours and decorations, and it is your duty to exercise that act 
 of national gratitude. 
 
 Men who have given up all the benefits and advantages they;
 
 APPENDIX M. 481 
 
 formerly enjoyed, as a proof of their virtue and disinterestedness 
 men who have undergone every thing horrible in a most inhuman 
 war, suffering the most painful privations and the cruellest 
 anguish men so deserving of their country merit the attention 
 of government; and I have therefore given directions to recom- 
 pense them out of the national property. 
 
 If I have acquired any portion of merit in the eyes of my 
 countrymen, I entreat you, representatives, to vouchsafe my pe- 
 tition, as the reward of my feeble services ; and let the congress 
 order a distribution of the national property, conformable to the 
 ordonnance I passed in the name of the republic, in favour of the 
 military sons of Venezuela. 
 
 After our having, in a succession of victories, destroyed the 
 Spanish armies, the court of Madrid, in despair, vainly endeavoured 
 to take by surprise the feelings of those magnanimous sovereigns 
 who had just extirpated usurpation and tyranny in Europe, and 
 who ought to protect the legitimacy and justice of the cause of 
 America. Spain, unable to reduce us to submission by dint of 
 arms, had recourse to her insidious policy, and tried every per- 
 fidious art. Ferdinand humbled himself so far as to confess that, 
 without the assistance of foreign aid, he could not force us back 
 under his ignominious yoke ; a yoke which no mortal power, can 
 oblige us to submit to. Venezuela, convinced that she is in pos- 
 session of sufficient strength to repel her oppressors, has declared 
 through the organ of government her fixed and final determination 
 to fight to annihilation in defence of her political life, not only 
 against Spain, but even against the universe, should the universe 
 be so degraded as to assume the party of a destructive govern- 
 ment, whose only objects are an exterminating sword, and the 
 shrieks of the inquisition a government that desires not fertile 
 regions, but deserts not cities, but ruins not subjects, but 
 sepulchres. The declaration of the republic of Venezuela is the 
 most glorious, the most heroic, and the most dignified act of a 
 free people ; and it is with peculiar satisfaction I have the honour 
 of laying it before congress, sanctioned as it is by the unanimous 
 approbation of the free people of the land. 
 
 Since the second epoch of the republic, our armies wanted the 
 necessaries of war ; they were constantly void of arms and ammu- 
 VOL. II. I 1
 
 482 APPENDIX M. 
 
 nition, and were at all times badly equipped; but at present the 
 brave defenders of independence are not only armed with justice, 
 but with power, and our troops may rank with the choicest in 
 Europe, now that they possess equal means of destruction. 
 
 For these important advantages we are indebted to the un- 
 bounded liberality of some generous foreigners, who, hearing the 
 groans of suffering humanity, and seeing the cause of freedom, 
 reason, and justice, ready to sink, could not remain quiet, but flew 
 to our succour with their munificent aid and protection, and fur- 
 nished the republic with every thing needful to cause their philan- 
 thropical principles to triumph. Those friends of mankind are 
 the guardian geniuses of America, and to them we owe a debt of 
 eternal gratitude, as well as a religious fulfilment of the several 
 obligations contracted with them. The national debt, legislators, 
 is the deposit of the good faith, the honour, and the gratitude of 
 Venezuela : respect it as the holy ark which encloses not only the 
 rights of our benefactors, but the glory of our fidelity. Let us 
 perish rather than fail, in any the smallest point, in the comple- 
 tion of those engagements, which have been the salvation of our 
 country, and of the lives of her sons. 
 
 The union of New Granada and Venezuela in one great state 
 has uniformly been the ardent wish of the people and governments 
 of these republics. The fortune of war has effected this junction 
 so much desired by every American, and in fact we are incorpo- 
 rated. These sister-nations have intrusted to you their interests, 
 rights, and destinies. In contemplating the union of this immense 
 district, my mind rises with delight to the stupendous height 
 necessary for viewing properly so wonderful a picture. 
 
 Flying from present and approaching times, my imagination 
 plunges into future ages, in which I observe, with admiration 
 and amazement, the prosperity, the splendour, and the anima- 
 tion, which this vast region will have acquired. My ideas are 
 wafted on, and I see my beloved native land in the centre of the 
 universe, expanding herself on her extensive coasts between those 
 oceans which nature had separated, and which our country will 
 have united with large and capacious canals. I see her the bond, 
 the centre, and the emporium of the human race ; I see her trans- 
 mitting to earth's remotest bounds those treasures contained in
 
 APPENDIX N. 483 
 
 her mountains of gold and silver; I see her distributing, by her 
 salutiferous plants, health and life to the afflicted of the old world; 
 I see her imparting to the sages of other regions her inestimable 
 secrets, ignorant until then how much her height of knowledge 
 transcends her excessive wealth ! Yes! I see her, seated on the 
 throne of freedom, wielding the sceptre of justice, and crowned 
 with glory, show the old world the majesty of the new. 
 
 Legislators! Condescend to receive with indulgence the de- 
 claration of my political creed ; the highest wishes of my heart 
 and earnest petition, which, in the name of the people, I have 
 dared to address to you. 
 
 Vouchsafe to grant to Venezuela a government purely popular, 
 purely just, and purely moral, which will enchain oppression, 
 anarchy, and crime ; a government which will cause innocency, 
 philanthropy, and peace to reign ; a government which, under 
 the dominion of inexorable laws, will cause equality and liberty 
 to triumph. 
 
 Gentlemen ! Commence your duties : I have finished mine. 
 
 The congress of the republic of Venezuela is installed. In it 
 from this moment is centered the national sovereignty. We all 
 owe to it obedience and fidelity. My sword, and those of my 
 illustrious fellows-in-arms, will maintain its august authority. 
 
 God save the Congress! 
 
 -(N.) 
 
 (Page 339.) 
 
 Project of the Constitution for the Republic of Bolivia, with an 
 Address of the Liberator. 
 
 TO THE CONSTITUENT CONGRESS OF BOLIVIA- 
 
 LEGISLATORS ! In offering the project of a constitution for 
 Bolivia, I feel overwhelmed with confusion and timidity, being 
 convinced of my incapacity to make laws. When I consider that 
 the wisdom of whole centuries is insufficient to compose a funda- 
 mental law which shall be perfect, and that the most enlightened 
 
 I I 2
 
 484 APPENDIX N. 
 
 legislator is, perhaps, the immediate cause of human unhappiness, 
 and, if I may so express myself, the dupe of his divine ministry, 
 what may not be said of a soldier born amongst slaves, and buried 
 in the deserts of his country having seen nothing but captives 
 in chains, and companions in arms to break them? I, a legislator! 
 Your mistaken choice, and my engagement, are dis- 
 puting, as it were, for precedence. I know not who may suffer 
 most in this horrible conflict; whether this be your lot, on account 
 of the evils you have to apprehend from the laws you solicit me 
 to enact ; or mine, because of the opprobrium to which your con- 
 fidence may expose me. 
 
 I have summoned all my powers of mind, for the purpose of 
 submitting to you my opinions respecting the best method of 
 managing free men, according to the principles adopted by ci- 
 vilized nations ; although the lessons of experience exhibit only 
 long periods of disasters chequered by some glimpses of good 
 fortune. What guides can we follow in the shade of such dark 
 examples ? 
 
 Legislators ! Your duty calls on you to resist the shock of 
 two monstrous enemies, who mutually combat each other, and 
 
 who will both attack you at one and the same time 
 
 Tyranny and Anarchy form an immense ocean of oppression, 
 rolling round a small isle of Liberty, perpetually beaten by the 
 violence of the waves and of the hurricanes which incessantly 
 threaten its submersion. Such is the sea on which you are about 
 to launch, in a frail bark, with a pilot so inexperienced. 
 
 The project of the constitution for Bolivia is divided into four 
 political powers, having one more added, without thereby render- 
 ing the classic division of each from the other more complicated. 
 The electoral part has received certain powers, which are not 
 allotted to it in other governments which deem themselves most 
 liberal. These attributes greatly approach those of the federal 
 system. It has appeared to me not only fit, convenient, and 
 useful, but also easy and facilitating, to grant to the immediate 
 representatives of the people those privileges which are most de- 
 sirable to the citizens of each department, province, and canton. 
 No object is of greater importance to a citizen than the election 
 of his legislators, magistrates, judges, and ministers. The elec-
 
 APPENDIX N. 485 
 
 toral colleges of every province represent the necessitous wants 
 and interests thereof, and serve to make complaints against the 
 infringement of the laws, and the abuses committed by magi- 
 strates. I may venture to declare with some confidence, that this 
 sort of representation participates in the rights which are espe- 
 cially enjoyed by federal states. By this method a new coun- 
 terpoise is put into the scale against the executive power, and the 
 government acquires more guarantees, more popularity, and fresh 
 grounds of preference, over others the most democratic. 
 
 Every ten citizens name and appoint an elector ; and thus is 
 the nation represented by a tenth of its citizens. They require 
 nothing but capacity, they need not possess estates to represent 
 the august function of sovereignty; but they must be able to write 
 their votes, to sign their names, and to read the laws. They must 
 profess a science, or an art, which secures to them an honest live- 
 lihood. No disqualifications are admitted, except vice, idleness, 
 and gross and absolute ignorance. Knowledge and honesty, not 
 money, are the requisites for exercising political power. 
 
 The legislative body is so composed as necessarily to render its 
 parts harmonious. It will not be always divided for want of an 
 arbitrating judge, as is the case in constitutions having no more 
 than two chambers ; three of them being here provided, any dis- 
 agreement between two of them is resolved by the third ; and a 
 question examined by two contending parties finds a third im- 
 partial party to decide; so that no useful law will remain inefficient, 
 or at least will have undergone one, two, or three inquiries, before 
 it is negatived. In all matters of business between two opposite 
 and contending parties, a third is named to decide : and would it 
 not be absurd that, in the more arduous interests of society, such a 
 provision, dictated by imperious necessity, should be overlooked 
 and disdained ? Thus the chambers will guard among themselves 
 those considerations which are indispensable for the preservation 
 of the union of the whole, and which ought to deliberate dis- 
 passionately, and with the peculiar calmness of wisdom. Modern 
 congresses, I may be told, are composed of only two sections. 
 The reason is, that in England, which country has* been taken 
 for a pattern, the nobility and the people were to be represented 
 in two houses ; and if the same course was followed in North
 
 486 APPENDIX N. 
 
 America, where there is no nobility, we must suppose that the 
 habit of living under the English government occasioned the 
 imitation. The fact is, that two deliberative bodies must be in 
 perpetual conflict ; and for this reason the Abbe Sieyes would 
 have no more than one in France. A classical absurdity! 
 
 The first chamber is that of the tribunes, which is privileged 
 to initiate laws respecting the revenue, peace and war. This 
 body has the immediate inspection of those branches which the 
 executive administers with least intervention of the legislature. 
 
 The senators form the ecclesiastical regulations and codes, 
 and watch over the tribunals and religion. It is the business 
 of the senate to choose the prefects, judges of districts, governors, 
 corregidors, and all the subalterns of the judicial department. It 
 proposes to the chamber of censors the members of the supreme 
 tribunal, the archbishops, bishops, dignitaries of the church, and 
 canons. Whatever belongs to religion and the laws falls under 
 the cognizance of the senate. 
 
 The censors exercise a political and moral power, bearing some 
 resemblance to the Areopagus of Athens, and the censors at Rome. 
 They are a sort of fiscals on the government, to watch the con- 
 stitution, and to demand a religious observance of public treaties. 
 I have placed under their aegis the national judgment, which is 
 to decide on the good or bad administration of the executive 
 government. 
 
 The censors are charged with the protection of morality, the 
 arts and sciences, education, and the press. The most awful and 
 the most august functions belong to the censors. They condemn 
 to perpetual opprobrium the usurpers of sovereign authority, and 
 those guilty of high crimes and malversation. They bestow public 
 honours on the services and virtues of illustrious citizens. The 
 dispensation of glory is confided to their hands, and for this very 
 reason the censors must be men of unsullied innocence and un- 
 blemished life. If they offend, they may be accused even for 
 slight delinquencies. To those high priests of the laws is the 
 preservation of our sacred statutes intrusted ; and they are 
 bound to impugn the profaners thereof. 
 
 The president of the republic becomes, in our constitution, like 
 the sun, which, firm in its centre, vivifies the whole system.
 
 APPENDIX X. 487 
 
 This supreme authority is to be perpetual ; for, in constitutions 
 that have no hierarchy, it is more necessary than in others, that 
 there should be a fixed point, round which the other magistrates 
 and citizens may revolve, as well as men and things. " Give me 
 a fixed point," said an ancient sage, " and I will move the world." 
 To Bolivia, a president for life will serve for such a fixed point. 
 He is the key-stone of the whole arch, though not endowed with 
 action. His head has been removed, in order that no one may 
 dread his intentions; and his hands have been tied, that he may 
 do no injury to any one. 
 
 The president of Bolivia participates in the powers of the 
 American executive, but under restrictions favourable to the 
 people. His duration in office is as that of the president of Hayti. 
 I have chosen for Bolivia the executive of the most democratic 
 republic in the world. 
 
 The island of Hayti (if I may be allowed this digression) 
 was in a perpetual state of insurrection. After trying empire, 
 kingdom, and republic; in fact, every species of government 
 known and unknown, she found herself under the necessity of 
 having recourse to the illustrious Petion to save her. When 
 confidence was placed in him, the destinies of Hayti vacillated 
 no longer. Petion was appointed president for life, with the 
 power to elect his successor; after which, neither the death of 
 this great man, nor the succession of a new president, caused the 
 slightest danger to the state. Under the worthy Boyer every 
 thing went on with the tranquillity and calmness of a legitimate 
 reign. This is a triumphant proof that a president for life, with 
 the right of choosing his successor, is the most sublime conception 
 in the republican order of things. 
 
 The president of Bolivia will be less dangerous than the one 
 for Hayti, inasmuch as the mode of succession is better secured 
 for the good of the state. Besides, the president of Bolivia is 
 deprived of, and stands aloof from, every sort of influence. He 
 does not nominate the magistrates, the judges, or appoint to any 
 ecclesiastical dignities, however subordinate. This diminution of 
 power has, however, not been submitted to by any well consti- 
 tuted government: it restrains, by shackles upon shackles, the 
 authority of a chief, who will ever find the whole people swayed
 
 488 APPENDIX N. 
 
 by those who exercise the most important functions of society. 
 The priests regulate the consciences of men; the judges determine 
 all matters of property, honour, and life; and the magistrates are 
 predominant in all public acts. As these owe their dignities, glory, 
 and fortunes, solely to the people, the president could never hope 
 to make them accomplices in any ambitious views of his own. If 
 to this consideration be added those which naturally arise from 
 the general resistance encountered by a democratic government, 
 at every turn of its administration, we may feel warranted in as- 
 suming as a certainty, that this government is less liable than any 
 other to usurpation of authority. 
 
 Legislators ! From this day forward liberty will be indestructi- 
 ble in America. You see that the savage nature of this continent 
 is of itself sufficient to repel the monarchical form of government. 
 Deserts are favourable to independence. Here we have no gran- 
 dees, either aristocratical or ecclesiastical. Our riches were but 
 inconsiderable, and now they are reduced in a still greater degree. 
 Though the church enjoys some influence, she is far from aspiring 
 to dominion, being satisfied with her own preservation. Without 
 such supports, tyrants never remain permanent; and if some 
 ambitious men should engage in raising empires for themselves, 
 the fate of Dessalines, Christophe, and Iturbide, will warn them 
 of what they have to expect. No power finds greater difficulty 
 to maintain itself than that of a new prince. Bonaparte, who 
 vanquished so many armies, could not succeed in overcoming this 
 rule, which is stronger than empire. And if the great Napoleon 
 was unable to maintain himself against the league of republicans 
 and aristocrats, who may hope to found monarchies in America, 
 in a soil warmed and illuminated by the bright flames of liberty; 
 in a soil which consumes the materials used for erecting these 
 legal platforms ? No, legislators ! fear not any pretenders or 
 aspirants to crowns. To them the diadem would be what the 
 hair-suspended falchion was over the head of Dionysius. Those 
 upstart princes, who are so blind as to raise thrones on the ruins 
 of liberty, are erecting their own sepulchral monuments, which 
 will announce to future generations that they preferred their 
 infatuate ambition to liberty and glory. 
 
 The constitutional limits of the president of Bolivia arc the
 
 APPENDIX N. 489 
 
 strictest of any that are known. He merely nominates the officers 
 of the revenue, of peace and war, and commands the army. 
 These are his functions. 
 
 The administration wholly belongs to the ministry, is respon- 
 sible to the censors, and is subject to the zealous vigilance of all 
 the legislators, magistrates, judges, and citizens. The custom- 
 house officers and soldiers, the sole agents of that ministry, are 
 certainly not the persons best qualified to gain for it the favour 
 of the people ; therefore its influence will be nullified. 
 
 The vice-president is the magistrate of all others that has any 
 command, whose hands are most shackled; for he has to obey 
 both the legislative and the executive branch of a republican 
 government. He receives laws from the former, and orders from 
 the latter ; and between those two barriers he must proceed in a 
 narrow path, bounded by precipices. Notwithstanding so many 
 disadvantages, this mode of government seems preferable to an 
 absolute monarchy. These constitutional barriers expand the 
 political conscience, and animate it with the firm hope of meeting 
 with the torch which is to guide it through the rocks by which it 
 is surrounded ; they serve as a check to the impulse of our passions, 
 operating in concert with foreign interests. 
 
 In the government of the United States, it has latterly been 
 the practice to nominate the prime minister as successor to the 
 president. Nothing can be more suitable to a republic than this 
 method; as it unites the advantage of putting at the head of 
 administration a man experienced in the management of the state. 
 He is already a completely finished statesman when he enters 
 upon the exercise of his functions, and is accompanied by the halo 
 of popular favour, as well as supported by consummate experience 
 and practice. I have adopted this idea, and established it as a law. 
 
 The president of the republic nominates the vice-president 
 as the person who is to administer the state, and to succeed him 
 in command. By this precaution are those elections avoided which 
 produce that great scourge of republics, anarchy, which constitutes 
 the luxury of tyranny ; and is the most immediate and most ter- 
 rible danger of popular governments. You see in what manner 
 the most tremendous crisis befalls republics as well as legitimate 
 kingdoms.
 
 490 APPENDIX N. 
 
 The vice-president must be a man of the most upright and pure 
 character: because, if the first magistrate were not to elect a very 
 upright citizen, he would have cause to fear him as an obdurate 
 enemy, and to suspect his secret ambition. This vice-president 
 must endeavour to merit, by his good services, the credit of which 
 he stands in need for the due performance of his functions, that 
 he may hope for that great national reward, the supreme command. 
 The legislative body and the people will require capacities and 
 talents of a superior order, on the part of this magistrate, and 
 exact from him an implicit obedience to the laws of liberty. 
 
 Inheritance perpetuates the monarchical regime, and renders it 
 almost general in the world. How much more useful is the 
 method I have just proposed for the succession of the vice-pre- 
 sident ! If hereditary princes were chosen according to merit, and 
 not by fate, accident, or casualty; and if, instead of remaining 
 inactive, in sloth and ignorance, they placed themselves at the 
 head of administration, they would, doubtless, be more enlightened 
 monarch s, and ensure the happiness of the people. Yes, legis- 
 lators ! the monarchy which governs the earth has obtained its 
 titles to approbation from inheritance, which renders it stable ; 
 and from unity, which renders it strong. Wherefore, though a 
 sovereign prince be a spoiled child, shut up in his palace, nurtured 
 in adulation, and guided by all sorts of passions, such a prince, 
 whom I may venture to call the mockery of human nature, com- 
 mands mankind, because he preserves the order of things, and 
 subordination among citizens, by a firm power and unity or con- 
 stancy of action. Consider, then, legislators, that all these great 
 advantages are combined in a president for life, and an hereditary 
 vice-president. 
 
 The judicial power which I propose enjoys an absolute inde- 
 pendency ; which is not elsewhere to be found. The people pre- 
 sent the candidates, and the legislative body chooses the indivi- 
 duals who are to compose the tribunals. If the judicial power do 
 not emanate from this source, it cannot possibly preserve the safe- 
 guard of individual rights in all their purity. Those rights, 
 legislators ! constitute liberty, equality, and security all the 
 guarantees of social order. The true liberal constitution consists 
 in civil and criminal laws ; and the tribunals exercise the most
 
 APPENDIX N. 491 
 
 terrible tyranny by means of the tremendous instrument of the 
 laws. In ordinary matters, the executive is only the depository 
 of the public weal ; but the tribunals are the arbitrators of pro- 
 perty, and of all things belonging to individuals. The judicial 
 authority holds the measure of the welfare or of the misery of 
 citizens ; and if liberty and justice exist in a republic, they are 
 distributed by that power. Sometimes the political organization 
 of a state matters little, provided that its civil organization be 
 perfect ; that the laws be fulfilled with religious strictness, and 
 be deemed as fixed as destiny itself. 
 
 In conformity with the feelings and fears of the present times, 
 it was to be expected that we should prohibit the use of tortures 
 and of confessions, and that we should shorten and abridge the 
 protracted pleadings in the intricate labyrinth of appeals. 
 
 The territory of the republic is governed by prefects, governors, 
 corregidors, judges of peace, and alcaldes. I was unable to enter 
 into the details of the interior regime and faculties of their juris- 
 diction ; but it is my duty forthwith to recommend to congress 
 the suitable regulations for the service of the departments and 
 provinces. Bear in mind, legislators, that nations consist of cities, 
 villages, and hamlets ; and that their well-being constitutes the 
 happiness of the state. You will never be able to bestow too 
 much attention on the good government of the departments. This 
 is a point of paramount importance in legislative science, not- 
 withstanding which it is too much neglected. 
 
 I have divided the armed force into four parts : the army of 
 the line ; the fleet ; the national militia ; and the military pre- 
 ventive service. The army is destined to garrison the frontiers. 
 God forbid that it may ever turn its arms against the citizens ! 
 The national militia suffices to preserve internal order. Bolivia 
 does not possess an extensive coast, and, for that reason, a navy is 
 useless ; we must, however, one day acquire both. The military 
 protective service is, in every respect, preferable to guards ; such 
 a service being rather immoral than superfluous. It, therefore, is 
 for the interest of the republic to garrison its frontiers with troops 
 of the line, and troops of the protective service, to repress smug- 
 gling and frauds on the revenue. 
 
 I have thought it necessary that the constitution of Bolivia
 
 492 APPENDIX N. 
 
 ought to be reformed from time to time, as the progressive move- 
 ments of the moral world might require it. The paths of reform 
 have been pointed out in terms which I have deemed most suit- 
 able to the occasion. 
 
 The responsibility of the officers is prescribed in the Bolivian 
 constitution in the most efficient manner. Without responsibility, 
 without repressive coercion, the state becomes a chaos. I venture 
 most earnestly to request the legislators to enact strong and well- 
 defined laws on this subject. Every one talks of responsibility, 
 but it exists only in name. There is no responsibility, legis- 
 lators ! the magistrates, judges, and officers abuse their authority, 
 because it is not vigorously enforced in the agents of admini- 
 stration ; while the citizens suffer by this abuse. I shall recom- 
 mend a law which will prescribe a mode of annual responsibility 
 for every man in office. 
 
 The most perfect guarantees have been established. Civil 
 liberty is the true liberty; all other kinds are merely nominal, 
 or of little influence with respect to the citizens. Personal safety 
 has been guaranteed, which is the end of society, and from which 
 all other securities emanate. With regard to the security of pro- 
 perty, that depends on the civil code, which your wisdom is 
 bound to frame instantly for the happiness of your fellow-citizens. 
 I have left untouched that law of laws equality, without which 
 all other guarantees perish, as well as "all other rights. To that 
 law we are bound to make sacrifices. I have laid prostrate at her 
 feet the infamous state of slavery, covered with humiliation. 
 
 Legislators ! Slavery is the infringement of all laws. A law 
 having a tendency to preserve slavery would be the grossest sa- 
 crilege. What right can be alleged in favour of its continuance? 
 In whatever view this crime is considered, I am persuaded that 
 there is not a single Bolivian in existence so depraved as to pretend 
 that such a signal violation of the dignity of man can be legalized. 
 Man, to be possessed by his fellow-man man to be made a pro- 
 perty of ! Th'e image of the Deity to be put under the yoke ! Let 
 these usurpers of man show us their title-deeds ? The coast of 
 Guinea has not sent them to us ; for Africa, devastated by fratri- 
 cide, exhibits nothing but crimes. After these relics of African 
 tribes are transported hither, what law or power can sanction a
 
 APPENDIX N. 493 
 
 dominion over the victims ? The transmitting, continuing, and 
 perpetuating of this crime, with its admixture of executions, is a 
 most shocking outrage. A principle of possession, founded on 
 the most ferocious delinquency, could not be conceived without 
 overturning and confounding all the elements of right, and per- 
 verting the most absolute notions of duty. No one can break 
 asunder the sacred dogma of equality; and is slavery to exist 
 where equality reigns ? Such contradictions would rather impugn 
 our reason than our justice. We should then be deemed insane 
 rather than usurpers. 
 
 If there did not exist a God, protector of innocence and of 
 liberty, the fate of the generous lion reigning in deserts and woods 
 would be preferable to that of a captive in the service of an in- 
 famous tyrant, who, as an accomplice of his crimes, provokes the 
 wrath of Heaven. But no : God has intended man for liberty ! 
 He protects him, that he may exercise the heavenly function of 
 free mill. 
 
 Legislators ! I shall make mention of an article, which in 
 my conscience I ought to have omitted. No religious creed or 
 profession should be prescribed in a political constitution; for 
 according to the best doctrines concerning fundamental laws, these 
 are the guarantees of civil and political rights ; and as religion 
 touches none of those rights, she is, in her nature, not to be de- 
 nned in the social order, and belongs to intellectual morality. 
 Religion governs man at home, in the cabinet, and in his own 
 bosom, within himself; she alone has a right to examine his most 
 secret conscience. The laws, on the contrary, consider and view 
 the exterior of things ; they only govern out of doors, and not 
 within the houses of citizens. Applying these considerations, 
 how can the state rule the consciences of its subjects, watch over 
 the fulfilment of religion, and reward or punish, when the tribunals 
 of all those matters are in heaven, and when God is the Judge ? 
 The inquisition alone could replace these in this world ; and is 
 the inquisition, with its incendiary fagots and piles, to return 
 amongst us ? 
 
 Religion is the law of conscience. Every law on this subject 
 annuls religion, as, by imposing necessity upon duty, it would take 
 away the merit of faith, which is the basis of religion. The pre-
 
 494 APPENDIX N. 
 
 cepts and sacred dogmas are useful and luminous ; they rest on 
 metaphysical evidence ; and we ought to profess them : but this 
 is a moral, and not a political duty. 
 
 On the other hand, what are the rights of man with regard to 
 religion in this world? They are in heaven. There is the 
 tribunal which recompenses merit, and renders justice according 
 to the code dictated by the Legislator. As all this belongs to 
 divine jurisdiction, it strikes me, at first sight, as sacrilegious and 
 profane to mix up our ordinances with the commandments of the 
 Lord. It therefore belongs not to the legislator to prescribe 
 religion ; for the legislator must impose penalties on the infringe- 
 ment of the laws, to avoid their becoming merely expressions of 
 counsel and advice. When there are neither temporal penalties, 
 nor judges to inflict them, the law ceases to be law. 
 
 The moral development of man is the first intention of the 
 legislator. As far as this development has taken place, man sup- 
 ports his morality by revealed truths, and professes it de facto, 
 which is the more efficacious, the more he has acquired it by his 
 own investigation. Besides, fathers of families cannot neglect 
 their religious duties towards their children. The spiritual shep- 
 herds are bound to teach the knowledge of heaven ; the example 
 of the true disciples of Jesus is the most eloquent lesson of his 
 divine morality ; but morality is not commanded, nor is he who 
 commands it the master, nor ought force to be employed in giving 
 counsel. God and his ministers are the authorities of religion, 
 which operates by means exclusively spiritual ; but by no manner 
 of means is the national body a religious authority, that body 
 having solely the direction of public power to objects purely 
 temporal. 
 
 Legislators! What generous and sublime thoughts must fill 
 your souls, when you see the new Bolivian nation already pro- 
 claimed ! The accession of a new state to the society of those 
 already existing forms a just subject of exultation for mankind, 
 as it augments the great family of nations. What then must be 
 the exultation of its founders ! and my own ! ! ! Seeing myself 
 placed on a level with the most celebrated sages of antiquity, 
 with the founder of the Eternal City ! This glory by right apper- 
 tains to the institutors of nations, who, being their first benefactors,
 
 APPENDIX N. 495 
 
 must have received immortal rewards ; but mine, besides its im- 
 mortality, possesses the merit of being gratuitous, not having been 
 deserved. Where is the city, where is the republic, which I have 
 founded? Your munificence in dedicating a nation to me has 
 surpassed all my services, and is infinitely superior to all the good 
 which men can do to you. 
 
 My despair increases, when I contemplate the immensity of 
 your reward; for even had I concentrated the talents, virtues, and 
 the very genius of the greatest of heroes, I should be nevertheless 
 unworthy of the name which you have chosen to give yourselves 
 My own name!! ! Shall I talk of gratitude, when that sentiment 
 cannot otherwise than feebly express what I experience from your 
 goodness, which, like the divine goodness, passes all limits ! Yes ; 
 
 God alone had the power of naming this country Bolivia 
 
 What means the word Bolivia? A boundless love of liberty, 
 at the receiving of which your enthusiasm saw nothing equal to 
 its value. Your ecstasy, finding no demonstration adequate to 
 the vehemence of your feelings, extinguished your own name, 
 and gave mine to yourselves and all your posterity. This has 
 no parallel in the history of the world ; it is unexampled in the 
 records of sublime magnanimity. So great an action will show 
 to after times, which exist in the mind of the Eternal, that you 
 aspired to the possession of your rights, which consist in the power 
 of exercising your political virtues, in the acquisition of luminous 
 talents, and in the enjoyment of being Men. This noble deed, I 
 repeat it, will prove that you were entitled to obtain the grand 
 blessing of Heaven, the Sovereignty of the People the only legi- 
 timate authority of nations. 
 
 Legislators ! You are so fortunate as to preside over the 
 destinies of a republic which at its birth was crowned with the 
 laurels of Ayacucho, and which must perpetuate its happy 
 existence under the laws dictated by your wisdom, in the calm 
 which has succeeded to the tempest of war. 
 
 Lima, the 25th May, 1826. BOLIVAR.
 
 496 APPENDIX N. 
 
 PROJECT OP THE CONSTITUTION FOR THE 
 REPUBLIC OF BOLIVIA. 
 
 In the name of God, the General Constituent Congress of the 
 Bolivian Republic, named by the people to form the constitution 
 of the state, decrees as follows : 
 
 TITLE I. OF THE NATION. 
 
 Chapter 1. Of the Bolivian Nation. 
 
 Article 1. The Bolivian nation consists in the union of all 
 Bolivians. 
 
 2. Bolivia is, and ever shall be, independent of foreign do- 
 minion ; and cannot become the patrimony of any person or 
 family. 
 
 Chapter 2. Of Territory. 
 
 3. The territory of the Bolivian republic comprises the depart- 
 ments of Potosi, Chuquisaca, La Paz, Santa Cruz, Cochabamba, 
 and Oruro. 
 
 4. It is to be divided into departments, provinces, and cantons. 
 
 5. That division which shall be found most convenient is to 
 be made by a law ; and another law is to fix its limits, with the 
 concurrence of the adjoining states. 
 
 TITLE II. OF THE GOVERNMENT. 
 
 Chapter 1. Form of Government. 
 
 6. The government of Bolivia is a popular representative go- 
 vernment. 
 
 7. The sovereignty emanates from the people, and its exercise 
 is vested in the powers which this constitution establishes. 
 
 8. For its exercise the supreme power is divided into four 
 sections : Electoral, Legislative, Executive, and Judicial. 
 
 9. Each power will exercise the attributes which this consti- 
 tution assigns to it, without exceeding their respective limits. 
 
 Chapter 2. Of the Bolivians. 
 
 10. The following are Bolivians: 
 
 1 . All the natives of the territory of the republic.
 
 APPENDIX N. 497 
 
 2. The sons of a Bolivian father or mother, born out of its 
 
 territory, as soon as they legally manifest their inten- 
 tion to settle in Bolivia. 
 
 3. The Liberators of the republic, declared and recognised 
 as such by the law of the llth August, 1825. 
 
 4. Foreigners, who obtain letters of naturalization, or have 
 resided three years in the territory of the republic. 
 
 5. All those who, up to the present day, have been slaves, 
 
 and who are de facto made free by the very act of the 
 publication of this constitution. By a special law the 
 indemnity shall be determined which is to be granted to 
 their former owners. 
 
 11. The duties of every Bolivian are; 
 
 1. To live in submission to the constitution and to the laws. 
 
 2. To respect and obey the constituted authorities. 
 
 3. To contribute to the public expenses. 
 
 4. To sacrifice his property, and even his life, whenever 
 the safety of the republic shall so require. 
 
 5. To watch over the preservation of public liberty. 
 
 12. The Bolivians who may be deprived of the exercise of the 
 electoral power shall enjoy all the civil rights granted to citizens. 
 
 13. To be a citizen, it is necessary 
 
 1. To be a Bolivian. 
 
 2. To be married, or to be upwards of twenty-one years 
 
 of age. 
 
 3. To be able to read and write. 
 
 4. To follow some occupation, employment, or branch of 
 industry, or to profess some art or science, without 
 being subject to any other person as domestic servant. 
 
 14. The following are citizens : 
 
 1. The Liberators of the republic. (Art. 10. 3.) 
 
 2. Foreigners who have obtained letters of citizenship. 
 
 3. Foreigners intermarried with Bolivians, fulfilling the 
 
 conditions 3 and 4, Art. 13. 
 
 4. Unmarried foreigners, who have resided four years in 
 
 the republic, fulfilling the same conditions. 
 
 15. The citizens of American nations, formerly belonging to 
 VOL. II. K K
 
 APPENDIX N. 
 
 Spain, shall enjoy the rights of citizenship in Bolivia, according 
 to the treaties that may be concluded with them. 
 
 16. Only those who are active citizens can obtain any employ- 
 ment, office, or public charge. 
 
 17. The exercise of citizenship becomes suspended 
 
 1 . By mental derangement. 
 
 2. By incurring the disgrace attached to fraudulent debtors. 
 
 3. By being subject to a criminal process. 
 
 4. By being a notorious drunkard, gambler, or beggar. 
 
 5. By buying or selling votes at elections, and disturbing 
 the good order of the same. 
 
 18. The right of citizenship is lost * 
 
 1. By treason to the public weal. 
 
 2. By naturalization in foreign countries. 
 
 3. By having undergone a defamatory penalty, or an afflictive 
 punishment, in virtue of a judicial condemnation. 
 
 TITLE III. OF THE ELECTORAL POWER. 
 
 Chapter I. Of Elections. 
 
 19. Active citizens are in the immediate exercise of the electoral 
 power, every ten of them naming one elector. 
 
 20. The exercise of the electoral power can never be suspended; 
 and the civil magistrates must, without waiting for any order, 
 assemble the people precisely within the period pointed out by 
 the law. 
 
 21. A special law shall'set forth in detail the regulations which 
 concern the elections. 
 
 Chapter 2. Of the Electoral Body. 
 
 22. The electoral body is composed of the electors named by 
 popular suffrage. 
 
 23. When the electors are assembled in the capital of the 
 province, they shall name, by plurality of votes, a president, two 
 scrutineers, and a secretary, out of their own number. These 
 shall discharge their duty during the whole time of the duration 
 or existence of the body. 
 
 24. Each electoral body is to be continued four years, at the
 
 APPENDIX N. 499 
 
 expiration of which time it is to cease, leaving its successors 
 installed. 
 
 25. The electors shall be assembled every year, on the 2d, 3d, 
 4th, 5th, and 6th day of January, to exercise the following 
 functions : 
 
 1. To qualify the citizens who enter into the exercise of 
 their rights, and to suspend those who may be in the 
 predicaments mentioned in Articles 17 and 18. 
 
 2. To elect and propose in ternaries : 1st. To the respective 
 chambers, the members who are to compose them, or to 
 fill vacancies in them. 2d. To the executive power, the 
 candidates for the prefectures of their department, 
 for the government of their province, and for corregidors 
 of their cantons and towns. 3d. To the prefect of the 
 department, the alcaldes, and justices of peace who are 
 to be appointed. 4th. To the senate, the members of 
 the courts of the judicial district to which they belong, 
 and the judges of primary instance. 5th. To the exe- 
 cutive power, the curates and vicars, for the vacancies 
 in their provinces. 
 
 3. To receive the acts of popular elections, to ascertain the 
 identity of the parties newly elected, and to declare 
 them constitutionally appointed. 
 
 4. To petition the chambers for whatever they may deem 
 conducive to the welfare of the citizens, and make 
 complaint of any grievances or wrongs which they may 
 have suffered from the constituted authorities. 
 
 TITLE IV. OF THE LEGISLATIVE POWER. 
 
 Chapter 1. Of the Division, Attributes, and Restrictions, of 
 this Porver. 
 
 26. The legislative power emanates immediately from the 
 electoral colleges named by the people. Its exercise resides in 
 three chambers: 1. The tribunes; 2. The senators; 3. The 
 censors. 
 
 K K 2
 
 500 APPENDIX N. 
 
 27- Each chamber is to be composed of thirty members, during 
 the first twenty years. 
 
 28. On the day of the month of in each year, the 
 legislative body is to assemble of its own accord, without awaiting 
 any formal convocation. 
 
 29. The particular attributes of each chamber shall be detailed 
 in their proper place. The general attributes are : 
 
 1. To nominate the president of the republic for the first 
 time, and to confirm those who shall succeed to that 
 office. 
 
 2. To approve the vice-president proposed by the president. 
 
 3. To determine the place where the seat of government is 
 to be fixed ; and to transfer it to another place whenever 
 -important circumstances require such a change, and 
 whenever it may be resolved upon by two-thirds of the 
 
 : members composing the three chambers. 
 A. To determine, in national judgment , whether there be or 
 be not ground of process against the members of the 
 chambers, the vice-president, and the secretaries of 
 state. 
 
 5. To invest, during times of war, or any extraordinary 
 danger, the president of the republic with such powers 
 as shall be deemed indispensable for the salvation of 
 the state. 
 
 6. To select from among the candidates presented in ter- 
 naries by the electorate colleges, those members who 
 are to fill up the vacancies of the chambers. 
 
 7- To settle the internal police by suitable regulations, and 
 to punish any infringement thereof by its members. 
 
 30. The members of the legislative body may be appointed 
 vice-presidents of the republic, or secretaries of state, on vacating 
 their seats in the chamber. 
 
 31. No individual of the legislative body can be arrested during 
 the time of his continuing a deputy, but by order of the chamber 
 to which he belongs, unless he be detected injlagrantedelicto, in 
 the commission of a crime deserving capital punishment. 
 
 32. The members of the legislative body shall be inviolable in
 
 APPENDIX N. 501 
 
 their persons, on account of any opinion they may pronounce 
 within their chambers, in the exercise of their functions. 
 
 33. Every legislature is to last four years, and every annual 
 session two months. These sessions are to be opened and closed 
 at one and the same time by the three chambers. 
 
 34. The opening of the session is to take place annually, in the 
 presence of the president of the republic, of the vice-president, 
 and of the secretaries of state. 
 
 35. The sittings shall be public, and only in case of state 
 affairs requiring secrecy are they to be private. 
 
 36. Questions in each chamber ^re to be decided by an absolute 
 majority of votes of members present. 
 
 37. The official functionaries who may be appointed deputies 
 to the legislative body are to be replaced, ad interim, in the 
 exercise of their official duties, by other individuals as substitutes. 
 
 38. The restrictions on the legislative body are these : 
 
 1 . No sitting of the chambers can take place without the 
 presence of one moiety and one more member of the 
 respective individuals composing the same ; and absen- 
 tees shall be compelled to attend and fulfil their duties. 
 
 2. None of the chambers can originate a bill respecting 
 particular branches which the constitution commits to 
 the charge of a distinct chamber ; but they may invite 
 other chambers to take into consideration such motions 
 as are made. 
 
 3. No member of the chambers can obtain for himself, during 
 
 the time of his deputation, any promotion, except such 
 as accrues to him in the regular gradation of his ad- 
 vancement. 
 
 39. The chambers shall meet 
 
 1. At the opening and closing of their sessions. 
 
 2. For the purpose of investigating the conduct of any 
 minister that may be accused by the chamber of censors. 
 
 3. For the purpose of revising any laws that may be 
 returned by the executive. 
 
 4. Whenever such meeting is requested by any one of the 
 chambers on good grounds, as in the case mentioned in 
 the 39th Article, 3d attribute.
 
 APPENDIX N. 
 
 5. For the purpose of confirming the office of president to 
 the vice-president. 
 
 40. At the meeting of the chambers, one of their presidents is 
 
 to preside by turns. 
 
 Chapter 2. Of the Chamber of Tribunes. 
 
 41. To be a tribune, it is necessary 
 
 1. To be an active citizen. 
 
 2. To have attained the age of five and twenty years. 
 
 3. Never to have been convicted in any criminal case. 
 
 42. The tribunate has the right to initiate 
 
 1 . The settlement of the territorial division of the republic. 
 
 2. The annual contributions and public charges. 
 
 3. The granting authority to the executive for negotiating 
 loans, and the adoption of measures for the extinction 
 of the public debt. 
 
 4. The regulation of the value, impress, alloy, weight, and 
 denomination of coin, as well as the regulation of weights 
 and measures. 
 
 5. The qualification of ports of every class. 
 
 6. The construction of roads, causeways, bridges, and 
 public buildings, the improvement of police, and of 
 branches of industry. 
 
 7. The regulation of the salaries and pay attached to officers 
 of state. 
 
 8. The reforms that may be deemed necessary in the revenue 
 branches and in the war department. 
 
 9. The declaration of war or peace at the proposal of 
 government. 
 
 10. Treaties of alliance. 
 
 11. The permission of transit to foreign troops. 
 
 12. The amount of land and sea forces for the service of the 
 year at the proposal of government. 
 
 13. The ordinances of the navy, army, and national militia, 
 at the recommendation of government. 
 
 14. The direction of foreign affairs. 
 
 15. The granting of letters of naturalization and citizenship. 
 
 16. The granting of general pardons.
 
 APPENDIX N. 
 
 43. The chamber of tribunes is to be renewed by moieties every 
 two years, and its continuance is to be for four years. In the 
 first legislature, the moiety which retires at the end of two years 
 is to be determined by lot. 
 
 44. Tribunes may be re-elected. 
 
 Chapter 3. Of the Chamber (>/' Senators. 
 
 45. The requisites for being a senator are : 
 
 1. The qualifications requisite for electors. 
 
 2. The age of five-and- thirty years complete. 
 
 3. The never having been found guilty of any criminal act. 
 
 46. The attributes and duties of the senate are : 
 
 1. The formation of civil and criminal codes, laws relative 
 to judicial procedures, to commerce, and ecclesiastical 
 regulations. 
 
 2. The initiation of all laws respecting the reforms of 
 judicial proceedings. 
 
 3. To enforce the prompt administration of justice, in civil 
 as well as criminal cases. 
 
 4. To propose laws for preventing infractions of the constitu- 
 tion and the laws by magistrates, judges, and ecclesiastics. 
 
 5. To exact responsibility from the superior tribunals of 
 justice, from prefects, magistrates, and inferior or sub- 
 altern judges. 
 
 6. To propose, in ternaries, to the chamber of censors, the 
 individuals who are to compose the supreme tribunal of 
 justice, the archbishops, the bishops, dignitaries of the 
 church, canons, and prebendaries of cathedrals. 
 
 7- To approve or reject the prefects, governors, and cor- 
 
 regidors, whom the government presents from the ternary 
 
 formed by the electoral bodies. 
 8. To elect from the ternary, presented by the electoral 
 
 bodies, the district judges, and all the subalterns of the 
 
 department of justice. 
 
 9. To regulate the exercise of ecclesiastical patronage, and 
 propose laws touching all ecclesiastical affairs which 
 have any relation to the government. 
 10. To examine the decisions of ecclesiastical councils, bulls,
 
 504 APPENDIX N. 
 
 rescripts, and pontifical briefs, for the purpose of 
 approving or disapproving them. 
 
 47. The duration of members of the senate shall be eight years ; 
 one moiety to be renewed every four years, the first moiety of the 
 first legislature going out by lot. 
 
 48. The members of the senate may be re-elected. 
 
 Chapter 4. Of the Chamber of Censors* 
 
 49. The requisites for being a censor are : 
 
 1. The qualifications requisite for senators. 
 
 2. To be full forty years of age. 
 
 3. The never having been found guilty of a misdemeanor, 
 however slight. 
 
 50. The duties and attributes of the chamber of censors are 
 
 1. To see that the government do fulfil and cause to be 
 fulfilled the constitution, laws, and public treaties. 
 
 2. To denounce before the senate the infractions which the 
 executive may make in the constitution, the laws, and 
 the public treaties. 
 
 3. To demand of the senate the suspension of the vice- 
 president and secretaries of state, whenever the safety of 
 the republic shall urgently demand such a measure. 
 
 51. It belongs exclusively to the chamber of censors to accuse 
 the vice-presidents and the secretaries of state before the senate, 
 in cases of treason, commotions, or manifest violation of the 
 fundamental laws of the state. 
 
 52. If the senate deems the accusation preferred by the chamber 
 of censors to be well founded, then the national judgment will 
 take place ; and if, on the contrary, the senate should pronounce 
 a negative, then the accusation will be referred to the chamber of 
 tribunes. 
 
 53. If two chambers agree, the national judgment is to be 
 opened. 
 
 54. Then the three chambers are to unite, and, on view of the 
 documents presented by the chamber of censors, they shall decide, 
 by absolute plurality of votes, whether or not there be ground for 
 a prosecution of the vice-president or of the secretaries of state. 
 
 55. As soon as the national judicature shall have decided that
 
 APPENDIX N. 505 
 
 there is sufficient cause for prosecuting the vice-president or the 
 secretaries of state, then these officers are, by such act, instantly 
 suspended from their functions, and the chambers shall submit 
 the whole of the antecedent documents to the supreme tribunal 
 of justice, which is exclusively to take cognizance of the matter; 
 and the sentence pronounced by them shall be executed without 
 appeal. 
 
 56. As soon as the chambers declare that there is cause for 
 prosecuting the vice-president and secretaries of state, the pre- 
 sident of the republic is to propose to the united chambers a 
 candidate for the vice-presidentship, ad interim, and nominate 
 secretaries of state ad interim. If the first candidate be rejected 
 by an absolute plurality of votes of the legislative body, then the 
 president is to propose a second candidate ; and if this be likewise 
 rejected, he is to propose a third candidate ; and if this one be 
 also rejected, then the chambers shall elect, by plurality of vote, 
 in the space of twenty-four hours, one of three candidates proposed 
 by the president. 
 
 57. The vice-president elected ad interim shall discharge his 
 functions from the moment of this proceeding until the issue of 
 the judgment against the accused. 
 
 58. By a law, which is to be originated in the chamber of the 
 censors, all cases are to be determined in which the vice-president 
 and secretaries of state are either jointly or separately responsible. 
 
 59. To the chamber of censors it also belongs 
 
 1 . To choose from the ternary presented by the senate the 
 individuals who are to form the supreme tribunal of 
 justice, and those who have the presentation to vacant 
 archbishoprics, bishoprics, canonries, and prebends. 
 
 2. To propose all laws respecting the press, economy, plans 
 of instruction, and methods of public teaching. 
 
 3. To protect the liberty of the press, and to name the 
 judges by whom all causes relating to it are to be finally 
 decided. 
 
 4. To propose regulations for the encouragement of arts 
 and sciences. 
 
 6. To grant national rewards to such as, by their services, 
 deserve well of the republic.
 
 506 APPENDIX N. 
 
 6. To decree public honours to the memory of great men, 
 and of the virtues and services of citizens. 
 
 7 To condemn to eternal opprobrium the usurpers of public 
 authority, great traitors, and atrocious criminals. 
 
 60. The censors are appointed for life. 
 
 Chapter 5. Of the Formation and Promulgation of Lotos. 
 
 61. The government may propose to the chambers such pro- 
 jects of laws as it shall deem expedient. 
 
 62. The vice-president and the secretaries of state may attend 
 the sittings, and discuss the laws and other business ; but they 
 cannot either vote or be present while the votes are given. 
 
 63. When the chamber of tribunes shall adopt a project of a 
 law, they are to transmit it to the senate in the following 
 form: 
 
 " The chamber of tribunes transmits to the chamber of 
 senators the annexed project of law, and believes it to 
 be well founded." 
 
 64. If the chamber of senators approve the project of law, 
 they will return it to the chamber of tribunes in the form fol- 
 lowing : 
 
 " The senate returns to the chamber of tribunes the project 
 of law (with or without amendment), and believes that 
 it ought to be forwarded to the executive, to be put in 
 force." 
 
 65. All the chambers shall, in similar cases, observe the same 
 form. 
 
 66. If one chamber disapproves the amendments or additions 
 of another, and if the chamber which proposed it deems the pro- 
 ject, such as it was first proposed, to be advantageous, it may, by 
 a deputation of three members, invite a meeting of the two 
 chambers, to discuss such project, or the amendment made to it, 
 or its rejection. Such meeting of the chambers shall have no 
 other object than the desire of coming to an understanding, after 
 which each is to return and to adopt such deliberation as it may 
 think fit. 
 
 67- After the adoption of the project by two chambers, two 
 copies thereof are to be forwarded to the president of the re-
 
 APPENDIX N. 507 
 
 public, signed by the president and secretaries of the chamber 
 from whence the law emanates, in the form following : 
 " The chamber of , with the approbation of 
 
 transmits to the executive power the law respect- 
 ing , for promulgation." 
 
 68. If the chamber of senators should refuse the adoption of 
 the project of the chamber of tribunes, it is to be transmitted to 
 the chamber of censors in the form following : 
 
 " The chamber of senators transmits to that of the censors 
 the annexed project, not deeming it meet or conve- 
 nient." Whatever the chamber of censors then deter- 
 mines shall be final and definitive. 
 
 69. If the president of the republic thinks the law unsuit- 
 able, he must return it within the term of ten days to the 
 chamber that sent it, with his observations, and in the form 
 following : 
 
 " The executive believes this to require reconsideration." 
 
 70. The laws which were enacted within the last ten days of 
 the session may be retained by the executive till the next session, 
 when it must return them, together with its observations thereon. 
 
 71. When the executive power returns the laws with obser- 
 vations to the chambers, these shall meet; and whatever they 
 decide by plurality of votes shall take effect without any further 
 discussion or observation. 
 
 1 72. If the executive power have no observation to make on the 
 laws, it will assent to their promulgation in the form following : 
 
 " BE IT PROMULGATED." 
 
 73. The laws are to be promulgated in the following form : 
 " We, N. .N. president of the Bolivian republic, inform all 
 Bolivians that the legislative body has decreed, and that 
 we publish, the following law. QHere the text of the 
 law is set forth. J We hereby command all the authori- 
 ties of the republic to fulfil the same, and cause the 
 same to be fulfilled." 
 
 " The vice-president will cause this to be printed, published, 
 and circulated among all whom it may concern." It is 
 to be signed by the president, vice-president, and the 
 respective secretary of state.
 
 508 APPENDIX N. 
 
 74. The projects of law which originate in the senate are 
 to be transmitted to the chamber of censors, and if there ap- 
 proved, will acquire the form and validity of law. If the censors 
 refuse their approbation, the project of law is to be transmitted 
 to the chamber of tribunes, and its decision will then be com- 
 pleted, as has been stated with respect to the chamber of tri- 
 bunes. 
 
 75. The projects of law originated in the chamber of censors 
 shall be transmitted to the senate, whose sanction will give 
 them the form of law. But in case of their rejecting the project, 
 it is then to be transmitted to the tribunate, who can adopt or 
 reject, as in the case of the preceding article. 
 
 TITLE V. OF THE EXECUTIVE POWER. 
 
 76. The exercise of the executive power is vested in a pre- 
 sident for life, a vice-president, and three secretaries of state. 
 
 Chapter 1. Of the President. 
 
 77- The president of the republic is to be named for the first 
 time by the absolute majority of votes of the legislative body. 
 
 78. The requisites for being eligible as president of the re- 
 public are : 
 
 1. Being an active citizen and native of Bolivia. 
 
 2. Being upwards of thirty years of age. 
 
 3. Having rendered important services to the republic. 
 
 4. Possessing known talents in the administration of the 
 state. 
 
 5. Not having ever been condemned by the tribunals, even 
 for slight offences. 
 
 79. The president of the republic is the chief of the admi- 
 nistration of the state, without responsibility for the acts of the 
 said administration. 
 
 80. On the resignation, death, infirmity, *or absence, of the 
 president of the republic, the vice-president shall be ipso facto 
 his successor. 
 
 81. In the absence or non-existence of the president and vice- 
 president of the republic, the three secretaries of state will,
 
 APPENDIX N. 509 
 
 ad interim, take charge of the administration ; the oldest in office 
 acting as president, until the legislative body shall assemble. 
 82. The functions of the president of the republic are : 
 
 1. To open the session of the chambers, and to present to 
 them a message concerning the state of the republic. 
 
 2. To propose to the chambers the vice-president, and to 
 name of himself the three secretaries of state. 
 
 3. Himself to remove the vice-president and secretaries of 
 state when he deems fit. 
 
 4. To cause the laws to be published, to circulate them, 
 and cause them to be respected. 
 
 5. To authorize the regulations or orders for the best 
 possible fulfilment of the constitution, laws, and public 
 treaties. 
 
 6. To forward and cause to be executed the sentences of 
 the tribunals of justice. 
 
 7- To require the legislative body to prorogue its sittings 
 for the space of thirty days. 
 
 8. To convoke extraordinary sittings of the legislative 
 body, in case of absolute necessity. 
 
 9. To dispose of the permanent land and sea forces, for 
 the external defence of the republic. 
 
 10. To command in person "the armies of the republic, 
 in peace and in war. Whenever the president absents 
 himself from the capital, the vice-president shall be 
 charged with the command of the republic. 
 
 11. When the president directs the war in person, he 
 may reside in any part of the territory occupied by the 
 national army. 
 
 12. To dispose of the national militia for internal security 
 within the limits of its departments and beyond them, 
 with the consent of the legislative body. 
 
 ] 3. To appoint all the officers in the army and navy. 
 
 14. To establish military and nautical schools. 
 
 15. To cause military hospitals and receptacles for invalids 
 to be established. 
 
 16. To grant permission to retire, and leave of absence ; to 
 grant pensions to soldiers, and provide for their families
 
 510 APPENDIX N. 
 
 according to the laws, and by them to regulate all other 
 matters in this department. 
 
 17. To declare war in the name of the republic, after a 
 decree of the legislative body. 
 
 18. To grant letters of marque and reprisal. 
 
 J9. To attend to the collection and application of taxes 
 according to law. 
 
 20. To name the revenue officers. 
 
 21. To direct the diplomatic negotiations, to conclude 
 treaties of peace, friendship, federation, alliance, sus- 
 pensions of arms, armed -neutrality, commerce, and all 
 other, of every description, always with the previous 
 approbation of the legislative body. 
 
 22. To appoint the public ministers, consuls, and sub- 
 alterns of the foreign department. 
 
 23. To receive foreign ministers. 
 
 24. To allow or suspend the decision of councils of the 
 church, pontifical bulls, briefs, and rescripts, with 
 consent of the power in the state concerned therein. 
 
 25. To present to the senate, for its approbation, one of 
 three candidates proposed by the electoral body, for 
 the situation of prefects, governors, and corregidors. 
 
 26. To present to the ecclesiastical government one of 
 the three candidates proposed by the electoral body, 
 as curates and vicars of the provinces. 
 
 27. To suspend, for as long as three months, any officer, 
 when it may be requisite. 
 
 28. To commute capital punishments decreed by the tri- 
 bunals against culprits. 
 
 29. To transmit, in the name of the republic, the com- 
 missions and appointments to all functionaries. 
 
 83. The restrictions on the president of the republic are : 
 
 1. The president cannot deprive a single Bolivian of his 
 liberty, nor inflict punishment of his own accord. 
 
 2. When the safety of the republic requires the impri- 
 sonment of one or more citizens, he cannot keep the 
 accused longer than forty-eight hours, without deli- 
 vering him over to the proper tribunal or judge.
 
 APPENDIX N. 511 
 
 3. He cannot deprive any individual of his property, 
 unless the public interests urgently demand it ; and 
 then a just indemnity must be previously given to the 
 proprietor. 
 
 4. He cannot impede the elections, or other functions, 
 which the laws commit to the divers powers of the 
 republic. 
 
 5. He cannot absent himself from the territory of the 
 republic, or from the capital, without permission of 
 the legislative body. 
 
 Chapter 2. Of the V ice-President. 
 
 84. The vice-president is named by the president of the re- 
 public, and approved by the legislative body, in the manner 
 mentioned in the 56th Article. 
 
 85. By a special law, the mode of succession is to be deter- 
 mined, comprising all the cases that can occur. 
 
 86. For the place of vice-president the same qualifications are 
 requisite as for the president. 
 
 87- The vice-president of the republic is the head of the 
 ministry. 
 
 88. He and the secretary of state of the respective depart- 
 ment shall be responsible for the administration of the state. 
 
 89. He shall, in the name of the republic and of the presi- 
 dent, despatch and sign all the affairs of the administration in 
 conjunction with the secretary of state in the respective depart- 
 ment. 
 
 90. He cannot absent himself from the territory of the re- 
 public, or from the capital, without permission from the legis- 
 lative body. 
 
 Chapter 3. Of the Secretaries of State. 
 
 91. There shall be three secretaries of state. One of them 
 is to take charge of the government department and foreign 
 affairs, the other of the department of finance, and the third of 
 war and marine. 
 
 92. These three secretaries are to despatch business under the 
 immediate orders of the vice-president.
 
 512 APPENDIX N. 
 
 93. Neither the tribunals nor any of the public authorities 
 shall fulfil any orders of the executive, which are not signed by 
 the vice-president and the secretary of state of the corresponding 
 department. 
 
 94. The secretaries of state are to be responsible with the 
 vice-president for all the orders they may authorize contrary to 
 the constitution, the laws, and public treaties. 
 
 95. They are to make estimates of the annual charges to be 
 incurred in their respective branches, and to give an account of 
 those incurred the preceding year. 
 
 96. The requisites of a secretary of state are : 
 
 1. To be an active citizen. 
 
 2. To have completed the age of thirty years. 
 
 3. Never to have been condemned in any criminal case. 
 
 TITLE VI. OF THE JUDICIAL POWER. 
 
 Chapter 1. Attributes of this Power. 
 
 97. The tribunals and seats of judgment exercise no other 
 functions than that of applying the existing laws. 
 
 98. The magistrates and judges are to continue during good 
 behaviour. 
 
 99. The magistrates and judges cannot be suspended from 
 their office, but in cases prescribed by law; the enforcement of 
 which, respecting the former, belongs to the senate ; and that 
 respecting the latter belongs to the district courts, with the 
 previous cognizance of government. 
 
 100. An action or process on the part of the people lies in 
 case of any heavy offence of the magistrates or judges in the 
 discharge of their respective official duties, which must be com- 
 menced within the space of a year, through the intervention of 
 the electoral body. 
 
 101. Justice is to be administered in the name of the nation, 
 and the acts of the superior tribunals are to be executed in the 
 same way. 
 
 Chapter 2. Of the Supreme Court. 
 
 102. The first judicial magistracy of the state is vested in the 
 supreme court of justice.
 
 APPENDIX N. 513 
 
 103. The supreme court is to consist of a president, six other 
 members, and a fiscal, divided into suitable sections. 
 
 104. The requisites for members of the supreme tribunal of 
 justice are: 
 
 1. Being thirty-five years of age. 
 
 2. Being an active citizen. 
 
 3. Having been member of some of the judicial district 
 
 courts ; and, until those shall be organized, advocates 
 aie eligible, who have, during eight years, exercised 
 their profession with credit. 
 
 105. The functions of the supreme tribunal of justice are : 
 
 1. To take cognizance of criminal causes against the vice- 
 
 president of the republic, the secretaries of state, and 
 members of the chambers, whenever the legislative 
 body shall order a prosecution to be instituted against 
 them. 
 
 2. To take cognizance of all contested causes in matters of 
 
 ecclesiastical patronage. 
 
 3. To examine bulls, briefs, and rescripts, that relate to 
 
 civil matters. 
 
 4. To take cognizance of causes in which are concerned 
 
 ambassadors, resident ministers, consuls, and diplo- 
 matic agents. 
 
 5. To take cognizance of the removal of magistrates of the 
 
 courts of judicial districts, and prefects of the depart- 
 ments. . 
 
 6. To adjust the differences of the courts of justice amongst 
 
 themselves, or with other authorities. 
 
 7. To take cognizance in the third instance of the residence 
 
 of every public functionary. 
 
 8. To take into consideration the doubts of the other tri- 
 
 bunals respecting the interpretation of any law, and 
 to consult with the executive for promoting a suitable 
 declaration in the chambers. 
 
 9. To take cognizance of appeals of nullity, which may be 
 
 interposed against the sentences pronounced in the last 
 instance by courts of justice. 
 10. To examine the state and progress of civil and criminal 
 
 VOL. II. L L
 
 514 APPENDIX N. 
 
 cases and suits, which may be pending in the district 
 courts, by such means as the law may establish. 
 11. Finally, to exercise a high control, directive, economical, 
 and correctional, over the tribunals and judicial courts 
 of the nation. 
 
 Chapter 3. Of the Courls of Judicial Districts. 
 106. The requisites for a member of this court are : 
 
 1 . Being full thirty years of age. 
 
 2. Being an active citizen. 
 
 3. Having been a judge learned in the law, or having 
 exercised the profession of an advocate for five years 
 with credit. 
 
 107- The functions of the judicial district courts are : 
 
 1. To take cognizance in the second and third instance 
 
 of all civil causes in common law, public revenue, 
 commerce, mining, prizes, confiscation of goods in con- 
 junction with an individual of each of these professions 
 as judge associate. 
 
 2. To take cognizance of disputed jurisdictions between all 
 
 the subordinate judges of their judicial district. 
 
 3. To take cognizance of the forced appeals which may be 
 
 introduced from the ecclesiastical tribunals and autho- 
 rities in the territory of such court. 
 
 Chapter 4. Judicial Districts. 
 
 108. In the provinces there shall be established judicial di- 
 stricts proportionally equal, and in every capital of a district 
 there shall be a judge learned in the law, with such jurisdiction 
 as shall be determined by law. 
 
 109. The powers of these judges shall be limited to suits at 
 law, and they can take cognizance in civil matters to the ex- 
 tent of two hundred dollars, without appeal. 
 
 110. The requisites for a judge are : 
 
 1 . The age of eight-and-twenty years. 
 
 2. Being an active citizen. 
 
 3. Being an admitted advocate in some tribunal of the re- 
 
 public.
 
 APPENDIX N. 515 
 
 4. Having exercised the profession for four years with credit. 
 
 111. The judges learned in the law are personally responsible 
 for their conduct before the judicial district courts, as the indi- 
 vidual members of these are before the supreme tribunal of 
 justice. 
 
 Chapter 5. Of the Administration of Justice. 
 
 112. There shall be justices of peace in every town, to promote 
 reconciliations ; no demand for redress, civil or criminal, being 
 admissible without such previous endeavour. 
 
 113. The ministry of the conciliators is limited to hearing 
 the representations of the parties, explaining their rights to them, 
 and proposing a prudent accommodation between them. 
 
 1 14. Fiscal or revenue actions admit of no accommodation. 
 
 115. No more than a first, a second, and a third instance are 
 allowed in the judgments. 
 
 116. The appeal of notorious injustice is abolished. 
 
 117- No Bolivian can be arrested without previous informa- 
 tion of the fact, by which he may become liable to corporal 
 punishment, and a summons in writing from the judge before 
 whom he is to be brought, except in the cases provided in the 
 83d article, 2d restriction; 123 and 133. 
 
 118. Instantly, if that be possible, his declaration is to be 
 given without oath, and is in no case to be delayed longer than 
 forty-eight hours. 
 
 119. Any delinquent taken injlagranle delicto, may be arrested 
 by any person whomsoever, and be carried before a judge. 
 
 120. In criminal causes, the trial and judgment are to be 
 public. The fact is to be investigated, and declared by the jury 
 (when this institution shall have been established), and the law 
 is to be applied by the judges. 
 
 121. Torture is never to be applied, nor is any confession to 
 be exacted. 
 
 122. All confiscations of property are abolished, as likewise 
 every sort of cruel punishment, and hereditary infamy or corrup- 
 tion of blood. The criminal code shall restrict, as much as pos- 
 sible, the application of capital punishment. 
 
 123. If, under any extraordinary circumstances, the public 
 
 L L 2
 
 516 APPENDIX N. 
 
 safety should require the suspension of any of the formalities pre- 
 scribed in this chapter, the chambers shall be empowered to 
 decree such suspension. And if the chambers should happen 
 not to be assembled, and sitting at the time, then may the exe- 
 cutive provisionally discharge these functions, rendering an ac- 
 count of the same at the next meeting of the chambers, and re- 
 maining in the mean time responsible for the abuses that may 
 have been committed. 
 
 TITLE VII. OF THE INTERIOR GOVERNMENT OP 
 THE REPUBLIC. 
 
 Single Chapter. 
 
 124. The superior political government of every department 
 is vested in a prefect. 
 
 125. That of every province in a governor. 
 
 126. That of the cantons in a corregidor. 
 
 127. In every town, whose population is not below one hun- 
 dred souls, in itself, or within its boundary, there shall be a 
 justice of peace. 
 
 128. Where the population of such town, or its territory, ex- 
 ceeds one thousand souls, it shall have (in addition to a justice of 
 peace for every two hundred souls), an alcalde ; and where the 
 number of souls exceeds a thousand, there shall be a justice of 
 peace for every five hundred, and an alcalde for every two 
 thousand. 
 
 129. The offices of the alcaldes and justices of peace are obli- 
 gatory ; and no citizen can, without just cause, claim an exemp- 
 tion from discharging those offices. 
 
 130. The prefects, governors, and corregidors, are to continue 
 in the discharge of their function's for four years, but may be re- 
 elected after the expiration of that term. 
 
 131. The alcaldes and justices of peace are to be relieved 
 every two years, but may be re-elected. 
 
 132. The duties of prefects, governors, corregidors, and al- 
 caldes, are to be denned by law, for the maintenance of public 
 order and security, with gradual subordination to the supreme 
 government.
 
 APPENDIX N. 517 
 
 133. They are prohibited from taking any judicial cognizance ; 
 but should the Dublic safety require the apprehension of any in- 
 dividual, and circumstances not allow him to be denounced before 
 the respective judge, they may forthwith order his apprehension, 
 and give notice to the corresponding court of justice within eight- 
 and-forty hours. Any abuse committed by these magistrates, 
 with respect to personal or domestic security, will be ground of 
 action at common law. 
 
 TITLE VIII. OF THE ARMED FORCE. 
 
 Separate Chapter. 
 
 134. There is to be in the republic a permanent armed force. 
 
 135. The armed force is to consist of the army of the line, and 
 of a naval squadron. 
 
 136. There are to be in every province bodies of national mi- 
 litia, composed of the inhabitants of each province. 
 
 137- There is to be likewise a military preventive service, 
 principally intended to impede all clandestine trade, or smuggling. 
 The particular organization and composition of this corps is to be 
 detailed in a special regulation. 
 
 Chapter 1. Reform of the Constitution. 
 
 138 If, after the lapse of years from the time when the 
 
 oaths of allegiance to the constitution were taken, it shall be per- 
 ceived that its articles require to be reformed, a written proposi- 
 tion to that effect shall be made, and signed by at the least ten 
 members of the chamber of tribunes, which must have the sup- 
 port of two-thirds of the members present in the chamber. 
 
 139. This proposition is to be read three times, at an interval 
 of six days between each of the readings; and after the third 
 reading, the chamber of tribunes is to deliberate whether such 
 proposition is to be debated or not : in all other respects, the fore- 
 going regulations for the enactment of laws shall be observed. 
 
 140. The discussion being allowed, and the chamber being 
 convinced of the necessity of reforming the constitution, a law 
 is to be enacted, commanding the electoral bodies to confer on the 
 deputies of the three chambers special powers for altering or re-
 
 518 APPENDIX N. 
 
 forming the constitution, stating the basis on which such reform 
 is to be founded. 
 
 141. In the first sessions of the legislature, following that in 
 which the motion for altering or reforming the constitution was 
 first submitted, shall the matter be proposed and discussed; and 
 that which the chambers resolve upon shall take effect, the exe- 
 cutive power having been consulted on the expediency of the 
 reform. 
 
 Chapter 2. Presentation and Responsibility of Functionaries. 
 
 142. When candidates for official situations are to be proposed, 
 three persons shall be put in nomination, and submitted to the 
 executive power; who will select one, and return him for con- 
 firmation to the corresponding chamber. Should the chamber not 
 approve him, a second is to be presented; and if the second be 
 likewise rejected, a third is to be presented} and should the 
 chamber again withhold its approbation, it shall then peremptorily 
 admit one of the three proposed by the executive. 
 
 143. The holders of public offices and trusts are held strictly 
 responsible for the abuses they may commit in the performance 
 and discharge of their functions. 
 
 TITLE IX. OF GUARANTEES. 
 
 Single Chapter. 
 
 144. The constitution guarantees to the citizens civil liberty, 
 security of persons and property, and equality in the eye of the 
 law. 
 
 145. All citizens may communicate their thoughts either 
 verbally or in writing, and publish the same by means of the 
 press, without the previous intervention of censorship; but 
 under such responsibility as the law may determine. 
 
 146. Every Bolivian may remain within the territory of the 
 republic, or leave it, as it suits him best, and carry his property 
 away with him ; subject, however, to the regulations of the police, 
 and without prejudice to the rights of a third party. 
 
 147- Every Bolivian's house is an inviolable asylum. No 
 person can enter it by night without his consent ; and even in the
 
 APPENDIX O. 
 
 daytime it may only be entered in the cases and in the manner 
 pointed out by the law. 
 
 148. The taxes and contributions are to be proportionally 
 raised and levied without any exemption or privilege whatever. 
 
 149. All hereditary employments, privileges, and entails, are 
 abolished; and all property, though belonging to pious works and 
 religious institutions, or other objects, is alienable. 
 
 150. No species or description of work, industry, or trade, can 
 be prohibited, provided they be not repugnant to the public 
 usages, or to the safety and good health of the Bolivians. 
 
 151. Every inventor is to be secured in the fall property of 
 his discovery and its products. The law shall ensure him an ex- 
 clusive privilege or patent for a certain time, or a compensation 
 for the loss he may incur by making it public. 
 
 152. The constitutional powers cannot suspend the constitution 
 nor the rights belonging to Bolivians, except in the cases and 
 under the circumstances expressed in the same constitution, when 
 the term of such suspension must be indispensably mentioned. 
 
 (O.) 
 
 RESIGNATION of BOLIVAR addressed to the Senate. 
 
 " Head-quarters, Caracas, February 6, 1827- 
 
 " To His Excellency the President of the Honourable Chamber of 
 the Senate. 
 
 " Most Excellent Sir, 
 
 " Under no circumstances has the august authority of congress 
 been so necessary to the republic as at this period, when internal 
 disagreement has divided their minds, and excited commotions 
 throughout the whole nation. Called by your excellency to take 
 the oath of office, as president of the republic, I came to the 
 capital, whence I was obliged to set out for the department of 
 ancient Venezuela. On my way from Bogota to this city, I issued 
 some important decrees, which were called for by urgent necessity. 
 Your excellency will have the goodness to direct the attention of
 
 520 APPENDIX O. 
 
 congress to them, and beseech it, in my name,, to take them into 
 serious consideration. If I have exceeded my powers, let me bear 
 the blame; I am willing to sacrifice even my innocence to the 
 salvation of my country. That sacrifice only was wanting, and I 
 glory in not having shunned it. When I learned in Peru, by an 
 official notice, my appointment to the presidency of the republic, 
 which the people had conferred on me, my answer to the execu- 
 tive government was a refusal to accept of the first magistracy of 
 the nation. I have been for fourteen years supreme chief and 
 president of the republic ; I have been forced by the perils of the 
 times to fill that office ; but those perils no longer exist, and I 
 may retire to the enjoyment of private life. I beg of the congress 
 to recollect the situation of Colombia, of America, of the whole 
 world Every thing conspires to natter us. There is not a 
 Spaniard on the American continent. Domestic peace has reigned 
 in Colombia since the commencement of this year. Many powerful 
 nations recognize our political existence, and some of them are our 
 allies. A large portion of the American states are confederated 
 with Colombia, and Great Britain menaces Spain. What mighty 
 hopes are -ours ! The immensity of the gifts which Providence 
 has prepared for us are contained in the hidden abyss of time. 
 Providence alone is our guardian. As to myself the suspicions 
 of a tyrannic usurpation disturb my mind, and weaken the con- 
 fidence of the Colombians. The zealous republicans cannot look 
 on me without a secret fear, inasmuch as history has told them 
 that all, in similar circumstances, have been ambitious. In vain 
 I seek to defend myself by the example of WASHINGTON ; and, 
 in truth, one, or even many exceptions, can effect nothing against 
 the experience of a whole world, ever oppressed by the powerful. 
 I am grieved between the troubles of my fellow-citizens and the 
 sentence which I expect from posterity. I do not feel myself 
 innocent of ambition, and for my own sake I wish to snatch 
 myself from the grasp of this fury; to free my fellow-citizens 
 from uneasiness; and to secure after my death a remembrance 
 worthy of liberty. With such sentiments I renounce for ever 
 (mil y millones de veces) the presidentship. The congress and 
 the people may look upon this renunciation as irrevocable. No- 
 thing shall have the power to prevail on me to continue in the
 
 APPENDIX P. 521 
 
 public service after having employed in it the whole of my past 
 life; and now that the triumph has conferred rights so sublime 
 upon all, shall I alone be deprived of that prerogative? No, the 
 congress and the Colombian people are just; they will not seek to 
 give me up to the ignominy of desertion. But a few days now 
 remain to me: I have passed more than two thirds of my life; 
 let me then be permitted to hope for an obscure death in the 
 silent retirement of my paternal mansion. My sword and heart 
 will nevertheless ever be Colombia's, and my last sigh will ascend 
 to heaven for her happiness. 
 
 " I implore from the congress and from the people the favour 
 of simple citizenship. 
 
 " God preserve your excellency, 
 
 " Most excellent sir, 
 (Signed) "SIMON BOLIVAR." 
 
 Proclamation of Bolivar, dated \Qth June, 1827. 
 
 " Colombians! your enemies threaten the destruction of Co- 
 lombia : it is my duty to save it. 
 
 " I have now been fourteen years at your head, by the almost 
 unanimous wish of the people. At every period of the glory and 
 prosperity of the republic I have resigned the supreme command 
 with the most perfect sincerity. I have desired nothing-so much as 
 to divest myself of irresponsible power; an instrument of tyranny 
 which I detest even more than ignominy itself. But, ought I to 
 abandon you in the moment of peril? Would it be the conduct of 
 a soldier or a citizen ? No, Colombians ! I am resolved to confront 
 every danger rather than anarchy should usurp the laws of liberty, 
 or rebellion that of the constitution. 
 
 " As a citizen, as liberator and president, my duty imposes 
 upon me the glorious necessity of sacrificing myself for you. I 
 march, then, to the southern confines of the republic, to expose 
 my life and my fame, to free you from those perfidious men, who, 
 after trampling on their most sacred duties, have raised the
 
 522 APPENDIX P. 
 
 standard of treason to invade the departments which have proved 
 themselves most faithful and most worthy of our protection. 
 
 " Colombians! the national voice is suppressed by that modern 
 praetorian band, which have taken upon them to dictate laws to 
 the sovereign which they ought to obey. They have arrogated to 
 themselves the supreme rights of the nation; they have violated 
 every public principle; in a word,, the troops, which were Co- 
 lombians, the auxiliaries of Peru, have wished to establish in 
 their country a novel and foreign government upon the spoils 
 of the republic ; and, in their outrages and insults, surpass even 
 our ancient oppressors. 
 
 " Colombians ! I appeal to your glory and to your patriotism. 
 United round that national flag, which has been borne in triumph 
 from the mouth of the Orinoco to the summits of Potosi, continue 
 your attachment to it, and the nation will yet preserve its liberty, 
 and again repose, with full confidence, on the national will for 
 the decision of its destinies. The ' grand convention' is the cry of 
 Colombia, and of most urgent necessity to its welfare. The grand 
 convention I shall without delay convoke, and in its hands I shall 
 deposit the baton and the sword which were given to me by the 
 republic; yes, which were confided to me by the people as con- 
 stitutional president, as invested with supreme extraordinary 
 authority in the state. We have obtained freedom, and glory, 
 and laws, in spite of our enemies. That freedom, that glory, 
 and those laws, we will preserve in spite of a monstrous anarchy. 
 
 (Signed) BOLIVAR. 
 
 " Head-quarters, Caracas, 19th June, 1827-"
 
 INDEX. 
 
 A. 
 
 Abadia, Don Pedro de, a Spanish merchant, ii. 144, 145. 
 
 Abascal, viceroy of Peru, i. 70 ; superseded by General Pezuela, 
 85. 113. 
 
 Abreu, Spanish commissioner, arrives in Peru, i. 300. 
 
 Aguerro, Dr., Don Julian Segunda de, ii. 404. 413. 
 
 Alarcon, Captain Don Juan, aide-de-camp to General Miller, 
 ii. 202. 
 
 Albano^Cardinal, ii. 396. 
 
 Albuquerque, Duke of, i. 36. 
 
 Alcazar, General, murdered, i. 228. 
 
 Alcedo, governor of Corunna, i. 33. 
 
 Aldana, Dr. Lopez, i. 298. 302. 
 
 Aldao, Major, i. 282. 295. 
 
 Aldunate, Lieutenant-Colonel, i. 293. 416; ii.371. 
 
 Aliaga, Don Diego, ii. 247- 
 
 Alomi, Corporal, assists Captain Brown to escape, i. 223, 283. 
 
 Alvarado, General, i. 294. 359 ; ii. 2 ; takes command of an 
 expedition destined for Puertos Intermedios, 5; his opera- 
 tions, 13; indecision, 15; his disagreement with General 
 Miller, 16 ; is defeated at Torata and Moquega, 20; sails for 
 Lima, 21 . 72. 90 ; the garrison of Callao mutinies, and makes 
 him a prisoner, 113; regains his liberty at Puno, 231. 
 
 Alvarado, Don Felipe Antonio, i. 422. 
 
 Alvarez Condarco, Colonel, ii. 258. 
 
 Alvarez, Royalist general, surrenders at Cuzco, ii. 230. 
 
 Alvarez, Deputy of Congress at Lima, ii. 118.
 
 524 INDEX. 
 
 Alvear, Don Carlos de, i. 76 ; takes Monte Video, 79 ; elected 
 supreme director of Buenos Ayres, 80; ii. 310; made general- 
 in-chief of the Buenos Ayrean troops, 415. 
 
 Althaus, Colonel, ii. 174; his inexhaustible humour, 178. 181 ; 
 is taken prisoner, 182; recovers his liberty, 208; his mar- 
 riage, 209. 
 
 Amazons, river, source of the, ii. 139. 
 
 Ameller, Royalist Colonel, afterwards General, i. 331 ; ii. 18. 
 66.91; killed, 170. 
 
 Americans, their enthusiastic loyalty, i. 31 ; their generosity, 33. 
 
 Anaco, or hanco, a scarf worn as mourning for the Incas, ii. 226. 
 
 Andes, army of the, organized, i. 90 ; composition of, 105 ; passes 
 of the, 104. 
 
 Andenes or terraces, i. 219. 
 
 Andrews, Captain Joseph, ii. 292 ; arrives at Potosi, 310. 
 
 Anecdote, of the spectacles, i. 7; of priestly rapacity, 13, 14; 
 of a patriot boy, 43 ; of a French officer, 44 ; illustrative of 
 the attractions of savage life, 100, 101; of Lord Cochrane, 
 215 ; of the honourable Thomas Cochrane, ibid. ; of retri- 
 butive justice, 224 ; of Colonel Hoyos, 252 ; of Benavides, 
 his miraculous escape, 259 ; of Rojas, a marine, 265 ; of 
 Captain Belasquez, 331 ; of an earthquake, 334 ; of two 
 men released from slavery, 335; of Lieut. La Tapia, 336; 
 his inveteracy against Spaniards, 339 ; of the manner of ob- 
 taining transports, 346; of Ildefonzo, servant to General 
 Miller, 353 ; of a Peruvian Meg Merrilies, ibid ; of a hu- 
 morous farmer of Guamanga, 365 ; of an Indian who lost his 
 horse, 366 ; of the Palanganas, 407 ; of a deaf lady, ii. 28 ; 
 of a French gentleman who lost his own language, ibid. ; 
 of an Italian who lost his own language without acquiring 
 any other, 29 ; of an Irish boy, 95; of Canterac and his 
 priests, 99 ; of desperate bravery in a Scotchman, 127; of 
 fidelity and gratitude, 145 ; of a milk-white mule, 178; of the 
 brothers Tur, 193; of the silver helmets, 203; of a miracle 
 atCuzco, 224; of Salcedo, 234 ; of the caxchas, 281; of holy 
 friars, 288; of Colonel O'Leary, 305; of Colonel Ferguson, 
 334 ; of Colonel Belford Wilson, juvenile spirit, 335 ; of 
 Judge Prevost, 403; of General Alvear, 415, note.
 
 INDEX. 525 
 
 Aramburu, Captain, afterwards commandant, i. 324 ; is drowned, 
 350. 
 
 Araucanian Indians, their vindictive character, i. 228. 
 
 Arches, triumphal, ii. 304. 
 
 Arcos, Major, i. 171 ; his character, ibid., note. 
 
 Arenales, Don Juan Antonio de, i. 78; takes lea, 281; 
 marches for the interior, 282 ; defeats the Spaniards at Cerro 
 de Pasco, 293; recrosses the Andes, 294.301 ; enter sPasco, 
 302 ; withdraws, and sails for Chile, from Peru, ii. 61 ; go- 
 vernor of Salta, 125 ; account of, 386. 
 
 Arequipa, description of, ii. 77 
 
 Arguelles, Don Andres, ii. 283. 
 
 Aristizabal, Lieutenant, executed on a charge of conspiracy, ii. 
 341. 
 
 Armistice of Punchauca, i. 302. 
 
 Armstrong, Reverend Mr., ii. 426. 
 
 Artigas, i. 54. ; biography of, 56 ; his character, 74. 80 ; his 
 death, 82. 
 
 Artillery, Buenos Ayrean, i. 173. 
 
 Atrocities of the Spaniards, i. 41 51. 
 
 Asagra, Captain, i. 324; ii. 371. 
 
 Assassin, execution of an, ii. 36. 
 
 Atacama, description of the desert of, ii. 124. 
 
 Auchmuty, General Sir Samuel, i. 58. 
 
 Ayacucho,-battle of, ii. 197200. 
 
 Ayoma, battle of, i. 77- 
 
 B. 
 
 Balcarce, Don Antonio de, i. 67- 75 ; marches against and 
 
 attacks Sanchez, i. 226 ; death of, 227, note. 
 Ballejos, Major, ii. 285. 
 Balls, at Lima, i. 402 ; at Potosi, ii. 290. 
 Balsas, rafts made of logs of wood, description of, i. 220; 
 
 balsas made of bull-hides, ii. 34 ; description of, 54. 
 Banda Oriental, i. 82; ii. 409417- 
 Banditti, near Lima, i. 386. 
 Barber Beaumont, Mr., ii. 414. 
 
 Bardaxi, minister for foreign affairs at Madrid, ii. 373. 376. 
 Barnard, Mr. James, ii. 113. 254.
 
 526 INDEX. 
 
 Barra, Don Jose Miguel de la, consul general from Chile ; in- 
 troduction, xxxv. 
 
 Barrandalla, royalist colonel, ii. 46. 
 
 Barry, Mr., editor of Ulloa's " Noticias Secretas," i. 6. 
 
 Barton, Mr., ii. 426. 
 
 Baths at Lima, i. 389. 
 
 Bayley, Lieutenant, killed, i. 228. 
 
 Bayley, Lieutenant, of the Galvarino, killed, i. 232. 
 
 Beauchef, Major, afterwards Colonel, i. 134 ; embarks with Lord 
 Cochrane at Concepcion, 242 ; lands at Valdivia, 253 ; visits 
 the town of Valdivia with Lord Cochrane, ibid ; defeats the 
 Spaniards at Osorno, 265. 
 
 Beaver, Captain of H. M. S. Acasta, i. 34 ; his letter, 427- 
 
 Begg, Mr. John, ii. 49. 
 
 Bejerano, Doctor Don Mariano de, cura of Chala, ii. 40. 95. 97- 
 
 Belasquez, Captain, i. 331. 348. 
 
 Belgrano, Don Manuel, i. 59. 69. 75, 76 ; character, 83 ; death, 
 84. 
 
 Bell, Captain, ii. 371. 
 
 Beltran, Friar^ becomes an officer, i. 106; in charge of the field 
 depot, 170; his death, note, ibid. 
 
 Benavides, i. 227 ; his atrocities, 228; biographical sketch of, 257; 
 taken at the battle of Maypo, ibid. ; shot, 259 ; his marvellous 
 escape, ibid. ; interviews with General San Martin, 260 ; re- 
 employed in the patriot service, 260 ; takes offence and de- 
 serts, 261 ; is taken and executed, 274, note. 
 
 Benevente, Colonel, ii. 99. 
 
 Beresford, General, i. 58 ; ii. 399. 
 
 Berg, Grand Duke of, (Murat,) i. 71. 
 
 Bermudes, Lieutenant-Colonel, i. 282. 
 
 Besanilla, Sehor, ii. 242. 
 
 Bevan, Mr., an English miner, ii. 143, 144. 
 
 Bickerings between Lord Cochrane and Captain Guise, i. 273. 
 
 Biddle, Captain, U. S. service, i. 177- 
 
 Blanco-Ciceron, Lieutenant-Colonel, afterwards Admiral, de- 
 feated at Cancharayada, i. 119; appointed commodore, 192; 
 takes the Maria Isabel, 196; returns to Valparaiso, 205 ; his 
 reception at Santiago, ibid.; arrives at Huacho, 217; at 
 Valparaiso, 221 ; ii. 6. 371 .
 
 INDEX. 527 
 
 Blanco, Colonel, ii. 202. 
 Blanco, Mrs. Commodore, i. 208. 
 
 Bobadilla, Captain, a Spanish braggadocio, i. 265; ii. 207- 
 Bogado, Lieutenant-Colonel, ii. 71 
 Bolas, description of the, i. ]50. 
 
 Bolivar, President of Colombia, his interview with the protector 
 of Peru, i. 418 ; unites Guayaquil with Colombia, 419 ; ar- 
 rives in Lima, and is invested with supreme authority, ii. 
 102; his letter to General Miller, 103; marches from Lima 
 against Riva-Aguero, 104; his energetic measures, 121; re- 
 views the patriot forces, 158 ; his proclamation, ibid ; pre- 
 sent at! the battle of Junin, 162; quits the army, and re- 
 turns to the coast, 170; resigns the dictatorship, but is 
 persuaded to resume it, 301 ; he visits the departments, 
 ibid. ; his reception at Potosi, 305, 309 ; his unsolicited 
 testimonial to General Miller, 312; goes to Chuqui- 
 saca, 313 ; biographical sketch of, 315 to 333 ; quits Chu- 
 quisaca, and arrives at Lima, 338 ; threatens to leave Peru, 
 339 ; forms the Code Boliviano, ibid. ; is desirous of its 
 adoption by the Peruvians, 340 ; its unpopularity, 341 ; 
 banishes the Buenos Ayreans and the Chilenos from Peru, 
 342 ; announces a second time his intention to leave the 
 country, 345 ; is implored to desist from his design, and 
 yields only to the supplications of the matrons of Lima, 348 ; 
 elected perpetual president, ibid. ; establishes the Code Bo- 
 liviano in Peru, ibid. ; leaves Peru, 349 ; arrives at Guaya- 
 quil, 350 ; enters Bogota, ibid ; the code Boliviano abolished 
 by the Peruvians after his departure, 359. 
 
 Bolivia, the provinces of Upper Peru so named, ii. 299. 
 
 Boteler, Don N., i. 345. 
 
 Bowles, Commodore, R. N., i. 135. 176; ii. 255. 
 
 Brandsen, Captain, afterwards Colonel, i. 281. 286. 409; ii. 46. 
 83; killed, 424. 
 
 Braun, Major, ii. 162, 163. 202. 
 
 Brayer, General, i. 134. 
 
 Brazilians, marauding incursion of the, ii. 300. 
 
 Bridge, Lasso, across the Maypo, i. 178. 
 
 Brown, Admiral, i. 79 ; " 414. 
 
 Brown, Captain, of the Maypo, Chileno brig, i. 222.
 
 528 INDEX. 
 
 Brown, Captain, R. N. of H. M. S. Tartar, ii 112. 133. 255. 
 
 Bruiz, Captain, afterwards Colonel, i. 418; ii. 148. 163. 
 
 Buenos Ayres, historical sketch of, i. 52 ; population in 1806, 
 57; anarchy, ii. 402 ; succeeded by a good government, 403 ; 
 revenue, 408; improvements, 409; war with Brazil, 413. 
 
 Buenos Ayrean artillery, description of, i. 173. 
 
 Bueras, Lieutenant-Colonel, killed, i. 186. 
 
 Bull-circus at Lima, i. 391. 
 
 Bull-fights, description of, i. 394. 
 
 Buonaparte, i. 34. 
 
 Burgos, Captain Don Ramon, i. 342. 
 
 Bustamante, Lieutenant-Colonel, taken prisoner, ii. 187; suc- 
 cessful conspiracy of, at Lima, 353, 354, 355. 
 
 Bustos, General, governor of Cordova, ii. 393. 
 
 C. 
 
 Cabanas, Colonel, generously interferes to save Miller's life, 
 i. 199. 
 
 Calaumani, Cacica of Guarina, ii. 62. 
 
 Calera, Doctor, his philanthropic character, i. 10, note. 
 
 Callao, Lieutenant, i. 320. 
 
 Callao, operations before, i. 214. 216. 230, 233. 
 
 Callavayas, the only practisers of medicine throughout a great 
 portion of South America, ii. 239. 
 
 Camana, description of, ii. 27. 
 
 Campino, Colonel, takes Huaras, i. 289. 
 
 Campino, Don Joaquin, i. 298. 
 
 Campo-Ameno, Marquess of, i. 363. 
 
 Cancharayada, affair of, i. 181; panic of the patriot troops at, 182. 
 
 Canterac, royalist general, i. 297? 365 ; marches from Xauxa 
 upon Callao, 371 ; retreats from Callao towards Xauxa, 
 373 ; marches upon lea, 415 ; defeats General Don 
 Domingo Tristan, 416 ; ii. 7,8; marches from Huancayo 
 to succour Valdez in the south, 14, 15, 16; defeats Alvarado 
 at Torata and Moquegua, 20. 62. 63 ; again marches from 
 Xauxa, 65 ; enters Lima, 66 ; makes a reconnoissance of 
 Callao, ibid.; evacuates Lima, 72; his arrogance, 73 ; advances 
 upon Arequipo, 85 ; sends detachments in pursuit of Miller,
 
 INDEX. 
 
 529 
 
 92 ; fines the curas of Chumpi and of Coracora, 99; re-occupies 
 Xauxa, 100, 157; advances against General Bolivar, 160; 
 falls back from Pasco, 161 ; charges at the head of his cavalry 
 at Junin, 162 ; is defeated, 163 ; retreats to Cuzco, 170 ; forms 
 a junction with General Valdez, 172 ; is named chief of the 
 staff, and second in command, ibid. ; the chief command de- 
 volves upon him at Ayacucho, 198 ; he capitulates, 201 ; 
 passes the night in General Miller's hut, 207 ', biographical 
 account of, 208. 
 
 Capa Rosa, Lieutenant- Colonel, i. 377> 379. 
 
 Capaz, Spanish captain, clamours against America, i. 204. note ; 
 tameness of conduct afterwards, ibid. 
 
 Capitulation of Ayacucho, ii. 201. 
 
 Caracas, i. 38, 39. 
 
 Caravajal, Colonel, ii. 148. 163. 202. 
 
 Carlota, Princess of Bourbon, i. 59. 
 
 Carne con cuero, i. 143; ii. 415. 
 
 Carrasco, Captain- General of Chile, i. 109. 
 
 Carratala, Colonel, afterwards General, i. 301. 371 ; ii. 30. 35. 40. 
 
 Carreno, Captain, afterwards Colonel, i. 356; ii. 170; killed, 200. 
 
 Carrera, Don Jose Miguel, appointed to command the Chileno 
 forces, i. 115. 117. 120. 123, 124. 
 
 Can-era, Miss, the Anna Boleyn of Chile, i. 112. 
 
 Carrera, the father, dies broken-hearted. 
 
 Carreras, the three, i. 112. 120. 
 
 Carril, Don Salvador Maria, ii. 413. 
 
 Carson, Lieutenant, i. 134. 238. 239. 
 
 Carter, Captain, i. 241 ; takes a Spanish schooner, 295. 
 
 Casariego, royalist colonel, ii. 115. 117- 
 
 Caspe, i. 61, 62. 
 
 Castaneda, ii. 243. 
 
 Castanos, General, i. 423. 
 
 Castella, Cirilio, the cacique, i. 26. 
 
 Castelli, Dr. i. 59. 66, 67 j his character, 70 ; his death, 72. 
 
 Castro, the royalist, Colonel, executed, i. 79. 
 
 Cathedral of Lima, i. 389. 
 
 Cathedral and convents of Cuzco, ii. 225. 
 
 Caucato, hacienda of, i. 305 
 
 Cavalry, Buenos Ayrean, description of, i. 175. 
 
 VOL. ii. M M
 
 530 INDEX. 
 
 Caxchas, or mine squatters, ii. 281 . 
 
 Cerdena, Colonel, ii. 79. 81, note. 
 
 Cerrito, affair of, i. 74. 
 
 Cerro de Pasco, battle of, i. 293. 
 
 Chacabuco, battle of, i. 131, 132. 
 
 Chacabuco, corvette, mutiny on board the, i. 212. 
 
 Chamberlayne, Sir Henry, ii. 429. 
 
 Charles, Lieutenant-Colonel, sails with the squadron, i. 229, 
 
 230, 231 ; mortally wounded, i. 236 ; his character, ibid. 
 Charles the Fourth, i. 26. 
 
 Charles the Fifth, the Emperor, i. 38. 45. 
 
 Chascomus, i. 144. 
 
 Chile, revolution of, i. 109. 
 
 Chiloe, description of the island of, i. 261. 
 
 Chincha, Upper and Lower, villages near Pisco, i. 304. 
 
 Cholos, peasantry of Chile, of mixed blood, i. 194. 
 
 Cisneros, viceroy of Buenos Ayres, i. 59. 
 
 Climate of Lima, i. 399. 
 
 Cobbett, Lieutenant, afterwards Captain, i. 233 ; drowned. 
 
 Cobbett, Don Guillermo, ii. 395. 
 
 Cobos, royalist lieutenant-colonel, ii. 29. 
 
 Coca, description, ii. 229. 
 
 Cochran, Mr. William, renders important assistance, i. 349. 
 
 Cochrane, Lady, i. 208 ; effect produced on the soldiers by her 
 appearance, 298. 
 
 Cochrane, Lord, arrives at Valparaiso, i. 207 ; festivities upon 
 his arrival, ibid. ; made admiral ibid. ; sails 209 ; passage, 
 210 ; arrives off Callao, 213 ; attacks 214 ; is repulsed, ibid. ; 
 fails in second attack, 217; sails to Huacho, ibid.; takes 
 60,000 dollars at Guarmey, 218 ; returns to Callao, ibid ; 
 arrives at Valparaiso, 221 ; sails 229 ; challenges the viceroy, 
 
 231. 234 ; enters the river Guayaquil, 238 ; takes the Aguila 
 and Begona, 239 ; reconnoitres Valdivia, 240 ; takes the brig 
 of war Potrillo, and 20,000 dollars, ibid. ; sails to Concepcion, 
 241 ; sails for Valdivia, 242 ; his sang-froid 243 ; his daring 
 plan of attack, ibid.; arrives off Valdivia, 244; shifts his 
 flag to the Montezuma, 245 ; anchors off Fort Ingles, 247 ; 
 rows into the harbour in a boat, 252 ; treasure and valuable 
 property falls into his hands at Valdivia, 254 ; sails to Chiloe,
 
 INDEX. 531 
 
 261 ; to Valparaiso, 266 ; to Coquimbo, 279 ; to Callao, 282 ; 
 cuts out the Esmeralda, 284 ; wounded, ibid. ; sails from 
 Huacho, 298; returns, 299; sails to Pisco, 300; to Arica, 
 309; to Ancon, 332. 340, 341 ; blockades Callao, 368; dis- 
 pute with San Martin, 379 ; seizes treasure at Ancon, 380 ; 
 sails to California, 381 ; distressing situation 413; returns to 
 Chile, 414; transfers his services to Brazil, ibid. note. 
 
 Colinos Santos, a patriot soldier, shot for plundering, ii. 92. 
 
 Colony, Scotch, ii. 
 
 Concepcion, city of, i. 226. 
 
 Condorcanqui, Don Jose Gabriel, attempts the delivery of his 
 country, i. 16; his failure and barbarous execution, i. 18. 
 
 Congress of Panama, ii. 351. 
 
 Congress of Tucuman, i. 81. 
 
 Conquista, Captain General the Marquis de la, i. 109. 
 
 Constitution, Bolivian, ii. 339, and Appendix N. 
 
 Constitutionalists, conduct towards American, ii. 376, 
 
 Consulado of Mexico, i. 24. 
 
 Conway, H. M. S., two officers of, imprisoned by the Spaniards, 
 i. 285. 
 
 Coquimbo, account of, i. 230. 
 
 Corbacho, Dr., ii. 430, 431, 432. 
 
 Cordova, Dr., i. 333 ; ii. 42, 43 ; his services, 47- 
 
 Cordova, Colonel, afterwards General, i. 417 ; ii. 148; his gal- 
 lant conduct at Ayacucho, ii. 198. 202. 231. 
 
 Correa, Lieut., i. 323. 
 
 Correa, Major, afterwads General, i. 134; ii. 17; 113. 342. 
 
 Cortes, illiberality of the, towards America, i. 25. 40 ; ii. 373. 
 376. 
 
 Costume of Lima, i. 408. 
 
 Cotera, Don Lucas, his great liberality, ii. 430. 
 
 Coupigny, General, i. 423. 
 
 Courage, desperate, of a Scotchman, ii. 127- 
 
 Cox, Dr., ii. 113. 
 
 Coy, Spanish commander of the Esmeralda, wounded, i. 285. 
 
 Crespo, Major, shamefully treated by Rodil, ii. 243. 
 
 Cricket, played at Valparaiso, i 208. 
 
 Crosbie, Captain, i. 233. 284 ; cuts out three merchant vessels, 
 and burns four others, 368. 
 
 M M 2
 
 532 INDEX. 
 
 Cruz, Don Luis, i. 135. 
 
 Cruz, General Don Francisco de la, secretary of war at Buenos 
 
 Ayres, ii. 404. 413. 
 Cuello, Dona Juanita de, ii. 77- 
 Cupidity of the British public, ii. 293. 
 Cuzco, city of, ii. 223 ; compared with Rome, 226. 
 
 D. 
 
 Davalos, montonero chief, i. 379. 
 
 Death from excess of joy, i. 186. 
 
 De la Conquista, Count of, i. 109. 
 
 De la Romana, Marquess of, i. 423. 
 
 De la Rosa, Don Ignacio, i. 302. 
 
 De la Rosa, Colonel Don Pedro, ii. 20 ; his chivalrous conduct^ 
 and death, 23. 
 
 De la Rosa, Don Martinez, ii. 373. 
 
 De la Susse, Captain, French navy, ii. 429. 
 
 Delgado, royalist Colonel, i. 292. 
 
 Depots of provision secreted in mountain caverns, ii 147. 
 
 Deza, Lieutenant Colonel, i. 293. 
 
 Dias, Captain, distinguishes himself at Talcahuano, i. 134; cha- 
 racter, 169; death of, 192, note. 
 
 Dias, Mrs. Captain, i. 169. 
 
 Dias, Velez, Dr., ii. 310. 
 
 Dickson, Mr. George Frederick, i. 138. 
 
 Doctores, their pedantry and noisy declamation, i. 291. 
 
 Dominguez, Captain, i. 324. 
 
 Dorrego, General, Governor of Buenos Ayres, ii. 418. 
 
 Doyle, Captain Sir Bentick, i. 137- 
 
 Doyle, General Sir Charles, ii. 208. 
 
 Duckbury, Major, killed, ii. 188. 
 
 E. 
 
 Echeverria, Don N., ii. 376. 
 
 Eldridge, Lieutenant, killed at Talcahuano, i. 134. 
 
 Elespuru, Lieutenant Colonel, passes over to the patriots, i. 297- 
 
 ii. 69. 
 
 Elguerra, montonero officer, i. 302. 
 Emigration, thoughts on, i. 151.
 
 INDEX. 533 
 
 Emperor of Brazil, ii. 416. 432. 
 
 Empress of Brazil, ii. 432. 
 
 Enchantresses, Chilena, i. 208. 
 
 Enchipar, barbarous mode of execution, i. 56. 
 
 Envoys, South American, in London, ii. 261. 270. 
 
 Erescano, Captain, afterwards Colonel, at Chiloe, i. 264 ; his 
 
 able retreat, ibid. 
 Escalada, Colonel, ii. 426. 
 
 Escovedo, Lieutenant Colonel Don Gregorio, i. 283.; ii. 90. 
 Esmeralda, Spanish frigate, i. 188; taken by Lord Cochrane, 
 
 284. 
 
 Esmonde, Captain, i. 223, 224, 225. 
 Estancias, or grazing farms, i. 140. 
 Estenos, the learned Doctor, ii. 341. 
 Estomba, Colonel, ii. 342. 
 Exiles, Chileno, i. 124. 
 t 
 
 F. 
 
 Falcon, Captain, R. N., i. 223 ; ii. 255. 
 
 Farren, Mr. William, the comedian, ii. 386. 
 
 Fergusson, Lieutenant-Colonel, ii. 188; note, 333 ; killed, 334. 
 
 Fernandez, Miguel, a brave and faithful servant, ii. 378. 
 
 Ferras, royalist colonel, ii. 30. 81. 88. 
 
 Fife, Earl of, i. 424. note. 
 
 Figueroa, Colonel, i. 111. 
 
 Flores, Colonel Don Jose Maria, ii. 28. 34. 90. 
 
 Foreign officers, their services in South America, ii. 424; good 
 
 understanding which always existed amongst them, ibid. 
 Forster, Captain, takes the island of San Lorenzo, i. 216; takes 
 
 Payta, 218; lands at Supe, 219. 
 Fragueiro, Don Jose Maria, ii. 393, 
 Francia, Doctor, i. 70. 
 
 Francisco, Don Juan, an Opata chief, i. 26. 
 Freeman, Lieutenant, of the Chileno navy, i. 313. 
 Freyre, Colonel afterwards General, i. 130. 227; entertains 
 
 Lord Cochrane, 241 ; offends Benavides, 261 ; elected supreme 
 
 director of Chile, ii. 370; captures Chiloe, 371. 
 Freyre, Dr., ii. 341.
 
 534 INDEX. 
 
 Frias, Captain, ii. 203. 
 
 Frias, a member of the provincial junta of Buenos Ayres, ii. 404. 
 
 Frogs, i. 162. 
 
 G. 
 
 Gago, Mrs. Colonel, her animosity towards the patriots, i. 348. 
 
 Gainza, General, i. 118 ; recalled to Peru, 121. 
 
 Galdiano y Mendoza, i. 302. 
 
 Galves, president of the Real Audiencia of Cuzco, his integrity 
 and love of justice, i. 29. 
 
 Gamarra, Colonel afterwards General ; passes over to the pa- 
 triots, i. 297 ; appointed to a command, 299, 414 ; appointed 
 chief of the staff, ii. 61 ; 62. 70 173. 202. 213. 214. 215. 
 233 ; invades Bolivia, 364. 
 
 Gambling in South America, i. 402, 403, 404, 405. 
 
 Gana, Lieutenant Don Juan, killed, i. 186. 
 
 Garate, Don Tadeo, royalist governor of Puno, ii. ; his un- 
 feeling conduct, 121; flies for safety, 230; biography of, 437- 
 
 Garcia del Rio, Don Juan, i. 302 ; made a minister, 369. 425. 
 
 Garcia, Don N., of Aplao, ii. 76. 
 
 Garcia-Camba, royalist colonel, afterwards general, i. 304; 
 ii. 120. 
 
 Garcia, Doctor Don Manuel, minister of finance at Buenos 
 Ayres, ii. 404. 413. 
 
 Gauchos, i. 75.87; their character, 152; horsemanship, 159; 
 their contempt of Europeans unable to manage a restive 
 horse, 161. 
 
 Gerard, Lieutenant, killed, i. 180. 
 
 Giroust, captain of Buenos Ayrean artillery, i. 171. 
 
 Gobierno superior of Buenos Ayres, i. 75. 
 
 Goitre prevalent at Mendoza, i. 166. 
 
 Gomez, Doctor, member of the provincial junta of Buenos Ayres, 
 ii. 404. 
 
 Goyeneche, royalist General, i. 71 ; his duplicity, 72. 
 
 Grand commissioner, the, ii. 291. 310. 
 
 Grenfell, Lieutenant, i. 284. 
 
 Guacas, burial-mounds, description of, i. 221. 
 
 Guambacho, antiquities of, i. 220. 
 
 Guas, Lieutenant, afterwards Captain, i. 292.
 
 INDEX. 535 
 
 Guayaquil, climate of, i. 239 ; declares its independence, 283 ; 
 incorporated with Colombia, ii. 331 ; its real interests, 355. 
 
 Guemes, a guerrilla leader, i. 78 ; killed, 79. 
 
 Guerrero, Don Fulgencio, i. 363. 
 
 Guido, Colonel Don Tomas, i. 287. 301, 302. 381. 425 
 
 Guise, Captain, afterwards admiral, i. 203. 211; dangerously 
 wounded, 214; proceeds against Pisco, 234; his kind atten- 
 tion to Miller when wounded, 236 ; boards and carries the 
 Spanish frigate Esmeralda, with Lord Cochrane, 284 ; hospi- 
 tality to Santa Cruz, ii. 84 ; burns the Spanish frigate Ven- 
 ganza, 117; blockades Callao, 244; his intrepidity, 245, 
 386. 246 ; after a long and cruel imprisonment, is tried and 
 acquitted, 342. 
 
 Guitica, Captain, i. 238. 
 
 Gumer, Major, murdered in cold blood by the Spanish assassin, 
 Colonel Don Mateo Ramirez, i. 416. 
 
 H. 
 
 Haigh, Mr. Samuel, at the battle of Maypo, ii. 254. 403. 
 
 Hail storms in the Andes, ii. 249. 
 
 Hall, Captain Basil, R. N., i. 285. 
 
 Hallowes, Captain Miller, ii. 188, note. 
 
 Hardy, Sir Thomas, R. N., ii. 255. 
 
 Helmets, silver, ii. 203. 
 
 Herrera, Captain, afterwards General, Don Ramon, i. 291 ; ii. 
 
 61, 62. 
 Heres, Captain, afterwards General, Don Tomas, i. 291 ; ii. 349. 
 
 354. 
 Herring & Richardson, Messrs., send an expedition to Colombia, 
 
 ii. 325. 
 
 Hidalgo, Don Andres, i. 154. ii. 425. 
 Hill, Captain, gallant conduct of, i. 321 ; drowned, 325. 
 Hind, Captain Henry, i. 231. 321. 325. 332. 
 Horses, of the Pampas, i. 160. 
 Hospitality of the Pehuenches, i. 102. 
 Hoyos, Colonel, i. 204; taken prisoner, 252. 
 Huanuco, description of, ii. 138. 
 Huaqui, battle of, i. 71
 
 536 INDEX. 
 
 Hull, Commodore, U. S. N., ii. 336. 
 
 Hurry, Powles and Hurry, send an expedition to Colombia, ii. 
 
 325. 
 
 Hylliar, Captain, R. N., i. 119. 
 Hyperion, British frigate, i. 284. 
 
 I. 
 
 Ildefonzo, a faithful black servant, i. 352; his death, 353. 
 
 Incas of Peru, ii. 217. 
 
 Indian Samaritan, ii. 214. 
 
 Infantes, Don Facundo, ii. 372. 
 
 Infernals, a party so called, i. 305. 
 
 Inhumation extraordinary, in the sandy desert, i. 355. 
 
 Insubordination ; ringleader shot, ii. 48. 
 
 Iturrigaray, viceroy of Mexico, i, 34, 35. 
 
 Izquierdo, Lieutenant, i. 292. 
 
 J. 
 
 Jackson, Mr. William, ii. 428. 
 
 Jonte, i. 75 ; his'death, 109, note. 
 
 Joseph, King, i. 34. 
 
 Joy, effects of excessive, i. 186. 
 
 Juan Fernandez, island of, i. 125. 
 
 Jujuy, description of, ii. 380; ladies of, 381. 
 
 Julian, father, an Araucanian friar, i. 94. 
 
 Junin, battle of, ii. 162, 163, 164, 165. 
 
 Junta, supreme central of Seville, i. 35. 
 
 Junta gubernativa, of Buenos Ayres, i. 61 ; dissolved, 72. 
 
 Junta gubernativa of Lima, 422; apathy of, ii. 8. 
 
 Junta directiva, of Lima, i. 295. 
 
 Junta pacificadora, i. 302. 
 
 Junta de observacion, of Buenos Ayres, i. 81. 
 
 Junta of Santiago de Chile, i. 109. 
 
 Junta electoral, of Peru, i. 303. 
 
 Junta provincial, of Buenos Ayres, ii. 404 ; dissolved, 413. 
 
 K. 
 
 Kanki, Mr., xxxv. introduction. 
 Kinder, Mr. Thomas, ii. 426.
 
 INDEX. 537 
 
 L. 
 
 Labe, Captain, of the Chileno service, i. 266. 
 
 Ladies of Chile, their active humanity, i. 267 ; of Lima, 408. 
 
 La Fuente, Colonel, afterwards General, ii. 104, 105. 
 
 La Hera, royalist colonel, i. 318. 326. 330, 331, 332. 334; his 
 correspondence with General Miller, 342. 346. 
 
 La Madrid, Colonel, ii. 389, 390. 
 
 La Mar, General, royalist governor of Callao, i. 379 ; surrenders 
 to the patriots, 381 ; elected president of the junta gubernativa 
 of the republic of Peru, 422 ; deposed, ii. 60 ; commands 
 the Peruvian army, 148. 171. 191. 199. 202. 214, 215; re- 
 tires to Guayaquil on leave of absence, 232 ; elected presi- 
 dent of the republic of Peru, 355 ; biographical account of, 
 356 ; policy of, 359, 360. 
 
 Landa, Lieutenant Colonel Don Bernardo, his character, i. 
 315; joins the patriots, ibid. 327. 349; shot 350. 
 
 Lanza, Colonel, i. 333 ; ii. 70. 85. 
 
 Lara, the Colombian general, ii. 72. 90. 148. 183. 202. 349. 353, 
 354. 
 
 Larrain, Lieutenant Don Juan, killed, i. 183. 
 
 Larrea y Loredo, Don Jose, ii. 349. 354. 
 
 Las Bruscas, depot for prisoners at, i. 148. 
 
 La Serna, General, afterwards viceroy of Peru, appointed to 
 relieve General Pezuela in Upper Peru, i. 86 ; his measures, 
 ibid. ; his humanity, ibid., note; expelled from Jujuy by the 
 gauchos, 89 ; arrives at Lima, 295 ; named a member of a 
 directive junta, 296 ; raised by a military commotion to the 
 viceroyalty, 297 ; assents to the armistice of Punchauca, but 
 afterwards declares it inadmissible, 303. 365 ; tenders his re- 
 signation, ii. 7> 8 ; issues a harsh decree, 74 ; marches from 
 Cuzeo against Santa Cruz, 80 ; forms a junction with the 
 royalist General Olaneta, 82 ; follows up the retiring patriots, 
 and disperses them, 83 ; makes a new tttstribvition^>f his army 
 at Arequipa, and returns to his seat of government at Cuav 
 100; again places himself at the head of the royalist army, 
 172; advances against Sucre, 177- 189; cuts off the further 
 retreat of the patriots, 191 ; attacks them at Ayacucho, 197;
 
 538 INDEX. 
 
 is defeated, wounded, and taken prisoner, 198; receives a 
 
 visit from General Miller, 205 ; biographical account of, 207- 
 Las Heras, Lieutenant-Colonel, afterwards General, i. 133, 134 ; 
 
 saves Chile by his presence of mind at Cancharayada, 182. 
 
 277- 280. 368; made commander- in-chief of the army, 369; 
 
 succeeds Rodriguez as governor of Buenos Ayres, ii. 407 ; 
 
 vacates his office, and retires to Chile, 414; his character, 
 
 ibid., 423. 
 
 Las Piedras, affair of, i. 74. 
 
 Lasso, a running noose used for catching cattle, i. 142. 
 Lasso bridge over the Maypo, i. 1 78. 
 Lastra, the first supreme director of Chile, i. 118. 
 La Tapia, Major, afterwards Colonel, i. 324. 330; his ad- 
 ventures, 336. 337, 338, 339, 340; ii. 185. 345, note; 424. 
 Lava, affair of, ii. 170. 
 
 Latus, Lieutenant, mortally wounded, i. 418. 
 Lautaro, frigate, purchase of, i. 187; engagement with the Es- 
 
 meralda, 189. 
 La Valle, Don Juan, Captain, afterwards Colonel, i. 281. 294. 
 
 417; his sufferings in the desert, ii. 57. 66. 424; wounded, 
 
 and made general, 425. 
 
 Lavalleja, Don Juan, afterwards General, ii. 411. 418. 
 Laws, prohibitory, i. 22. 
 Laws of the Incas, ii. 222. 
 
 Lazo, Dr. Don Jose, i. 334 ; his poetical genius, 350. 
 Le Breton, Mr. and Mrs., ii. 429. 
 Lecor, General, invades the Banda Oriental, i. 82 ; governor of 
 
 Monte Video, ii. 410. 428. 
 Legion of the guard, Peruvian, i. 409. 
 
 Liberates, Spanish, inconsistency of, i. 45 ; ii. 373, 374, 375, 376. 
 Liberating expedition, how composed, i. 276 ; sails for Peru, 
 
 277; arrives in Pararca bay, 279; sails to Ancon, 282; 
 
 liberating army crosses the Andes, ii. 151. 
 Liberators, Colombian, order of, i. 111. 
 Lima, description of, i. 383. 
 T-inlers, i. 35; shot, 66. 
 Lions, i. 149. 
 Lisarraga, aid-de-camp to General Miller, Major, killed at 
 
 Junin, ii. 168.
 
 INDEX. 539 
 
 List of killed and wounded at the battle of Ayacucho, ii. 200, note. 
 
 Listen, Mr., the comedian, ii. 421. 
 
 Livinia, Major, i. 146. 
 
 Llaneros of Colombia, ii. 156. 
 
 Llano y Najera, Don Manuel, i. 302. 
 
 Loan of Peru, ii. 263. 
 
 Loans, foreign, their pernicious effects, ii. 259. 
 
 Logia, a club inimical to San Martin, i. 269 ; its mischievous 
 
 influence, 270. 
 Loriga, a royalist general, his generous interference to save 
 
 General Miller's life, i. 199 ; appointed secretary to the 
 
 directive junta, 296. 374. 416 ; his interview with General 
 
 Miller ii. 66. 133. 
 
 Los Dos Talos, Spanish prisoners at, i. 145. 
 Luna-Pizarro, president of the Congress of Peru, i. 422; ii. 118. 
 Lurigancho, Count of, ii. 247- 
 Lusuriaga, Colonel, i. 287- 301. 
 Lyra, Major, ii. 35, 36, 37, 38. 
 
 M. 
 
 Mac Duff, Lord, i. 423. 424, note. 
 
 Macedonian, U. S. frigate, i. 284 ; her boat's crew murdered by 
 
 the Spaniards at Callao, 285. 
 Macirone, Colonel, introduction xxx.j expedition sent out by, 
 
 ii. 325, note. 
 
 Mackenna, Colonel, i. 116; killed in a duel, 118, note. 
 Mackinlay, Mr. and Mrs., i. 139 ; ii. 423. 
 Mackintosh, Colonel, i. 417- 
 Mamelucos of Brazil, i. 5, note. 
 Mamignau, Captain, French navy, ii. 429. 
 Manifesto of Pezuela, ii. 258. 
 Manning, Lieutenant, i. 134. 
 
 Manso, viceroy of Peru, honourable poverty of, i. 28. 
 Manzanedo, royalist colonel, ii. 30. 42, 43, 44. 
 Marca, description of the scenery of, ii. 134, 135. 
 Marco, Captain-General of Chile, i. 103; his barbarities, 128. 
 Maria Isabel, Spanish frigate, taken, i. 196. 
 Maria da Gloria, Princess ii. 432. 
 Markets of Lima, i. 385 ; of Potosi, ii. 280.
 
 540 INDEX. 
 
 Maroto, the Spanish General, i. 130. 
 
 Martilini, a pirate, ii. 129. 132. 
 
 Martin, Captain William Fanshawe, R., N., ii. 114. 
 
 Martinez, General Don Enrique, i. 130; ii. 17- 62.72. 424. 
 
 Martinez, Captain, afterwards Colonel, Don Juan Apostol, his 
 antipathy to Spaniards, i. 169 ; his tricks upon friars, 170. 
 186 ; ii. 426. 
 
 Marure, Captain, afterwards Major, i. 324 ; ii. 371 . 
 
 Matafuertes, royalist captain, i. 362. 
 
 Mate, a herb used, i. 140. 
 
 Mathews, Mr., the comedian, ii. 421. 
 
 Maxwell, Capt. Sir Murray, R. N., ii. 247- 
 
 Maypo, battle of, i. 185. 
 
 Meade, George," ii. 94. 
 
 Medanos, description of, ii. 55. 
 
 Medina, Colonel, ii. 202. 
 
 Meg Merrilies, an original character, i. 353 ; her major domo, 
 359. 
 
 Mejias, deputy for Quito, i. 37- 
 
 Melendez, Captain, ii. 181. 
 
 Melgar, the Moore of Peru, i. 85. 
 
 Mendoza, i. 104; description of, 165; manners and customs 
 
 . of the inhabitants, ibid. 
 
 Merchants, foreign, their timely assistance, i. 274 ; ii. 253 
 
 Mesa, Don Jose Manuel de, of Nasca, ii. 97- 
 
 Military mess, i. 172; ii. 110. 
 
 Miller, William, serves in the British army, i. 137; arrives at Bue- 
 nos Ayres, 138; obtains a captain's commission in the Buenos 
 Ay rean service, 139; tour towards Patagonia, ibid. ; interview 
 with Spanish prisoners at Los Dos Talos, 145; returns to Bue- 
 nos Ayres, 162; sets out for Mendoza, 163; travels post across 
 the Pampas, and arrives at Mendoza, 1 64 ; crosses the Andes, 
 166 ; arrives at Santiago de Chile, 167 ; arrives at Las Tablas, 
 and joins the army, 168; uncourteous reception, 169; visits 
 Valparaiso, ] 76 ; endeavours to take artillery over a lasso 
 bridge, 178; saves two guns at Cancharayada, 182; joins 
 Las Heras, and acts as adjutant during the retreat, ibid. ; 
 sent to command the marines on board the Lautaro, 187; 
 promoted to the rank of Major, 1 92 ; sails with Commodore
 
 INDEX. 541 
 
 Blanco, ibid. ; sent on shore with flag of truce at Talcahuano, 
 196; is made paisoner, 197; his harsh treatment by General 
 Sanchez, 198; threatened with death, 199; saved by the 
 intercession of Colonels Loriga and Cabanas, 200 ; his return 
 to the San Martin, and reception, 201 ; is in great danger of 
 being shipwrecked, 202 ; returns to Valparaiso, 205 ; recep- 
 tion at Santiago, ibid. ; reappointed to command the marines, 
 and sails with Lord Cochrane, 209 ; blown up at San 
 Lorenzo, 216; his sufferings, ibid.; defeats a detachment 
 of Spaniards, 219; sails for Valparaiso, 221; is instru- 
 mental in punishing a brutal tyrant, 224 ; embarks for a 
 new expedition, 229 ; commands a raft to attack the Spanish 
 frigates, 231 ; obliged to retire, 232 ; severely wounded at 
 Pisco, 236 ; removed from the Lautaro to Lord Cochrane's 
 ship, 239 ; goes to Concepcion, 241 ; inspects fort San 
 Pedro, 242 ; sails for Valdivia, 242 ; in danger of being 
 drowned, 245 ; wounded going on shore, 249 ; lands with 
 the marines, ibid. ; takes five forts, 251 ; takes four forts on 
 the eastern side of Valdivia, 252 ; his official despatch, 253 ; 
 accompanies Lord Cochrane to the town of Valdivia, 254 ; 
 lands at Chiloe, 262 ; takes fort Corona, 263 ; wounded, 264 ; 
 arrives in Chile, 266 ; kind attention of his Chileno friends, 
 267 j promoted to Lieutenant-Colonel, 271 ; sails with the 
 liberating expedition for Peru, 277 > arrives at Pisco, 280 ; 
 anchors in the bay of Callao, 282 ; disembarks at Huacho, 
 287 i is sen t at the head of 609 men on a detached com- 
 mand, 298 ; lands at Pisco, 300 ; operations, 304, 305, 306 ; 
 falls sick, 307 ; re-embarks, 308 ; fails in two attempts to 
 land near Arica, 309 ; his critical situation, 311 ; lands at the 
 Moro de Sama, 313 ; marches toward Mirabe, 318 ; defeats 
 the Spaniards, 324 ; pursues the enemy, 325 ; enters Moque- 
 gua, 326 ; operations, 32 to 333 ; correspondence with La 
 Hera, 343 ; retires to Arica, 346 ; manner of obtaining 
 transports, ibid.; lands at Pisco, 351; marches against Santalla, 
 355 ; takes lea, ibid. ; advances to Palpa, and annihilates the 
 royalists under Santalla, 357; is promoted to the rank of 
 Colonel, 363 ; goes to Lima, 364 ; appointed to the command 
 of the light companies, 372; and pursues Canterac, 373; is 
 driven fromPuruchuco, 376; returns to Lima, 379 ; appointed
 
 542 INDEX. 
 
 to the command of the infantry of the legion of the guard, 409; 
 arrangements for an expedition to the Puertos Intermedios, 
 ii. 1 ; arrangement altered, 2 ; sails with the expedition, 6 ; 
 accident at sea, 9 ; distressing scarcity of water, 11; lands 
 at Arica, 12; differences with General Alvarado, 16; sails on a 
 detached service, ibid. ; letter to the author, 21 ; lands at 
 Quilca, 25; enters Camana, ibid.; takes a royalist party near 
 Majes, 26 ; goes to Siguas, 30 ; ruse de guerre, 31 ; takes 
 a royalist lieutenant- colonel prisoner, 33 ; retires to Quilca, 
 34 ; goes to Ocona, ibid. ; to Carabeli, 36 ; returns to Ocona, 
 38 ; distressing march across the desert, ibid. ; sails to Atico, 
 40 ; to Chala, 41 ; strategy, 42 ; receives information of the 
 defeat of Alvarado, and retires to Atiquipa, 45 ; attacked by 
 cholera morbus at Acari, 46 ; carried across the desert to 
 Lomas, and is put on board ship, ibid. ; returns to Callao, 
 49 ; his letter to the author, ibid. ; his reception in Lima, 
 ibid. ; notice of his conduct in the Lima Gazette, 50 ; pro- 
 moted to the rank of general of brigade, 62 ; interview with 
 the royalist general Loriga during a skirmish, 66 ; sails with 
 an expedition, 72 ; lands at Chala, 75 : operations ibid. ; enters 
 Arequipa, 77; marches to Pati, 86; returns to Arequipa, 
 ibid. ; falls sick, ibid. ; narrowly escapes being taken, 89 ; 
 retreats by land to Lima, 90 ; letter from Bolivar to him, 
 103; is appointed chief of the staff of the Peruvian army, 
 105; goes to Chile on account of ill health, 112; hears of 
 the mutiny of Callao, and returns, 121 ; occurrences on the 
 passage, 126 ; joins General Bolivar at Huaras, 137 ; is named 
 Commandant- General of the Peruvian cavalry, ibid.; his ope- 
 rations with the montoneros, 140, 141, 142. 146; advances 
 to Oroya, 160 ; charges the royalists in the battle of Junin, 
 1 62 ; interesting interview with Colonel Sowersby after the 
 battle, 166 ; his operations in advance of the patriot army, 
 171 ; a coolness arises between him and Sucre, 173, 174, 
 175, 176, 177; is near falling into the hands of the royalists, 
 178. 180, 181; rejoins head-quarters, 182; gratifying re- 
 ception 183 ; rallies a battalion, and repels the royalists, 188 ; 
 commands the cavalry at the battle of Ayacucho, 1 94 ; in- 
 teresting incidents during the battle, 203, 204 ; charges the 
 division Valdez, and defeats it, 199 ; visits the captive viceroy
 
 INDEX. 543 
 
 Laserna, 205 ; General Canterac sleeps in Miller's hut, 207 ; 
 meets General Valdez, 209 ; marches to Cuzco, 213 ; enter 
 tained at Cuzco, 215 ; is appointed prefect of Puno, 233 ; sets 
 out from Puno, 241 ; appointed prefect of Potosi, 272 ; his 
 measures, 281 ; his preparations for the reception of Bolivar, 
 219; sets out to receive the Liberator, 302; triumphal entry 
 into Potosi, 304, 305, 306; accompanies Bolivar to the 
 summit of the Cerro de Potosi, 309 ; takes leave of the Libe- 
 rator at Chuquisaca, 313; sets out from Potosi, on leave of 
 absence, for England, ibid. ; arrives at Jujuy, 380 ; at Salta, 
 382 ; is presented with a grant of land 389 ; arrives at Tucu- 
 man, ibid. ; at Santiago del Estero, 391 ; at Cordova, 393 ; 
 at Buenos Ayres, 401 ; meets many old friends, 423 ; embarks 
 for England, 427; touches at Monte Video, 428; sails to 
 Rio Janeiro in the French brig of war Le Cygne, 429 ; 
 visits a slave ship, 434; the slave bazaar, 436; touches at 
 Bahia, and at Pernambuco, 436 ; dispute on the passage with 
 Don Tadeo Garate, 439 ; lands at Falmouth, 441 ; reception 
 in England, ibid. 
 
 Millyagin, a Pehuenche cacique, i. 95. 
 Mines of Puno, ii. 234 ; of Salcedo, ibid. ; of Potosi, 273 ; of 
 
 Guantajaya, 294 ; of Pasco, 
 Mining associations, retail, ii. 291. 
 Mint of Potosi, ii. 278. 
 
 Mirabe, defeat of the royalists at, by Colonel Miller, i. 324. 
 Miracle, ii. 224. 
 
 Mita, compulsory labour exacted from the Indians, i. 3. 
 Mitayo, the, i. 4. 
 Molloy, surgeon, drowned, i. 331. 
 
 Monet, royalist general, takes possession of Callao, ii. 1 15 ; 
 orders two patriot officers to be shot, 120; is at the battle of 
 Ayacucho, 197- 
 Monteagudo, Don Bernardo, i. 369. 419, 420 ; assassinated, ibid., 
 
 note. 
 
 Montemira, Marquess of, i. 403. 
 Monte Video, i. 58. 62. 
 Montoneros, account of, i. 375, 376, 377, 378 ; ii. 138, 139, 
 
 140. 142. 146. 
 Montoya, a governor of Valdivia, i. 254.
 
 544 INDEX. 
 
 Montoya, Gonzalez, governor of Puno, i. 29. 
 
 Monuments of antiquity at Cuzco, ii. 221. 
 
 Moore, Dr., physician to Bolivar, ii. 333. 
 
 Morales, Don Jose, made minister of state, ii. 354. 
 
 Morales, Don Jose, superintends a Lancastrian school, 368. 
 
 Moran, Lieutenant-Colonel, ii. 199. 
 
 Moreno, Dr. Don Mariano, i. 60; made Secretary of the Junta 
 
 Gubernativa of Buenos Ayres, 61 ; his great talents, 65, 66. 
 Moreno, Ensign, his heroism, i. 182. 
 Morgell, Lieutenant, afterwards Captain, overcomes mutineers, 
 
 i. 212. 233. 368. 
 
 Morfflo, General, i. 46. 50; ii. 321. 323, 324, 325, 326. 328. 329. 
 Morla, governor of Cadiz, i. 33. 
 Moscoso, a virtuous judge, i. 29. 
 Mosquera, prefect of Guyaquil, ii. 350. 
 Moyano, a mutineer, ii. 113. 115. 
 Munecas, a guerrilla leader, i. 79. 
 Mutineers shot at Coquimbo, i. 212. 
 Mutiny at Callao, ii. 1 13. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nadal, Don Jose Maria, ii. 426. 
 
 Navajas, montonero officer, i. 302; ii. 84. 119. 
 
 Necochea, Don Mariano, Lieutenant-Colonel, afterwards General, 
 i. 130; ii. 148; wounded at the battle of Junin, 162; in- 
 dignantly throws up his commission, 342. 
 
 Necochea, Don Eugenio, wounded, i. 132. 369. 
 
 Negreiros, father and son, ii. 67. 
 
 Neira, a guerrilla chief, i. 130. 
 
 Nesen, Captain, of the Protector transport, ii. 45, 46. 
 
 Nestares, Senores, i. 363. 
 
 Nichol, Dr., ii. 239. 
 
 Niconyancu, a Pehuenche cacique, i. 94. 
 
 Ninavilca, montonero chief, ii. 341 . 
 
 Numancia, Spanish battalion of, passes over to the patriot 
 service, i. 291. 
 
 O. 
 
 Obes, Dr., i. 63. 
 Obrage, or bridewell, i. 9.
 
 INDKX. 545 
 
 O'Brien, Captain, afterwards Colonel, 1m disinterestedness, 
 
 i. 133. 373. 375, 376, 377; ". 237. 
 O'Brien, Captain, killed, i. 180. 
 Ocampo, Colonel, 
 
 O' Carrol, Colonel, murdered, i. 228. 
 O'Connor, Colonel, ii. 195. 202. 
 
 Officers, of the Buenos Ayrean artillery, i. 199, 170, 171- 
 O'Higgins, Captain General Don Ambrosio, i. 168. 383. 
 O'Higgins, General Don Bernardo, i. 116; his magnanimity, 
 
 122 ; his desperate defence of Rancagua, 123. 130 ; elected 
 
 supreme director of Chile, 133; wounded at Cancharayada, 
 
 181 ; retires from public life, ii. 369. 
 Olaneta, royalist general, ii. 82.85. 101. 125. 136. 157. 170. 
 
 212. 231 ; mortally wounded, 241. 
 Olasabal, Colonel, ii. 424. 
 
 Olavarria, Lieutenant, afterwards Colonel, i. 186 ; ii. 202. 
 O'Leary, Colonel, ii. 333. 
 Olinda, visit to, ii. 437- 
 
 Olmedo, Dr. Don J. J. the poet, i. 419; ii. 118. 
 Olmoz, Cornet, i. 418 ; ii. 175. 
 Ordones, the Spanish general, i. 133, 184. 186. 
 O'Reilly, the royalist General, taken prisoner, i. 294 ; drowns 
 
 himself, ibid., note. 
 Ortega, Colombian Colonel, ii. 243. 
 Osorio, royalist General, arrives in Chile, i. 121 ; his cruelties, 
 
 147; advances upon Santiago, ibid.; his pusillanimity, 
 
 181 ; defeated at Maypo, 186; sails for Callao, 226. 
 Osorno, colony of, formed by O'Higgins, viceroy of Peru, 255. 
 Ostriches, i. 156. 
 
 Otero, Don Miguel, i. 298; ii. 118. 230. 
 Oxley, Lieutenant, killed at Chiloe, ii. 371 
 
 P. 
 
 Padilla, a guerrilla leader, i. 79 ; killed, ibid., note. 
 Palace, the, at Lima, i. 390. 
 Palanganas, or chatterers, i. 406. 
 Palaver with the Pehuenche Indians, i. 92. 
 Pancorvo, Dr., the learned, ii. 341 . 
 
 VOL. II. N N
 
 546 INDEX. 
 
 Pando, Don Jose Maria, ii. 349. 354. 
 
 Panizo, Dona Rosita de, ii. 3. 
 
 Pantheon, or general burying ground, near Lima, i. 388. 
 
 Parable, verification of, ii. 61 . 
 
 Pardo de Zela, Colonel, ii. 69. 
 
 Paredes, Don N. de, ii. 91, note. 
 
 Parejas, the royalist General, i. 113 ; dies at Chilian, 115. 
 
 Paroissien, General, ii. 400. 
 
 Partridges, i. 155. 
 
 Pascanas, or halting places, ii. 153. 
 
 Passes of the Chileno Andes, i. 104. 
 
 Passo, Don J. J., i. 61. 75. 
 
 Patriotic donation, i. 286. 
 
 Pay of the officers and soldiers of the patriot armies, ii. 108 
 
 Payta taken by Captain Forster, i. 218. 
 
 Pedemonte, Dr. Don Carlos, ii. 352. 
 
 Pehuenche Indians, i. 99. 
 
 Pena Seiior, i. 75. 
 
 Pernambuco, city of, ii. 437. 
 
 Peru, coast of, description of, ii. 53. 
 
 Peru, Upper, declares its independence, ii. 298 ; called Bolivia, 
 
 299. 
 
 Pezet, Dr., ii. 244. 
 Pezuela, viceroy of Peru, i. 77; defeats the patriots at Sipe- 
 
 Sipe, aud Vituma, 80 ; succeeds Abascal, 86 ; nearly taken 
 
 prisoner, 214; deposed, 297. 
 Philip the Second, i. 38. 
 Phichincha, battle of, i. 417- 
 Pinera, Lieutenant-Colonel, ii. 25. 
 Pinheyro, Brazilian minister, ii. 410, 411, note. 
 Pinto, Colonel, afterwards general, ii. 5. 62. 72. 99, 100 ; made 
 
 supreme director of Chile, ii. 371. 
 
 Pisco taken by the patriots, i. 234 ; description of the river, 305. 
 Plaza, Lieutenant-Colonel, his incivility, i. 169. 
 Plaza, Captain, afterwards Lieutenant-Colonel, i. 322. 356 ; ii. 
 
 199, 202. 
 
 Pope Leo XII , his enciclica, ii. 396. 
 Porter, Captain, R. N., ii. 255. 
 Portilla Galves, an honest judge, i. 29.
 
 INDEX. 547 
 
 Portillo, family of, i. 345. 
 
 Portocarrero, Colonel, i. 327; 119. 
 
 Portraits of the viceroys of Peru at Lima, i. 389. 
 
 Posadas, Senor, his extreme folly, i. 80. 
 
 Postillions of the Pampas, i. 163. 
 
 Potosi description of, ii. 272; mines of, 273 mint of, 278 ; 
 climate of, ibid. ; coinage of, 279 ; bank of, ibid. ; post-office 
 of, 280; market of, ibid, merchants of, 283; monks of, 
 289 ; society of, 290 ; arrival of Bolivar at, 306 ; addresses 
 of the inhabitants of, 307; rejoicings at, 311. 
 
 Potrillo, Spanish brig of war, taken by Lord Cochrane, i. 240 
 interesting meeting on board of, 241. 
 
 Prescott, Captain, R. N., commanding H. M. S. Aurora, judi- 
 cious and spirited conduct of, ii. 3. 4, 5, 49. 255. 
 
 Prevost, Judge, i. 177 ; 403. 
 
 Price, Mr. and Mrs., ii. 112. 
 
 Prieto, Lieutenant-Colonel^ ii. 204 ; finds the body of his brother 
 slain at Ayacucho, ibid. 
 
 Pringuel, Lieutenant, afterwards Captain, i. 289 ; ii. 165. 
 
 Prisoners of war, patriots, released from San Lorenzo, i. 222 ; 
 released from Callao, arrive at Supe, 289. 
 
 Protector transport, ii. 35. 40, 41. 48. 
 
 Provisioning, mode of, the patriot armies, ii. 109. 
 
 Puertos Intermedios, i. 341, note. 
 
 Pueyrredon, supreme director of Buenos Ayres, i. 81. 
 
 Pumacagua, a Peruvian chief, i. 85, 86, note ; the daughter of, 
 175. 
 
 Puna, the, or difficulty of respiration, ii. 154. 
 
 Puno, department of, ii. 233 ; mines of, 234. 
 
 Q- 
 
 Quechereguas, affair of, i. 180. 
 
 Quimper, the royalist Colonel, i. 281. 
 
 Quintana, General Don Hilarion, i. 135. 185. 
 
 Quintanilla, governor of Chiloe, i. 262 ; his able defence, 263 ; 
 
 capitulates to Freyre, ii. 371- 
 Qumtanilla, the, a pirate vessel, ii. 129. 
 Quiroga, the Spanish general, i. 267. 
 
 N N 2
 
 548 INDEX. 
 
 Quiroga, Ensign, ii. 46. 
 
 Quiros, chief of montoneros, i. 300. 3C2 ; his character, 377 J 
 
 shot, 378. 
 Quitospi, Captain, shockingly murdered, i. 228. 
 
 R. 
 
 Rada, royalist lieutenant-colonel, i. 357- 
 
 Ramirez, General Don Juan, i. 85. 317- 337- 
 
 Ramirez, the royalist colonel Don Mateo, assassinates Major 
 
 Gumer, i. 416; ii. 242. 245. 
 Ramsay, Lieutenant, i. 201. 
 Rantier, Monsieur, maltreated by Rodil, ii. 244. 
 Rauch, Colonel, ii. 407, note. 
 Raulet, Lieutenant, afterwards Lieutenant-Colonel, i. 282. 296. 
 
 301 ; wounded, 369 ; ii. 75. 77- 88 ; biographical sketch of, 
 
 343. 
 
 Ravenga, Don Jose R., ii. 376. 
 Raya, bishop of Cuzco, his extensive charity, i . 29. 
 Recopilacion de las Leyes de las Indias, i. 20. 
 Redhead, Dr., ii. 382, 383. 
 Regency, council of, i. 37. 39. 
 Repartimiento, the, i. 3. 6; abolition of, 19. 
 Republican spirit of encroachment, i.155. 
 
 Revenue and expenditure of Peru, ii. 262; of Buenos Ayres, 408. 
 Review of the patriot army at Pasco, ii. 158. 
 Reyes, Major, i. 283. 286. 
 Reyes, Dr. ii. 241. 
 Ricaforte, Spanish general, defeats the Indians at Huancayo, 
 
 i. 294. 301 ; wounded, 302. 
 Rico, a royalist editor, ii. 247. 
 Riglos, Dofia Mercedes de, ii. 406. 
 Riglos, Don Miguel, ii. 426. 
 Rio-Bamba, affair of, i. 417- 
 Riva-Aguero, Don Jose de la, made President of Peru, ii. 61 ; 
 
 his activity, 62. 63; his spiritless letter to Canterao, 73. 103, 
 
 104. 
 Rivadavia, Don Bernardino, secretary of state at Buenos 
 
 Ayres, 404; goes to England, 407; returns from Europe
 
 INDEX. 549 
 
 with Treaty between Buenos Ay res and Great Britain, 413; 
 
 elected President of the Republic, ibid.; resigns, 417; his 
 
 character, 418. 
 Rivero, Lieutenant, ii. 21r- 
 Rivera, Don Fructose, ii. 412. 
 
 Rivero, Don Mariano, i. 326; his death, ibid. note. 
 Roberton, Captain, ii. 128, 129, 130, 131, 132. 
 Robertson, Mr. John Parish, gives a splendid ball, ii. 2 ; the 
 
 William Penn of the Pampas, 426. 
 Robertson, Mr. William Parish, ii. 423. 
 
 Roccafuerte, Don Vicente, Mexican envoy in London, ii. 357- 
 Rockets, .manufacture of, i. 229 ; fail, 231 . 
 Rodil, royalist general, made governor ofCallao, ii. 117- 120. 
 
 212. 243; capitulates, 247- 
 Rodrigues-Aldea, Don Jose Antonio, ii. 369. 
 Rodriguez, Don Manuel, a very brave Chileno guerrilla leader, 
 
 i. 128; his important services, 129; his noble conduct at 
 
 Santiago, 184 ; assassinated, ibid. 
 Rodriguez, Don Martin, governor of Buenos Ayres, ii. 403 ; 
 
 retires from office, 407- 
 Romero, Colonel, ii. 30. 121, note. 
 Rondeau, General, i. 74. 79, 80. 
 Rosales, Dona Rosario de, her filial piety, i. 125 ; accident to, 
 
 187- 
 
 Roskell and Co., Messrs., of Liverpool, ii. 297- 
 Roxas, Lieutenant-Colonel, i. 281. 299. 
 Roxas, a very brave marine, i. 265, note. 
 Royalist forces in Peru, distribution of, i. 275. 
 
 Saavedra, Don Cornelio de, i. 61. 73, 74- 
 
 Saens, Doctor, Cura of Chumpi, mulcted by Canterac, ii. 99. 
 
 Saens, Captain, i. 375. 
 
 Salaverri, Cadet, i. 292. 
 
 Salazar y Baquijano, Don Manuel, i. 413 ; Vice-President of 
 
 Peru, ii. 355. 
 
 Salazar, Don Juan, ii. 35J. 
 Salom, General, ii. 247.
 
 550 INDEX. 
 
 Salta, battle of, i. 77; ladies of, ii. 382; description of, 386; 
 produce of, 387 ; commerce of, 388. 
 
 Salute, aerial, ii. 306. 
 
 Sambruno, Captain, his infamous conduct, i. 127; his execu- 
 tion, 128, note. 
 
 San Carlos, Fort, i. 92. 99. 
 
 Sanchez, the royalist Colonel, afterwards General, succeeds to 
 the command of Chile, i. 116. 226; found dead on the road, 
 379. 
 
 Sanchez, Carrion, Dr. ii. 148. 
 
 San Donas, Count, ii. 119; shot, ibid., note. 
 
 Sandoval, Captain, ii. 164. 
 
 Sands, General, ii. 188. 353. 
 
 San Juangeno, royalist colonel, ii. 40. 
 
 San Lorenzo, affair of, i. 76. 
 
 San Lorenzo, island of, taken, i. 21 6 ; accident on, ibid. 
 
 San Martin, Colonel, afterwards General, Don Jose de, wounded 
 at San Lorenzo, i. 76- 78, 7& ; organizes the army of the 
 Andes, 90; holds a. palaver with the Pehuenche Indians, 92; 
 crosses the Andes, 104; gains the battle of Chacabuco, 132; 
 declines the office of supreme director, 133; proceeds to 
 Buenos Ayres, ibid., 169; joins O'Higgins at San Fernando, 
 179, 180, 181 ; re-organizes his forces, 185; gains the battle 
 of Maypo, 186; goes to Buenos Ayres, 187; returns to 
 Mendoza, ibid. ; projects the liberation of Peru, 256 ; his 
 interview with Benavides, 258 ; misunderstanding with the 
 Buenos Ayres government, 268 ; resigns his commission as 
 commander-in- chief, 270; unanimously re-elected, 271 ; sails 
 in command of an expedition to liberate Peru, 277 > arrives 
 at Pisco, 280 ; concludes an armistice, 302 ; declares himself 
 protector, 369 ; institutes the Order of the Sun, 370 ; mis- 
 understanding with Lord Cochrane, 380 ; meets the Liberator 
 at Guayaquil, 418 ; returns to Callao, 419 ; resigns the pro- 
 tectorate, 420 ; his farewell address to the Peruvians, 421 ; 
 leaves Peru, and retires from public life, ibid. ; biographical 
 sketch of, 423. 
 
 San Martin, Chileno frigate, critical situation of the, i. 201. 
 
 San Miguel, Marquess of, passes over to the patriots, i. 281 ; 
 drowned, ii. 64. 84. 

 
 INDEX. 551 
 
 Santa Cruz, Captain, afterwards General, prisoner of war at Las 
 Bruscas, i. 148, note ; passes over to the patriots, 294 ; com- 
 mands a Peruvian division at the action of Pincliincha, 417 ; 
 assumes the command of the Peruvian army, ii. 61 ; his 
 praiseworthy activity, 62 ; sails with the Peruvian army for 
 Puertos Intermedios, 64 ; lands at Arica, 69 ; advances to 
 Moquegua, ibid. ; crosses the Andes, and occupies La Paz, 
 70 ; his exertions are highly successful, 71 ; declines the co- 
 operation of Sucre, 78 ; repulses Valdez at Zepita, 79 ; forms 
 a junction with Gamarra, 82 ; retreats in sight of the enemy, 
 ibid. ; loses his artillery, 83 ; his army disperses, 84 ; he em- 
 barks at Ilo, ibid. ; honourable trait in the character of, 85. 
 195, note; named by Bolivar president of the council of go- 
 vernment, 340. 354. 
 
 Santalla, royalist lieutenant-colonel, his cowardly behaviour, 
 i. 265. 351. 355, 356. 359 ; his brutality, 360. 361, 362, 363. 
 
 Santander, General, vice-president of Colombia, ii. 349, 350. 
 
 Santa y Ortega, an infamous bishop of La Paz, i. 29. 
 
 Santelices, governor of Potosi, his virtuous efforts, i. 28. 
 
 Santiago, capital of Chile, description of, i. 168; consternation 
 at, 184 ; society of, 206. 
 
 Sapata, Don Augustin, i: 345. 
 
 Saroa, Colonel, ii. 342. 
 
 Sarratea, Don Manuel, i. 73. 
 
 Sarratea, Don Juan Jose, ii. 342. 
 
 Sharpe, Captain, R. N., i. 176. 
 Sheppard, Captain, Brazilian navy, ii. 434. 
 
 Ships, Spanish, taken by the patriots, ii. 257- 
 
 Shirreff, Captain, R. N., i. 208 ; interview with Lord Cochrane 
 at sea, 210. 
 
 Silva, Colonel, ii. 163. 198. 202. 
 
 Simpson, Captain, of the Chileno navy, i. 368. 
 
 Sinclair, Captain Sir John, R. N. ii. 428. 
 
 Sipe-Sipe, battle of, i. 80. 
 
 Slaves, general treatment of by the Spaniards, i. 29 ; make good 
 soldiers, 272 ; some redeemed, 335. 
 
 Slave trade in the Brazils, ii. 433. 
 
 Slave ship, description of a, ii. 434. 
 
 Slave bazaar, ii. 435.
 
 552 INDEX. 
 
 Smith, Captain, aid-de-camp to General Miller, maltreated by 
 the Indians, ii. 191. 
 
 Smoking at Lima, i. 391. 
 
 Scenes, Spanish colonel, ii. 431. 
 
 Soulange, Commandant, ii. 80; drowned, 84. 
 
 Solano, Marquess of Socorro, governor of Cadiz, i. 423. 
 
 Solar, Don Enrique, i. 345. 
 
 Soler, General, i. 130. 
 
 Soler, Major, i. 315 ; takes 120,000 dollars, 316. 326. 
 
 Sorata, siege of, i. 18. 
 
 Sorillo, the alcalde of lea, i. 361 . 
 
 Soroche, or difficulty of respiration, ii. 154. 
 
 Sowersby, Captain, afterwards Lieutenant-Colonel, i. 237 ; ii- 
 94; mortally wounded at Junin, 168; his death, 167- 
 
 Soyer, Mr., purser, i. 238. 
 
 Spaniards, kind slave masters, i. 29; their conduct toward* 
 America, 31. 
 
 Spanish convoy captured by Chileno squadron, i. 203. 
 
 Sparring on horseback, i. 395. 
 
 Spencer, Honourable Captain Sir Robert, R. N., ii. 255. 
 
 Spencer, Honourable Captain Frederick, R. N., ii. 255. 
 
 Spry, Captain, i. 203. 
 
 Squadron, Chileno, formed, i. 191; sails, 192; captures the 
 Maria Isabel, 198; and Spanish transports, 204 ; returns to 
 port, ibid ; sails under Cochrane, 209 ; arrives off Callao, 213 ; 
 attacks Callao, 214; sails to Huacho, 217; arrives at Valpa- 
 raiso, 221 ; sails, 229 ; returns to Valparaiso, 239 ; how pur- 
 chased, ii. 256. 
 
 Staines, Captain Sir Thomas, R. N., i. 125 ; ii. 255. 
 
 St. Andrew made patron of champaign, i. 207- 
 
 Sufferings in the desert, ii. 57- 
 
 Standing armies unnecessary in South America, ii. 265. 
 
 Stewart, Mrs. Commodore, ii. 68. 
 
 Stewart, Commodore, U. S. N., ii. 254. 
 
 Stuart, Sir Charles, i. 423 ; ii. 429. 
 
 Suares, Lieutenant-Colonel Don Isidro, ii. 77. 92. 163. 165. 
 202. 
 
 Suares, royalist captain, i. 336.
 
 INDEX. 553 
 
 Suares, Lieutenant Don Vicente, i. 281 ; takes General O'Reilly 
 prisoner, 294.324. 326. 350; killed, ibid. 
 
 Sucre, General, gains the battle of Pinchincha, i. 417; arrives at 
 Lima as diplomatic agent from Colombia, ii. 63 ; elected com- 
 mander-in-chief of the Peruvian forces, 65 ; retires to Callao, 
 66 ; invested with the supreme civil and military command, 
 ibid. ; account of, 68 ; sails with an expedition to Puertos In- 
 termedios, 72 ; touches at Chala, 75; proceeds to Quilca, ibid. ; 
 enters Arequipa, 77 > advances towards Puno, 85 ; counter- 
 marches from Apo, ibid ; has an interview with Santa Cruz 
 at Moquegua, 86; returns to Arequipa, 87; retires from 
 Arequipa, 88 ; embarks at Quilca, and sails for Callao, 90 ; 
 named chief of the staff of the liberating army, 148; his 
 activity in making preparations for crossing the Andes, ibid. ; 
 is left in command of the army by Bolivar, 170; holds a 
 council of war at Challuanca, 171; his operations, 183; re- 
 treats, 184; his rear attacked at Corpaguayco, 187; offers 
 battle at Cangallo, 190 ; decamps at midnight, ibid ; draws 
 up his army in position at Ayacucho, 194; harangues his 
 troops, 197; gains the battle of Ayacucho, 198, 199,200; his 
 conduct during the action, 202 ; enters Cuzco, 214 ; enters 
 Puno, 231 ; terminates the war in Peru, 248 ; invested with 
 powers of supreme chief of Upper Peru, 282. 298, 299, 300 ; 
 elected perpetual president of Bolivia, 339 ; is obliged to 
 abdicate, 364 ; embarks for Colombia, ibid ; his letter to the 
 government of Peru, ibid. 
 
 Sun, Order of the, instituted, i. 370. 
 
 Surumpi; a species of ophthalmia, ii. 250. 
 
 T. 
 
 Talavera, regiment of, its atrocious conduct, i. 126, 127- 
 
 Talca, treaty of, i. 1 19 ; broken by the Spaniards, 121. 
 
 Talcahuano, i. 134. 
 
 Talmayancu, Adjutant, a comical Araucanian, i. 171- 
 
 Tapadas, or muffled-up ladies, of Lima, i. 401. 
 
 Tarramona, Major, killed, ii. 23. 
 
 Tejada, Seaor, Colombian minister to Rome ii. 397- 
 
 Temple of the Sun, ii. 223.
 
 551. INDEX. 
 
 Temple, Sir Edmund, ii. 400. 
 
 Tertulias, or routs of Lima, i. 400. 
 
 Theatre of Lima, i. 390. 
 
 Thompson, Dona Mariquita, of Buenos Ayres, ii. 406. 
 
 Thompson, Mr , ii. 368. 
 
 Thunder-storms in the Andes, ii. 249. 
 
 Tigers of Monte de Tordillo, i. 149. 
 
 Tipuani, gold washings of, ii. 295. 
 
 Tordillo, the forest of, i. 149. 
 
 Torre Tagle, Marquis of, i. 409. 419; ii. 72. 119. 
 
 Torres, Dr., ii. 176, 
 
 Torrijos, General, biographical account of, i. ii. ; translation 
 
 of his preface to the Spanish edition, iii. 
 Traditions, ii. ; of the origin of the children of the Sun, 216. 
 Transports, Spanish, captured, i. 204. 
 Tribute, i. 10. 
 
 Trim, Corporal, a faithful Chileno, ii. 122. 
 Tristan, General Don Pio, i. 75. 77; ii. 230. 
 Tristan, Colonel, afterwards General, Don Domingo, i. 333. 
 
 415. 
 
 Troops, South American, description of, i. 176. 
 Tucuman, battle of, i. 75. 
 
 Tupac Amaru, i. 16 ; his barbarous execution, 18. 
 Tupper, Major, ii. 371- 
 Tur, Colonel, ii. 193. 342. 
 Tur, royalist general, ii. 193. 
 
 U. 
 
 Ulloa, Dona N. de, ii. 246. 
 Ulloas, the travellers, i. 6. 
 Unanue, Doctor Don Hipolito, i. 369 ; an elegant scholar, but 
 
 a pliant politician, ii. ibid. note. 
 Uniforms of the patriot armies, ii. 107. 
 Urdiminea, Colonel, afterwards General, ii. 71 ; succeeds General 
 
 Miller as prefect of Potosi, 311. 313. 
 Uriburu, Senor de, ii. 382. 
 Urquisa, Captain, wounded at Pisco, i. 238. 
 Uspallata, pass of, i. 166.
 
 INDEX. 555 
 
 V. 
 
 Vadeadores, or river guides, i. 306. 
 
 Valdez, Don Geronimo the royalist colonel, afterwards general, 
 marches to Chancay, i. 286. 296. 374; commands a 
 division in Puertos Intermedios, and is opposed to Alvarado, 
 ii. 13, 14, 15; advances upon Tacna, 17; retires, 18; 
 is attacked by Alvarado on the heights of Torata, 20 ; be- 
 haves nobly there and at Moquegua, ibid. ; is detached from 
 Lima, 71. 77> 78, 79 ; is repulsed by Santa Cruz at Zepita, 
 80 ; joins the viceroy at Pomata, ibid. ; named chief of the 
 staff, 81 ; sent in pursuit of Santa Cruz, 83 ; appointed to 
 command the army of the south, 100 ; observes the move- 
 ments of Olaneta, 101. 136; has an indecisive action with 
 Olaneta at Lava, 170; falls back upon Cuzco, and joins the 
 viceroy, 172; sends General Miller a box of cigars, 174; 
 struck from his horse by lightning, 176 ; detaches a com- 
 pany to Chuquibamba, 181 ; attacks and drives back the 
 Peruvian division at Ayacucho, but is charged by the patriot 
 cavalry, and defeated, 199 ; surrenders by capitulation, 201 ; 
 his meeting with General Miller, 209 ; biographical account 
 of, ibid. 
 
 Valdivia, description of, i. 245 ; taken by assault, 252 ; im- 
 portant consequences of this capture, 256. 
 
 Valdivia, Captain, ii. 47, 48 ; ii. 51, note. 
 
 Valleys, undiscoverable, ii, 59. 
 
 Valenzuela, Pedro, ii. 427- 
 
 Valparaiso blockaded, i. 188 ; blockade raised, 190; diversions 
 at, 208. 
 
 Vandermarline, Mynheer, his collection of pictures, ii. 385. 
 
 Vaquianos, or guides, ii. 55. 
 
 Velasco, Lieutenant-Colonel, i. 297- 
 
 Venegas, viceroy of Mexico, i 35. 
 
 Ventos Gonzales, Brazilian colonel, ii. 412. 
 
 Vestris, Madame, ii. 382. 
 
 Vidal, Ensign, afterwards Colonel, first distinguishes himself at 
 Guarmey, i. 219 ; defeats the Spaniards at Santa, i. 238 ; 
 his gallantry at Valdivia, 250 ; at Chiloe, 264 ; forms a mon- 
 tonero party, 288. 299, 300. 302. 373 j ii. 342.
 
 556 INDEX. 
 
 Vidal, royalist Lieutenant-Colonel, taken prisoner, ii. 33. 
 
 Vidaurre, Dr., ii. 354. 
 
 Videla, Captain, afterwards Colonel, i. 300. 324; ii. 2; his 
 
 judicious conduct, 61. 93. 
 Viel, Lieutenant-Colonel, i. 227. 
 Vilcapugio, battle of, i. 77- 
 Villalobos, royalist general, ii 81. 197- 
 Villaroel, archbishop of Charcas, a wise and virtuous prelate, 
 
 i. 29. 
 
 Villota, a shining example of integrity, i. 29. 
 Viluma, battle of, i. 80. 
 Viscacha, a small animal of the Pampas, danger arising from 
 
 their burrows, i. 157. 
 Vista Florida, Count of, i. 422. 
 Vow, of a lady, ii. 238. , 
 
 W. 
 
 Walker, Lieutenant, i. 190. 
 
 Ward, Mr., British envoy at Mexico, ii. 375. 
 
 Warnes, Captain, i. 199. 
 
 Warnes, a guerrilla leader, i. 78 ; killed, 79, note. 
 
 Wellesley, Sir Arthur, i. 37. 
 
 Wellesley, Marquess, i. 37- 40. 
 
 Wellington, Duke of, ii. 358. 
 
 Welsh, Mr.', surgeon to Lord Cochrane, killed at Mirabe, 
 
 i. 325. 
 
 Whirlwinds, pillars of dust raised by, ii. 55. 
 Whitelock, General, i. 58. 
 Whittle, Captain, ii. 188, note. 
 Wilde, Don Santiago, secretary to the bank of Buenos Ayres, ii. 
 
 405. 
 
 Wilkinson, Captain, i. 201. 309. 
 Williams, Mr. Thomas, secretary to the Colombian embassy, 
 
 introduction, xxxv. 
 
 Wilson, Colonel Belford, biographical account of, ii. 334. 
 Wilson, Sir Robert, M.P., ii 334. 337. 
 Winter, Captain, of the Chileno Navy, ii. 100. 
 Wyman, Lieutenant, his deplorable situation, ii. 213.
 
 INDEX. 557 
 
 Y. 
 
 Ybanes, a faithful Afi-ican, ii. 427, note. 
 
 Yerbas Buenas, affair of, i. 115. 
 
 Yedros, General of the Paraguayanos, i. 69. 
 
 Young, Captain, of theChileno navy, ii. 121. 124. 12G. 
 
 Z. 
 
 Zea, Don Francisco Antonio, minister plenipotentiary ot Co- 
 lombia, ii; 376- 
 Zepita, affair of, ii. 80. 
 Zorrino, the terror of the plains, i. 157- 
 Zuviria, Don Facundo, ii. 382. 389. 
 
 THE ENIl.
 
 LONDON: 
 
 PRINTED BY THOMAS DAVISON, WHITEFRTABS. 
 
 o o
 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below 
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 
 from which it was borrowed. 
 
 C'DYRL HAR07t)0
 
 
 Ciller - 
 
 001 156 791 
 
 l 1 oi CALIFORNIA 
 
 LOS ANGELES 
 UBRARY